A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
__pm_get_page_info, __mld_to_node (3) - retrieve placement information
_daemonize (3) - make a process into a daemon
_dshiftl, DSHIFTL (3I) - Performs a double-object left shift
_dshiftr, DSHIFTR (3I) - Performs a double-object right shift
_getpty, mkpts (3) - get a PTY or Pseudo-TTY
_int_mult_upper, INT_MULT_UPPER (3I) - Multiplies integers and returns the uppermost bits
_leadz, LEADZ (3I) - Counts number of leading 0 bits
_leb128_unsigned_decode64, _leb128_signed_decode64, _leb128_unsigned_decode32, _leb128_signed_decode32 (3E) - Decodes leb128 integers
_leb128_unsigned_encode64, _leb128_signed_encode64, _leb128_unsigned_encode32, _leb128_signed_encode32 (3E) - Encodes leb128 integers
_mask, _maskl, _maskr, MASK (3I) - Returns a bit mask
_my_pe, MY_PE (3I) - Returns the processing element (PE) number of the calling PE
_my_pe, MY_PE (3I) - Returns the processing element (PE) number of the calling PE
_num_pes, NUM_PES (3I) - Returns the number of processing elements (PEs) running in an application
_num_pes, NUM_PES (3I) - Returns the number of processing elements (PEs) running in an application
_popcnt, POPCNT (3I) - Counts number of set bits
_poppar, POPPAR (3I) - Computes bit population parity
_ranf, RANF, RANGET, RANSET (3I) - Computes pseudo-random numbers
_rtc, RTC, IRTC, IRTC_RATE (3I) - Returns clock register contents
_TIFFmalloc, _TIFFrealloc, _TIFFfree, _TIFFmemset, _TIFFmemcpy, _TIFFmemcmp, (3T) - memory management-related functions for use with TIFF files
a64l, l64a (3C) - convert between long integer and base-64 ASCII string
abbrev (3) - create an abbreviation table from a list
ABIinfo (3C) - query system environment for features
abort (3C) - generate an abnormal termination signal
ABORT (3F) - Requests abort with traceback
abort (3F) - terminate Fortran program
ABS, DABS, QABS, IABS, IIABS, JIABS, KIABS, CABS, CQABS, CDABS (3I) - Computes absolute value
abs, labs (3C) - return integer absolute value
acbuf (3G) - operate on the accumulation buffer
acbuf (3G) - operate on the accumulation buffer
accept (3N) - accept a connection on a socket
acctctl (3c) - controls and provides status for comprehensive system accounting (CSA)
ACHAR (3I) - Returns the character in a specified position of the ASCII collating sequence
acl_copy_ext, acl_copy_int (3C) - copy ACL from system to user space or from user to system space
acl_delete_def_file (3C) - delete the default ACL for a named directory
acl_dup (3C) - make a copy of an ACL
acl_free (3C) - free allocated memory
acl_from_text, acl_to_short_text, acl_to_text (3C) - convert a POSIX ACL string to a struct acl or a struct acl to a POSIX ACL string
acl_get_fd, acl_set_fd (3C) - get or set the ACL associated with an open file
acl_get_file, acl_set_file (3C) - get or set the ACL for a pathname
acl_size (3C) - return the size of an ACL
acl_valid (3C) - validate an ACL
ACOS, DACOS, QACOS, ACOSD, DACOSD, QACOSD (3I) - Computes arc cosine (inverse cosine)
acreate, adelete, amalloc, afree, arealloc, acalloc, amallopt, amallinfo,arecalloc, amallocblksize, amemalign (3P) - arbitrary arena main memory allocator
acsize (3G) - specify the number of bitplanes per color component in the accumulation buffer
acsize (3G) - specify the number of bitplanes per color component in the accumulation buffer
addsev (3C) - define additional severities
addseverity (3C) - build a list of severity levels for an application for use with fmtmsg
addtop (3G) - adds items to an existing pop-up menu
addtopup (3G) - adds items to an existing pop-up menu
ADJUSTL (3I) - Adjusts a character string to the left
ADJUSTR (3I) - Adjusts a character string to the right
afCloseFile (3dm) - close an audio file, update file header if file was opened for write access.
afFreeFileSetup (3dm) - deallocates an AFfilesetup structure
afGetAESChannelData, afSetAESChannelData (3dm) - get/set AES channel status information in an AFfilehandle structure for an audio track
afGetChannels, afGetVirtualChannels (3dm) - get the number of interleaved track / virtual channels from an AFfilehandle structure for an audio track
afGetCompression, afGetCompressionParams (3dm) - get the compression type and parameters for an audio track from an AFfilehandle structure
afGetFD (3dm) - get the Unix file descriptor for the file associated with an AFfilehandle structure
afGetFormatParams (3dm) - get the audio data format in an AFfilehandle for a specified audio track via dmParams
afGetFrameCount, AFgetframecnt, afGetTrackBytes, afGetDataOffset (3dm) - get the total sample frame count / data bytes / data offset for a specified audio track from an AFfilehandle structure
afGetFrameSize, afGetVirtualFrameSize (3dm) - get the track / virtual frame size in bytes for a specified audio track from an AFfilehandle structure
afGetInstIDs (3dm) - get a list of instrument configurations from an AFfilehandle
afGetInstParams, afSetInstParams, afGetInstParamLong, afSetInstParamLong (3dm) - get / set a parameter list / long parameter value for an instrument configuration in an AFfilehandle structure
afGetLoopIDs (3dm) - get a number and list of loop ID's for an instrument configuration
afGetLoopStart, afGetLoopEnd, afGetLoopTrack, afGetLoopMode (3dm) - get the start/end markers, play mode, and track from an AFfilehandle structure for a specified loop.
afGetLoopStartFrame, afGetLoopEndFrame, afGetLoopCount (3dm) - get the start/end frame and loop count from an AFfilehandle structure for a specified loop.
afGetMarkIDs (3dm) - get the number and list of marker ID's for an audio track
afGetMarkName, afGetMarkComment (3dm) - get the name or comment string for a given marker id in an audio track
afGetMarkPosition, AFgetmarkpos, afSetMarkPosition, AFsetmarkpos (3dm) - get/set the position of a marker in an audio track
afGetMiscIDs, afGetMiscType, afGetMiscSize (3dm) - get number and list of miscellaneous chunk ID's for a file, get the data type and size for a miscellaneous data chunk.
afGetPCMMapping, afGetVirtualPCMMapping (3dm) - get the track / virtual PCM mapping values for a specified audio track from an AFfilehandle structure
afGetRate, afGetVirtualRate (3dm) - get the track/virtual sample rate for a specified audio track from an AFfilehandle structure
afGetSampleFormat, AFgetsampfmt, afGetVirtualSampleFormat, afGetByteOrder, afGetVirtualByteOrder (3dm) - get the track / virtual sample format or byte order for a specified audio track from an AFfilehandle structure.
afGetTrackIDs (3dm) - get the list of track descriptor id's for the given AFfilehandle
afIdentifyFD, afIdentifyNamedFD, afGetFileFormat, AFgetfilefmt (3dm) - retrieve the audio file format of a file descriptor / open AFfilehandle
afInitAESChannelData, afInitAESChannelDataTo (3dm) - set a flag in an AFfilesetup so that storage space for AES channel status data is reserved in / removed from a file.
afInitCompression, afInitCompressionParams, afAware (3dm) - configure the audio compression type and parameters in an AFfilesetup structure for an audio track
afInitDataOffset, afInitFrameCount (3dm) - initialize the audio data byte offset / frame count in an AFfilesetup for a specified raw-format audio track
afInitFileFormat, AFinitfilefmt (3dm) - initialize the audio file format type in an AFfilesetup structure
afInitFormatParams (3dm) - initialize the audio data format in an AFfilesetup for a specified audio track via dmParams
afInitInstIDs (3dm) - specify a list of instrument parameter chunk identifiers to be stored in an AFfilesetup structure.
afInitLoopIDs (3dm) - initialize a list of loop ID's for a given instrument in an AFfilesetup structure
afInitMarkIDs (3dm) - specify a list of marker ID's for a new audio file in an AFfilesetup structure
afInitMarkName, afInitMarkComment (3dm) - initialize the name/comment for a specified marker in an AFfilesetup structure
afInitMiscIDs, afInitMiscType, afInitMiscSize (3dm) - initialize the list of miscellaneous data chunk ID's in an AFfilesetup file configuration structure, initialize the chunk type and number of data bytes for a given miscellaneous chunk.
afInitPCMMapping (3dm) - configure the PCM mapping for an audio track in an AFfilesetup structure
afInitSampleFormat, AFinitsampfmt, afInitByteOrder, afInitChannels, afInitRate (3dm) - initialize the audio data format in an AFfilesetup for a specified audio track
afInitTrackIDs (3dm) - initialize the list of audio track identifiers in an AFfilesetup structure.
afIntro, AFintro (3dm) - Introduction to the Silicon Graphics Audio File Library (AF)
afNewFileSetup (3dm) - create and initialize an AFfilesetup structure
afOpenFile, afOpenFD, afOpenNamedFD (3dm) - allocate an AFfilehandle structure for an audio file identified by name / by a Unix file descriptor
afQuery, afQueryLong, afQueryDouble, afQueryPointer (3dm) - retrieve static parameters associated with the Audio File Library formats
afReadFrames (3dm) - read sample frames from a specified audio track in an audio file
afReadMisc, afWriteMisc, afSeekMisc (3dm) - read from / write to / move logical read/write pointer for data in a miscellaneous chunk in an audio file
afSaveFilePosition, afRestoreFilePosition (3dm) - save and retrieve logical audio sample read pointer
afSeekFrame, afTellFrame (3dm) - move logical file read pointer for a specified audio track to a desired sample frame location / retrieve current value of file read or write pointer.
afSetChannelMatrix (3dm) - set the channel mix matrix associated with a given track in an AFfilehandle
afSetConversionParams, afGetConversionParams (3dm) - set/get the parameters associated with format conversion for a specified audio track via dmParams
afSetErrorHandler (3dm) - supply an alternate error reporting routine to the Audio File Library
afSetLoopStart, afSetLoopEnd, afSetLoopMode, afSetLoopTrack (3dm) - set the start/end markers, play mode, and track in an AFfilehandle structure for a specified loop.
afSetLoopStartFrame, afSetLoopEndFrame, afSetLoopCount (3dm) - set the start/end frame and loop count from an AFfilehandle structure for a specified loop.
afSetTrackPCMMapping (3dm) - override the current PCM mapping values associated with a given track in an AFfilehandle
afSetVirtualFormatParams, afGetVirtualFormatParams (3dm) - set/get the virtual audio data format in an AFfilehandle for a specified audio track via dmParams
afSetVirtualSampleFormat, afSetVirtualByteOrder, afSetVirtualChannels, afSetVirtualRate, afSetVirtualPCMMapping (3dm) - set the virtual data format for a specified audio track
afSyncFile (3dm) - write out a consistent snapshot of an audio file without actually closing the file
after (3Tk) - Execute a command after a time delay
afunct (3G) - specify alpha test function
afunction (3G) - specify alpha test function
afWriteFrames (3dm) - write audio sample frames to a specified track in an audio file
AIMAG, IMAG, DIMAG, QIMAG (3I) - Returns imaginary part of a complex number
AINT, DINT, QINT (3I) - Performs truncation to integer
aio_cancel, aio_cancel64 (3) - cancel an asynchronous I/O request
aio_error, aio_error64 (3) - return error status of an asynchronous I/O operation
aio_fsync, aio_fsync64 (3) - asynchronously synchronize a file's in-memory state with that on the physical medium
aio_hold, aio_hold64 (3) - Defer or resume reception of asynchronous I/O callbacks
aio_init (3) - asynchronous I/O initialization
aio_read, aio_read64 (3) - asynchronous I/O read
aio_return, aio_return64 (3) - return error status of an asynchronous I/O operation
aio_sgi_init, aio_sgi_init64 (3) - asynchronous I/O initialization
aio_suspend, aio_suspend64 (3) - wait for an asynchronous I/O request
aio_write, aio_write64 (3) - asynchronous I/O write
alarm (3F) - execute a subroutine after a specified time
alCheckEvent (3dm) - Looks for an event in the event queue and retrieves it.
alCloseEventQueue (3dm) - close an audio event queue
ALcloseport (3dm) - (obsolete) releases resources of an audio port
alClosePort (3dm) - close an audio port
alConnect (3dm) - connect two audio I/O resources
alDeselectEvents (3dm) - Deselect event queue from receiving events from a resource.
alDiscardFrames (3dm) - discard audio from an audio port
alDisconnect (3dm) - delete a connection between two audio I/O resources
alFixedToDouble, alDoubleToFixed (3dm) - convert between AL fixed-point and double-precision floating-point
alFlushEvents (3dm) - Flush all events in event queue
ALfreeconfig (3dm) - (obsolete) deallocates an audio ALconfig structure
alFreeConfig (3dm) - deallocates an audio ALconfig structure
alFreeEvent (3dm) - deallocates an audio ALevent structure
ALgetchannels, ALsetchannels (3dm) - (obsolete) get/set the channel setting in an audio ALconfig structure
alGetChannels, alSetChannels (3dm) - get/set the channel setting in an audio ALconfig
ALgetconfig, ALsetconfig (3dm) - (obsolete) get/set the ALconfig structure of an audio ALport structure
alGetConfig, alSetConfig (3dm) - get/set the ALconfig of an audio ALport
ALgetdefault (3dm) - (obsolete) returns the default value for an audio device state variable
alGetErrorString (3dm) - get a string corresponding to an Audio Library error code
alGetEventData (3dm) - gets data from certain events with non-scalar parameters.
alGetEventParam (3dm) - get parameter of audio event
alGetEventQueueFD (3dm) - get the file descriptor for an audio event queue
alGetEventResource (3dm) - Return audio resource that posted event
alGetEventSrcResource (3dm) - Return audio resource that generated event
alGetEventUST (3dm) - get Unadjusted System Time of audio event
alGetEventValue (3dm) - get ALvalue of audio event
ALgetfd (3dm) - (obsolete) get the file descriptor for an audio port
alGetFD (3dm) - get the file descriptor for an audio port
ALgetfillable (3dm) - (obsolete) report the number of unfilled sample locations in an audio port
alGetFillable (3dm) - report the number of unfilled sample frames in an audio port
ALgetfilled (3dm) - (obsolete) return the number of filled sample locations in an audio port
alGetFilled (3dm) - return the number of filled sample frames in an audio port
ALgetfillpoint, ALsetfillpoint (3dm) - (obsolete) control select() or poll() behavior of an audio port
alGetFillPoint, alSetFillPoint (3dm) - get or set low- or high-water mark for an audio port
ALgetfloatmax, ALsetfloatmax (3dm) - (obsolete) get/set the maximum value of floating point sample data.
alGetFloatMax, alSetFloatMax (3dm) - get/set the maximum value of floating point sample data.
ALgetframenumber (3dm) - (obsolete) Get the absolute sample frame number associated with a port
alGetFrameNumber (3dm) - Get the absolute sample frame number associated with a port
ALgetframetime (3dm) - (obsolete) Get the time at which a sample frame came in or will go out
alGetFrameTime (3dm) - Get the time at which a sample frame came in or will go out
alGetLimiting, alSetLimiting (3dm) - request limiting for AL floating-point output
ALgetminmax (3dm) - (obsolete) gets maximum and minimum values for an audio device state variable
ALgetname (3dm) - (obsolete) returns a name for an audio device state variable
alGetParamInfo (3dm) - get information about a parameter on a particular audio resource
alGetParams (3dm) - get the values of audio resource parameters
ALgetparams, ALsetparams (3dm) - (obsolete) get/set the value of the specified audio device states
ALgetqueuesize, ALsetqueuesize (3dm) - (obsolete) get/set audio port buffer size information in an ALconfig structure
alGetQueueSize, alSetQueueSize (3dm) - get/set audio port buffer size
alGetResource (3dm) - get the resource associated with an audio port
alGetResourceByName (3dm) - find an audio resource by name
ALgetsampfmt, ALsetsampfmt (3dm) - (obsolete) get/set the sample format setting in an audio ALconfig structure
alGetSampFmt, alSetSampFmt (3dm) - get/set the sample format setting in an audio ALconfig structure
ALgetstatus (3dm) - get information concerning the most recent error in the audio stream associated with a port.
alIntro, audio (3dm) - Introduction to the Silicon Graphics Audio Library (AL)
alIsSubtype (3dm) - indicate if one resource type is a subtype of another
ALL (3I) - Determines whether all values are true
alloca (3C) - Allocates dynamic space
ALLOCATED (3I) - Returns the array allocation status
AllPlanes, BlackPixel, WhitePixel, ConnectionNumber, DefaultColormap, DefaultDepth, XListDepths, DefaultGC, DefaultRootWindow, DefaultScreenOfDisplay, DefaultScreen, DefaultVisual, DisplayCells, DisplayPlanes, DisplayString, XMaxRequestSize, XExtendedMaxRequestSize, LastKnownRequestProcessed, NextRequest, ProtocolVersion, ProtocolRevision, QLength, RootWindow, ScreenCount, ScreenOfDisplay, ServerVendor, VendorRelease (3X11) - Display macros and functions
alNewConfig (3dm) - create and initialize an audio ALconfig structure
ALnewconfig (3dm) - create and initialize an audio ALconfig structure
alNewEvent (3dm) - create and initialize an audio ALevent structure
alNextEvent (3dm) - Retrieves front most event from queue
ALOG10, DLOG10, QLOG10 (3I) - Computes common logarithm
alOpenEventQueue (3dm) - open an audio event queue
ALopenport (3dm) - (obsolete) open an audio port
alOpenPort (3dm) - open an audio port
alParams (3dm) - Audio Library parameters
alPendingEvents (3dm) - Get total number of event queued in event queue
ALqueryparams (3dm) - (obsolete) get descriptor/description pairs for audio device state variables
alQueryValues (3dm) - get the set of possible values for a parameter
alReadBuffers (3dm) - read flexibly interleaved or non-interleaved audio data from an audio port
alReadFrames (3dm) - read interleaved sample frames from an audio port
ALreadsamps (3dm) - (obsolete) read samples from an audio port
alResources (3dm) - Audio Library resources
alSelectEvents (3dm) - Setup event queue to receive audio events.
alSetDevice, alGetDevice (3dm) - get/set the device setting in an audio ALconfig structure
ALseterrorhandler (3dm) - (obsolete) establish an alternate audio error handling routine
alSetErrorHandler (3dm) - establish an alternate audio error handling routine
alSetParams (3dm) - set the values of audio resource parameters
ALsetwidth, ALgetwidth (3dm) - (obsolete) get/set the sample width setting in an audio ALconfig structure
alSetWidth, alGetWidth (3dm) - get/set the wordsize for integer audio data
alWriteBuffers (3dm) - write flexibly interleaved or non-interleaved audio data to an audio port
alWriteFrames (3dm) - write interleaved sample frames to an audio port
ALwritesamps (3dm) - (obsolete) write samples to an audio port
alZeroFrames (3dm) - write zero-valued sample frames to an audio port
AND (3I) - Computes logical product
ANINT, DNINT, QNINT (3I) - Finds nearest whole number
ANY (3I) - Determines whether any values are true
AnyDBM_File (3) - provide framework for multiple DBMs
append (3Tcl) - Append to variable
ApplicationShell (3) - The ApplicationShell widget class
ApplicationShell (3X) - The ApplicationShell widget class
arc, arci, arcs (3G) - draw a circular arc
arc, arci, arcs (3G) - draw a circular arc
arcf, arcfi, arcfs (3G) - draw a filled circular arc
arcf, arcfi, arcfs (3G) - draw a filled circular arc
array (3Tcl) - Manipulate array variables
asallocash (3x) - allocate a global array session handle
asashisglobal (3x) - determine if an array session handle is global
asashofpid (3x) - obtain the array session handle of a process
ascommand (3x) - execute an array command
aserrorcode (3x) - array services error information
asfreearray (3x) - release array information structure
asfreearraylist (3x) - release array information structures
asfreearraypidlist (3x) - release array-wide PID enumeration structures
asfreeashlist (3x) - release ASH enumeration structures
asfreecmdrsltlist (3x) - release array command result structures
asfreemachinelist (3x) - release machine information structures
asfreemachinepidlist (3x) - release PID enumeration structures
asfreeoptinfo (3x) - release command line options information structure
asfreepidlist (3x) - release PID enumeration structures
asgetattr (3x) - search an attribute list for a particular name
asgetdfltarray (3x) - get information about the default array
ASIN, DASIN, QASIN, ASIND, DASIND, QASIND (3I) - Computes arc sine (inverse sine)
asinh, acosh, atanh (3M) - inverse hyperbolic functions
askillash_array, askillash_local, askillash_server (3x) - send a signal to an array session
askillpid_server (3x) - send a signal to a remote process
aslistarrays (3x) - enumerate known arrays
aslistashs, aslistashs_array, aslistashs_local, aslistashs_server (3x) - enumerate ASHs
aslistmachines (3x) - enumerate machines in an array
asmakeerror (3x) - generate an array services error code
ASNCTL (3F) - Controls function of ASSIGN, ASNFILE, ASNUNIT, and ASNRM routines
ASNQFILE, ASNQUNIT (3F) - Returns the assign options currently in effect for a file name or unit number
asopenserver, ascloseserver (3x) - create or destroy an array server token
asopenserver_from_optinfo (3x) - create array server token
asparseopts (3x) - parse standard array services command line options
asperror (3x) - print array services error message
aspidsinash, aspidsinash_array, aspidsinash_local, aspidsinash_server (3x) - enumerate processes in an array session
asrcmd, asrcmdv (3x) - execute a command on a remote machine
assert (3X) - verify program assertion
assetserveropt, asgetserveropt, asdfltserveropt (3x) - set/retrieve server options
ASSIGN, ASNUNIT, ASNFILE, ASNRM (3F) - Provides library interface to assign processing
ASSOCIATED (3I) - Returns the pointer association status
asstrerror (3x) - get array services error message string
ATAN, DATAN, QATAN, ATAND, DATAND, QATAND (3I) - Computes arctangent (inverse tangent) for single argument
ATAN2, DATAN2, QATAN2, ATAN2D, DATAN2D, QATAN2D (3I) - Computes arc tangent (inverse tangent) for two arguments
atcheckpoint, atrestart (3C) - add checkpoint and restart (CPR) event handlers
atexit, __ateachexit (3C) - add program termination routine
atfork_child, atfork_child_prepend, atfork_parent, atfork_pre (3C) - add fork pre and post interception routines
atomic_alloc_res_ident, atomic_alloc_res_ident_addr, atomic_alloc_reservoir, atomic_alloc_reservoir_addr, atomic_alloc_var_ident, atomic_alloc_variable, atomic_set_perms, atomic_free_variable, atomic_free_var_ident, atomic_free_reservoir, atomic_store, atomic_store_and_or, atomic_store_and_and, atomic_load, atomic_fetch_and_increment, atomic_fetch_and_decrement, atomic_clear (3P) - atomic operations employing special fetchop hardware
atsproc_child, atsproc_parent, atsproc_pre (3C) - add sproc pre and post interception routines
attach (3G) - attaches the cursor to two valuators
attachcursor (3G) - attaches the cursor to two valuators
attrs (3) - set/get attributes of a subroutine
AUchecklicense (3dm) - checks for a given audio compression license
AUpvlist, AUpvnew, AUpvfree, AUpvgetmaxitems, AUpvsetvaltype, AUpvsetparam, AUpvsetval, AUpvgetvaltype, AUpvgetparam, AUpvgetval (3dm) - Audio File parameter value list data type
AutoLoader (3) - load subroutines only on demand
AutoSplit (3) - split a package for autoloading
autouse (3) - postpone load of modules until a function is used
backbu, frontb (3G) - enable and disable drawing to the back or front buffer
backbu, frontb (3G) - enable and disable drawing to the back or front buffer
backbuffer, frontbuffer (3G) - enable and disable drawing to the back or front buffer
backbuffer, frontbuffer (3G) - enable and disable drawing to the back or front buffer
backfa (3G) - turns backfacing polygon removal on and off
backface (3G) - turns backfacing polygon removal on and off
barrier, new_barrier, init_barrier, free_barrier (3P) - barrier functions
barrier, shmem_barrier_all (3) - Registers the arrival of a processing element (PE) at a barrier and suspends PE execution until all other PEs arrive at the barrier
base (3) - Establish IS-A relationship with base class at compile time
basename (3G) - return the last element of a pathname
bbox2, bbox2i, bbox2s (3G) - culls and prunes to bounding box and minimum pixel radius
bbox2, bbox2i, bbox2s (3G) - culls and prunes to bounding box and minimum pixel radius
bcopy, bcmp, blkclr, bzero, ffs (3C) - bit and byte string operations
bell (3Tk) - Ring a display's bell
Benchmark (3) - benchmark running times of code
bgets (3G) - read stream up to next delimiter
bgnclo, endclo (3G) - delimit the vertices of a closed line
bgnclo, endclo (3G) - delimit the vertices of a closed line
bgnclosedline, endclosedline (3G) - delimit the vertices of a closed line
bgnclosedline, endclosedline (3G) - delimit the vertices of a closed line
bgncur, endcur (3G) - delimit a NURBS curve definition
bgncur, endcur (3G) - delimit a NURBS curve definition
bgncurve, endcurve (3G) - delimit a NURBS curve definition
bgncurve, endcurve (3G) - delimit a NURBS curve definition
bgnlin, endlin (3G) - delimit the vertices of a line
bgnlin, endlin (3G) - delimit the vertices of a line
bgnline, endline (3G) - delimit the vertices of a line
bgnline, endline (3G) - delimit the vertices of a line
bgnpoi, endpoi (3G) - delimit the interpretation of vertex routines as points
bgnpoi, endpoi (3G) - delimit the interpretation of vertex routines as points
bgnpoint, endpoint (3G) - delimit the interpretation of vertex routines as points
bgnpoint, endpoint (3G) - delimit the interpretation of vertex routines as points
bgnpol, endpol (3G) - delimit the vertices of a polygon
bgnpol, endpol (3G) - delimit the vertices of a polygon
bgnpolygon, endpolygon (3G) - delimit the vertices of a polygon
bgnpolygon, endpolygon (3G) - delimit the vertices of a polygon
bgnqst, endqst (3G) - delimit the vertices of a quadrilateral strip
bgnqst, endqst (3G) - delimit the vertices of a quadrilateral strip
bgnqstrip, endqstrip (3G) - delimit the vertices of a quadrilateral strip
bgnqstrip, endqstrip (3G) - delimit the vertices of a quadrilateral strip
bgnsur, endsur (3G) - delimit a NURBS surface definition
bgnsur, endsur (3G) - delimit a NURBS surface definition
bgnsurface, endsurface (3G) - delimit a NURBS surface definition
bgnsurface, endsurface (3G) - delimit a NURBS surface definition
bgntme, endtme (3G) - delimit the vertices of a triangle mesh
bgntme, endtme (3G) - delimit the vertices of a triangle mesh
bgntmesh, endtmesh (3G) - delimit the vertices of a triangle mesh
bgntmesh, endtmesh (3G) - delimit the vertices of a triangle mesh
bgntri, endtri (3G) - delimit a NURBS surface trimming loop
bgntri, endtri (3G) - delimit a NURBS surface trimming loop
bgntrim, endtrim (3G) - delimit a NURBS surface trimming loop
bgntrim, endtrim (3G) - delimit a NURBS surface trimming loop
bind (3N) - bind a name to a socket
bind (3Tk) - Arrange for X events to invoke Tcl scripts
bindtags (3Tk) - Determine which bindings apply to a window, and order of evaluation
BIT_SIZE (3I) - Returns the number of bits in an integer in the bit manipulation model
bitmap (3Tk) - Images that display two colors
BlackPixelOfScreen, WhitePixelOfScreen, CellsOfScreen, DefaultColormapOfScreen, DefaultDepthOfScreen, DefaultGCOfScreen, DefaultVisualOfScreen, DoesBackingStore, DoesSaveUnders, DisplayOfScreen, XScreenNumberOfScreen, EventMaskOfScreen, HeightOfScreen, HeightMMOfScreen, MaxCmapsOfScreen, MinCmapsOfScreen, PlanesOfScreen, RootWindowOfScreen, WidthOfScreen, WidthMMOfScreen (3X11) - screen information functions and macros
blanks (3G) - controls screen blanking
blankscreen (3G) - controls screen blanking
blankt (3G) - sets the screen blanking timeout
blanktime (3G) - sets the screen blanking timeout
blendc (3G) - specifies a constant color for blending
blendcolor (3G) - specifies a constant color for blending
blendf (3G) - computes a blended color value for a pixel
blendfunction (3G) - computes a blended color value for a pixel
blib (3) - Use MakeMaker's uninstalled version of a package
blink (3G) - changes a color map entry at a selectable rate
blink (3G) - changes a color map entry at a selectable rate
blkqre (3G) - reads multiple entries from the queue
blkqread (3G) - reads multiple entries from the queue
bool (3F) - Fortran bitwise boolean functions
break (3Tcl) - Abort looping command
bsearch (3C) - binary search a sorted table
BTEST, BITEST, BJTEST, BKTEST (3I) - Tests a bit of an integer value
btree (3) - btree database access method
bufsplit (3G) - split buffer into fields
Bundle::CPAN (3) - A bundle to play with all the other modules on CPAN
button (3Tk) - Create and manipulate button widgets
c3f, c3i, c3s, c4f, c4i, c4s (3G) - sets the RGB (or RGBA) values for the current color vector
c3f, c3i, c3s, c4f, c4i, c4s (3G) - sets the RGB (or RGBA) values for the current color vector
callfunc (3G) - calls a function from within an object
callob (3G) - draws an instance of an object
callobj (3G) - draws an instance of an object
canvas (3Tk) - Create and manipulate canvas widgets
cap_acquire, cap_surrender (3C) - make permitted set capabilities effective or remove effective capabilities
cap_bind (3N) - bind a privileged name to a socket
cap_clear (3C) - clear the fields of a capability
cap_copy_ext, cap_copy_int (3C) - copy capability from system to user space or from user to system space
cap_dup (3C) - make a copy of a capability
cap_envl, cap_envp (3C) - ensure sufficient process privilege
cap_free (3C) - free allocated capability
cap_from_text, cap_to_text, cap_value_to_text (3C) - convert a POSIX capabilities string to internal form, convert capabilities to a POSIX capabilities string, or return the POSIX name for a capability value
cap_get_fd, cap_set_fd (3C) - get or set the capabilities for an open file
cap_get_file, cap_set_file (3C) - get or set the capabilities for a pathname
cap_get_flag, cap_set_flag (3C) - get or set the value of a capability flag in a capability
cap_get_proc, cap_set_proc, cap_set_proc_flags (3C) - get or set process capabilities
cap_init (3C) - allocate a capability stucture
cap_network_ioctl (3N) - execute an I/O control operation with privilege
cap_schedctl (3N) - alter scheduling parameters
cap_size (3C) - return the size of an capability
cap_socket (3N) - create a socket with privilege
carp (3) - warn of errors (from perspective of caller)
case (3Tcl) - Evaluate one of several scripts, depending on a given value
catch (3Tcl) - Evaluate script and trap exceptional returns
catgetmsg (3C) - reads a message from a message catalog
catgets (3C) - read a program message
catmsgfmt (3C) - formats an error message
catopen, catclose (3C) - open/close a message catalogue
CBDSQR (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real N-by-N (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix B
CCFFT, ZZFFT (3S) - Applies a complex-to-complex Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
CCFFT2D, ZZFFT2D (3S) - Applies a two-dimensional complex-to-complex Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
CCFFT3D, ZZFFT3D (3S) - Applies a three-dimensional complex-to-complex Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
CCFFTF, CCFFTMF, CCFFTMRF, CCFFT2DF, CCFFT3DF, ZZFFTF, ZZFFTMF, ZZFFTMRF, ZZFFT2DF, ZZFFT3DF (3S) - Deallocate memory tacked on to the table array during initialization
CCFFTM, ZZFFTM (3S) - Applies multiple complex-to-complex Fast Fourier Transforms (FFTs)
CCFFTMR, ZZFFTMR (3S) - Applies multiple complex-to-complex Fast Fourier Transforms (FFTs) to the rows of a two-dimensional (2D) array
CCOR1D, ZCOR1D, SCOR1D, DCOR1D (3S) - Compute the one-dimensional (1D) correlation of two sequences.
CCOR2D, ZCOR2D, SCOR2D, DCOR2D (3S) - Compute the two-dimensional (2D) correlation of two two-dimensional (2D) arrays
CCORM1D, ZCORM1D, SCORM1D, DCORM1D (3S) - Compute multiple 1D correlations
cd (3Tcl) - Change working directory
CDaddcallback (3dm) - set a callback for the CD audio data parser
CDallowremoval (3dm) - unlock the CD-ROM drive eject button
CDatomsf (3dm) - convert ASCII string to minutes, seconds, frames
CDatotime (3dm) - convert ASCII string to timecode
CDbestreadsize (3dm) - tells best num_frames value for CDreadda
CDclose (3dm) - closes a CD-ROM device
CDcreateparser (3dm) - creates a CD digital audio data parser
CDdeleteparser (3dm) - deletes a CD digital audio data parser
CDeject (3dm) - ejects the caddy from the CD-ROM drive
CDframetomsf (3dm) - convert CD frame number to minutes, seconds, frame
CDframetotc (3dm) - convert CD frame number to timecode
CDgetstatus (3dm) - get current state of a CD-ROM drive
CDgettrackinfo (3dm) - get information about a specified track on an audio CD
CDintro (3dm) - Introduction to the Silicon Graphics CD Audio Library (CD)
CDmsftoblock (3dm) - convert time to logical block number
CDmsftoframe (3dm) - convert time to CD frame number
CDopen (3dm) - opens a CD-ROM drive for audio use
CDparseframe (3dm) - parse a frame of CD digital audio data
CDplay (3dm) - play an audio CD through CD-ROM audio jacks
CDplayabs (3dm) - play an audio CD (beginning at a specified absolute time location) through CD-ROM audio jacks
CDplaytrack (3dm) - play a specified track from an audio CD through CD-ROM audio jacks
CDplaytrackabs (3dm) - play a track from an audio CD (beginning at a specified absolute time location) through CD-ROM audio jacks
CDpreventremoval (3dm) - lock the CD-ROM drive eject button
CDreadda (3dm) - read digital audio data from audio CD in CD-ROM
CDremovecallback (3dm) - remove a callback from the CD audio data parser
CDresetparser (3dm) - resets a CD digital audio data parser
CDsbtoa (3dm) - convert six-bit country and owner codes to ASCII string
CDseek (3dm) - set read pointer for CD-ROM to absolute time code location
CDseekblock (3dm) - set read pointer for CD-ROM to start of specified block
CDseektrack (3dm) - set read pointer for CD-ROM to start of specified track
CDstop (3dm) - stops play of an audio CD in CD-ROM drive
CDtctoframe (3dm) - convert timecode to CD frame number
CDtimetoa (3dm) - convert timecode to ASCII string
CDtogglepause (3dm) - toggles a CD-ROM drive between pause and play
CEILING (3I) - Returns the least integer greater than or equal to a
cexp (3F) - Fortran COMPLEX*16 exponential intrinsic function
CFIR1D, ZFIR1D, SFIR1D, DFIR1D (3S) - Compute the 1D convolution of a sequence
CFIR2D, ZFIR2D, SFIR2D, DFIR2D (3S) - Compute the two-dimensional (2D) convolution of two 2D arrays
CFIRM1D, ZFIRM1D, SFIRM1D, DFIRM1D (3S) - Compute multiple 1D convolutions
cfly (3pf) - OpenGL Performer scene viewer for PC clusters
CGBBRD (3S) - reduce a complex general m-by-n band matrix A to real upper bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
CGBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex general band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm,
CGBEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N band matrix A and reduce its condition number
CGBRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CGBSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is a band matrix of order N with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
CGBSVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
CGBTF2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a complex m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
CGBTRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a complex m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
CGBTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B with a general band matrix A using the LU factorization computed by CGBTRF
CGEBAK (3S) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a complex general matrix by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced matrix output by CGEBAL
CGEBAL (3S) - balance a general complex matrix A
CGEBD2 (3S) - reduce a complex general m by n matrix A to upper or lower real bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
CGEBRD (3S) - reduce a general complex M-by-N matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
CGECON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a general complex matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm, using the LU factorization computed by CGETRF
CGEEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N matrix A and reduce its condition number
CGEES (3S) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
CGEESX (3S) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
CGEEV (3S) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
CGEEVX (3S) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
CGEGS (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine CGGES
CGEGV (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine CGGEV
CGEHD2 (3S) - reduce a complex general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by a unitary similarity transformation
CGEHRD (3S) - reduce a complex general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by a unitary similarity transformation
CGELQ2 (3S) - compute an LQ factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
CGELQF (3S) - compute an LQ factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
CGELS (3S) - solve overdetermined or underdetermined complex linear systems involving an M-by-N matrix A, or its conjugate-transpose, using a QR or LQ factorization of A
CGELSD (3S) - compute the minimum-norm solution to a real linear least squares problem
CGELSS (3S) - compute the minimum norm solution to a complex linear least squares problem
CGELSX (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine CGELSY
CGELSY (3S) - compute the minimum-norm solution to a complex linear least squares problem
CGEMM3M, ZGEMM3M (3S) - Multiplies a complex general matrix by a complex general matrix
CGEQL2 (3S) - compute a QL factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
CGEQLF (3S) - compute a QL factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
CGEQP3 (3S) - compute a QR factorization with column pivoting of a matrix A
CGEQPF (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine CGEQP3
CGEQR2 (3S) - compute a QR factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
CGEQRF (3S) - compute a QR factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
CGERFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CGERQ2 (3S) - compute an RQ factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
CGERQF (3S) - compute an RQ factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
CGESC2 (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = scale* RHS with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization with complete pivoting computed by CGETC2
CGESDD (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a complex M- by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and/or right singular vectors, by using divide-and-conquer method
CGESV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CGESVD (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a complex M- by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and/or right singular vectors
CGESVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CGETC2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization, using complete pivoting, of the n- by-n matrix A
CGETF2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a general m-by-n matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
CGETRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a general M-by-N matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
CGETRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a matrix using the LU factorization computed by CGETRF
CGETRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization computed by CGETRF
CGGBAK (3S) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a complex generalized eigenvalue problem A*x = lambda*B*x, by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced pair of matrices output by CGGBAL
CGGBAL (3S) - balance a pair of general complex matrices (A,B)
CGGES (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrices (A,B), the generalized eigenvalues, the generalized complex Schur form (S, T), and optionally left and/or right Schur vectors (VSL and VSR)
CGGESX (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrices (A,B), the generalized eigenvalues, the complex Schur form (S,T),
CGGEV (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrices (A,B), the generalized eigenvalues, and optionally, the left and/or right generalized eigenvectors
CGGEVX (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrices (A,B) the generalized eigenvalues, and optionally, the left and/or right generalized eigenvectors
CGGGLM (3S) - solve a general Gauss-Markov linear model (GLM) problem
CGGHRD (3S) - reduce a pair of complex matrices (A,B) to generalized upper Hessenberg form using unitary transformations, where A is a general matrix and B is upper triangular
CGGLSE (3S) - solve the linear equality-constrained least squares (LSE) problem
CGGQRF (3S) - compute a generalized QR factorization of an N-by-M matrix A and an N-by-P matrix B
CGGRQF (3S) - compute a generalized RQ factorization of an M-by-N matrix A and a P-by-N matrix B
CGGSVD (3S) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of an M-by-N complex matrix A and P-by-N complex matrix B
CGGSVP (3S) - compute unitary matrices U, V and Q such that N-K-L K L U'*A*Q = K ( 0 A12 A13 ) if M-K-L >= 0
CGI (3) - Simple Common Gateway Interface Class
CGI::Apache (3) - Make things work with CGI.pm against Perl-Apache API
CGI::Carp (3) - CGI routines for writing to the HTTPD (or other) error log
CGI::Cookie (3) - Interface to Netscape Cookies
CGI::Fast (3) - CGI Interface for Fast CGI
CGI::Push (3) - Simple Interface to Server Push
CGI::Switch (3) - Try more than one constructors and return the first object available
CGTCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex tridiagonal matrix A using the LU factorization as computed by CGTTRF
CGTRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CGTSV (3S) - solve the equation A*X = B,
CGTSVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
CGTTRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a complex tridiagonal matrix A using elimination with partial pivoting and row interchanges
CGTTRS (3S) - solve one of the systems of equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
CGTTS2 (3S) - solve one of the systems of equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
CHAR, ICHAR (3I) - Converts integer to character and vice versa
charst, lchstr (3G) - draws a string of characters
charst, lchstr (3G) - draws a string of characters
charstr, lcharstr (3G) - draws a string of characters
charstr, lcharstr (3G) - draws a string of characters
CHBEV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
CHBEVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
CHBEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
CHBGST (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite banded generalized eigenproblem A*x = lambda*B*x to standard form C*y = lambda*y,
CHBGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
CHBGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
CHBGVX (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
CHBMV, ZHBMV (3F) - Multiplies a complex vector by a complex Hermitian band matrix
CHBMV, ZHBMV (3S) - Multiplies a complex vector by a complex Hermitian band matrix
CHBTRD (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian band matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
checkbutton (3Tk) - Create and manipulate checkbutton widgets
CHECON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHETRF
CHEEV (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
CHEEVD (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
CHEEVR (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix T
CHEEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
CHEGS2 (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
CHEGST (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
CHEGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
CHEGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
CHEGVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
CHEMM, ZHEMM (3F) - Multiplies a complex general matrix by a complex Hermitian matrix
CHEMM, ZHEMM (3S) - Multiplies a complex general matrix by a complex Hermitian matrix
CHEMV, ZHEMV (3F) - Multiplies a complex vector by a complex Hermitian matrix
CHEMV, ZHEMV (3S) - Multiplies a complex vector by a complex Hermitian matrix
CHER, ZHER (3F) - Performs Hermitian rank 1 update of a complex Hermitian matrix
CHER, ZHER (3S) - Performs Hermitian rank 1 update of a complex Hermitian matrix
CHER2, ZHER2 (3F) - Performs Hermitian rank 2 update of a complex Hermitian matrix
CHER2, ZHER2 (3S) - Performs Hermitian rank 2 update of a complex Hermitian matrix
CHER2K, ZHER2K (3F) - Performs Hermitian rank 2k update of a complex Hermitian matrix
CHER2K, ZHER2K (3S) - Performs Hermitian rank 2k update of a complex Hermitian matrix
CHERFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CHERK, ZHERK (3F) - Performs Hermitian rank k update of a complex Hermitian matrix
CHERK, ZHERK (3S) - Performs Hermitian rank k update of a complex Hermitian matrix
CHESV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CHESVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CHETD2 (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
CHETF2 (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CHETRD (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
CHETRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CHETRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHETRF
CHETRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex Hermitian matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHETRF
CHGEQZ (3S) - implement a single-shift version of the QZ method for finding the generalized eigenvalues w(i)=ALPHA(i)/BETA(i) of the equation det( A - w(i) B ) = 0 If JOB='S', then the pair (A,B) is simultaneously reduced to Schur form (i.e., A and B are both upper triangular) by applying one unitary tranformation (usually called Q) on the left and another (usually called Z) on the right
chmod (3F) - change mode of a file
CHPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex Hermitian packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHPTRF
CHPEV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix in packed storage
CHPEVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A in packed storage
CHPEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A in packed storage
CHPGST (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form, using packed storage
CHPGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
CHPGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
CHPGVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
CHPMV, ZHPMV (3F) - Multiplies a complex vector by a packed complex Hermitian matrix
CHPMV, ZHPMV (3S) - Multiplies a complex vector by a packed complex Hermitian matrix
CHPR, ZHPR (3F) - Performs Hermitian rank 1 update of a packed complex Hermitian matrix
CHPR, ZHPR (3S) - Performs Hermitian rank 1 update of a packed complex Hermitian matrix
CHPR2, ZHPR2 (3F) - Performs Hermitian rank 2 update of a packed complex Hermitian matrix
CHPR2, ZHPR2 (3S) - Performs Hermitian rank 2 update of a packed complex Hermitian matrix
CHPRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CHPSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CHPSVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian matrix stored in packed format and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
CHPTRD (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian matrix A stored in packed form to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
CHPTRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex Hermitian packed matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CHPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHPTRF
CHPTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex Hermitian matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by CHPTRF
CHSEIN (3S) - use inverse iteration to find specified right and/or left eigenvectors of a complex upper Hessenberg matrix H
CHSEQR (3S) - compute the eigenvalues of a complex upper Hessenberg matrix H, and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**H, where T is an upper triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the unitary matrix of Schur vectors
chunks (3G) - specifies minimum object size in memory
chunksize (3G) - specifies minimum object size in memory
circ, circi, circs (3G) - outlines a circle
circ, circi, circs (3G) - outlines a circle
circf, circfi, circfs (3G) - draws a filled circle
circf, circfi, circfs (3G) - draws a filled circle
ckalloc, memory, ckfree, Tcl_DisplayMemory, Tcl_InitMemory, Tcl_ValidateAllMemory (3Tcl) - Validated memory allocation interface.
ckpt_setup, ckpt_create, ckpt_restart, ckpt_stat, ckpt_remove (3) - checkpoint and restart (CPR) library interfaces
cl_aware, CLaware (3dm) - Aware Audio Schemes in the Compression Library
cl_cosmo (3dm) - Cosmo Compress JPEG Accelerator (in the Compression Library)
cl_impactcomp (3dm) - IMPACT Compression JPEG Accelerator (in the Compression Library)
cl_jpeg (3dm) - JPEG schemes in the Compression Library
cl_mpeg1 (3dm) - MPEG-1 schemes in the Compression Library
cl_mvc2 (3dm) - MVC2 scheme in the Compression Library
cl_mvc3 (3dm) - MVC3 scheme in the Compression Library
CLABRD (3S) - reduce the first NB rows and columns of a complex general m by n matrix A to upper or lower real bidiagonal form by a unitary transformation Q' * A * P, and returns the matrices X and Y which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
CLACGV (3S) - conjugate a complex vector of length N
CLACON (3S) - estimate the 1-norm of a square, complex matrix A
CLACP2 (3S) - copie all or part of a real two-dimensional matrix A to a complex matrix B
CLACPY (3S) - copie all or part of a two-dimensional matrix A to another matrix B
CLACRM (3S) - perform a very simple matrix-matrix multiplication
CLACRT (3S) - perform the operation ( c s )( x ) ==> ( x ) ( -s c )( y ) ( y ) where c and s are complex and the vectors x and y are complex
clAddAlgorithm, clSetUnique, clGetUnique, clFetchParam, clStoreParam, clError (3dm) - Add a video or audio compression algorithm to the Compression Library
clAddParam, clSetDefault, clSetMin, clSetMax, clSetMinMax, clSetRange (3dm) - Add a video or audio compression parameter to the Compression Library
CLADIV (3S) - := X / Y, where X and Y are complex
CLAED0 (3S) - the divide and conquer method, CLAED0 computes all eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix which is one diagonal block of those from reducing a dense or band Hermitian matrix and corresponding eigenvectors of the dense or band matrix
CLAED7 (3S) - compute the updated eigensystem of a diagonal matrix after modification by a rank-one symmetric matrix
CLAED8 (3S) - merge the two sets of eigenvalues together into a single sorted set
CLAEIN (3S) - use inverse iteration to find a right or left eigenvector corresponding to the eigenvalue W of a complex upper Hessenberg matrix H
CLAESY (3S) - compute the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix ( ( A, B );( B, C ) ) provided the norm of the matrix of eigenvectors is larger than some threshold value
CLAEV2 (3S) - compute the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 Hermitian matrix [ A B ] [ CONJG(B) C ]
CLAGS2 (3S) - compute 2-by-2 unitary matrices U, V and Q, such that if ( UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 A2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 A3 ) ( x x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 B2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 B3 ) ( x x ) or if ( .NOT.UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( A2 A3 ) ( 0 x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( B2 B3 ) ( 0 x ) where U = ( CSU SNU ), V = ( CSV SNV ),
CLAGTM (3S) - perform a matrix-vector product of the form B := alpha * A * X + beta * B where A is a tridiagonal matrix of order N, B and X are N by NRHS matrices, and alpha and beta are real scalars, each of which may be 0., 1., or -1
CLAHEF (3S) - compute a partial factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CLAHQR (3S) - i an auxiliary routine called by CHSEQR to update the eigenvalues and Schur decomposition already computed by CHSEQR, by dealing with the Hessenberg submatrix in rows and columns ILO to IHI
CLAHRD (3S) - reduce the first NB columns of a complex general n-by-(n-k+1) matrix A so that elements below the k-th subdiagonal are zero
CLAIC1 (3S) - applie one step of incremental condition estimation in its simplest version
CLALS0 (3S) - applie back the multiplying factors of either the left or the right singular vector matrix of a diagonal matrix appended by a row to the right hand side matrix B in solving the least squares problem using the divide-and-conquer SVD approach
CLALSA (3S) - i an itermediate step in solving the least squares problem by computing the SVD of the coefficient matrix in compact form (The singular vectors are computed as products of simple orthorgonal matrices.)
CLALSD (3S) - use the singular value decomposition of A to solve the least squares problem of finding X to minimize the Euclidean norm of each column of A*X-B, where A is N-by-N upper bidiagonal, and X and B are N- by-NRHS
CLANGB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n band matrix A, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals
CLANGE (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex matrix A
CLANGT (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex tridiagonal matrix A
CLANHB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n hermitian band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
CLANHE (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex hermitian matrix A
CLANHP (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex hermitian matrix A, supplied in packed form
CLANHS (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a Hessenberg matrix A
CLANHT (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex Hermitian tridiagonal matrix A
CLANSB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n symmetric band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
CLANSP (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex symmetric matrix A, supplied in packed form
CLANSY (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex symmetric matrix A
CLANTB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n triangular band matrix A, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals
CLANTP (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a triangular matrix A, supplied in packed form
CLANTR (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a trapezoidal or triangular matrix A
CLAPLL (3S) - two column vectors X and Y, let A = ( X Y )
CLAPMT (3S) - rearrange the columns of the M by N matrix X as specified by the permutation K(1),K(2),...,K(N) of the integers 1,...,N
CLAQGB (3S) - equilibrate a general M by N band matrix A with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
CLAQGE (3S) - equilibrate a general M by N matrix A using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
CLAQHB (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric band matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
CLAQHE (3S) - equilibrate a Hermitian matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
CLAQHP (3S) - equilibrate a Hermitian matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
CLAQP2 (3S) - compute a QR factorization with column pivoting of the block A(OFFSET+1:M,1:N)
CLAQPS (3S) - compute a step of QR factorization with column pivoting of a complex M-by-N matrix A by using Blas-3
CLAQSB (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric band matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
CLAQSP (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
CLAQSY (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
CLAR1V (3S) - compute the (scaled) r-th column of the inverse of the sumbmatrix in rows B1 through BN of the tridiagonal matrix L D L^T - sigma I
CLAR2V (3S) - applie a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines from both sides to a sequence of 2-by-2 complex Hermitian matrices,
CLARCM (3S) - perform a very simple matrix-matrix multiplication
CLARF (3S) - applie a complex elementary reflector H to a complex M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
CLARFB (3S) - applie a complex block reflector H or its transpose H' to a complex M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
CLARFG (3S) - generate a complex elementary reflector H of order n, such that H' * ( alpha ) = ( beta ), H' * H = I
CLARFT (3S) - form the triangular factor T of a complex block reflector H of order n, which is defined as a product of k elementary reflectors
CLARFX (3S) - applie a complex elementary reflector H to a complex m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
CLARGV (3S) - generate a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines, determined by elements of the complex vectors x and y
CLARNV (3S) - return a vector of n random complex numbers from a uniform or normal distribution
CLARRV (3S) - compute the eigenvectors of the tridiagonal matrix T = L D L^T given L, D and the eigenvalues of L D L^T
CLARTG (3S) - generate a plane rotation so that [ CS SN ] [ F ] [ R ] [ __ ]
CLARTV (3S) - applie a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines to elements of the complex vectors x and y
CLARZ (3S) - applie a complex elementary reflector H to a complex M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
CLARZB (3S) - applie a complex block reflector H or its transpose H**H to a complex distributed M-by-N C from the left or the right
CLARZT (3S) - form the triangular factor T of a complex block reflector H of order > n, which is defined as a product of k elementary reflectors
CLASCL (3S) - multiplie the M by N complex matrix A by the real scalar CTO/CFROM
CLASET (3S) - initialize a 2-D array A to BETA on the diagonal and ALPHA on the offdiagonals
CLASR (3S) - perform the transformation A := P*A, when SIDE = 'L' or 'l' ( Left-hand side ) A := A*P', when SIDE = 'R' or 'r' ( Right-hand side ) where A is an m by n complex matrix and P is an orthogonal matrix,
Class::Struct (3) - declare struct-like datatypes as Perl classes
CLASSQ (3S) - return the values scl and ssq such that ( scl**2 )*ssq = x( 1 )**2 +...+ x( n )**2 + ( scale**2 )*sumsq,
CLASWP (3S) - perform a series of row interchanges on the matrix A
CLASYF (3S) - compute a partial factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CLATBS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A * x = s*b, A**T * x = s*b, or A**H * x = s*b,
CLATDF (3S) - compute the contribution to the reciprocal Dif-estimate by solving for x in Z * x = b, where b is chosen such that the norm of x is as large as possible
CLATPS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A * x = s*b, A**T * x = s*b, or A**H * x = s*b,
CLATRD (3S) - reduce NB rows and columns of a complex Hermitian matrix A to Hermitian tridiagonal form by a unitary similarity transformation Q' * A * Q, and returns the matrices V and W which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
CLATRS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A * x = s*b, A**T * x = s*b, or A**H * x = s*b,
CLATRZ (3S) - factor the M-by-(M+L) complex upper trapezoidal matrix [ A1 A2 ] = [ A(1:M,1:M) A(1:M,N-L+1:N) ] as ( R 0 ) * Z by means of unitary transformations, where Z is an (M+L)-by-(M+L) unitary matrix and, R and A1 are M-by-M upper triangular matrices
CLATZM (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine CUNMRZ
CLAUU2 (3S) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
CLAUUM (3S) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
clCompressImage, clDecompressImage (3dm) - Compress/Decompress a single image
clCreateBuf, clDestroyBuf, clQueryBufferHdl, clQueryHandle (3dm) - Create and destroy implicit buffers, and find related handles.
clear (3G) - clears the viewport
clear (3G) - clears the viewport
CLEAR_IEEE_EXCEPTION (3I) - Clears floating-point exception indicator
clearh (3G) - sets the hitcode to zero
clearhitcode (3G) - sets the hitcode to zero
clGetDefault (3dm) - Get the default value of a parameter
clGetMinMax (3dm) - Get minimum and maximum values for a parameter
clGetName (3dm) - returns a name for a parameter
clGetNextImageInfo (3dm) - Get information about a compressed image stream
clGetParams, clSetParams, clGetParam, clSetParam (3dm) - get and set the value of the specified parameters.
CLintro, CompressionLibrary, compression, libcl, cl (3dm) - A library for working with compressed video and audio data
clipfly (3pf) - OpenGL Performer scene viewer with Clip Texturing enhancements
clippl (3G) - specify a plane against which all geometry is clipped
clipplane (3G) - specify a plane against which all geometry is clipped
clkon, clkoff (3G) - control keyboard click
clkon, clkoff (3G) - control keyboard click
clock (3C) - report CPU time used
CLOCK (3I) - Returns the current time
clOpenCompressor, clCompress, clCloseCompressor (3dm) - Compress a video or audio stream
clOpenDecompressor, clDecompress, clCloseDecompressor (3dm) - Decompress a video or audio stream
clOpenDemux, clDemux, clCloseDemux (3dm) - Demultiplex into video and audio streams
clOpenMux, clMux, clCloseMux (3dm) - Multiplex video and audio streams
close (3Tcl) - Close an open file
closeo (3G) - closes an object definition
closeobj (3G) - closes an object definition
clQueryAlgorithms, clQuerySchemeFromHandle, clQuerySchemeFromName, clGetAlgorithmName, clQueryLicense (3dm) - Get a list of algorithms, find the identifier or name, or check for a license
clQueryFree, clUpdateHead, clQueryValid, clUpdateTail, clDoneUpdatingHead (3dm) - Reading and writing data with implicit buffers
clQueryParams, clGetParamID (3dm) - Get a list of the parameters for a specified processing object, or the parameter identifier given the name
clQueryScheme, clQueryMaxHeaderSize, clReadHeader (3dm) - Determine the scheme and read the stream header
clSetErrorHandler (3dm) - Select an alternate error handling routine
cmode (3G) - sets color map mode as the current mode.
cmode (3G) - sets color map mode as the current mode.
cmov, cmovi, cmovs, cmov2, cmov2i, cmov2s (3G) - updates the current character position
cmov, cmovi, cmovs, cmov2, cmov2i, cmov2s (3G) - updates the current character position
CMPLX, DCMPLX, QCMPLX (3I) - Converts to type complex
cmsApplyTfm (3) - apply a color management tranform to a pixel buffer
cmsCheckGamut (3) - test pixels in a buffer to see whether they are in gamut for a given transform
cmsCloseProfile (3) - close a CMS profile int32 cmsCloseProfile (ctxt, prof); CMSContext ctxt; CMSProfile prof;
cmsCreateGamutCheck (3) - creates a gamut check from a set of profiles
cmsCreateProfile (3) - create a new profile
cmsCreateTfm (3) - creates a transform from a set of profiles
cmsDeleteProfile (3) - delete a profile from the file system
cmsDeleteTag (3) - delete the tag belonging to the specifed profile
cmsDeleteTfm (3) - delete a transform
cmsEndProfileIteration (3) - terminate a profile iteration and dispose of the iterator
cmsEndTagIteration (3) - terminate tag iteration and delete the iterator
cmsExportProfile (3) - convert profile to an external format
cmsFreeCmmList (3) - free list of all available CMMs
cmsFreeProfileExport (3) - free data storage created by cmsExportProfile
cmsFreeTagValue (3) - free tag value data
cmsGetCmmInfo (3) - return information about a selected CMM
cmsGetCmmList (3) - list all available CMMs
cmsGetDefaultCmm (3) - return the default CMM
cmsGetProfileHeader (3) - get the header from an open profile
cmsGetProfileSpecHeader (3) - get the header using the name of the profile, rather than a open profile.
cmsGetTag (3) - return tag contents, given a profile and a tag name
cmsImportProfile (3) - initialize a profile from data in an external format
cmsNextProfileIteration (3) - get the next profile in an iteration
cmsNextTagIteration (3) - get the next tag in a tag iteration
cmsOpen (3) - establishes a context for working with the color management system
cmsOpenProfile (3) - open a profile for read or write
cmsSaveProfile (3) - save a profile to permanent storage
cmsSaveProfileAs (3) - save a profile to permanent storage under a new name
cmsSetProfileHeader (3) - stores a new header into an open profile
cmsSetTag (3) - set tag contents, given a tag name and a profile
cmsStartProfileIteration (3) - start a profile iteration and create an iterator
cmsTfmCheckGamut (3) - test pixels in a buffer to see whether they are in gamut for a given transform
cnvlv (3G) - modify the operation of lrectwrite and rectcopy to convolve pixel data
color, colorf (3G) - sets the color index in the current draw mode
color, colorf (3G) - sets the color index in the current draw mode
compac (3G) - compacts the memory storage of an object
compactify (3G) - compacts the memory storage of an object
COMPL (3I) - Computes complement
complex (3C) - Introduction to C++ complex mathematics library
complex_error (3C) - Error-handling function for the C++ Complex Math Library
complex_operators (3C) - Operators for the C++ complex math library
Composite (3) - The Composite widget class
Composite (3X) - The Composite widget class
concat (3Tcl) - Join lists together
concav (3G) - allows the system to draw concave polygons
concave (3G) - allows the system to draw concave polygons
Config (3) - access Perl configuration information
confstr (3S) - get configurable variables
CONJG, DCONJG, QCONJG (3I) - Computes conjugate of a complex number
connect (3N) - initiate a connection on a socket
constant (3) - Perl pragma to declare constants
Constraint (3) - The Constraint widget class
Constraint (3X) - The Constraint widget class
continue (3Tcl) - Skip to the next iteration of a loop
conv: toupper, tolower, _toupper, _tolower, toascii (3C) - translate characters
convolve (3G) - modify the operation of lrectwrite and rectcopy to convolve pixel data
copylist (3G) - copy a file into memory
Core (3) - The Core widget class
Core (3X) - The Core widget class
COS, DCOS, QCOS, CCOS, CDCOS, CQCOS, COSD, DCOSD, QCOSD (3I) - Computes cosine
COSH, DCOSH, QCOSH (3I) - Computes hyperbolic cosine
COT, COTAN, DCOT, DCOTAN, QCOT, CQCOTAN (3I) - Computes cotangent
COUNT (3I) - Counts the number of true array elements
cpack (3G) - specifies RGBA color with a single packed 32-bit integer
cpack (3G) - specifies RGBA color with a single packed 32-bit integer
CPAN (3) - query, download and build perl modules from CPAN sites
CPAN::FirstTime (3) - Utility for CPAN::Config file Initialization
CPAN::Nox (3) - Wrapper around CPAN.pm without using any XS module
CPBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPBTRF
CPBEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite band matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
CPBRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CPBSTF (3S) - compute a split Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
CPBSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CPBSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CPBTF2 (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
CPBTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
CPBTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite band matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPBTRF
cplxtrig (3C) - Trigonometric and hyperbolic functions for the C++ complex library
CPOCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPOTRF
CPOEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
CPORFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite,
CPOSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CPOSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CPOTF2 (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A
CPOTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A
CPOTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPOTRF
CPOTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPOTRF
CPPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite packed matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPPTRF
CPPEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite matrix A in packed storage and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
CPPRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CPPSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CPPSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CPPTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A stored in packed format
CPPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPPTRF
CPPTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite matrix A in packed storage using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by CPPTRF
CPTCON (3S) - compute the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix using the factorization A = L*D*L**H or A = U**H*D*U computed by CPTTRF
CPTEQR (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix by first factoring the matrix using SPTTRF and then calling CBDSQR to compute the singular values of the bidiagonal factor
CPTRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CPTSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
CPTSVX (3S) - use the factorization A = L*D*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
CPTTRF (3S) - compute the L*D*L' factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix A
CPTTRS (3S) - solve a tridiagonal system of the form A * X = B using the factorization A = U'*D*U or A = L*D*L' computed by CPTTRF
CPTTS2 (3S) - solve a tridiagonal system of the form A * X = B using the factorization A = U'*D*U or A = L*D*L' computed by CPTTRF
CPU_TIME (3I) - Returns the processor time
cpusetAllocQueueDef (3x) - allocate a cpuset_QueueDef_t structure
cpusetAttach (3x) - attach the current process to a cpuset
cpusetAttachPID (3x) - attach a specific process to a cpuset
cpusetCreate (3x) - create a cpuset
cpusetDestroy (3x) - destroy a cpuset
cpusetDetachAll (3x) - detaches all threads from a cpuset
cpusetDetachPID (3x) - detach a specific process from a cpuset
cpusetFreeCPUList (3x) - release memory used by a cpuset_CPUList_t structure
cpusetFreeNameList (3x) - release memory used by a cpuset_NameList_t structure
cpusetFreePIDList (3x) - release memory used by a cpuset_PIDList_t structure
cpusetFreeProperties (3x) - release memory used by a cpuset_Properties_t structure
cpusetFreeQueueDef (3x) - release memory used by a cpuset_QueueDef_t structure
cpusetGetCPUCount (3x) - obtain the number of CPUs configured on the system
cpusetGetCPUList (3x) - get the list of all CPUs assigned to a cpuset
cpusetGetName (3x) - get the name of the cpuset to which a process is attached
cpusetGetNameList (3x) - get the list of names for all defined cpusets
cpusetGetPIDList (3x) - get a list of all PIDs attached to a cpuset
cpusetGetProperties (3x) - retrieve various properties associated with a cpuset
cpusetMove (3x) - move processes associated with an ID to another cpuset
cpusetMoveMigrate (3x) - move processes, identified by an ID, and their associate memory from one cpuset to another
crv (3G) - draws a curve
crv (3G) - draws a curve
crvn (3G) - draws a series of curve segments
crvn (3G) - draws a series of curve segments
CRY2MIPS, MIPS2CRY (3F) - Converts Fortran data types between Cray Fortran data types and MIPS IEEE Fortran data types
crypt (3X) - password and file encryption functions
crypt, setkey, encrypt (3C) - generate hashing encryption
CSHIFT (3I) - Performs a circular shift on an array expression
CSMG (3I) - Performs a conditional scalar merge
CSPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex symmetric packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSPTRF
CSPRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CSPSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CSPSVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric matrix stored in packed format and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
CSPTRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CSPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex symmetric indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSPTRF
CSPTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSPTRF
CSROT, ZDROT (3S) - Applies a real plane rotation to a pair of complex vectors
CSRSCL (3S) - multiplie an n-element complex vector x by the real scalar 1/a
CSTEDC (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the divide and conquer method
CSTEGR (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
CSTEIN (3S) - compute the eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T corresponding to specified eigenvalues, using inverse iteration
CSTEQR (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the implicit QL or QR method
CSYCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSYTRF
CSYRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
CSYSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CSYSVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
CSYTF2 (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CSYTRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
CSYTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex symmetric indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSYTRF
CSYTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by CSYTRF
CTBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
CTBRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular band coefficient matrix
CTBTRS (3S) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ctermid, ctermid_r (3S) - generate file name for terminal
CTGEVC (3S) - compute some or all of the right and/or left generalized eigenvectors of a pair of complex upper triangular matrices (A,B)
CTGEX2 (3S) - swap adjacent diagonal 1 by 1 blocks (A11,B11) and (A22,B22)
CTGEXC (3S) - reorder the generalized Schur decomposition of a complex matrix pair (A,B), using an unitary equivalence transformation (A, B) := Q * (A, B) * Z', so that the diagonal block of (A, B) with row index IFST is moved to row ILST
CTGSEN (3S) - reorder the generalized Schur decomposition of a complex matrix pair (A, B) (in terms of an unitary equivalence trans- formation Q' * (A, B) * Z), so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading diagonal blocks of the pair (A,B)
CTGSJA (3S) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of two complex upper triangular (or trapezoidal) matrices A and B
CTGSNA (3S) - estimate reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or eigenvectors of a matrix pair (A, B)
CTGSY2 (3S) - solve the generalized Sylvester equation A * R - L * B = scale * C (1) D * R - L * E = scale * F using Level 1 and 2 BLAS, where R and L are unknown M-by-N matrices,
CTGSYL (3S) - solve the generalized Sylvester equation
ctime, localtime, gmtime, asctime, tzset, ctime_r, localtime_r, gmtime_r, asctime_r (3C) - convert date and time to string
CTPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a packed triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
CTPRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular packed coefficient matrix
CTPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex upper or lower triangular matrix A stored in packed format
CTPTRS (3S) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
CTRCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
CTREVC (3S) - compute some or all of the right and/or left eigenvectors of a complex upper triangular matrix T
CTREXC (3S) - reorder the Schur factorization of a complex matrix A = Q*T*Q**H, so that the diagonal element of T with row index IFST is moved to row ILST
CTRID (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A*x = b, where A is an N-by-N tridiagonal matrix, and x and b are vectors of length N
CTRRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular coefficient matrix
CTRSEN (3S) - reorder the Schur factorization of a complex matrix A = Q*T*Q**H, so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading positions on the diagonal of the upper triangular matrix T, and the leading columns of Q form an orthonormal basis of the corresponding right invariant subspace
CTRSNA (3S) - estimate reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or right eigenvectors of a complex upper triangular matrix T (or of any matrix Q*T*Q**H with Q unitary)
CTRSYL (3S) - solve the complex Sylvester matrix equation
CTRTI2 (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex upper or lower triangular matrix
CTRTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex upper or lower triangular matrix A
CTRTRS (3S) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ctype: isdigit, isxdigit, islower, isupper, isalpha, isalnum, isspace, iscntrl, ispunct, isprint, isgraph, isascii, __isblank (3C) - character handling
CTZRQF (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine CTZRZF
CTZRZF (3S) - reduce the M-by-N ( M<=N ) complex upper trapezoidal matrix A to upper triangular form by means of unitary transformations
CUNG2L (3S) - generate an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
CUNG2R (3S) - generate an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
CUNGBR (3S) - generate one of the complex unitary matrices Q or P**H determined by CGEBRD when reducing a complex matrix A to bidiagonal form
CUNGHR (3S) - generate a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of IHI-ILO elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by CGEHRD
CUNGL2 (3S) - generate an m-by-n complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
CUNGLQ (3S) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
CUNGQL (3S) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
CUNGQR (3S) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
CUNGR2 (3S) - generate an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
CUNGRQ (3S) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
CUNGTR (3S) - generate a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by CHETRD
CUNM2L (3S) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
CUNM2R (3S) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
CUNMBR (3S) - VECT = 'Q', CUNMBR overwrites the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
CUNMHR (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
CUNML2 (3S) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
CUNMLQ (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
CUNMQL (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
CUNMQR (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
CUNMR2 (3S) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
CUNMR3 (3S) - overwrite the general complex m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
CUNMRQ (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
CUNMRZ (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
CUNMTR (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
CUPGTR (3S) - generate a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors H(i) of order n, as returned by CHPTRD using packed storage
CUPMTR (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
curori (3G) - sets the origin of a cursor
curorigin (3G) - sets the origin of a cursor
curs_addch: addch, waddch, mvaddch, mvwaddch, echochar, wechochar (3X) - add a character (with attributes) to a curses window and advance cursor
curs_addchstr: addchstr, addchnstr, waddchstr, waddchnstr, mvaddchstr, mvaddchnstr, mvwaddchstr, mvwaddchnstr (3X) - add string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window
curs_addstr: addstr, addnstr, waddstr, waddnstr, mvaddstr, mvaddnstr, mvwaddstr, mvwaddnstr (3X) - add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor
curs_addwch: addwch, waddwch, mvaddwch, mvwaddwch, echowchar, wechowchar (3X) - add a wchar_t character (with attributes) to a curses window and advance cursor
curs_addwchstr: addwchstr, addwchnstr, waddwchstr, waddwchnstr, mvaddwchstr, mvaddwchnstr, mvwaddwchstr, mvwaddwchnstr (3X) - add string of wchar_t characters (and attributes) to a curses window
curs_addwstr: addwstr, addnwstr, waddwstr, waddnwstr, mvaddwstr, mvaddnwstr, mvwaddwstr, mvwaddnwstr (3X) - add a string of wchar_t characters to a curses window and advance cursor
curs_attr: attroff, wattroff, attron, wattron, attrset, wattrset, standend, wstandend, standout, wstandout (3X) - curses character and window attribute control routines
curs_beep: beep, flash (3X) - curses bell and screen flash routines
curs_bkgd: bkgdset, wbkgdset, bkgd, wbkgd (3X) - curses window background manipulation routines
curs_border: border, wborder, box, hline, whline, vline, wvline (3X) - create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
curs_clear: erase, werase, clear, wclear, clrtobot, wclrtobot, clrtoeol, wclrtoeol (3X) - clear all or part of a curses window
curs_color: start_color, init_pair, init_color, has_colors, can_change_color, color_content, pair_content (3X) - curses color manipulation routines
curs_delch: delch, wdelch, mvdelch, mvwdelch (3X) - delete character under cursor in a curses window
curs_deleteln: deleteln, wdeleteln, insdelln, winsdelln, insertln, winsertln (3X) - delete and insert lines in a curses window
curs_getch: getch, wgetch, mvgetch, mvwgetch, ungetch (3X) - get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard
curs_getstr: getstr, wgetstr, mvgetstr, mvwgetstr, wgetnstr (3X) - get character strings from curses terminal keyboard
curs_getwch: getwch, wgetwch, mvgetwch, mvwgetwch, ungetwch (3X) - get (or push back) wchar_t characters from curses terminal keyboard
curs_getwstr: getwstr, getnwstr, wgetwstr, wgetnwstr, mvgetwstr, mvgetnwstr, mvwgetwstr, mvwgetnwstr (3X) - get wchar_t character strings from curses terminal keyboard
curs_getyx: getyx, getparyx, getbegyx, getmaxyx (3X) - get curses cursor and window coordinates
curs_inch: inch, winch, mvinch, mvwinch (3X) - get a character and its attributes from a curses window
curs_inchstr: inchstr, inchnstr, winchstr, winchnstr, mvinchstr, mvinchnstr, mvwinchstr, mvwinchnstr (3X) - get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window
curs_initscr: initscr, newterm, endwin, isendwin, set_term, delscreen (3X) - curses screen initialization and manipulation routines
curs_inopts: cbreak, nocbreak, echo, noecho, halfdelay, intrflush, keypad, meta, nodelay, notimeout, raw, noraw, noqiflush, qiflush, timeout, wtimeout, typeahead (3X) - curses terminal input option control routines
curs_insch: insch, winsch, mvinsch, mvwinsch (3X) - insert a character before the character under the cursor in a curses window
curs_insstr: insstr, insnstr, winsstr, winsnstr, mvinsstr, mvinsnstr, mvwinsstr, mvwinsnstr (3X) - insert string before character under the cursor in a curses window
curs_instr: instr, innstr, winstr, winnstr, mvinstr, mvinnstr, mvwinstr, mvwinnstr (3X) - get a string of characters from a curses window
curs_inswch: inswch, winswch, mvinswch, mvwinswch (3X) - insert a wchar_t character before the character under the cursor in a curses window
curs_inswstr: inswstr, insnwstr, winswstr, winsnwstr, mvinswstr, mvinsnwstr, mvwinswstr, mvwinsnwstr (3X) - insert wchar_t string before character under the cursor in a curses window
curs_inwch: inwch, winwch, mvinwch, mvwinwch (3X) - get a wchar_t character and its attributes from a curses window
curs_inwchstr: inwchstr, inwchnstr, winwchstr, winwchnstr, mvinwchstr, mvinwchnstr, mvwinwchstr, mvwinwchnstr (3X) - get a string of wchar_t characters (and attributes) from a curses window
curs_inwstr: inwstr, innwstr, winwstr, winnwstr, mvinwstr, mvinnwstr, mvwinwstr, mvwinnwstr (3X) - get a string of wchar_t characters from a curses window
curs_kernel: def_prog_mode, def_shell_mode, reset_prog_mode, reset_shell_mode, resetty, savetty, getsyx, setsyx, ripoffline, curs_set, napms (3X) - low-level curses routines
curs_move: move, wmove (3X) - move curses window cursor
curs_outopts: clearok, idlok, idcok immedok, leaveok, setscrreg, wsetscrreg, scrollok, nl, nonl (3X) - curses terminal output option control routines
curs_overlay: overlay, overwrite, copywin (3X) - overlap and manipulate overlapped curses windows
curs_pad: newpad, subpad, prefresh, pnoutrefresh, pechochar, pechowchar (3X) - create and display curses pads
curs_printw: printw, wprintw, mvprintw, mvwprintw, vwprintw (3X) - print formatted output in curses windows
curs_refresh: refresh, wrefresh, wnoutrefresh, doupdate, redrawwin, wredrawln (3X) - refresh curses windows and lines
curs_scanw: scanw, wscanw, mvscanw, mvwscanw, vwscanw (3X) - convert formatted input from a curses widow
curs_scr_dump: scr_dump, scr_restore, scr_init, scr_set (3X) - read (write) a curses screen from (to) a file
curs_scroll: scroll, srcl, wscrl (3X) - scroll a curses window
curs_slk: slk_init, slk_set, slk_refresh, slk_noutrefresh, slk_label, slk_clear, slk_restore, slk_touch, slk_attron, slk_attrset, slk_attroff (3X) - curses soft label routines
curs_termattrs: baudrate, erasechar, has_ic, has_il, killchar, longname, termattrs, termname (3X) - curses environment query routines
curs_termcap: tgetent, tgetflag, tgetnum, tgetstr, tgoto, tputs (3X) - curses interfaces (emulated) to the termcap library
curs_terminfo: setupterm, setterm, set_curterm, del_curterm, restartterm, tparm, tputs, putp, vidputs, vidattr, mvcur, tigetflag, tigetnum, tigetstr (3X) - curses interfaces to terminfo database
curs_touch: touchwin, touchline, untouchwin, wtouchln, is_linetouched, is_wintouched (3X) - curses refresh control routines
curs_util: unctrl, keyname, filter, use_env, putwin, getwin, delay_output, draino, flushinp (3X) - miscellaneous curses utility routines
curs_window: newwin, delwin, mvwin, subwin, derwin, mvderwin, dupwin, wsyncup, syncok, wcursyncup, wsyncdown (3X) - create curses windows
curses (3X) - CRT screen handling and optimization package
curson, cursof (3G) - control cursor visibility by window
curson, cursoff (3G) - control cursor visibility by window
cursty (3G) - defines the type and/or size of cursor
curstype (3G) - defines the type and/or size of cursor
curveb (3G) - selects a basis matrix used to draw curves
curvebasis (3G) - selects a basis matrix used to draw curves
curvei (3G) - draws a curve segment
curveit (3G) - draws a curve segment
curvep (3G) - sets number of line segments used to draw a curve segment
curveprecision (3G) - sets number of line segments used to draw a curve segment
cuserid (3S) - get character login name of the user
CVMGM, CVMGN, CVMGP, CVMGT, CVMGZ (3I) - Conditional vector merge functions
cyclem (3G) - cycles between color maps at a specified rate
cyclemap (3G) - cycles between color maps at a specified rate
czclea (3G) - clears the color bitplanes and the z-buffer simultaneously
czclear (3G) - clears the color bitplanes and the z-buffer simultaneously
datapipe: dpipeCreate, dpipeDestroy, dpipeTransfer, dpipeReset, dpipeFlush(3X) - data pipe operations.
DATE, JDATE (3I) - Returns the current date
DATE_AND_TIME (3I) - Returns data on the real-time clock and date
DB_File (3) - Perl5 access to Berkeley DB version 1.x
DBDSDC (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real N-by-N (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix B
DBDSQR (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real N-by-N (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix B
DBE (3X11) - Double Buffer Extension
DBLE (3I) - Converts to double-precision real
dbm: dbminit, dbminit64, dbmclose, dbmclose64, fetch, fetch64, store, store64, delete, delete64, firstkey, firstkey64, nextkey, nextkey64 (3B) - data base subroutines
dbopen (3) - database access methods
dbtext (3G) - sets the dial and button box text display
dbtext (3G) - sets the dial and button box text display
DDISNA (3S) - compute the reciprocal condition numbers for the eigenvectors of a real symmetric or complex Hermitian matrix or for the left or right singular vectors of a general m-by-n matrix
defbas (3G) - defines a basis matrix
defbasis (3G) - defines a basis matrix
defcur (3G) - defines a cursor glyph
defcursor (3G) - defines a cursor glyph
deflfo (3G) - defines a raster font capable of accommodating large rasters and multi-byte character id's
deflfont (3G) - defines a raster font capable of accommodating large rasters and multi-byte character id's
deflin (3G) - defines a linestyle
deflinestyle (3G) - defines a linestyle
defpat (3G) - defines patterns
defpattern (3G) - defines patterns
defpup (3G) - defines a menu
defras (3G) - defines a raster font
defrasterfont (3G) - defines a raster font
delmntent (3) - remove entry from mounted filesystem description file
delobj (3G) - deletes an object
delobj (3G) - deletes an object
deltag (3G) - deletes a tag from the current open object
deltag (3G) - deletes a tag from the current open object
dem, demangle (3C) - Demangle C++ external names to a readable format
depthc (3G) - turns depth-cue mode on and off
depthcue (3G) - turns depth-cue mode on and off
destroy (3Tk) - Destroy one or more windows
Devel::SelfStubber (3) - generate stubs for a SelfLoading module
DFLOTI, DFLOTJ, QFLOTI, QFLOTJ, QFLOTK, (3F) - explicit Fortran type conversion
DGBBRD (3S) - reduce a real general m-by-n band matrix A to upper bidiagonal form B by an orthogonal transformation
DGBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a real general band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm,
DGBEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N band matrix A and reduce its condition number
DGBRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DGBSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is a band matrix of order N with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
DGBSVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
DGBTF2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a real m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
DGBTRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a real m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
DGBTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B or A' * X = B with a general band matrix A using the LU factorization computed by DGBTRF
DGEBAK (3S) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a real general matrix by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced matrix output by DGEBAL
DGEBAL (3S) - balance a general real matrix A
DGEBD2 (3S) - reduce a real general m by n matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form B by an orthogonal transformation
DGEBRD (3S) - reduce a general real M-by-N matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form B by an orthogonal transformation
DGECON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a general real matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm, using the LU factorization computed by DGETRF
DGEEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N matrix A and reduce its condition number
DGEES (3S) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the real Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
DGEESX (3S) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the real Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
DGEEV (3S) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
DGEEVX (3S) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
DGEGS (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine DGGES
DGEGV (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine DGGEV
DGEHD2 (3S) - reduce a real general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DGEHRD (3S) - reduce a real general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DGELQ2 (3S) - compute an LQ factorization of a real m by n matrix A
DGELQF (3S) - compute an LQ factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A
DGELS (3S) - solve overdetermined or underdetermined real linear systems involving an M-by-N matrix A, or its transpose, using a QR or LQ factorization of A
DGELSD (3S) - compute the minimum-norm solution to a real linear least squares problem
DGELSS (3S) - compute the minimum norm solution to a real linear least squares problem
DGELSX (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine DGELSY
DGELSY (3S) - compute the minimum-norm solution to a real linear least squares problem
DGEMMS (3S) - Multiplies a real general matrix by a real general matrix, using Strassen's algorithm
DGEQL2 (3S) - compute a QL factorization of a real m by n matrix A
DGEQLF (3S) - compute a QL factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A
DGEQP3 (3S) - compute a QR factorization with column pivoting of a matrix A
DGEQPF (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine DGEQP3
DGEQR2 (3S) - compute a QR factorization of a real m by n matrix A
DGEQRF (3S) - compute a QR factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A
DGERFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DGERQ2 (3S) - compute an RQ factorization of a real m by n matrix A
DGERQF (3S) - compute an RQ factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A
DGESC2 (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = scale* RHS with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization with complete pivoting computed by DGETC2
DGESDD (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real M-by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and right singular vectors
DGESV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DGESVD (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real M-by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and/or right singular vectors
DGESVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DGETC2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization with complete pivoting of the n-by-n matrix A
DGETF2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a general m-by-n matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
DGETRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a general M-by-N matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
DGETRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a matrix using the LU factorization computed by DGETRF
DGETRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B or A' * X = B with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization computed by DGETRF
DGGBAK (3S) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a real generalized eigenvalue problem A*x = lambda*B*x, by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced pair of matrices output by DGGBAL
DGGBAL (3S) - balance a pair of general real matrices (A,B)
DGGES (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrices (A,B),
DGGESX (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrices (A,B), the generalized eigenvalues, the real Schur form (S,T), and,
DGGEV (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrices (A,B)
DGGEVX (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrices (A,B)
DGGGLM (3S) - solve a general Gauss-Markov linear model (GLM) problem
DGGHRD (3S) - reduce a pair of real matrices (A,B) to generalized upper Hessenberg form using orthogonal transformations, where A is a general matrix and B is upper triangular
DGGLSE (3S) - solve the linear equality-constrained least squares (LSE) problem
DGGQRF (3S) - compute a generalized QR factorization of an N-by-M matrix A and an N-by-P matrix B
DGGRQF (3S) - compute a generalized RQ factorization of an M-by-N matrix A and a P-by-N matrix B
DGGSVD (3S) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of an M-by-N real matrix A and P-by-N real matrix B
DGGSVP (3S) - compute orthogonal matrices U, V and Q such that N-K-L K L U'*A*Q = K ( 0 A12 A13 ) if M-K-L >= 0
dglclo (3G) - closes the DGL server connection
dglclose (3G) - closes the DGL server connection
dglope (3G) - opens a Graphics Library connection to a graphics server
dglopen (3G) - opens a Graphics Library connection to a graphics server
DGTCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a real tridiagonal matrix A using the LU factorization as computed by DGTTRF
DGTRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DGTSV (3S) - solve the equation A*X = B,
DGTSVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B or A**T * X = B,
DGTTRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a real tridiagonal matrix A using elimination with partial pivoting and row interchanges
DGTTRS (3S) - solve one of the systems of equations A*X = B or A'*X = B,
DGTTS2 (3S) - solve one of the systems of equations A*X = B or A'*X = B,
DHGEQZ (3S) - implement a single-/double-shift version of the QZ method for finding the generalized eigenvalues w(j)=(ALPHAR(j) + i*ALPHAI(j))/BETAR(j) of the equation det( A - w(i) B ) = 0 In addition, the pair A,B may be reduced to generalized Schur form
DHSEIN (3S) - use inverse iteration to find specified right and/or left eigenvectors of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H
DHSEQR (3S) - compute the eigenvalues of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**T, where T is an upper quasi-triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the orthogonal matrix of Schur vectors
diagnostics (3) - Perl compiler pragma to force verbose warning diagnostics
dial (3C) - establish an out-going terminal line connection
difftime (3C) - compute difference between two calendar times
DIGITS (3I) - Returns the number of significant digits
DIM, DDIM, QDIM, IDIM, IIDIM, JIDIM, KIDIM (3I) - Computes positive difference of two numbers
directory: opendir, readdir, readdir64, telldir, telldir64, seekdir, seekdir64, rewinddir, closedir, readdir_r, readdir64_r (3C) - directory operations
DirHandle (3) - supply object methods for directory handles
dirname (3G) - report the parent directory name of a file pathname
dis_init, dis_init32, dis_init64, dis_regs, dis_regs32, dis_regs64, disasm, disasm32, disasm64, disassembler32, disassembler64 (3E) - Disassembler functions
DISABLE_IEEE_INTERRUPT (3I) - Disables floating-point interrupt
disassembler (3X) - Disassembles a MIPS instruction and prints the results
displa (3G) - specifies a displacement for the z values of rendered polygons
displacepolygon (3G) - specifies a displacement for the z values of rendered polygons
DisplayOfCCC, VisualOfCCC, ScreenNumberOfCCC, ScreenWhitePointOfCCC, ClientWhitePointOfCCC (3X11) - Color Conversion Context macros
DIterative, DIterative_DropTol, DIterative_DropStorage (3S) - Parallel sparse iterative linear system solver
dither (3G) - controls the dithering of pixels
dither (3G) - controls the dithering of pixels
div, ldiv (3C) - perform integer division
DLABAD (3S) - take as input the values computed by DLAMCH for underflow and overflow, and returns the square root of each of these values if the log of LARGE is sufficiently large
DLABRD (3S) - reduce the first NB rows and columns of a real general m by n matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form by an orthogonal transformation Q' * A * P, and returns the matrices X and Y which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
DLACON (3S) - estimate the 1-norm of a square, real matrix A
DLACPY (3S) - copie all or part of a two-dimensional matrix A to another matrix B
dladdr (3C) - Translates address to symbolic information
DLADIV (3S) - perform complex division in real arithmetic a + i*b p + i*q = --------- c + i*d The algorithm is due to Robert L
DLAE2 (3S) - compute the eigenvalues of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix [ A B ] [ B C ]
DLAEBZ (3S) - contain the iteration loops which compute and use the function N(w), which is the count of eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix T less than or equal to its argument w
DLAED0 (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and corresponding eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the divide and conquer method
DLAED1 (3S) - compute the updated eigensystem of a diagonal matrix after modification by a rank-one symmetric matrix
DLAED2 (3S) - merge the two sets of eigenvalues together into a single sorted set
DLAED3 (3S) - find the roots of the secular equation, as defined by the values in D, W, and RHO, between 1 and K
DLAED4 (3S) - subroutine computes the I-th updated eigenvalue of a symmetric rank-one modification to a diagonal matrix whose elements are given in the array d, and that D(i) < D(j) for i < j and that RHO > 0
DLAED5 (3S) - subroutine computes the I-th eigenvalue of a symmetric rank-one modification of a 2-by-2 diagonal matrix diag( D ) + RHO * Z * transpose(Z)
DLAED6 (3S) - compute the positive or negative root (closest to the origin) of z(1) z(2) z(3) f(x) = rho + --------- + ---------- + --------- d(1)-x d(2)-x d(3)-x It is assumed that if ORGATI = .true
DLAED7 (3S) - compute the updated eigensystem of a diagonal matrix after modification by a rank-one symmetric matrix
DLAED8 (3S) - merge the two sets of eigenvalues together into a single sorted set
DLAED9 (3S) - find the roots of the secular equation, as defined by the values in D, Z, and RHO, between KSTART and KSTOP
DLAEDA (3S) - compute the Z vector corresponding to the merge step in the CURLVLth step of the merge process with TLVLS steps for the CURPBMth problem
DLAEIN (3S) - use inverse iteration to find a right or left eigenvector corresponding to the eigenvalue (WR,WI) of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H
DLAEV2 (3S) - compute the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix [ A B ] [ B C ]
DLAEXC (3S) - swap adjacent diagonal blocks T11 and T22 of order 1 or 2 in an upper quasi-triangular matrix T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DLAG2 (3S) - compute the eigenvalues of a 2 x 2 generalized eigenvalue problem A - w B, with scaling as necessary to avoid over-/underflow
DLAGS2 (3S) - compute 2-by-2 orthogonal matrices U, V and Q, such that if ( UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 A2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 A3 ) ( x x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 B2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 B3 ) ( x x ) or if ( .NOT.UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( A2 A3 ) ( 0 x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( B2 B3 ) ( 0 x ) The rows of the transformed A and B are parallel, where U = ( CSU SNU ), V = ( CSV SNV ), Q = ( CSQ SNQ ) ( -SNU CSU ) ( -SNV CSV ) ( -SNQ CSQ ) Z' denotes the transpose of Z
DLAGTF (3S) - factorize the matrix (T - lambda*I), where T is an n by n tridiagonal matrix and lambda is a scalar, as T - lambda*I = PLU,
DLAGTM (3S) - perform a matrix-vector product of the form B := alpha * A * X + beta * B where A is a tridiagonal matrix of order N, B and X are N by NRHS matrices, and alpha and beta are real scalars, each of which may be 0., 1., or -1
DLAGTS (3S) - may be used to solve one of the systems of equations (T - lambda*I)*x = y or (T - lambda*I)'*x = y,
DLAGV2 (3S) - compute the Generalized Schur factorization of a real 2-by-2 matrix pencil (A,B) where B is upper triangular
DLAHQR (3S) - i an auxiliary routine called by DHSEQR to update the eigenvalues and Schur decomposition already computed by DHSEQR, by dealing with the Hessenberg submatrix in rows and columns ILO to IHI
DLAHRD (3S) - reduce the first NB columns of a real general n-by-(n-k+1) matrix A so that elements below the k-th subdiagonal are zero
DLAIC1 (3S) - applie one step of incremental condition estimation in its simplest version
DLALN2 (3S) - solve a system of the form (ca A - w D ) X = s B or (ca A' - w D) X = s B with possible scaling ("s") and perturbation of A
DLALS0 (3S) - applie back the multiplying factors of either the left or the right singular vector matrix of a diagonal matrix appended by a row to the right hand side matrix B in solving the least squares problem using the divide-and-conquer SVD approach
DLALSA (3S) - i an itermediate step in solving the least squares problem by computing the SVD of the coefficient matrix in compact form (The singular vectors are computed as products of simple orthorgonal matrices.)
DLALSD (3S) - use the singular value decomposition of A to solve the least squares problem of finding X to minimize the Euclidean norm of each column of A*X-B, where A is N-by-N upper bidiagonal, and X and B are N- by-NRHS
DLAMCH (3S) - determine double precision machine parameters
DLAMRG (3S) - will create a permutation list which will merge the elements of A (which is composed of two independently sorted sets) into a single set which is sorted in ascending order
DLANGB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n band matrix A, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals
DLANGE (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real matrix A
DLANGT (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real tridiagonal matrix A
DLANHS (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a Hessenberg matrix A
DLANSB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n symmetric band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
DLANSP (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric matrix A, supplied in packed form
DLANST (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A
DLANSY (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric matrix A
DLANTB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n triangular band matrix A, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals
DLANTP (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a triangular matrix A, supplied in packed form
DLANTR (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a trapezoidal or triangular matrix A
DLANV2 (3S) - compute the Schur factorization of a real 2-by-2 nonsymmetric matrix in standard form
DLAPLL (3S) - two column vectors X and Y, let A = ( X Y )
DLAPMT (3S) - rearrange the columns of the M by N matrix X as specified by the permutation K(1),K(2),...,K(N) of the integers 1,...,N
DLAPY2 (3S) - return sqrt(x**2+y**2), taking care not to cause unnecessary overflow
DLAPY3 (3S) - return sqrt(x**2+y**2+z**2), taking care not to cause unnecessary overflow
DLAQGB (3S) - equilibrate a general M by N band matrix A with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
DLAQGE (3S) - equilibrate a general M by N matrix A using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
DLAQP2 (3S) - compute a QR factorization with column pivoting of the block A(OFFSET+1:M,1:N)
DLAQPS (3S) - compute a step of QR factorization with column pivoting of a real M-by-N matrix A by using Blas-3
DLAQSB (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric band matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
DLAQSP (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
DLAQSY (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
DLAQTR (3S) - solve the real quasi-triangular system op(T)*p = scale*c, if LREAL = .TRUE
DLAR1V (3S) - compute the (scaled) r-th column of the inverse of the sumbmatrix in rows B1 through BN of the tridiagonal matrix L D L^T - sigma I
DLAR2V (3S) - applie a vector of real plane rotations from both sides to a sequence of 2-by-2 real symmetric matrices, defined by the elements of the vectors x, y and z
DLARF (3S) - applie a real elementary reflector H to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
DLARFB (3S) - applie a real block reflector H or its transpose H' to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
DLARFG (3S) - generate a real elementary reflector H of order n, such that H * ( alpha ) = ( beta ), H' * H = I
DLARFT (3S) - form the triangular factor T of a real block reflector H of order n, which is defined as a product of k elementary reflectors
DLARFX (3S) - applie a real elementary reflector H to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
DLARGV (3S) - generate a vector of real plane rotations, determined by elements of the real vectors x and y
DLARNV (3S) - return a vector of n random real numbers from a uniform or normal distribution
DLARRB (3S) - the relatively robust representation(RRR) L D L^T, DLARRB does ``limited'' bisection to locate the eigenvalues of L D L^T,
DLARRE (3S) - the tridiagonal matrix T, DLARRE sets "small" off-diagonal elements to zero, and for each unreduced block T_i, it finds (i) the numbers sigma_i (ii) the base T_i - sigma_i I = L_i D_i L_i^T representations and (iii) eigenvalues of each L_i D_i L_i^T
DLARRF (3S) - the initial representation L D L^T and its cluster of close eigenvalues (in a relative measure), W( IFIRST ), W( IFIRST+1 ), ..
DLARRV (3S) - compute the eigenvectors of the tridiagonal matrix T = L D L^T given L, D and the eigenvalues of L D L^T
DLARTG (3S) - generate a plane rotation so that [ CS SN ]
DLARTV (3S) - applie a vector of real plane rotations to elements of the real vectors x and y
DLARUV (3S) - return a vector of n random real numbers from a uniform (0,1)
DLARZ (3S) - applie a real elementary reflector H to a real M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
DLARZB (3S) - applie a real block reflector H or its transpose H**T to a real distributed M-by-N C from the left or the right
DLARZT (3S) - form the triangular factor T of a real block reflector H of order > n, which is defined as a product of k elementary reflectors
DLAS2 (3S) - compute the singular values of the 2-by-2 matrix [ F G ] [ 0 H ]
DLASCL (3S) - multiplie the M by N real matrix A by the real scalar CTO/CFROM
DLASD0 (3S) - a divide and conquer approach, DLASD0 computes the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real upper bidiagonal N-by-M matrix B with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, where M = N + SQRE
DLASD1 (3S) - compute the SVD of an upper bidiagonal N-by-M matrix B,
DLASD2 (3S) - merge the two sets of singular values together into a single sorted set
DLASD3 (3S) - find all the square roots of the roots of the secular equation, as defined by the values in D and Z
DLASD4 (3S) - subroutine computes the square root of the I-th updated eigenvalue of a positive symmetric rank-one modification to a positive diagonal matrix whose entries are given as the squares of the corresponding entries in the array d, and that 0 <= D(i) < D(j) for i < j and that RHO > 0
DLASD5 (3S) - subroutine computes the square root of the I-th eigenvalue of a positive symmetric rank-one modification of a 2-by-2 diagonal matrix diag( D ) * diag( D ) + RHO * Z * transpose(Z)
DLASD6 (3S) - compute the SVD of an updated upper bidiagonal matrix B obtained by merging two smaller ones by appending a row
DLASD7 (3S) - merge the two sets of singular values together into a single sorted set
DLASD8 (3S) - find the square roots of the roots of the secular equation,
DLASD9 (3S) - find the square roots of the roots of the secular equation,
DLASDA (3S) - a divide and conquer approach, DLASDA computes the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real upper bidiagonal N-by-M matrix B with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, where M = N + SQRE
DLASDQ (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, accumulating the transformations if desired
DLASDT (3S) - create a tree of subproblems for bidiagonal divide and conquer
DLASET (3S) - initialize an m-by-n matrix A to BETA on the diagonal and ALPHA on the offdiagonals
DLASQ1 (3S) - compute the singular values of a real N-by-N bidiagonal matrix with diagonal D and off-diagonal E
DLASQ2 (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues of the symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix associated with the qd array Z to high relative accuracy are computed to high relative accuracy, in the absence of denormalization, underflow and overflow
DLASQ3 (3S) - check for deflation, computes a shift (TAU) and calls dqds
DLASQ4 (3S) - compute an approximation TAU to the smallest eigenvalue using values of d from the previous transform
DLASQ5 (3S) - compute one dqds transform in ping-pong form, one version for IEEE machines another for non IEEE machines
DLASQ6 (3S) - compute one dqd (shift equal to zero) transform in ping-pong form, with protection against underflow and overflow
DLASR (3S) - perform the transformation A := P*A, when SIDE = 'L' or 'l' ( Left-hand side ) A := A*P', when SIDE = 'R' or 'r' ( Right-hand side ) where A is an m by n real matrix and P is an orthogonal matrix,
DLASRT (3S) - the numbers in D in increasing order (if ID = 'I') or in decreasing order (if ID = 'D' )
DLASSQ (3S) - return the values scl and smsq such that ( scl**2 )*smsq = x( 1 )**2 +...+ x( n )**2 + ( scale**2 )*sumsq,
DLASV2 (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition of a 2-by-2 triangular matrix [ F G ] [ 0 H ]
DLASWP (3S) - perform a series of row interchanges on the matrix A
DLASY2 (3S) - solve for the N1 by N2 matrix X, 1 <= N1,N2 <= 2, in op(TL)*X + ISGN*X*op(TR) = SCALE*B,
DLASYF (3S) - compute a partial factorization of a real symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
DLATBS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A'*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow, where A is an upper or lower triangular band matrix
DLATDF (3S) - use the LU factorization of the n-by-n matrix Z computed by DGETC2 and computes a contribution to the reciprocal Dif-estimate by solving Z * x = b for x, and choosing the r.h.s
DLATPS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A'*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow, where A is an upper or lower triangular matrix stored in packed form
DLATRD (3S) - reduce NB rows and columns of a real symmetric matrix A to symmetric tridiagonal form by an orthogonal similarity transformation Q' * A * Q, and returns the matrices V and W which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
DLATRS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A'*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow
DLATRZ (3S) - factor the M-by-(M+L) real upper trapezoidal matrix [ A1 A2 ] = [ A(1:M,1:M) A(1:M,N-L+1:N) ] as ( R 0 ) * Z, by means of orthogonal transformations
DLATZM (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine DORMRZ
DLAUU2 (3S) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
DLAUUM (3S) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
dlclose (3c) - Closes a shared object
dlerror (3c) - Gets diagnostic information
dlopen, sgidlopen_version (3C) - Opens a Dynamic Shared Object (DSO)
dlsym (3C) - Gets the address of a symbol in shared object
dm_dv (3dm) - DV and DVCPRO image and audio compression programming with dmIC, dmAC and dmBuffers
dm_jpeg (3dm) - JPEG compression programming with dmIC and dmBuffers
dmACConvert (3dm) - convert audio data format, sampling rate and compression
dmACCreate, dmACDestroy (3dm) - create/destroy a DMaudioconverter handle used for audio format conversion.
dmACGetMinInputSize, dmACGetMinOutputSize (3dm) - auxiliary routines for querying input and output buffer sizes for dmACConvert.
dmACReset (3dm) - reset a DMaudioconverter handle to its default state
dmACSetParams, dmACGetParams (3dm) - set/get the Audio Converter parameter values
dmAudioRateConvert (3dm) - convert data sampling rate. It consumes an input buffer of floats and generates an output buffer of floats.
dmAudioRateConverterCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMaudiorateconverter structure
dmAudioRateConverterDestroy (3dm) - deallocate an audio converter
dmAudioRateConverterGetParams (3dm) - get rate converter parameter values
dmAudioRateConverterReset (3dm) - fill internal buffers with constant value
dmAudioRateConverterSetParams (3dm) - set rate converter parameter values
dmBufferAllocate, dmBufferAllocateSize, dmBufferAttach, dmBufferFree, dmBufferGetAllocSize (3dm) - allocate and free a DMbuffer
dmBufferGetGLPoolParams (3dm) - configures pool parameters required for use by graphics
dmBufferGetImageType, dmBufferSetImageType (3dm) - set and get the DMimagetype of a DMbuffer
dmBufferGetPoolFD, dmBufferSetPoolSelectSize (3dm) - configure DMbufferpool file descriptor
dmBufferGetPoolState (3dm) - query available space in pool
dmBufferGetSize, dmBufferSetSize (3dm) - set and get DMbuffer data size
dmBufferGetUserData, dmBufferSetUserData (3dm) - get and set user data for a buffer
dmBufferGetUSTMSCpair, dmBufferSetUSTMSCpair (3dm) - get and set unadjusted system time and media stream counter value pair
dmBufferMapData (3dm) - map DMbuffer memory
dmBufferSetPoolDefaults, dmBufferCreatePool, dmBufferDestroyPool (3dm) - create DMbufferpool
dmColor (3dm) - The Silicon Graphics Color Space Library (CSL)
dmColorConvert (3dm) - performs the actual image conversion.
dmColorCreate (3dm) - creates and initializes the color converter.
dmColorDestroy (3dm) - destroys the color converter.
dmColorGetError (3dm) - returns the value of the error flag.
dmColorGetErrorString (3dm) - returns a text error message.
dmColorGetSrcSize, dmColorGetDstSize (3dm) - get the source/destination image size in bytes.
dmColorPrecompute (3dm) - performs any precomputation required.
dmColorSetBrightness, dmColorGetBrightness (3dm) - set/get brightness delta value.
dmColorSetContrast, dmColorGetContrast (3dm) - set/get the contrast multiplier.
dmColorSetConvParams, dmColorGetConvParams (3dm) - set/get the conversion parameters.
dmColorSetDefaultAlpha, dmColorGetDefaultAlpha (3dm) - set/get the default alpha value of the source image.
dmColorSetHue, dmColorGetHue (3dm) - set/get the hue rotation.
dmColorSetSaturation, dmColorGetSaturation (3dm) - set/get the saturation multiplier.
dmColorSetSrcParams, dmColorSetDstParams, dmColorGetSrcParams, dmColorGetDstParams (3dm) - set/get the source/destination image parameters.
dmColorSetSubsamplingFilter, dmColorGetSubsamplingFilter (3dm) - set/get the subsampling filter type.
dmDVAudioDecode (3dm) - implements DV and DVCPRO audio decompression
dmDVAudioDecoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMDVaudiodecoder structure
dmDVAudioDecoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMDVaudiodecoder
dmDVAudioDecoderGetParams (3dm) - get DV audio decoder parameter values
dmDVAudioDecoderReset (3dm) - fill decoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmDVAudioDecoderSetParams (3dm) - set DV Audio decoder parameter values
dmDVAudioEncode (3dm) - implements DV and DVCPRO audio encode
dmDVAudioEncoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMDVaudioencoder structure
dmDVAudioEncoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMDVaudioencoder
dmDVAudioEncoderGetFrameSize (3dm) - get DV audio encoder frame size
dmDVAudioEncoderGetParams (3dm) - get DV audio encoder parameter values
dmDVAudioEncoderReset (3dm) - fill encoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmDVAudioEncoderSetParams (3dm) - set DV Audio encoder parameter values
dmDVAudioHeaderGetParams (3dm) - get DV audio decoder parameter values
dmDVIAudioDecode (3dm) - decode audio data compressed using the IMA (Interactive Multimedia Association) Recommended ADPCM decompression, based on Intel's DVI algorithm.
dmDVIAudioDecoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMDVIaudiodecoder structure
dmDVIAudioDecoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMDVIaudiodecoder
dmDVIAudioDecoderGetParams (3dm) - get DVI audio decoder parameter values
dmDVIAudioDecoderReset (3dm) - fill decoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmDVIAudioDecoderSetParams (3dm) - set DVI Audio decoder parameter values
dmDVIAudioEncode (3dm) - compress audio data using the IMA (Interactive Multimedia Association) Recommended ADPCM compression, based on Intel's DVI algorithm.
dmDVIAudioEncoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMDVIaudioencoder structure
dmDVIAudioEncoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMDVIaudioencoder
dmDVIAudioEncoderGetParams (3dm) - get DVI audio encoder parameter values
dmDVIAudioEncoderReset (3dm) - fill encoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmDVIAudioEncoderSetParams (3dm) - set DVI Audio encoder parameter values
dmedia, dmIntro (3dm) - Introduction to the IRIS Digital Media Libraries
dmFS1016Decode (3dm) - implements the US Federal Standard 1016 4800/7200/9600 bits/s CELP (Code Excited Linear Predictive) Voice Coder.
dmFS1016DecoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMFS1016decoder structure
dmFS1016DecoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMFS1016decoder
dmFS1016DecoderGetParams (3dm) - get FS1016 decoder parameter values
dmFS1016DecoderReset (3dm) - fill decoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmFS1016DecoderSetParams (3dm) - set FS1016 decoder parameter values.
dmFS1016Encode (3dm) - implements the US Federal Standard 1016 4800/7200/9600 bits/s CELP (Code Excited Linear Predictive) Voice Coder.
dmFS1016EncoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMFS1016encoder structure
dmFS1016EncoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMFS1016encoder
dmFS1016EncoderGetParams (3dm) - get FS1016 encoder parameter values
dmFS1016EncoderReset (3dm) - fill encoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmFS1016EncoderSetParams (3dm) - set FS1016 encoder parameter values.
dmFXAllocateImageBuffers, dmFXFreeImageBuffers (3dm) - create and destroy image buffers for special effects
DMFXDialog (3dm) - A dialog class for plugins
dmFXDrawPixels, dmFXConvolve, dmFXScaleBias, dmFXMatrixMultiply (3dm) - pixel transfer operations for special effects
dmFXGetDataPtr, dmFXGetRowLength (3dm) - return a pointer to the pixels stored in a DMfxbuffer
dmFXGetDMBuffer (3dm) - return the DMbuffer associated with a DMfxbuffer
DMFXImageViewer (3dm) - An image viewer class for plugins
dmFXIsGLExtensionSupported (3dm) - Find out if a GL Extension is supported
dmFXJoinFields (3dm) - join two fields into a single frame
dmFXMergeResources (3dm) - load and merge plugin resources with those of the parent application
dmFXMovieRenderImage, dmFXMovieInsertImage, dmFXMovieRenderFields, dmFXMovieInsertFields (3dm) - transfer images between movies and special effects
dmFXSetupInputImageBuffer, dmFXSetupInputImageBufferWithUsage, dmFXSetupOutputImageBuffer, dmFXCleanupInputImageBuffer, dmFXCleanupOutputImageBuffer (3dm) - manage special-effects image buffers
dmFXSetupScanlineBuffer (3dm) - get information about a special-effects image buffer
dmFXSplitFields (3dm) - split a frame out into two fields
dmFXTexImage2D (3dm) - load an image for use as a texture for special effects
dmFXUpdateImageBuffer, dmFXUpdateImageBuffers, dmFXGetBufferFormat (3dm) - change the active size of a special effects buffer
dmG711MulawEncode, dmG711MulawDecode, dmG711MulawZeroTrapEncode, dmG711MulawZeroTrapDecode, dmG711AlawEncode, dmG711AlawDecode, dmG711MulawToAlaw, dmG711AlawToMulaw, dmSunMulawEncode, dmSunMulawDecode, dmNeXTMulawEncode, dmNeXTMulawDecode (3dm) - G.711 mu-law, A-law conversion routines
dmG722Decode (3dm) - implements the ITU (International Telecommunication Union) Recommendation G.722 decompression.
dmG722DecoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMG722decoder structure
dmG722DecoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate an DMG722decoder
dmG722DecoderGetParams (3dm) - get G722 decoder parameter values
dmG722DecoderReset (3dm) - fill decoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmG722Encode (3dm) - implements the ITU (International Telecommunication Union) Recommendation G.722 compression.
dmG722EncoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMG722encoder structure
dmG722EncoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate an DMG722encoder
dmG722EncoderGetParams (3dm) - get G722 encoder parameter values
dmG722EncoderReset (3dm) - fill encoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmG726Decode (3dm) - implements ITU (International Telecommunication Union) Recommendation G.726 ADPCM decompression for input compressed bit stream of 40, 32 ,24, or 16 kbit/s and output data of 64 kbit/s A-law, mu-law, or linear PCM. G.726 replaced G.721 and G.723.
dmG726DecoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMG726decoder structure
dmG726DecoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMG726decoder
dmG726DecoderGetParams (3dm) - get G726 decoder parameter values
dmG726DecoderReset (3dm) - fill decoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmG726DecoderSetParams (3dm) - set G726 decoder parameter values
dmG726Encode (3dm) - implements ITU (International Telecommunication Union) Recommendation G.726 ADPCM compression for input of 64 kbit/s A-law, mu- law, or linear data and output of compressed bit stream of 40, 32 ,24, or 16 kbit/s. G.726 replaced G.721 and G.723.
dmG726EncoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMG726encoder structure
dmG726EncoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMG726encoder
dmG726EncoderGetParams (3dm) - get G726 encoder parameter values
dmG726EncoderReset (3dm) - fill encoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmG726EncoderSetParams (3dm) - set G726 encoder parameter values
dmG728Decode (3dm) - implements the ITU (International Telecommunication Union) Recommendation G.728 decompression (LD-CELP).
dmG728DecoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMG728decoder structure
dmG728DecoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMG728decoder
dmG728DecoderGetParams (3dm) - get G728 decoder parameter values
dmG728DecoderReset (3dm) - fill decoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmG728DecoderSetParams (3dm) - set G728 decoder parameter values.
dmG728Encode (3dm) - implements the ITU (International Telecommunication Union) Recommendation G.728 compression (LD-CELP).
dmG728EncoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMG728encoder structure
dmG728EncoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMG728encoder
dmG728EncoderGetParams (3dm) - get G728 encoder parameter values
dmG728EncoderReset (3dm) - fill encoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmGetError, dmGetErrorForPID (3dm) - retrieve an error number, message, and detail for Digital Media errors
dmGetUST, dmGetUSTCurrentTimePair (3dm) - get digital media Unadjusted System Time (UST)
dmGSMDecode (3dm) - implements the European GSM 06.10 provisional standard for full-rate speech transcoding, prI-ETS 300 036, which uses RPE/LTP (regular pulse excitation/long term prediction) coding at 13 kbit/s.
dmGSMDecoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMGSMdecoder structure
dmGSMDecoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMGSMdecoder
dmGSMDecoderGetParams (3dm) - get GSM decoder parameter values
dmGSMDecoderReset (3dm) - fill decoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmGSMEncode (3dm) - implements the European GSM 06.10 provisional standard for full-rate speech transcoding, prI-ETS 300 036, which uses RPE/LTP (regular pulse excitation/long term prediction) coding at 13 kbit/s.
dmGSMEncoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMGSMencoder structure
dmGSMEncoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMGSMencoder
dmGSMEncoderGetParams (3dm) - get GSM encoder parameter values
dmGSMEncoderReset (3dm) - fill encoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmICAnyToAny, (3dm) - Any to Any image conversion utility function
dmICChooseConverter (3dm) - return an image converter that matches specified image parameters
dmICCreate, dmICDestroy (3dm) - create and destroy image converter context
dmICGetDstQueueFD, dmICGetSrcQueueFilled, dmICGetDstQueueFilled (3dm) - image converter queue management
dmICGetNum, dmICGetDescription (3dm) - find out about available image converters
dmICGetSrcPoolParams, dmICGetDstPoolParams, dmICSetDstPool (3dm) - get the input/output buffering needs of the image converter
dmICReceive, (3dm) - transfer output from the image converter
dmICSend, (3dm) - transfer input to the image converter context
dmICSetConvParams, dmICGetConvParams, dmICGetDefaultConvParams (3dm) - manipulate conversion controls of an image converter context
dmICSetDstParams, dmICGetDstParams, dmICGetDefaultDstParams (3dm) - manipulate image converter context dst image format
dmICSetSrcParams, dmICGetSrcParams, dmICGetDefaultSrcParams (3dm) - manipulate image converter context src image format
dmICWork, (3dm) - call the image converter and have it perform a task
dmLTCDecoderCreate, dmLTCDecoderSetParams, dmLTCDecode, dmLTCDecoderDestroy (3dm) - decode linear timecode (LTC)
dmMPEG1AudioDecode (3dm) - decodes a single compressed block of data created by a call to dmMPEG1AudioEncode(3dm).
dmMPEG1AudioDecoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMMPEG1audiodecoder structure.
dmMPEG1AudioDecoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMMPEG1audiodecoder
dmMPEG1AudioDecoderReset (3dm) - fill decoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmMPEG1AudioEncode (3dm) - Compresses a single block of audio data using MPEG1 audio compression algorithm.
dmMPEG1AudioEncoderCreate (3dm) - allocate new DMMPEG1audioencoder structure.
dmMPEG1AudioEncoderDestroy (3dm) - deallocate a DMMPEG1audioencoder
dmMPEG1AudioEncoderReset (3dm) - fill encoder internal buffers with zeros.
dmMPEG1AudioEncoderSetParams, dmMPEG1AudioDecoderSetParams, dmMPEG1AudioEncoderGetParams, dmMPEG1AudioDecoderGetParams (3dm) - set and query MPEG1 audio encoder/decoder parameter values.
dmMPEG1AudioFilterStateCreate, dmMPEG1AudioFilterStateDestroy (3dm) - allocates new or frees DMMPEG1audiofilterstate structure.
dmMPEG1AudioFilterStateSave, dmMPEG1AudioFilterStateRestore (3dm) - saves or restores encoder or decoder filter state.
dmMPEG1AudioHeaderGetBlockBytes (3dm) - gets expected length in bytes of any compressed data block.
dmMPEG1AudioHeaderGetParams (3dm) - get decoder parameter information from a header of any compressed MPEG1 audio data block.
dmNet, dmNetIntro (3dm) - Digital Media Network Library
dmNetConnect, dmNetListen, dmNetAccept, dmNetRegisterPool (3dm) - DMNetConnection connection management
dmNetDataFd (3dm) - return FD associated with a DMNetConnection
dmNetGetParams (3dm) - Get DMparams associated with a DMNetConnection
dmNetOpen, dmNetClose (3dm) - open/close a dmNet connection to another process
dmNetRegisterPool, dmNetRegisterBuffer (3dm) - register memory with dmNet
dmNetSend, dmNetRecv (3dm) - send and receive DMbuffers
dmParams: dmParamsCreate, dmParamsDestroy (3dm) - create and destroy digital media parameter/value lists
dmParamsFlatten, dmParamsUnflatten (3dm) - convert digital media parameter lists to and from byte strings
dmParamsGetElem, dmParamsGetElemType (3dm) - obsolete functions to get indexed elements in a digital media parameter/value list
dmParamsGetInt, dmParamsGetEnum, dmParamsGetString, dmParamsGetBinary, dmParamsGetFloat, dmParamsGetFract, dmParamsGetParams (3dm) - get values from digital media parameter/value lists
dmParamsGetIntArray, dmParamsGetEnumArray, dmParamsGetStringArray, dmParamsGetFloatArray, dmParamsGetFractArray (3dm) - get arrays of values from digital media parameter/value lists
dmParamsGetIntRange, dmParamsGetFloatRange, dmParamsGetFractRange (3dm) - get ranges of values from digital media parameter/value lists
dmParamsGetNumElems, dmParamsGetType, dmParamsIsPresent, dmParamsCopyElem, dmParamsCopyAllElems, dmParamsRemoveElem (3dm) - manipulate the contents of a digital media parameter/value list
dmParamsScan (3dm) - scan all entries of a digital media parameter/value list
dmParamsSetInt, dmParamsSetEnum, dmParamsSetString, dmParamsSetBinary, dmParamsSetFloat, dmParamsSetFract, dmParamsSetParams (3dm) - set values in digital media parameter/value lists
dmParamsSetIntArray, dmParamsSetEnumArray, dmParamsSetStringArray, dmParamsSetFloatArray, dmParamsSetFractArray (3dm) - set array values in digital media parameter/value lists
dmParamsSetIntRange, dmParamsSetFloatRange, dmParamsSetFractRange (3dm) - set range values in digital media parameter/value lists
dmPMConvertToByteStream (3dm) - saves away a special effect as a byte stream
dmPMCreateEffect, dmPMCreateEffectByName, dmPMDestroyEffect (3dm) - create and destroy special effects
dmPMCreateFromByteStream (3dm) - recreates a special effect from a byte stream
dmPMCreateManager, dmPMDestroyManager (3dm) - create and destroy special effects plugin-manager
dmPMGetAppShell (3dm) - retrieves the app shell widget used by the plugin- manager
dmPMGetDefaultPluginPathForType (3dm) - return the default path for plugins of a specific type
dmPMGetName, dmPMGetLocalName, dmPMGetPrefix, dmPMGetPathname, dmPMGetType (3dm) - retrieve the name, prefix, pathname or type of a plugin
dmPMGetPlugin, dmPMGetPluginByName, dmPMGetPluginByPathname, dmPMGetPluginFromEffect (3dm) - retrieve a pointer to a special effects plugin
dmPMGetPluginCount (3dm) - returns the number of initialized plugins
dmPMGetProperty (3dm) - retrieves a property of the specified plugin
dmPMGetSourceAUsage, dmPMGetSourceBUsage, dmPMGetDestUsage (3dm) - retrieves the usage bitmask of the plugin
dmPMHasDialog (3dm) - determine whether or not a plugin has a setup dialog
dmPMInitDirectory, dmPMInitDirectoryWithProgress (3dm) - initializes a directory of plugins
dmPMInitPlugin, dmPMFreePlugin, dmPMFreeAllPlugins (3dm) - initializes and frees plugins
dmPMProcessImageClip, dmPMProcessImageClipWithProgress (3dm) - apply special effects to movies
dmPMSetAudioCallback, dmPMSetVideoCallback (3dm) - sets the audio and video callbacks
dmPMSetupAudioFilter, dmPMExecuteAudioFilter, dmPMCleanupAudioFilter (3dm) - sets up, executes, and cleanups audio filters
dmPMSetupVideoFilter, dmPMExecuteVideoFilter, dmPMCleanupVideoFilter, dmPMBufferSetupVideoFilter, dmPMBufferExecuteVideoFilter (3dm) - sets up, executes, and cleanups video filters
dmPMSetupVideoTransition, dmPMExecuteVideoTransition, dmPMCleanupVideoTransition, dmPMBufferSetupVideoTransition, dmPMBufferExecuteVideoTransition (3dm) - sets up, executes, and cleanups video transitions
dmPMSortByName, dmPMSortByPrefix (3dm) - sorts the list of plugins stored in the plugin-manager
dmSetAudioDefaults, dmAudioFrameSize (3dm) - parameters for digital-media audio
dmSetImageDefaults, dmImageFrameSize (3dm) - parameters for digital-media images
dmTCAddTC, dmTCAddFrames (3dm) - digital media timecode mathematics
dmTCFramesBetween (3dm) - digital media timecode mathematics
dmTCFramesPerDay (3dm) - digital media timecode mathematics
dmTCToSeconds, dmTCFromSeconds (3dm) - digital media timecode mathematics
dmTCToString, dmTCFromString, DMtimecode, tc_type (3dm) - digital media timecode mathematics
dmVITCDecoderCreate, dmVITCDecoderSetStride, dmVITCDecode, dmVITCDecoderDestroy (3dm) - decode vertical interval timecode (VITC)
doconfig (3N) - execute a configuration script
DOPGTR (3S) - generate a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors H(i) of order n, as returned by DSPTRD using packed storage
DOPMTR (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
dopup (3G) - displays the specified pop-up menu
dopup (3G) - displays the specified pop-up menu
DORG2L (3S) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
DORG2R (3S) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
DORGBR (3S) - generate one of the real orthogonal matrices Q or P**T determined by DGEBRD when reducing a real matrix A to bidiagonal form
DORGHR (3S) - generate a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the product of IHI-ILO elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by DGEHRD
DORGL2 (3S) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
DORGLQ (3S) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
DORGQL (3S) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
DORGQR (3S) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
DORGR2 (3S) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
DORGRQ (3S) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
DORGTR (3S) - generate a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by DSYTRD
DORM2L (3S) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
DORM2R (3S) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
DORMBR (3S) - VECT = 'Q', DORMBR overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
DORMHR (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
DORML2 (3S) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
DORMLQ (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
DORMQL (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
DORMQR (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
DORMR2 (3S) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
DORMR3 (3S) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
DORMRQ (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
DORMRZ (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
DORMTR (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
DOT_PRODUCT (3I) - Performs dot-product multiplication of numeric or logical vectors
double (3G) - sets the display mode to double buffer mode
doublebuffer (3G) - sets the display mode to double buffer mode
DPBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPBTRF
DPBEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite band matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
DPBRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DPBSTF (3S) - compute a split Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
DPBSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DPBSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DPBTF2 (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
DPBTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
DPBTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite band matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPBTRF
dplace_file, dplace_line, libdplace (3) - a library interface to dplace
DPOCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPOTRF
DPOEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
DPORFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite,
DPOSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DPOSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DPOTF2 (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A
DPOTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A
DPOTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPOTRF
DPOTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPOTRF
DPPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite packed matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPPTRF
DPPEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite matrix A in packed storage and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
DPPRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DPPSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DPPSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DPPTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A stored in packed format
DPPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPPTRF
DPPTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite matrix A in packed storage using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by DPPTRF
DPROD, QPROD (3I) - Computes double-precision or quad-precision product of two real numbers
DPSLDLT_Destroy, DPSLDLT_ExtractPerm, DPSLDLT_Factor, DPSLDLT_FactorOOC, DPSLDLT_OOCLimit, DPSLDLT_OOCPath, DPSLDLT_Ordering, DPSLDLT_Preprocess, DPSLDLT_PreprocessZ, DPSLDLT_Solve, DPSLDLT_SolveM, DPSLDLT_Storage (3S) - Parallel sparse symmetric solver for linear systems of real equations
DPSLDU_Destroy, DPSLDU_ExtractPerm, DPSLDU_Factor, DPSLDU_FactorOOC, DPSLDU_OOCLimit, DPSLDU_OOCPath, DPSLDU_Ordering, DPSLDU_Preprocess, DPSLDU_PreprocessZ, DPSLDU_Solve, DPSLDU_SolveM, DPSLDU_Storage (3S) - Parallel sparse unsymmetric solver for linear systems of real equations
DPTCON (3S) - compute the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix using the factorization A = L*D*L**T or A = U**T*D*U computed by DPTTRF
DPTEQR (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix by first factoring the matrix using DPTTRF, and then calling DBDSQR to compute the singular values of the bidiagonal factor
DPTRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DPTSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
DPTSVX (3S) - use the factorization A = L*D*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
DPTTRF (3S) - compute the L*D*L' factorization of a real symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix A
DPTTRS (3S) - solve a tridiagonal system of the form A * X = B using the L*D*L' factorization of A computed by DPTTRF
DPTTS2 (3S) - solve a tridiagonal system of the form A * X = B using the L*D*L' factorization of A computed by DPTTRF
drand48, erand48, lrand48, nrand48, mrand48, jrand48, srand48, seed48, lcong48 (3C) - generate uniformly distributed pseudo-random numbers
draw, drawi, draws, draw2, draw2i, draw2s (3G) - draws a line
draw, drawi, draws, draw2, draw2i, draw2s (3G) - draws a line
drawmo (3G) - selects which GL framebuffer is drawable
drawmode (3G) - selects which GL framebuffer is drawable
DRSCL (3S) - multiplie an n-element real vector x by the real scalar 1/a
drv_thread_create, drv_thread_exit (3D) - create a kernel thread
DSBEV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric band matrix A
DSBEVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric band matrix A
DSBEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric band matrix A
DSBGST (3S) - reduce a real symmetric-definite banded generalized eigenproblem A*x = lambda*B*x to standard form C*y = lambda*y,
DSBGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
DSBGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
DSBGVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
DSBTRD (3S) - reduce a real symmetric band matrix A to symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DSECND (3S) - return the user time for a process in seconds
dslib: dsopen, dsclose (3X) - communicate with generic SCSI devices
DSM_CHUNKSIZE, DSM_DISTRIBUTION_BLOCK, DSM_DISTRIBUTION_CYCLIC, DSM_DISTRIBUTION_STAR, DSM_ISDISTRIBUTED, DSM_ISRESHAPED, DSM_NUMCHUNKS, DSM_NUMTHREADS, DSM_REM_CHUNKSIZE, DSM_THIS_CHUNKSIZE, DSM_THIS_STARTINGINDEX, DSM_THIS_THREADNUM (3I) - Query intrinsics for distributed arrays
DSPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSPTRF
DSPEV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A in packed storage
DSPEVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A in packed storage
DSPEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A in packed storage
DSPGST (3S) - reduce a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form, using packed storage
DSPGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
DSPGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
DSPGVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
DSPRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DSPSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DSPSVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric matrix stored in packed format and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
DSPTRD (3S) - reduce a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed form to symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DSPTRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
DSPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSPTRF
DSPTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSPTRF
DSTEBZ (3S) - compute the eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
DSTEDC (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the divide and conquer method
DSTEGR (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
DSTEIN (3S) - compute the eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T corresponding to specified eigenvalues, using inverse iteration
DSTEQR (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the implicit QL or QR method
DSTERF (3S) - compute all eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the Pal-Walker-Kahan variant of the QL or QR algorithm
DSTEV (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A
DSTEVD (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix
DSTEVR (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
DSTEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A
DSYCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSYTRF
DSYEV (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A
DSYEVD (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A
DSYEVR (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix T
DSYEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A
DSYGS2 (3S) - reduce a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
DSYGST (3S) - reduce a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
DSYGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
DSYGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
DSYGVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
DSYRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
DSYSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DSYSVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
DSYTD2 (3S) - reduce a real symmetric matrix A to symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DSYTF2 (3S) - compute the factorization of a real symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
DSYTRD (3S) - reduce a real symmetric matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
DSYTRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a real symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
DSYTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSYTRF
DSYTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a real symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by DSYTRF
DTaddcallback (3dm) - set a callback for the DAT audio data parser
DTatohmsf (3dm) - convert ASCII string to hours, minutes, seconds, frames
DTatotime (3dm) - convert ASCII string to timecode
DTBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
DTBRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular band coefficient matrix
DTBTRS (3S) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B or A**T * X = B,
DTcreateparser (3dm) - creates a DAT audio data parser
DTdeleteparser (3dm) - deletes a DAT audio data parser
DTframetohmsf (3dm) - convert DAT frame number to hours, minutes, seconds, frame
DTframetotc (3dm) - convert frame number to timecode
DTGEVC (3S) - compute some or all of the right and/or left generalized eigenvectors of a pair of real upper triangular matrices (A,B)
DTGEX2 (3S) - swap adjacent diagonal blocks (A11, B11) and (A22, B22) of size 1-by-1 or 2-by-2 in an upper (quasi) triangular matrix pair (A, B) by an orthogonal equivalence transformation
DTGEXC (3S) - reorder the generalized real Schur decomposition of a real matrix pair (A,B) using an orthogonal equivalence transformation (A, B) = Q * (A, B) * Z',
DTGSEN (3S) - reorder the generalized real Schur decomposition of a real matrix pair (A, B) (in terms of an orthonormal equivalence trans- formation Q' * (A, B) * Z), so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading diagonal blocks of the upper quasi-triangular matrix A and the upper triangular B
DTGSJA (3S) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of two real upper triangular (or trapezoidal) matrices A and B
DTGSNA (3S) - estimate reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or eigenvectors of a matrix pair (A, B) in generalized real Schur canonical form (or of any matrix pair (Q*A*Z', Q*B*Z') with orthogonal matrices Q and Z, where Z' denotes the transpose of Z
DTGSY2 (3S) - solve the generalized Sylvester equation
DTGSYL (3S) - solve the generalized Sylvester equation
DThmsftoframe (3dm) - convert hours, minutes, seconds, frame to DAT frame number.
DTinctime (3dm) - increment a DAT time code
DTintro (3dm) - Introduction to the Silicon Graphics DAT Audio Library (DT)
DTparseframe (3dm) - parse a frame of DAT audio data
DTPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a packed triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
DTpnotodec (3dm) - convert BCD program number to decimal
DTPRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular packed coefficient matrix
DTPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a real upper or lower triangular matrix A stored in packed format
DTPTRS (3S) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B or A**T * X = B,
DTRCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
DTremovecallback (3dm) - remove a callback from the DAT audio data parser
DTresetparser (3dm) - resets a DAT audio data parser
DTREVC (3S) - compute some or all of the right and/or left eigenvectors of a real upper quasi-triangular matrix T
DTREXC (3S) - reorder the real Schur factorization of a real matrix A = Q*T*Q**T, so that the diagonal block of T with row index IFST is moved to row ILST
DTRID (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A*x = b, where A is an N-by-N tridiagonal matrix, and x and b are vectors of length N
DTRRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular coefficient matrix
DTRSEN (3S) - reorder the real Schur factorization of a real matrix A = Q*T*Q**T, so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading diagonal blocks of the upper quasi-triangular matrix T,
DTRSNA (3S) - estimate reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or right eigenvectors of a real upper quasi-triangular matrix T (or of any matrix Q*T*Q**T with Q orthogonal)
DTRSYL (3S) - solve the real Sylvester matrix equation
DTRTI2 (3S) - compute the inverse of a real upper or lower triangular matrix
DTRTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a real upper or lower triangular matrix A
DTRTRS (3S) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B or A**T * X = B,
DTsbtoa (3dm) - convert six-bit country and owner codes to ASCII string
DTsetdate (3dm) - set a date pack to the current time
DTtctoframe (3dm) - convert DAT timecode structure to DAT frame number.
DTtcvalid (3dm) - check a dat timecode for validity
DTtimetoa (3dm) - convert timecode to ASCII string
DTZRQF (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine DTZRZF
DTZRZF (3S) - reduce the M-by-N ( M<=N ) real upper trapezoidal matrix A to upper triangular form by means of orthogonal transformations
dup2 (3C) - duplicate an open file descriptor
DynaLoader (3) - Dynamically load C libraries into Perl code
DZSUM1 (3S) - take the sum of the absolute values of a complex vector and returns a double precision result
ecvt, fcvt, gcvt, ecvt_r, fcvt_r, ecvtl, fcvtl, gcvtl, ecvtl_r, fcvtl_r (3C) - convert floating-point number to string
editob (3G) - opens an object definition for editing
editobj (3G) - opens an object definition for editing
elf (3E) - Object file access library
elf_begin (3E) - Make a file descriptor
elf_cntl (3E) - Controls a file descriptor
elf_end (3E) - Finish using an object file
elf_errmsg, elf_errno (3E) - Error handling
elf_fill (3E) - Set fill byte
elf_flagdata, elf_flagehdr, elf_flagelf, elf_flagphdr, elf_flagscn, elf_flagshdr (3E) - Manipulates flags
elf_fsize, elf32_fsizeE, elf64_fsize (3E) - Returns the size of an object file type
elf_getarhdr (3E) - Retrieves archive member header
elf_getarsym (3E) - Retrieves archive symbol table
elf_getbase (3E) - Gets the base offset for an object file
elf_getdata, elf_newdata, elf_rawdata (3E) - Gets section data
elf_getehdr, elf32_getehdr, elf32_newehdr, elf64_getehdr, elf64_newehdr (3E) - Retrieves class-dependent object file header
elf_getident (3E) - Retrieves file identification data
elf_getphdr elf32_getphdr, elf32_newphdr, elf64_getphdr, elf64_newphdr (3E) - Retrieves class-dependent program header table
elf_getscn, elf_ndxscn, elf_newscn, elf_nextscn (3E) - Get section information
elf_getshdr, elf32_getshdr, elf64_getshdr (3E) - Retrieves class-dependent section header
elf_hash (3E) - Computes hash value
elf_kind (3E) - Determines file type
elf_next (3E) - Provides sequential archive member access
elf_rand (3E) - Provides random archive member access
elf_rawfile (3E) - Retrieves uninterpreted file contents
elf_strptr (3E) - Makes a string pointer
elf_update (3E) - Updates an ELF descriptor
elf_version (3E) - Coordinate ELF library and application versions
elf_xlate, elf32_xlatetof, elf32_xlatetom, elf64_xlatetof, elf64_xlatetom (3E) - Performs class-dependent data translation
ENABLE_IEEE_INTERRUPT (3I) - Enables floating-point interrupt
end, etext, edata, _end, _etext, _edata, eprol, _ftext, _fdata, _fbss, _rt_symbol_table, _rt_symbol_table_size, _rt_symbol_string_table, _procedure_table, _procedure_table_size, _procedure_string_table, _DYNAMIC, _DYNAMIC_LNK, _DYNAMIC_LINKING, _BASE_ADDRESS, _GOT_OFFSET, _gp, _gp_disp, __rld_obj_head, _rld_new_interface, __elf_header, __program_header_table, __dso_displacement, _lib_version, __lcldta_address, __lcldta_size (3C) - Loader defined symbols in a program
endful (3G) - ends full-screen mode
endfullscrn (3G) - ends full-screen mode
endpic (3G) - turns off picking mode
endpick (3G) - turns off picking mode
endsel (3G) - turns off selecting mode
endselect (3G) - turns off selecting mode
English (3) - use nice English (or awk) names for ugly punctuation variables
entry (3Tk) - Create and manipulate entry widgets
Env (3) - perl module that imports environment variables
eof (3Tcl) - Check for end-of-file condition on open file
EOSHIFT (3I) - Performs an end-off shift on an array expression
ep, epbase, epprec, epemin, epemax, eptiny, ephuge, epmrsp (3F) - FORTRAN numeric characteristic constants
EPSILON (3I) - Returns r-1, where r is the smallest number greater than 1 in the numeric model
EQV (3I) - Computes logical equivalence
erf, erfc, derf, derfc, erfl, erfcl, qerf, qerfc (3F) - Error function and complementary error function
erf, erfc, derf, derfc, erfl, erfcl, qerf, qerfc (3F) - Error function and complementary error function
error (3Tcl) - Generate an error
ether_ntoa, ether_aton, ether_ntohost, ether_hostton, ether_line (3Y) - ethernet address mapping operations
etime, dtime (3F) - return user + system execution time
eval (3Tcl) - Evaluate a Tcl script
EventMon API (3X) - Programmer's Guide
exc_resume, exc_setjmp, find_fde, find_fde_name, exc_unwind, exc_unwind_name (3C) - Exception handling facility
exec (3Tcl) - Invoke subprocess(es)
EXIT (3F) - Exits from a Fortran program
exit (3Tcl) - End the application
exit (3Tk) - Exit the process
EXP, DEXP, QEXP, CEXP, CDEXP, CQEXP (3I) - Computes exponential function
exp, expm1, log, log10, log1p, pow, fexp, expf, fexpm1, expm1f, flog, logf, flog10, log10f, flog1p, log1pf, fpow, powf, expl, expm1l, logl, log10l, log1pl, powl (3M) - exponential, logarithm, power
exp, log, pow, sqrt (3C) - Exponential, logarithm, power, square root functions for the C++ complex library
expect (3Tcl) - C functions for programmed dialogue with interactive programs
EXPONENT (3I) - Returns the exponent part of the argument when represented as a numeric model number
exportent, getexportent, setexportent, addexportent, remexportent, endexportent, getexportopt (3) - get exported file system information
Exporter (3) - Implements default import method for modules
expr (3Tcl) - Evaluate an expression
ExtUtils::Command (3) - utilities to replace common UNIX commands in Makefiles etc.
ExtUtils::Embed (3) - Utilities for embedding Perl in C/C++ applications
ExtUtils::Install (3) - install files from here to there
ExtUtils::Liblist (3) - determine libraries to use and how to use them
ExtUtils::MakeMaker (3) - create an extension Makefile
ExtUtils::Manifest (3) - utilities to write and check a MANIFEST file
ExtUtils::Miniperl, writemain (3) - write the C code for perlmain.c
ExtUtils::Mkbootstrap (3) - make a bootstrap file for use by DynaLoader
ExtUtils::Mksymlists (3) - write linker options files for dynamic extension
ExtUtils::MM_OS2 (3) - methods to override UN*X behaviour in ExtUtils::MakeMaker
ExtUtils::MM_Unix (3) - methods used by ExtUtils::MakeMaker
ExtUtils::MM_VMS (3) - methods to override UN*X behaviour in ExtUtils::MakeMaker
ExtUtils::MM_Win32 (3) - methods to override UN*X behaviour in ExtUtils::MakeMaker
ExtUtils::testlib (3) - add blib/* directories to @INC
fam (3X) - File Alteration Monitor (FAM) library routines
fattach (3C) - attach a STREAMS-based file descriptor to an object in the filesystem name space
fbsubtexload (3G) - load part or all of a texture defined with TX_FASTDEFINE
fbtxld (3G) - load part or all of a texture defined with TX_FASTDEFINE
fclose, fflush (3S) - close or flush a stream
Fcntl (3) - load the C Fcntl.h defines
fdate (3F) - return date and time in an ASCII string
fdetach (3C) - detach a name from a STREAMS-based file descriptor
feedba, endfee (3G) - control feedback mode
feedba, endfee (3G) - control feedback mode
feedback, endfeedback (3G) - control feedback mode
feedback, endfeedback (3G) - control feedback mode
ferror, feof, clearerr, fileno (3S) - stream status inquiries
ffassign (3C) - Provides library interface to assign processing
fffcntl (3C) - Performs functions on files opened using flexible file I/O
ffopen, ffopens, ffclose, ffopenf, ffclosef (3C) - Opens or closes a file using flexible file I/O
ffpos (3C) - Positions files opened using flexible file I/O
ffread, ffwrite, ffweof, ffweod, ffreadf, ffwritef, ffweodf, ffweoff, ffflush (3C) - Provides flexible file I/O
ffseek, ffbksp, ffseekf, ffbkspf (3C) - Repositions a flexible file I/O file
fglAccum (3G) - operate on the accumulation buffer
fglAlphaFunc (3G) - specify the alpha test function
fglAreTexturesResident (3G) - determine if textures are loaded in texture memory
fglAreTexturesResidentEXT (3G) - determine if textures are loaded in texture memory
fglArrayElement (3G) - render a vertex using the specified vertex array element
fglArrayElementEXT (3G) - specify the array elements used to render a vertex
fglAsyncMarkerSGIX (3G) - set a marker for tracking asynchronous commands
fglBegin, fglEnd (3G) - delimit the vertices of a primitive or a group of like primitives
fglBindTexture (3G) - bind a named texture to a texturing target
fglBindTextureEXT (3G) - bind a named texture to a texturing target
fglBitmap (3G) - draw a bitmap
fglBlendColor (3G) - set the blend color
fglBlendColorEXT (3G) - set the blend color
fglBlendEquation (3G) - set the blend equation
fglBlendEquationEXT (3G) - set the blend equation
fglBlendFunc (3G) - specify pixel arithmetic
fglCallList (3G) - execute a display list
fglCallLists (3G) - execute a list of display lists
fglClear (3G) - clear buffers to preset values
fglClearAccum (3G) - specify clear values for the accumulation buffer
fglClearColor (3G) - specify clear values for the color buffers
fglClearDepth (3G) - specify the clear value for the depth buffer
fglClearIndex (3G) - specify the clear value for the color index buffers
fglClearStencil (3G) - specify the clear value for the stencil buffer
fglClipPlane (3G) - specify a plane against which all geometry is clipped
fglColor3b, fglColor3d, fglColor3f, fglColor3i, fglColor3s, fglColor3ub, fglColor3ui, fglColor3us, fglColor4b, fglColor4d, fglColor4f, fglColor4i, fglColor4s, fglColor4ub, fglColor4ui, fglColor4us, fglColor3bv, fglColor3dv, fglColor3fv, fglColor3iv, fglColor3sv, fglColor3ubv, fglColor3uiv, fglColor3usv, fglColor4bv, fglColor4dv, fglColor4fv, fglColor4iv, fglColor4sv, fglColor4ubv, fglColor4uiv, fglColor4usv (3G) - set the current color
fglColorMask (3G) - enable and disable writing of frame buffer color components
fglColorMaterial (3G) - cause a material color to track the current color
fglColorPointer (3G) - define an array of colors
fglColorPointerEXT (3G) - define a array of colors
fglColorSubTable (3G) - respecify a portion of a color table
fglColorTable (3G) - define a color lookup table
fglColorTableParameterfv, fglColorTableParameteriv (3G) - set color lookup table parameters
fglColorTableParameterfvSGI, fglColorTableParameterivSGI (3G) - set color lookup table parameters
fglColorTableSGI (3G) - define a color lookup table
fglConvolutionFilter1D (3G) - define a one-dimensional convolution filter
fglConvolutionFilter1DEXT (3G) - define a one-dimensional convolution filter
fglConvolutionFilter2D (3G) - define a two-dimensional convolution filter
fglConvolutionFilter2DEXT (3G) - define a two-dimensional convolution filter
fglConvolutionParameterf, fglConvolutionParameteri, fglConvolutionParameterfv, fglConvolutionParameteriv (3G) - set convolution parameters
fglConvolutionParameterfEXT, fglConvolutionParameteriEXT, fglConvolutionParameterfvEXT, fglConvolutionParameterivEXT (3G) - set convolution parameters
fglCopyColorSubTable (3G) - respecify a portion of a color table
fglCopyColorTable (3G) - copy pixels into a color table
fglCopyColorTableSGI (3G) - copy pixels into a color table
fglCopyConvolutionFilter1D (3G) - copy pixels into a one-dimensional convolution filter
fglCopyConvolutionFilter1DEXT (3G) - copy pixels into a one-dimensional convolution filter
fglCopyConvolutionFilter2D (3G) - copy pixels into a two-dimensional convolution filter
fglCopyConvolutionFilter2DEXT (3G) - copy pixels into a two-dimensional convolution filter
fglCopyPixels (3G) - copy pixels in the frame buffer
fglCopyTexImage1D (3G) - copy pixels into a 1D texture image
fglCopyTexImage1DEXT (3G) - copy pixels into a 1D texture image
fglCopyTexImage2D (3G) - copy pixels into a 2D texture image
fglCopyTexImage2DEXT (3G) - copy pixels into a 2D texture image
fglCopyTexSubImage1D (3G) - copy a one-dimensional texture subimage
fglCopyTexSubImage1DEXT (3G) - copy pixels into a 1D texture subimage
fglCopyTexSubImage2D (3G) - copy a two-dimensional texture subimage
fglCopyTexSubImage2DEXT (3G) - copy pixels into a 2D texture subimage
fglCopyTexSubImage3D (3G) - copy a three-dimensional texture subimage
fglCopyTexSubImage3DEXT (3G) - copy pixels into a 3D texture subimage
fglCullFace (3G) - specify whether front- or back-facing facets can be culled
fglDeleteAsyncMarkersSGIX (3G) - delete markers for tracking asynchronous commands
fglDeleteLists (3G) - delete a contiguous group of display lists
fglDeleteTextures (3G) - delete named textures
fglDeleteTexturesEXT (3G) - delete named textures
fglDepthFunc (3G) - specify the value used for depth buffer comparisons
fglDepthMask (3G) - enable or disable writing into the depth buffer
fglDepthRange (3G) - specify mapping of depth values from normalized device coordinates to window coordinates
fglDetailTexFuncSGIS (3G) - specify detail texture scaling function
fglDrawArrays (3G) - render primitives from array data
fglDrawArraysEXT (3G) - render primitives from array data
fglDrawBuffer (3G) - specify which color buffers are to be drawn into
fglDrawElements (3G) - render primitives from array data
fglDrawPixels (3G) - write a block of pixels to the frame buffer
fglDrawRangeElements (3G) - render primitives from array data
fglEdgeFlag, fglEdgeFlagv (3G) - flag edges as either boundary or nonboundary
fglEdgeFlagPointer (3G) - define an array of edge flags
fglEdgeFlagPointerEXT (3G) - define an array of edge flags
fglEnable, fglDisable (3G) - enable or disable server-side GL capabilities
fglEnableClientState, fglDisableClientState (3G) - enable or disable client- side capability
fglEvalCoord1d, fglEvalCoord1f, fglEvalCoord2d, fglEvalCoord2f, fglEvalCoord1dv, fglEvalCoord1fv, fglEvalCoord2dv, fglEvalCoord2fv (3G) - evaluate enabled one- and two-dimensional maps
fglEvalMesh1, fglEvalMesh2 (3G) - compute a one- or two-dimensional grid of points or lines
fglEvalPoint1, fglEvalPoint2 (3G) - generate and evaluate a single point in a mesh
fglFeedbackBuffer (3G) - controls feedback mode
fglFinish (3G) - block until all GL execution is complete
fglFinishAsyncSGIX (3G) - wait for completion of an asynchronous command
fglFlush (3G) - force execution of GL commands in finite time
fglFlushRasterSGIX (3G) - complete rasterization of previous GL commands
fglFogf, fglFogi, fglFogfv, fglFogiv (3G) - specify fog parameters
fglFogFuncSGIS (3G) - custom fog blending function
fglFragmentColorMaterialSGIX (3G) - cause a fragment material color to track the current fragment color
fglFragmentLightfSGIX, fglFragmentLightiSGIX, fglFragmentLightfvSGIX, fglFragmentLightivSGIX (3G) - set fragment light source parameters
fglFragmentLightModelfSGIX, fglFragmentLightModeliSGIX, fglFragmentLightModelfvSGIX, fglFragmentLightModelivSGIX (3G) - set the lighting model parameters
fglFragmentMaterialfSGIX, fglFragmentMaterialiSGIX, fglFragmentMaterialfvSGIX, fglFragmentMaterialivSGIX (3G) - specify fragment material parameters for the fragment lighting model
fglFrontFace (3G) - define front- and back-facing polygons
fglFrustum (3G) - multiply the current matrix by a perspective matrix
fglGenAsyncMarkersSGIX (3G) - reserve markers for tracking asynchronous commands
fglGenLists (3G) - generate a contiguous set of empty display lists
fglGenTextures (3G) - generate texture names
fglGenTexturesEXT (3G) - generate texture names
fglGetBooleanv, fglGetDoublev, fglGetFloatv, fglGetIntegerv (3G) - return the value or values of a selected parameter
fglGetClipPlane (3G) - return the coefficients of the specified clipping plane
fglGetColorTable (3G) - retrieve contents of a color lookup table
fglGetColorTableParameterfv, fglGetColorTableParameteriv (3G) - get color lookup table parameters
fglGetColorTableParameterfvSGI, fglGetColorTableParameterivSGI (3G) - get color lookup table parameters
fglGetColorTableSGI (3G) - retrieve contents of a color lookup table
fglGetConvolutionFilter (3G) - get current 1D or 2D convolution filter kernel
fglGetConvolutionFilterEXT (3G) - get current 1D or 2D convolution filter kernel
fglGetConvolutionParameterfv, fglGetConvolutionParameteriv (3G) - get convolution parameters
fglGetConvolutionParameterfvEXT, fglGetConvolutionParameterivEXT (3G) - get convolution parameters
fglGetDetailTexFuncSGIS (3G) - get detail texture scaling function
fglGetError (3G) - return error information
fglGetFragmentLightfvSGIX, fglGetFragmentLightivSGIX (3G) - return fragment light source parameter values
fglGetFragmentMaterialfvSGIX, fglGetFragmentMaterialivSGIX (3G) - return fragment material parameters
fglGetHistogram (3G) - get histogram table
fglGetHistogramEXT (3G) - get histogram table
fglGetHistogramParameterfv, fglGetHistogramParameteriv (3G) - get histogram parameters
fglGetHistogramParameterfvEXT, fglGetHistogramParameterivEXT (3G) - get histogram parameters
fglGetLightfv, fglGetLightiv (3G) - return light source parameter values
fglGetListParameterfvSGIX, fglGetListParameterivSGIX (3G) - retrieve display list parameters
fglGetMapdv, fglGetMapfv, fglGetMapiv (3G) - return evaluator parameters
fglGetMaterialfv, fglGetMaterialiv (3G) - return material parameters
fglGetMinmax (3G) - get minimum and maximum pixel values
fglGetMinmaxEXT (3G) - get minimum and maximum pixel values
fglGetMinmaxParameterfv, fglGetMinmaxParameteriv (3G) - get minmax parameters
fglGetMinmaxParameterfvEXT, fglGetMinmaxParameterivEXT (3G) - get minmax parameters
fglGetPixelMapfv, fglGetPixelMapuiv, fglGetPixelMapusv (3G) - return the specified pixel map
fglGetPixelTexGenParameterfvSGIS, fglGetPixelTexGenParameterivSGIS (3G) - return pixel texture parameter values
fglGetPointerv (3G) - return the address of the specified pointer
fglGetPointervEXT (3G) - return the address of a buffer or vertex array
fglGetPolygonStipple (3G) - return the polygon stipple pattern
fglGetSeparableFilter (3G) - get separable convolution filter kernel images
fglGetSeparableFilterEXT (3G) - get separable convolution filter kernel images
fglGetSharpenTexFuncSGIS (3G) - get sharpen texture scaling function
fglGetString (3G) - return a string describing the current GL connection
fglGetTexEnvfv, fglGetTexEnviv (3G) - return texture environment parameters
fglGetTexFilterFuncSGIS (3G) - return user-defined texture filtering function
fglGetTexGendv, fglGetTexGenfv, fglGetTexGeniv (3G) - return texture coordinate generation parameters
fglGetTexImage (3G) - return a texture image
fglGetTexLevelParameterfv, fglGetTexLevelParameteriv (3G) - return texture parameter values for a specific level of detail
fglGetTexParameterfv, fglGetTexParameteriv (3G) - return texture parameter values
fglHint (3G) - specify implementation-specific hints
fglHistogram (3G) - define histogram table
fglHistogramEXT (3G) - define histogram table
fglIndexd, fglIndexf, fglIndexi, fglIndexs, fglIndexub, fglIndexdv, fglIndexfv, fglIndexiv, fglIndexsv, fglIndexubv (3G) - set the current color index
fglIndexMask (3G) - control the writing of individual bits in the color index buffers
fglIndexPointer (3G) - define an array of color indexes
fglIndexPointerEXT (3G) - define an array of color indexes
fglInitNames (3G) - initialize the name stack
fglInstrumentsBufferSGIX, fglStartInstrumentsSGIX, fglReadInstrumentsSGIX, fglStopInstrumentsSGIX, fglPollInstrumentsSGIX, fglGetInstrumentsSGIX (3G) - take measurements from enabled instruments in the GL
fglInterleavedArrays (3G) - simultaneously specify and enable several interleaved arrays
fglIntro (3G) - Introduction to OpenGL FORTRAN Bindings
fglIsAsyncMarkerSGIX (3G) - determine if a marker is reserved or in use
fglIsEnabled (3G) - test whether a capability is enabled
fglIsList (3G) - determine if a name corresponds to a display-list
fglIsTexture (3G) - determine if a name corresponds to a texture
fglIsTextureEXT (3G) - determine if a name corresponds to a texture
fglLightEnviSGIX (3G) - specify fragment lighting environment
fglLightf, fglLighti, fglLightfv, fglLightiv (3G) - set light source parameters
fglLightModelf, fglLightModeli, fglLightModelfv, fglLightModeliv (3G) - set the lighting model parameters
fglLineStipple (3G) - specify the line stipple pattern
fglLineWidth (3G) - specify the width of rasterized lines
fglListBase (3G) - set the display-list base for fglCallLists
fglListParameterfSGIX, fglListParameteriSGIX, fglListParameterfvSGIX, fglListParameterivSGIX (3G) - specify display list parameters
fglLoadIdentity (3G) - replace the current matrix with the identity matrix
fglLoadMatrixd, fglLoadMatrixf (3G) - replace the current matrix with the specified matrix
fglLoadName (3G) - load a name onto the name stack
fglLogicOp (3G) - specify a logical pixel operation for color index rendering
fglMap1d, fglMap1f (3G) - define a one-dimensional evaluator
fglMap2d, fglMap2f (3G) - define a two-dimensional evaluator
fglMapGrid1d, fglMapGrid1f, fglMapGrid2d, fglMapGrid2f (3G) - define a one- or two-dimensional mesh
fglMaterialf, fglMateriali, fglMaterialfv, fglMaterialiv (3G) - specify material parameters for the lighting model
fglMatrixMode (3G) - specify which matrix is the current matrix
fglMinmax (3G) - define minmax table
fglMinmaxEXT (3G) - define minmax table
fglMultMatrixd, fglMultMatrixf (3G) - multiply the current matrix with the specified matrix
fglNewList, fglEndList (3G) - create or replace a display list
fglNormal3b, fglNormal3d, fglNormal3f, fglNormal3i, fglNormal3s, fglNormal3bv, fglNormal3dv, fglNormal3fv, fglNormal3iv, fglNormal3sv (3G) - set the current normal vector
fglNormalPointer (3G) - define an array of normals
fglNormalPointerEXT (3G) - define a array of normals
fglOrtho (3G) - multiply the current matrix with an orthographic matrix
fglPassThrough (3G) - place a marker in the feedback buffer
fglPixelMapfv, fglPixelMapuiv, fglPixelMapusv (3G) - set up pixel transfer maps
fglPixelStoref, fglPixelStorei (3G) - set pixel storage modes
fglPixelTexGenParameterfSGIS, fglPixelTexGenParameteriSGIS, fglPixelTexGenParameterfvSGIS, fglPixelTexGenParameterivSGIS (3G) - affects the generation of texture coordinates in pixel operations
fglPixelTexGenSGIX (3G) - affects the generation of texture coordinates from pixel groups
fglPixelTransferf, fglPixelTransferi (3G) - set pixel transfer modes
fglPixelZoom (3G) - specify the pixel zoom factors
fglPointParameterfSGIS, fglPointParameterfvSGIS (3G) - set point parameters
fglPointSize (3G) - specify the diameter of rasterized points
fglPollAsyncSGIX (3G) - poll for completion of an asynchronous command
fglPolygonMode (3G) - select a polygon rasterization mode
fglPolygonOffset (3G) - set the scale and units used to calculate depth values
fglPolygonOffsetEXT (3G) - set parameters used to offset polygon depth
fglPolygonStipple (3G) - set the polygon stippling pattern
fglPrioritizeTextures (3G) - set texture residence priority
fglPrioritizeTexturesEXT (3G) - set texture residence priority
fglPushAttrib, fglPopAttrib (3G) - push and pop the server attribute stack
fglPushClientAttrib, fglPopClientAttrib (3G) - push and pop the client attribute stack
fglPushMatrix, fglPopMatrix (3G) - push and pop the current matrix stack
fglPushName, fglPopName (3G) - push and pop the name stack
fglRasterPos2d, fglRasterPos2f, fglRasterPos2i, fglRasterPos2s, fglRasterPos3d, fglRasterPos3f, fglRasterPos3i, fglRasterPos3s, fglRasterPos4d, fglRasterPos4f, fglRasterPos4i, fglRasterPos4s, fglRasterPos2dv, fglRasterPos2fv, fglRasterPos2iv, fglRasterPos2sv, fglRasterPos3dv, fglRasterPos3fv, fglRasterPos3iv, fglRasterPos3sv, fglRasterPos4dv, fglRasterPos4fv, fglRasterPos4iv, fglRasterPos4sv (3G) - specify the raster position for pixel operations
fglReadBuffer (3G) - select a color buffer source for pixels
fglReadPixels (3G) - read a block of pixels from the frame buffer
fglRectd, fglRectf, fglRecti, fglRects, fglRectdv, fglRectfv, fglRectiv, fglRectsv (3G) - draw a rectangle
fglReferencePlaneSGIX (3G) - define a reference plane for coplanar geometry
fglRenderMode (3G) - set rasterization mode
fglResetHistogram (3G) - reset histogram table entries to zero
fglResetHistogramEXT (3G) - reset histogram table entries to zero
fglResetMinmax (3G) - reset minmax table entries to initial values
fglResetMinmaxEXT (3G) - reset minmax table entries to initial values
fglRotated, fglRotatef (3G) - multiply the current matrix by a rotation matrix
fglSampleMaskSGIS (3G) - define mask to modify multisampled pixel fragments
fglSamplePatternSGIS (3G) - set pattern for multisampling
fglScaled, fglScalef (3G) - multiply the current matrix by a general scaling matrix
fglScissor (3G) - define the scissor box
fglSelectBuffer (3G) - establish a buffer for selection mode values
fglSeparableFilter2D (3G) - define a separable two-dimensional convolution filter
fglSeparableFilter2DEXT (3G) - define a separable two-dimensional convolution filter
fglShadeModel (3G) - select flat or smooth shading
fglSharpenTexFuncSGIS (3G) - specify sharpen texture scaling function
fglSpriteParameterfSGIX, fglSpriteParameteriSGIX, fglSpriteParameterfvSGIX, fglSpriteParameterivSGIX (3G) - set sprite parameters
fglStencilFunc (3G) - set function and reference value for stencil testing
fglStencilMask (3G) - control the writing of individual bits in the stencil planes
fglStencilOp (3G) - set stencil test actions
fglTagSampleBufferSGIX (3G) - mark all samples of a multisample buffer
fglTexCoord1d, fglTexCoord1f, fglTexCoord1i, fglTexCoord1s, fglTexCoord2d, fglTexCoord2f, fglTexCoord2i, fglTexCoord2s, fglTexCoord3d, fglTexCoord3f, fglTexCoord3i, fglTexCoord3s, fglTexCoord4d, fglTexCoord4f, fglTexCoord4i, fglTexCoord4s, fglTexCoord1dv, fglTexCoord1fv, fglTexCoord1iv, fglTexCoord1sv, fglTexCoord2dv, fglTexCoord2fv, fglTexCoord2iv, fglTexCoord2sv, fglTexCoord3dv, fglTexCoord3fv, fglTexCoord3iv, fglTexCoord3sv, fglTexCoord4dv, fglTexCoord4fv, fglTexCoord4iv, fglTexCoord4sv (3G) - set the current texture coordinates
fglTexCoordPointer (3G) - define an array of texture coordinates
fglTexCoordPointerEXT (3G) - define an array of texture coordinates
fglTexEnvf, fglTexEnvi, fglTexEnvfv, fglTexEnviv (3G) - set texture environment parameters
fglTexFilterFuncSGIS (3G) - specify user-defined texture filtering function
fglTexGend, fglTexGenf, fglTexGeni, fglTexGendv, fglTexGenfv, fglTexGeniv (3G) - control the generation of texture coordinates
fglTexImage1D (3G) - specify a one-dimensional texture image
fglTexImage2D (3G) - specify a two-dimensional texture image
fglTexImage3D (3G) - specify a three-dimensional texture image
fglTexImage3DEXT (3G) - specify a three-dimensional texture image
fglTexImage4DSGIS (3G) - specify a four-dimensional texture image
fglTexParameterf, fglTexParameteri, fglTexParameterfv, fglTexParameteriv (3G) - set texture parameters
fglTexSubImage1D (3G) - specify a one-dimensional texture subimage
fglTexSubImage1DEXT (3G) - specify a one-dimensional texture subimage
fglTexSubImage2D (3G) - specify a two-dimensional texture subimage
fglTexSubImage2DEXT (3G) - specify a two-dimensional texture subimage
fglTexSubImage3D (3G) - specify a three-dimensional texture subimage
fglTexSubImage3DEXT (3G) - specify a three-dimensional texture subimage
fglTexSubImage4DSGIS (3G) - specify a four-dimensional texture subimage
fglTextureColorMaskSGIS (3G) - enable and disable the storing of texture element color components
fglTranslated, fglTranslatef (3G) - multiply the current matrix by a translation matrix
fgluBeginCurve, fgluEndCurve (3G) - delimit a NURBS curve definition
fgluBeginPolygon, fgluEndPolygon (3G) - delimit a polygon description
fgluBeginSurface, fgluEndSurface (3G) - delimit a NURBS surface definition
fgluBeginTrim, fgluEndTrim (3G) - delimit a NURBS trimming loop definition
fgluBuild1DMipmapLevels (3G) - builds a subset of one-dimensional mipmap levels
fgluBuild1DMipmaps (3G) - builds a one-dimensional mipmap
fgluBuild2DMipmapLevels (3G) - builds a subset of two-dimensional mipmap levels
fgluBuild2DMipmaps (3G) - builds a two-dimensional mipmap
fgluBuild3DMipmapLevels (3G) - builds a subset of three-dimensional mipmap levels
fgluBuild3DMipmaps (3G) - builds a three-dimensional mipmap
fgluCheckExtension (3G) - determines if an extension name is supported
fgluCylinder (3G) - draw a cylinder
fgluDeleteNurbsRenderer (3G) - destroy a NURBS object
fgluDeleteQuadric (3G) - destroy a quadrics object
fgluDeleteTess (3G) - destroy a tessellation object
fgluDisk (3G) - draw a disk
fgluErrorString (3G) - produce an error string from a GL or GLU error code
fgluGetNurbsProperty (3G) - get a NURBS property
fgluGetString (3G) - return a string describing the GLU version or GLU extensions
fgluGetTessProperty (3G) - get a tessellation object property
fgluLoadSamplingMatrices (3G) - load NURBS sampling and culling matrices
fgluLookAt (3G) - define a viewing transformation
fgluNewNurbsRenderer (3G) - create a NURBS object
fgluNewQuadric (3G) - create a quadrics object
fgluNewTess (3G) - create a tessellation object
fgluNextContour (3G) - mark the beginning of another contour
fgluNurbsCallback (3G) - define a callback for a NURBS object
fgluNurbsCallbackData (3G) - set a user data pointer
fgluNurbsCallbackDataEXT (3G) - set a user data pointer
fgluNurbsCurve (3G) - define the shape of a NURBS curve
fgluNurbsProperty (3G) - set a NURBS property
fgluNurbsSurface (3G) - define the shape of a NURBS surface
fgluOrtho2D (3G) - define a 2D orthographic projection matrix
fgluPartialDisk (3G) - draw an arc of a disk
fgluPerspective (3G) - set up a perspective projection matrix
fgluPickMatrix (3G) - define a picking region
fgluProject (3G) - map object coordinates to window coordinates
fgluPwlCurve (3G) - describe a piecewise linear NURBS trimming curve
fgluQuadricCallback (3G) - define a callback for a quadrics object
fgluQuadricDrawStyle (3G) - specify the draw style desired for quadrics
fgluQuadricNormals (3G) - specify what kind of normals are desired for quadrics
fgluQuadricOrientation (3G) - specify inside/outside orientation for quadrics
fgluQuadricTexture (3G) - specify if texturing is desired for quadrics
fgluScaleImage (3G) - scale an image to an arbitrary size
fgluSphere (3G) - draw a sphere
fgluTessBeginContour, fgluTessEndContour (3G) - delimit a contour description
fgluTessBeginPolygon (3G) - delimit a polygon description
fgluTessCallback (3G) - define a callback for a tessellation object
fgluTessEndPolygon (3G) - delimit a polygon description
fgluTessNormal (3G) - specify a normal for a polygon
fgluTessProperty (3G) - set a tessellation object property
fgluTessVertex (3G) - specify a vertex on a polygon
fgluUnProject (3G) - map window coordinates to object coordinates
fgluUnProject4 (3G) - map window and clip coordinates to object coordinates
fglVertex2d, fglVertex2f, fglVertex2i, fglVertex2s, fglVertex3d, fglVertex3f, fglVertex3i, fglVertex3s, fglVertex4d, fglVertex4f, fglVertex4i, fglVertex4s, fglVertex2dv, fglVertex2fv, fglVertex2iv, fglVertex2sv, fglVertex3dv, fglVertex3fv, fglVertex3iv, fglVertex3sv, fglVertex4dv, fglVertex4fv, fglVertex4iv, fglVertex4sv (3G) - specify a vertex
fglVertexPointer (3G) - define an array of vertex data
fglVertexPointerEXT (3G) - define an array of vertex data
fglViewport (3G) - set the viewport
file (3Tcl) - Manipulate file names and attributes
File::Compare (3) - Compare files or filehandles
File::Copy (3) - Copy files or filehandles
File::DosGlob (3) - DOS like globbing and then some
File::Path (3) - create or remove a series of directories
File::Spec (3) - portably perform operations on file names
File::Spec::Mac (3) - File::Spec for MacOS
File::Spec::OS2 (3) - methods for OS/2 file specs
File::Spec::Unix (3) - methods used by File::Spec
File::Spec::VMS (3) - methods for VMS file specs
File::Spec::Win32 (3) - methods for Win32 file specs
File::stat (3) - by-name interface to Perl's built-in stat() functions
filebuf (3C) - Buffer for file I/O
FileCache (3) - keep more files open than the system permits
fileevent (3Tk) - Execute a script when a file becomes readable or writable
FileHandle (3) - supply object methods for filehandles
fileparse (3) - split a pathname into pieces
find (3) - traverse a file tree
FindBin (3) - Locate directory of original perl script
finish (3G) - blocks until the Geometry Pipeline is empty
finish (3G) - blocks until the Geometry Pipeline is empty
fixade (3) - handles and reports on misaligned data bus errors
flock (3B) - apply or remove an advisory lock on an open file
flockfile, ftrylockfile, funlockfile (3S) - stdio synchronization functions
FLOOR (3I) - Returns the greatest integer less than or equal to a
floor, floorl, ffloor, floorf, ceil, ceill, fceil, ceilf, copysign, copysignl, drem, dreml, fmod, fmodl, fmodf, fabsl, fabs, fabsf, remainder, rint, rintl, trunc, truncl, ftrunc, truncf (3M) - Floor, ceiling, remainder, absolute value, nearest integer, and truncation functions
flush (3F) - flush output to a logical unit
FLUSH (3F) - Writes data buffered by Fortran output statements to a file
flush (3Tcl) - Flush buffered output for a file
fmax, fmaxf, fmaxl, fmin, fminf, fminl (3C) - maximum and minimum and positive difference functions
fmcachedisable (3W) - disable font cache flushing
fmcacheenable (3W) - enable font cache flushing
fmcachelimit (3W) - return current font cache limit in quanta
fmenumerate (3W) - enumerate the font faces available through the font manager.
fmfindfont (3W) - select a font face.
fmfontpath (3W) - get the current font path.
fmfprstr (3W) - render a character string in a specified font
fmfreefont (3W) - free the storage for a font
fmgetcacheused (3W) - return the number of bytes used by the font cache
fmgetchrwidth (3W) - return the width of a character
fmgetcomment (3W) - return a comment associated with a font
fmgetfontinfo (3W) - return information about the overall font
fmgetfontname (3W) - return the name associated with a font
fmgetstrwidth (3W) - return the width of a string in pixels
fmgetwholemetrics (3W) - return information about each of the characters in a font
fminit (3W) - initialize the Font Manager
fminitpagematrix, fmsetpagematrix, fmgetpagematrix, fmscalepagematrix, fmrotatepagematrix, fmconcatpagematrix (3W) - font manager page matrix operations
fmmakefont (3W) - associate a transformation matrix with a font
fmoutchar (3W) - render a single glyph.
fmprintermatch (3W) - toggle printer matching
fmprstr (3W) - render a string in the current font
fmscalefont (3W) - scale a font face.
fmsetcachelimit (3W) - set maximum cache size in quanta
fmsetfont (3W) - set the current font.
fmsetpath (3W) - set the current font path.
fmtmsg (3C) - display a message on stderr or system console
fnmatch (3G) - match filename or pathname
focus (3Tk) - Manage the input focus
fogver (3G) - specify atmospheric fogging effects
fogvertex (3G) - specify atmospheric fogging effects
font (3G) - selects a raster font for drawing text strings
font (3G) - selects a raster font for drawing text strings
fopen, freopen, fdopen (3S) - open a stream
for (3Tcl) - ``For'' loop
foreach (3Tcl) - Iterate over all elements in a list
foregr (3G) - prevents a graphical process from being put into the background
foreground (3G) - prevents a graphical process from being put into the background
format (3Tcl) - Format a string in the style of sprintf
fp_class, fp_class_d, fp_class_f (3C) - classes of IEEE floating-point values
fpc, get_fpc_csr, set_fpc_csr, get_fpc_irr, swapRM, swapINX (3C) - Floating-point control registers
fpclassify, fpclassifyf, fpclassifyl, isfinite, isfinitef, isfinitel, isunordered, isunorderedf, isunorderedl, isinf, isinff, isinfl, isnormal, isnormalf, isnormall (3C) - classification macros
fpe_trace_option, fpe_ss, fpe (3) - SpeedShop floating-point exception tracing library
fpgetmask, fpgetround, fpgetsticky, fpsetmask, fpsetround, fpsetsticky (3C) - fetch/set subfields of floating-point control status register of MIPS floating-point units
FRACTION (3I) - Returns the fractional part of the numeric model representation of the argument value
frame (3Tk) - Create and manipulate frame widgets
fread, fwrite (3S) - binary input/output
freepu (3G) - deallocates a menu
freepup (3G) - deallocates a menu
frexp, ldexp, logb, ilogb, modf, modff, nextafter, scalb, frexpl, ldexpl, logbl, modfl, nextafterl, scalbl, nearbyint, nearbyintf, nearbyintl, nexttoward, nexttowardf, nexttowardl (3C) - manipulate parts of floating-point numbers (libc routines)
frontf (3G) - turns frontfacing polygon removal on and off
frontface (3G) - turns frontfacing polygon removal on and off
fseek, fseek64, ftell, ftell64 (3F) - reposition a file on a logical unit
fseek, fseek64, rewind, ftell, ftell64 (3S) - reposition a file pointer in a stream
fsetpos, fsetpos64, fgetpos, fgetpos64 (3S) - reposition a file pointer in a stream
fstream (3C) - iostream and streambuf specialized to files
ftime (3C) - get date and time
ftw, ftw64, nftw nftw64 (3C) - walk a file tree
fudge (3G) - specifies fudge values that are added to a graphics window
fudge (3G) - specifies fudge values that are added to a graphics window
fullsc (3G) - allows a program write to the entire screen
fullscrn (3G) - allows a program write to the entire screen
fwprintf: fwprintf, wprintf, swprintf (3S) - print formatted wide-character output
fwscanf: fwscanf, wscanf, swscanf (3S) - convert formatted wide-character input
gammar (3G) - defines a color map ramp for gamma correction
gammaramp (3G) - defines a color map ramp for gamma correction
gconfi (3G) - reconfigures the GL modes of the current window
gconfig (3G) - reconfigures the GL modes of the current window
genobj (3G) - returns a unique integer for use as an object identifier
genobj (3G) - returns a unique integer for use as an object identifier
gentag (3G) - returns a unique integer for use as a tag
gentag (3G) - returns a unique integer for use as a tag
GET_IEEE_EXCEPTIONS (3I) - Retrieves flags that represent the current floating-point exception status
GET_IEEE_INTERRUPTS (3I) - Retrieves flags that represent the current floating-point interrupt status
GET_IEEE_ROUNDING_MODE (3I) - Returns current floating-point rounding mode
GET_IEEE_STATUS (3I) - Retrieves flags that represent the current floating-point status upon entry to a procedure
getabi (3C) - get ABI from argument vector
getaddrinfo, freeaddrinfo, gai_strerror (3) - nodename-to-address translation in a protocol-independent manner
getarg, iargc (3F) - Return Fortran command-line argument
getbac (3G) - returns whether backfacing polygons will appear
getbackface (3G) - returns whether backfacing polygons will appear
getbuf (3G) - indicates which buffers are enabled for writing
getbuffer (3G) - indicates which buffers are enabled for writing
getbut (3G) - returns the state of a button
getbutton (3G) - returns the state of a button
getc, fgetc (3F) - get a character from a logical unit
getc, getchar, fgetc, getw, getc_unlocked, getchar_unlocked (3S) - get character or word from a stream
getcmm (3G) - returns the current color map mode
getcmmode (3G) - returns the current color map mode
getcol (3G) - returns the current color
getcolor (3G) - returns the current color
getcpo (3G) - returns the current character position
getcpos (3G) - returns the current character position
getcur (3G) - returns the cursor characteristics
getcursor (3G) - returns the cursor characteristics
getcwd (3) - get pathname of current working directory
getcwd (3C) - get pathname of current working directory
getdate (3C) - convert user format date and time
getdcm (3G) - indicates whether depth-cue mode is on or off
getdcm (3G) - indicates whether depth-cue mode is on or off
getdep (3G) - obsolete routine
getdepth (3G) - obsolete routine
getdes (3G) - returns the character characteristics
getdescender (3G) - returns the character characteristics
getdev (3G) - reads a list of valuators at one time
getdev (3G) - reads a list of valuators at one time
getdfltprojuser, fgetdfltprojuser (3c) - get user's default project ID
getdis (3G) - returns the current display mode
getdisplaymode (3G) - returns the current display mode
getdra (3G) - returns the current drawing mode
getdrawmode (3G) - returns the current drawing mode
getdtablehi (3C) - get largest open file descriptor index
getenv (3C) - return value for environment name
getenv (3F) - get value of environment variable
getfon (3G) - returns the current raster font number
getfont (3G) - returns the current raster font number
getgco (3G) - gets the size of a buffer or a state in the current buffer configuration
getgconfig (3G) - gets the size of a buffer or a state in the current buffer configuration
getgde (3G) - gets graphics system description
getgdesc (3G) - gets graphics system description
getgpo (3G) - gets the current graphics position
getgpos (3G) - gets the current graphics position
getgrent, getgrent_r, getgrgid, getgrgid_r, getgrnam, getgrnam_r, setgrent, endgrent, fgetgrent, fgetgrent_r, getgrmember (3C) - get group file entry
gethei (3G) - returns the maximum character height in the current raster font
getheight (3G) - returns the maximum character height in the current raster font
gethgram (3G) - gets histogram data computed by hgram
gethit (3G) - returns the current hitcode
gethitcode (3G) - returns the current hitcode
gethostbyname, gethostbyname_r, gethostbyaddr, gethostbyaddr_r, gethostent, gethostent_r, fgethostent, fgethostent_r, sethostent, endhostent, herror, hstrerror (3N) - get network host entry
getinvent, setinvent, endinvent, scaninvent, getinvent_r, setinvent_r, endinvent_r (3) - get hardware inventory entry
getipnodebyname, getipnodebyaddr, freehostent (3) - nodename-to-address and address-to-nodename translation
getlog (3F) - get user's login name
getlogin, getlogin_r (3C) - get login name
getlsb (3G) - returns the state of linestyle backup mode
getlsbackup (3G) - returns the state of linestyle backup mode
getlsr (3G) - returns the linestyle repeat count
getlsrepeat (3G) - returns the linestyle repeat count
getlst (3G) - returns the current linestyle
getlstyle (3G) - returns the current linestyle
getlwi (3G) - returns the current linewidth
getlwidth (3G) - returns the current linewidth
getmap (3G) - returns the number of the current color map
getmap (3G) - returns the number of the current color map
getmat (3G) - returns a copy of a transformation matrix
getmatrix (3G) - returns a copy of a transformation matrix
getmco (3G) - gets a copy of the RGB values for a color map entry
getmcolor (3G) - gets a copy of the RGB values for a color map entry
getminmax (3G) - gets data computed by minmax
getmmo (3G) - returns the current matrix mode
getmmode (3G) - returns the current matrix mode
getmon (3G) - returns the video output format currently being generated by the graphics system
getmonitor (3G) - returns the video output format currently being generated by the graphics system
getmul (3G) - returns the current multisample mode
getmultisample (3G) - returns the current multisample mode
getnameinfo (3) - address-to-nodename translation in a protocol-independent manner.
getnetconfig (3N) - get network configuration database entry
getnetent, getnetent_r, fgetnetent, fgetnetent_r, getnetbyaddr, getnetbyaddr_r, getnetbyname, getnetbyname_r, setnetent, endnetent (3N) - get network entry
getnetgrent, innetgr, setnetgrent, endnetgrent (3Y) - get NIS network group entry
getnetpath (3N) - get netconfig entry corresponding to NETPATH component
getnur (3G) - returns the current value of a trimmed NURBS surfaces display property
getnurbsproperty (3G) - returns the current value of a trimmed NURBS surfaces display property
getope (3G) - returns the identifier of the currently open object
getopenobj (3G) - returns the identifier of the currently open object
getopt (3) - Process single-character switches with switch clustering
getopt (3C) - get option letter from argument vector
GetOptions (3) - extended processing of command line options
getori (3G) - returns the position of a graphics window
getorigin (3G) - returns the position of a graphics window
getoth (3G) - obsolete routine
getothermonitor (3G) - obsolete routine
getpass (3C) - read a password
getpat (3G) - returns the index of the current pattern
getpattern (3G) - returns the index of the current pattern
getpeername (3N) - get name of connected peer
getpla (3G) - returns the number of available bitplanes
getplanes (3G) - returns the number of available bitplanes
getpor (3G) - obsolete routine
getport (3G) - obsolete routine
getprojall, fgetprojall (3c) - enumerate all project IDs
getprojuser, fgetprojuser (3c) - get a user's project IDs
getprotoent, getprotobynumber, getprotobyname, getprotoent_r, getprotobynumber_r, getprotobyname_r, fgetprotoent, fgetprotoent_r, setprotoent, endprotoent (3N) - get protocol entry
getpw (3C) - get name from UID
getpwent, getpwent_r, getpwuid, getpwuid_r, getpwnam, getpwnam_r, setpwent, endpwent, fgetpwent, fgetpwent_r (3C) - get password file entry
getres (3G) - returns the state of linestyle reset mode
getresetls (3G) - returns the state of linestyle reset mode
getrpcent, getrpcent_r, fgetrpcent, fgetrpcent_r, getrpcbyname, getrpcbyname_r, getrpcbynumber, getrpcbynumber_r (3R) - get RPC entry
getrpcport (3R) - get RPC port number
getrusage (3) - get information about resource utilization
gets (3Tcl) - Read a line from a file
gets, fgets (3S) - get a string from a stream
getsb (3G) - read back the current computed screen bounding box
getscr (3G) - returns the current screen mask
getscrbox (3G) - read back the current computed screen bounding box
getscrmask (3G) - returns the current screen mask
getservent, getservent_r, fgetservent, fgetservent_r, getservbyport, getservbyport_r, getservbyname, getservbyname_r, setservent, endservent (3N) - get service entry
getsha (3G) - obsolete routine
getshade (3G) - obsolete routine
getsiz (3G) - returns the size of a graphics window
getsize (3G) - returns the size of a graphics window
getsm (3G) - returns the current shading model
getsm (3G) - returns the current shading model
getsockname (3N) - get socket name
getsockopt, setsockopt (3N) - get and set options on sockets
getspent, getspent_r, getspnam, getspnam_r, setspent, endspent, fgetspent, fgetspent_r, lckpwdf, ulckpwdf (3C) - manipulate shadow password file entry
getsubopt (3C) - parse suboptions from a string
gettimeofday, settimeofday (3B) - get/set date and time
gettxt (3C) - retrieve a text string
getut: getutent, getutid, getutline, pututline, setutent, endutent, utmpname (3C) - access utmp file entry
getutx: getutxent, getutxid, getutxline, pututxline, setutxent, endutxent, utmpxname, getutmp, getutmpx, updwtmp, updwtmpx (3C) - access utmpx (extended utmp) file entry
getval (3G) - returns the current state of a valuator
getvaluator (3G) - returns the current state of a valuator
getvie (3G) - gets a copy of the dimensions of the current viewport
getviewport (3G) - gets a copy of the dimensions of the current viewport
getwc, getwchar, fgetwc (3S) - get wchar_t character or word from a stream
getwd (3C) - get current working directory pathname
getwidth (3W) - get information on supplementary code sets
getwri (3G) - returns the current writemask
getwritemask (3G) - returns the current writemask
getws, fgetws (3S) - get a wchar_t string from a stream
getwsc (3G) - returns the screen upon which the current window appears
getwscrn (3G) - returns the screen upon which the current window appears
getzbu (3G) - returns whether z-buffering is on or off
getzbuffer (3G) - returns whether z-buffering is on or off
gexit (3G) - exits graphics
gexit (3G) - exits graphics
gflush (3G) - flushs the remote GL client buffer
gflush (3G) - flushs the remote GL client buffer
ghstgm (3G) - gets histogram data computed by hgram
ginit, gbegin (3G) - create a window that occupies the entire screen
ginit, gbegin (3G) - create a window that occupies the entire screen
ginit, gbegin (3G) - create a window that occupies the entire screen
ginit, gbegin (3G) - create a window that occupies the entire screen
glAccum (3G) - operate on the accumulation buffer
glAlphaFunc (3G) - specify the alpha test function
glAreTexturesResident (3G) - determine if textures are loaded in texture memory
glAreTexturesResidentEXT (3G) - determine if textures are loaded in texture memory
glArrayElement (3G) - render a vertex using the specified vertex array element
glArrayElementEXT (3G) - specify the array elements used to render a vertex
glAsyncMarkerSGIX (3G) - set a marker for tracking asynchronous commands
glBegin, glEnd (3G) - delimit the vertices of a primitive or a group of like primitives
glBindTexture (3G) - bind a named texture to a texturing target
glBindTextureEXT (3G) - bind a named texture to a texturing target
glBitmap (3G) - draw a bitmap
glBlendColor (3G) - set the blend color
glBlendColorEXT (3G) - set the blend color
glBlendEquation (3G) - set the blend equation
glBlendEquationEXT (3G) - set the blend equation
glBlendFunc (3G) - specify pixel arithmetic
glCallList (3G) - execute a display list
glCallLists (3G) - execute a list of display lists
glcAppendCatalog, glcPrependCatalog (3G) - append a catalog to the catalog list
glcAppendFont (3G) - append a font to the current font list
glcContext (3G) - make a context current to a thread
glcDataPointer (3G) - assign a value to GLC_DATA_POINTER
glcDeleteFont (3G) - delete a font
glcDeleteGLObjects (3G) - delete all GL objects that a GLC context owns
glcEnable, glcDisable (3G) - enable or disable GLC capabilities
glcFont (3G) - replace fonts in the font list
glcFontFace (3G) - set the face of a font or of all current fonts
glcFontMap (3G) - modify the map of a font
glcGenContext, glcDeleteContext (3G) - generate or delete a context
glcGenFontID (3G) - generate a new font ID
glcGetAllContexts (3G) - return an array of GLC contexts
glcGetc (3G) - return the value or values of a specified string constant
glcGetCallbackFunc (3G) - return the value of a callback function variable
glcGetCharMetric (3G) - measure a character
glcGetCurrentContext (3G) - return current context ID
glcGetError (3G) - return error information
glcGetf (3G) - return value of a specified floating point variable
glcGetFontc (3G) - return a string attribute of a font
glcGetFontFace (3G) - return the name of a font's current face
glcGetFonti (3G) - return an integer attribute of a font
glcGetFontListc (3G) - return an attribute of a font
glcGetFontMap (3G) - return the string name of a character
glcGetfv (3G) - return the value of a floating point vector variable
glcGeti (3G) - return the value or values of a integer variable or constant
glcGetListc (3G) - return element from list
glcGetListi (3G) - return element from list
glcGetMasterc (3G) - return the value of a master's string attribute
glcGetMasteri (3G) - return the value of a master's attribute
glcGetMasterListc (3G) - return attribute of master
glcGetMasterMap (3G) - return the string name of a character in a master
glcGetMaxCharMetric (3G) - measure layout of characters
glcGetPointer (3G) - return pointer value
glcGetStringCharMetric (3G) - retrieve character metric from measurement buffer
glcGetStringMetric (3G) - return a string metric
glcIntro (3G) - Introduction to the OpenGL Character Renderer
glcIsContext (3G) - test whether a context ID is the current GLC context
glcIsEnabled (3G) - test whether a boolean attribute is true
glcIsFont (3G) - test whether inFont is a font ID
glClear (3G) - clear buffers to preset values
glClearAccum (3G) - specify clear values for the accumulation buffer
glClearColor (3G) - specify clear values for the color buffers
glClearDepth (3G) - specify the clear value for the depth buffer
glClearIndex (3G) - specify the clear value for the color index buffers
glClearStencil (3G) - specify the clear value for the stencil buffer
glClipPlane (3G) - specify a plane against which all geometry is clipped
glcLoadIdentity (3G) - assign identity value to GLC_BITMAP_MATRIX
glcLoadMatrix (3G) - assign a value to GLC_BITMAP_MATRIX
glcMeasureCountedString (3G) - store a string of specified length in measurement buffer
glcMeasureString (3G) - measure a specified string
glcMultMatrix (3G) - multiply GLC_BITMAP_MATRIX with a matrix
glcNewFontFromFamily (3G) - create a new font from a master of specified family
glcNewFontFromMaster (3G) - create a new font from a master
glColor3b, glColor3d, glColor3f, glColor3i, glColor3s, glColor3ub, glColor3ui, glColor3us, glColor4b, glColor4d, glColor4f, glColor4i, glColor4s, glColor4ub, glColor4ui, glColor4us, glColor3bv, glColor3dv, glColor3fv, glColor3iv, glColor3sv, glColor3ubv, glColor3uiv, glColor3usv, glColor4bv, glColor4dv, glColor4fv, glColor4iv, glColor4sv, glColor4ubv, glColor4uiv, glColor4usv (3G) - set the current color
glColorMask (3G) - enable and disable writing of frame buffer color components
glColorMaterial (3G) - cause a material color to track the current color
glColorPointer (3G) - define an array of colors
glColorPointerEXT (3G) - define a array of colors
glColorSubTable (3G) - respecify a portion of a color table
glColorTable (3G) - define a color lookup table
glColorTableParameterfv, glColorTableParameteriv (3G) - set color lookup table parameters
glColorTableParameterfvSGI, glColorTableParameterivSGI (3G) - set color lookup table parameters
glColorTableSGI (3G) - define a color lookup table
glcomp (3G) - controls compatibility modes
glcompat (3G) - controls compatibility modes
glConvolutionFilter1D (3G) - define a one-dimensional convolution filter
glConvolutionFilter1DEXT (3G) - define a one-dimensional convolution filter
glConvolutionFilter2D (3G) - define a two-dimensional convolution filter
glConvolutionFilter2DEXT (3G) - define a two-dimensional convolution filter
glConvolutionParameterf, glConvolutionParameteri, glConvolutionParameterfv, glConvolutionParameteriv (3G) - set convolution parameters
glConvolutionParameterfEXT, glConvolutionParameteriEXT, glConvolutionParameterfvEXT, glConvolutionParameterivEXT (3G) - set convolution parameters
glCopyColorSubTable (3G) - respecify a portion of a color table
glCopyColorTable (3G) - copy pixels into a color table
glCopyColorTableSGI (3G) - copy pixels into a color table
glCopyConvolutionFilter1D (3G) - copy pixels into a one-dimensional convolution filter
glCopyConvolutionFilter1DEXT (3G) - copy pixels into a one-dimensional convolution filter
glCopyConvolutionFilter2D (3G) - copy pixels into a two-dimensional convolution filter
glCopyConvolutionFilter2DEXT (3G) - copy pixels into a two-dimensional convolution filter
glCopyPixels (3G) - copy pixels in the frame buffer
glCopyTexImage1D (3G) - copy pixels into a 1D texture image
glCopyTexImage1DEXT (3G) - copy pixels into a 1D texture image
glCopyTexImage2D (3G) - copy pixels into a 2D texture image
glCopyTexImage2DEXT (3G) - copy pixels into a 2D texture image
glCopyTexSubImage1D (3G) - copy a one-dimensional texture subimage
glCopyTexSubImage1DEXT (3G) - copy pixels into a 1D texture subimage
glCopyTexSubImage2D (3G) - copy a two-dimensional texture subimage
glCopyTexSubImage2DEXT (3G) - copy pixels into a 2D texture subimage
glCopyTexSubImage3D (3G) - copy a three-dimensional texture subimage
glCopyTexSubImage3DEXT (3G) - copy pixels into a 3D texture subimage
glcRemoveCatalog (3G) - remove a catalog from the catalog list
glcRenderChar (3G) - render a character
glcRenderCountedString (3G) - render a string of a specified number of characters
glcRenderString (3G) - render a string
glcRenderStyle (3G) - assign a value to the variable GLC_RENDER_STYLE
glcReplacementCode (3G) - assign a value to GLC_REPLACEMENT_CODE
glcResolution (3G) - assign a value to GLC_RESOLUTION
glcRotate (3G) - multiply GLC_BITMAP_MATRIX by a rotation matrix
glcScale (3G) - multiply GLC_BITMAP_MATRIX with a general scaling matrix
glcStringType (3G) - assign a value to GLC_STRING_TYPE
glCullFace (3G) - specify whether front- or back-facing facets can be culled
glDeleteAsyncMarkersSGIX (3G) - delete markers for tracking asynchronous commands
glDeleteLists (3G) - delete a contiguous group of display lists
glDeleteTextures (3G) - delete named textures
glDeleteTexturesEXT (3G) - delete named textures
glDepthFunc (3G) - specify the value used for depth buffer comparisons
glDepthMask (3G) - enable or disable writing into the depth buffer
glDepthRange (3G) - specify mapping of depth values from normalized device coordinates to window coordinates
glDetailTexFuncSGIS (3G) - specify detail texture scaling function
glDrawArrays (3G) - render primitives from array data
glDrawArraysEXT (3G) - render primitives from array data
glDrawBuffer (3G) - specify which color buffers are to be drawn into
glDrawElements (3G) - render primitives from array data
glDrawPixels (3G) - write a block of pixels to the frame buffer
glDrawRangeElements (3G) - render primitives from array data
glEdgeFlag, glEdgeFlagv (3G) - flag edges as either boundary or nonboundary
glEdgeFlagPointer (3G) - define an array of edge flags
glEdgeFlagPointerEXT (3G) - define an array of edge flags
glEnable, glDisable (3G) - enable or disable server-side GL capabilities
glEnableClientState, glDisableClientState (3G) - enable or disable client-side capability
glEvalCoord1d, glEvalCoord1f, glEvalCoord2d, glEvalCoord2f, glEvalCoord1dv, glEvalCoord1fv, glEvalCoord2dv, glEvalCoord2fv (3G) - evaluate enabled one- and two-dimensional maps
glEvalMesh1, glEvalMesh2 (3G) - compute a one- or two-dimensional grid of points or lines
glEvalPoint1, glEvalPoint2 (3G) - generate and evaluate a single point in a mesh
glFeedbackBuffer (3G) - controls feedback mode
glFinish (3G) - block until all GL execution is complete
glFinishAsyncSGIX (3G) - wait for completion of an asynchronous command
glFlush (3G) - force execution of GL commands in finite time
glFlushRasterSGIX (3G) - complete rasterization of previous GL commands
glFogf, glFogi, glFogfv, glFogiv (3G) - specify fog parameters
glFogFuncSGIS (3G) - custom fog blending function
glFragmentColorMaterialSGIX (3G) - cause a fragment material color to track the current fragment color
glFragmentLightfSGIX, glFragmentLightiSGIX, glFragmentLightfvSGIX, glFragmentLightivSGIX (3G) - set fragment light source parameters
glFragmentLightModelfSGIX, glFragmentLightModeliSGIX, glFragmentLightModelfvSGIX, glFragmentLightModelivSGIX (3G) - set the lighting model parameters
glFragmentMaterialfSGIX, glFragmentMaterialiSGIX, glFragmentMaterialfvSGIX, glFragmentMaterialivSGIX (3G) - specify fragment material parameters for the fragment lighting model
glFrontFace (3G) - define front- and back-facing polygons
glFrustum (3G) - multiply the current matrix by a perspective matrix
glGenAsyncMarkersSGIX (3G) - reserve markers for tracking asynchronous commands
glGenLists (3G) - generate a contiguous set of empty display lists
glGenTextures (3G) - generate texture names
glGenTexturesEXT (3G) - generate texture names
glGetBooleanv, glGetDoublev, glGetFloatv, glGetIntegerv (3G) - return the value or values of a selected parameter
glGetClipPlane (3G) - return the coefficients of the specified clipping plane
glGetColorTable (3G) - retrieve contents of a color lookup table
glGetColorTableParameterfv, glGetColorTableParameteriv (3G) - get color lookup table parameters
glGetColorTableParameterfvSGI, glGetColorTableParameterivSGI (3G) - get color lookup table parameters
glGetColorTableSGI (3G) - retrieve contents of a color lookup table
glGetConvolutionFilter (3G) - get current 1D or 2D convolution filter kernel
glGetConvolutionFilterEXT (3G) - get current 1D or 2D convolution filter kernel
glGetConvolutionParameterfv, glGetConvolutionParameteriv (3G) - get convolution parameters
glGetConvolutionParameterfvEXT, glGetConvolutionParameterivEXT (3G) - get convolution parameters
glGetDetailTexFuncSGIS (3G) - get detail texture scaling function
glGetError (3G) - return error information
glGetFragmentLightfvSGIX, glGetFragmentLightivSGIX (3G) - return fragment light source parameter values
glGetFragmentMaterialfvSGIX, glGetFragmentMaterialivSGIX (3G) - return fragment material parameters
glGetHistogram (3G) - get histogram table
glGetHistogramEXT (3G) - get histogram table
glGetHistogramParameterfv, glGetHistogramParameteriv (3G) - get histogram parameters
glGetHistogramParameterfvEXT, glGetHistogramParameterivEXT (3G) - get histogram parameters
glGetLightfv, glGetLightiv (3G) - return light source parameter values
glGetListParameterfvSGIX, glGetListParameterivSGIX (3G) - retrieve display list parameters
glGetMapdv, glGetMapfv, glGetMapiv (3G) - return evaluator parameters
glGetMaterialfv, glGetMaterialiv (3G) - return material parameters
glGetMinmax (3G) - get minimum and maximum pixel values
glGetMinmaxEXT (3G) - get minimum and maximum pixel values
glGetMinmaxParameterfv, glGetMinmaxParameteriv (3G) - get minmax parameters
glGetMinmaxParameterfvEXT, glGetMinmaxParameterivEXT (3G) - get minmax parameters
glGetPixelMapfv, glGetPixelMapuiv, glGetPixelMapusv (3G) - return the specified pixel map
glGetPixelTexGenParameterfvSGIS, glGetPixelTexGenParameterivSGIS (3G) - return pixel texture parameter values
glGetPointerv (3G) - return the address of the specified pointer
glGetPointervEXT (3G) - return the address of a buffer or vertex array
glGetPolygonStipple (3G) - return the polygon stipple pattern
glGetSeparableFilter (3G) - get separable convolution filter kernel images
glGetSeparableFilterEXT (3G) - get separable convolution filter kernel images
glGetSharpenTexFuncSGIS (3G) - get sharpen texture scaling function
glGetString (3G) - return a string describing the current GL connection
glGetTexEnvfv, glGetTexEnviv (3G) - return texture environment parameters
glGetTexFilterFuncSGIS (3G) - return user-defined texture filtering function
glGetTexGendv, glGetTexGenfv, glGetTexGeniv (3G) - return texture coordinate generation parameters
glGetTexImage (3G) - return a texture image
glGetTexLevelParameterfv, glGetTexLevelParameteriv (3G) - return texture parameter values for a specific level of detail
glGetTexParameterfv, glGetTexParameteriv (3G) - return texture parameter values
glHint (3G) - specify implementation-specific hints
glHistogram (3G) - define histogram table
glHistogramEXT (3G) - define histogram table
glIndexd, glIndexf, glIndexi, glIndexs, glIndexub, glIndexdv, glIndexfv, glIndexiv, glIndexsv, glIndexubv (3G) - set the current color index
glIndexMask (3G) - control the writing of individual bits in the color index buffers
glIndexPointer (3G) - define an array of color indexes
glIndexPointerEXT (3G) - define an array of color indexes
glInitNames (3G) - initialize the name stack
glInstrumentsBufferSGIX, glStartInstrumentsSGIX, glReadInstrumentsSGIX, glStopInstrumentsSGIX, glPollInstrumentsSGIX, glGetInstrumentsSGIX (3G) - take measurements from enabled instruments in the GL
glInterleavedArrays (3G) - simultaneously specify and enable several interleaved arrays
glIntro (3G) - Introduction to OpenGL
glio_group_mpi, glio_group_shmem (3F) - Defines a group of processes to be associated with a global file.
glIsAsyncMarkerSGIX (3G) - determine if a marker is reserved or in use
glIsEnabled (3G) - test whether a capability is enabled
glIsList (3G) - determine if a name corresponds to a display-list
glIsTexture (3G) - determine if a name corresponds to a texture
glIsTextureEXT (3G) - determine if a name corresponds to a texture
glLightEnviSGIX (3G) - specify fragment lighting environment
glLightf, glLighti, glLightfv, glLightiv (3G) - set light source parameters
glLightModelf, glLightModeli, glLightModelfv, glLightModeliv (3G) - set the lighting model parameters
glLineStipple (3G) - specify the line stipple pattern
glLineWidth (3G) - specify the width of rasterized lines
glListBase (3G) - set the display-list base for glCallLists
glListParameterfSGIX, glListParameteriSGIX, glListParameterfvSGIX, glListParameterivSGIX (3G) - specify display list parameters
glLoadIdentity (3G) - replace the current matrix with the identity matrix
glLoadMatrixd, glLoadMatrixf (3G) - replace the current matrix with the specified matrix
glLoadName (3G) - load a name onto the name stack
glLogicOp (3G) - specify a logical pixel operation for color index rendering
glMap1d, glMap1f (3G) - define a one-dimensional evaluator
glMap2d, glMap2f (3G) - define a two-dimensional evaluator
glMapGrid1d, glMapGrid1f, glMapGrid2d, glMapGrid2f (3G) - define a one- or two-dimensional mesh
glMaterialf, glMateriali, glMaterialfv, glMaterialiv (3G) - specify material parameters for the lighting model
glMatrixMode (3G) - specify which matrix is the current matrix
glMinmax (3G) - define minmax table
glMinmaxEXT (3G) - define minmax table
glMultMatrixd, glMultMatrixf (3G) - multiply the current matrix with the specified matrix
glNewList, glEndList (3G) - create or replace a display list
glNormal3b, glNormal3d, glNormal3f, glNormal3i, glNormal3s, glNormal3bv, glNormal3dv, glNormal3fv, glNormal3iv, glNormal3sv (3G) - set the current normal vector
glNormalPointer (3G) - define an array of normals
glNormalPointerEXT (3G) - define a array of normals
glob (3G) - generate pathnames matching a pattern
glob (3Tcl) - Return names of files that match patterns
global (3Tcl) - Access global variables
glOrtho (3G) - multiply the current matrix with an orthographic matrix
glPassThrough (3G) - place a marker in the feedback buffer
glPixelMapfv, glPixelMapuiv, glPixelMapusv (3G) - set up pixel transfer maps
glPixelStoref, glPixelStorei (3G) - set pixel storage modes
glPixelTexGenParameterfSGIS, glPixelTexGenParameteriSGIS, glPixelTexGenParameterfvSGIS, glPixelTexGenParameterivSGIS (3G) - affects the generation of texture coordinates in pixel operations
glPixelTexGenSGIX (3G) - affects the generation of texture coordinates from pixel groups
glPixelTransferf, glPixelTransferi (3G) - set pixel transfer modes
glPixelZoom (3G) - specify the pixel zoom factors
glPointParameterfSGIS, glPointParameterfvSGIS (3G) - set point parameters
glPointSize (3G) - specify the diameter of rasterized points
glPollAsyncSGIX (3G) - poll for completion of an asynchronous command
glPolygonMode (3G) - select a polygon rasterization mode
glPolygonOffset (3G) - set the scale and units used to calculate depth values
glPolygonOffsetEXT (3G) - set parameters used to offset polygon depth
glPolygonStipple (3G) - set the polygon stippling pattern
glPrioritizeTextures (3G) - set texture residence priority
glPrioritizeTexturesEXT (3G) - set texture residence priority
glPushAttrib, glPopAttrib (3G) - push and pop the server attribute stack
glPushClientAttrib, glPopClientAttrib (3G) - push and pop the client attribute stack
glPushMatrix, glPopMatrix (3G) - push and pop the current matrix stack
glPushName, glPopName (3G) - push and pop the name stack
glRasterPos2d, glRasterPos2f, glRasterPos2i, glRasterPos2s, glRasterPos3d, glRasterPos3f, glRasterPos3i, glRasterPos3s, glRasterPos4d, glRasterPos4f, glRasterPos4i, glRasterPos4s, glRasterPos2dv, glRasterPos2fv, glRasterPos2iv, glRasterPos2sv, glRasterPos3dv, glRasterPos3fv, glRasterPos3iv, glRasterPos3sv, glRasterPos4dv, glRasterPos4fv, glRasterPos4iv, glRasterPos4sv (3G) - specify the raster position for pixel operations
glReadBuffer (3G) - select a color buffer source for pixels
glReadPixels (3G) - read a block of pixels from the frame buffer
glRectd, glRectf, glRecti, glRects, glRectdv, glRectfv, glRectiv, glRectsv (3G) - draw a rectangle
glReferencePlaneSGIX (3G) - define a reference plane for coplanar geometry
glRenderMode (3G) - set rasterization mode
glResetHistogram (3G) - reset histogram table entries to zero
glResetHistogramEXT (3G) - reset histogram table entries to zero
glResetMinmax (3G) - reset minmax table entries to initial values
glResetMinmaxEXT (3G) - reset minmax table entries to initial values
GLResources (3G) - X resources used by GL programs
glRotated, glRotatef (3G) - multiply the current matrix by a rotation matrix
glSampleMaskSGIS (3G) - define mask to modify multisampled pixel fragments
glSamplePatternSGIS (3G) - set pattern for multisampling
glScaled, glScalef (3G) - multiply the current matrix by a general scaling matrix
glScissor (3G) - define the scissor box
glSelectBuffer (3G) - establish a buffer for selection mode values
glSeparableFilter2D (3G) - define a separable two-dimensional convolution filter
glSeparableFilter2DEXT (3G) - define a separable two-dimensional convolution filter
glShadeModel (3G) - select flat or smooth shading
glSharpenTexFuncSGIS (3G) - specify sharpen texture scaling function
glsIntro (3G) - Introduction to the OpenGL Stream Codec
glSpriteParameterfSGIX, glSpriteParameteriSGIX, glSpriteParameterfvSGIX, glSpriteParameterivSGIX (3G) - set sprite parameters
glStencilFunc (3G) - set function and reference value for stencil testing
glStencilMask (3G) - control the writing of individual bits in the stencil planes
glStencilOp (3G) - set stencil test actions
glTagSampleBufferSGIX (3G) - mark all samples of a multisample buffer
glTexCoord1d, glTexCoord1f, glTexCoord1i, glTexCoord1s, glTexCoord2d, glTexCoord2f, glTexCoord2i, glTexCoord2s, glTexCoord3d, glTexCoord3f, glTexCoord3i, glTexCoord3s, glTexCoord4d, glTexCoord4f, glTexCoord4i, glTexCoord4s, glTexCoord1dv, glTexCoord1fv, glTexCoord1iv, glTexCoord1sv, glTexCoord2dv, glTexCoord2fv, glTexCoord2iv, glTexCoord2sv, glTexCoord3dv, glTexCoord3fv, glTexCoord3iv, glTexCoord3sv, glTexCoord4dv, glTexCoord4fv, glTexCoord4iv, glTexCoord4sv (3G) - set the current texture coordinates
glTexCoordPointer (3G) - define an array of texture coordinates
glTexCoordPointerEXT (3G) - define an array of texture coordinates
glTexEnvf, glTexEnvi, glTexEnvfv, glTexEnviv (3G) - set texture environment parameters
glTexFilterFuncSGIS (3G) - specify user-defined texture filtering function
glTexGend, glTexGenf, glTexGeni, glTexGendv, glTexGenfv, glTexGeniv (3G) - control the generation of texture coordinates
glTexImage1D (3G) - specify a one-dimensional texture image
glTexImage2D (3G) - specify a two-dimensional texture image
glTexImage3D (3G) - specify a three-dimensional texture image
glTexImage3DEXT (3G) - specify a three-dimensional texture image
glTexImage4DSGIS (3G) - specify a four-dimensional texture image
glTexParameterf, glTexParameteri, glTexParameterfv, glTexParameteriv (3G) - set texture parameters
glTexSubImage1D (3G) - specify a one-dimensional texture subimage
glTexSubImage1DEXT (3G) - specify a one-dimensional texture subimage
glTexSubImage2D (3G) - specify a two-dimensional texture subimage
glTexSubImage2DEXT (3G) - specify a two-dimensional texture subimage
glTexSubImage3D (3G) - specify a three-dimensional texture subimage
glTexSubImage3DEXT (3G) - specify a three-dimensional texture subimage
glTexSubImage4DSGIS (3G) - specify a four-dimensional texture subimage
glTextureColorMaskSGIS (3G) - enable and disable the storing of texture element color components
glTranslated, glTranslatef (3G) - multiply the current matrix by a translation matrix
gluBeginCurve, gluEndCurve (3G) - delimit a NURBS curve definition
gluBeginPolygon, gluEndPolygon (3G) - delimit a polygon description
gluBeginSurface, gluEndSurface (3G) - delimit a NURBS surface definition
gluBeginTrim, gluEndTrim (3G) - delimit a NURBS trimming loop definition
gluBuild1DMipmapLevels (3G) - builds a subset of one-dimensional mipmap levels
gluBuild1DMipmaps (3G) - builds a one-dimensional mipmap
gluBuild2DMipmapLevels (3G) - builds a subset of two-dimensional mipmap levels
gluBuild2DMipmaps (3G) - builds a two-dimensional mipmap
gluBuild3DMipmapLevels (3G) - builds a subset of three-dimensional mipmap levels
gluBuild3DMipmaps (3G) - builds a three-dimensional mipmap
gluCheckExtension (3G) - determines if an extension name is supported
gluCylinder (3G) - draw a cylinder
gluDeleteNurbsRenderer (3G) - destroy a NURBS object
gluDeleteQuadric (3G) - destroy a quadrics object
gluDeleteTess (3G) - destroy a tessellation object
gluDisk (3G) - draw a disk
gluErrorString (3G) - produce an error string from a GL or GLU error code
gluGetNurbsProperty (3G) - get a NURBS property
gluGetString (3G) - return a string describing the GLU version or GLU extensions
gluGetTessProperty (3G) - get a tessellation object property
gluLoadSamplingMatrices (3G) - load NURBS sampling and culling matrices
gluLookAt (3G) - define a viewing transformation
gluNewNurbsRenderer (3G) - create a NURBS object
gluNewQuadric (3G) - create a quadrics object
gluNewTess (3G) - create a tessellation object
gluNextContour (3G) - mark the beginning of another contour
gluNurbsCallback (3G) - define a callback for a NURBS object
gluNurbsCallbackData (3G) - set a user data pointer
gluNurbsCallbackDataEXT (3G) - set a user data pointer
gluNurbsCurve (3G) - define the shape of a NURBS curve
gluNurbsProperty (3G) - set a NURBS property
gluNurbsSurface (3G) - define the shape of a NURBS surface
gluOrtho2D (3G) - define a 2D orthographic projection matrix
gluPartialDisk (3G) - draw an arc of a disk
gluPerspective (3G) - set up a perspective projection matrix
gluPickMatrix (3G) - define a picking region
gluProject (3G) - map object coordinates to window coordinates
gluPwlCurve (3G) - describe a piecewise linear NURBS trimming curve
gluQuadricCallback (3G) - define a callback for a quadrics object
gluQuadricDrawStyle (3G) - specify the draw style desired for quadrics
gluQuadricNormals (3G) - specify what kind of normals are desired for quadrics
gluQuadricOrientation (3G) - specify inside/outside orientation for quadrics
gluQuadricTexture (3G) - specify if texturing is desired for quadrics
gluScaleImage (3G) - scale an image to an arbitrary size
gluSphere (3G) - draw a sphere
gluTessBeginContour, gluTessEndContour (3G) - delimit a contour description
gluTessBeginPolygon (3G) - delimit a polygon description
gluTessCallback (3G) - define a callback for a tessellation object
gluTessEndPolygon (3G) - delimit a polygon description
gluTessNormal (3G) - specify a normal for a polygon
gluTessProperty (3G) - set a tessellation object property
gluTessVertex (3G) - specify a vertex on a polygon
gluUnProject (3G) - map window coordinates to object coordinates
gluUnProject4 (3G) - map window and clip coordinates to object coordinates
glVertex2d, glVertex2f, glVertex2i, glVertex2s, glVertex3d, glVertex3f, glVertex3i, glVertex3s, glVertex4d, glVertex4f, glVertex4i, glVertex4s, glVertex2dv, glVertex2fv, glVertex2iv, glVertex2sv, glVertex3dv, glVertex3fv, glVertex3iv, glVertex3sv, glVertex4dv, glVertex4fv, glVertex4iv, glVertex4sv (3G) - specify a vertex
glVertexPointer (3G) - define an array of vertex data
glVertexPointerEXT (3G) - define an array of vertex data
glViewport (3G) - set the viewport
GLwCreateMDrawingArea (3X) - Create a Motif/OpenGL Drawing Widget.
GLwDrawingArea, GLwMDrawingArea (3X) - OpenGL drawing widgets.
GLwDrawingAreaMakeCurrent (3X) - Make the current GLwDrawingArea current.
GLwDrawingAreaSwapBuffers (3X) - Swap buffers in a GLwDrawingArea.
glx_getgdesc (3Tk) - Inquire about graphics system description
GLX_SGIX_hyperpipe (??) - hyperpipe extension
glx_viewport (3Tk) - configure the GL viewport
glXAssociateDMPbufferSGIX (3G) - associate a DMbuffer with a GLX pixel buffer
GLXAux (3Tk) - an extension to Tcl/Tk which allows IrisGL rendering
glXBindChannelToWindowSGIX (3G) - bind or unbind a window and a channel
glXBindHyperpipeSGIX (3G) - bind a rendering context with a hyperpipe configuration
glXBindSwapBarrierSGIX (3G) - synchronize buffer swaps with other screens
glXChannelRectSGIX (3G) - specify area of frame buffer to resize to video resolution
glXChannelRectSyncSGIX (3G) - configures the system to update video input areas on complete swap buffers of bound xwids
glXChooseFBConfig (3G) - return a list of GLX frame buffer configurations that match the specified attributes
glXChooseFBConfigSGIX (3G) - return a list of GLX frame buffer configurations that match the specified attributes
glXChooseVisual (3G) - return a visual that matches specified attributes
glXCopyContext (3G) - copy state from one rendering context to another
glXCreateContext (3G) - create a new GLX rendering context
glXCreateContextWithConfigSGIX (3G) - create a new GLX rendering context with specified frame buffer configuration
glXCreateGLXPbufferSGIX (3G) - create a GLX pixel buffer
glXCreateGLXPixmap (3G) - create an off-screen GLX rendering area
glXCreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIX (3G) - create an off-screen GLX rendering area with specified frame buffer configuration
glXCreateGLXVideoSourceSGIX (3G) - create a GLX handle for a video input stream
GlxCreateMDraw (3X) - Create a Motif/GL Drawing Widget.
GlxCreateMDraw (3X) - Create a Motif/GL Drawing Widget.
glXCreateNewContext (3G) - create a new GLX rendering context
glXCreatePbuffer (3G) - create an off-screen rendering area
glXCreatePixmap (3G) - create an off-screen rendering area
glXCreateWindow (3G) - create an on-screen rendering area
glXDestroyContext (3G) - destroy a GLX context
glXDestroyGLXPbufferSGIX (3G) - destroy a GLX pixel buffer
glXDestroyGLXPixmap (3G) - destroy a GLX pixmap
glXDestroyGLXVideoSourceSGIX (3G) - destroy a GLX video source
glXDestroyHyperpipeConfigSGIX (3G) - destroy a hyperpipe configuration
glXDestroyPbuffer (3G) - destroy an off-screen rendering area
glXDestroyPixmap (3G) - destroy an off-screen rendering area
glXDestroyWindow (3G) - destroy an on-screen rendering area
GlxDraw, GlxMDraw (3X) - GL drawing widgets.
GlxDraw, GlxMDraw (3X) - GL drawing widgets.
glXFreeContextEXT (3G) - free client-side memory for imported context
glXGetClientString (3G) - return a string describing the client
GLXgetconfig (3G) - Get configuration information for GL rendering into an X window
glXGetConfig (3G) - return information about GLX visuals
glXGetContextIDEXT (3G) - get the XID for a context.
glXGetCurrentContext (3G) - return the current context
glXGetCurrentDisplay (3G) - get display for current context
glXGetCurrentDisplayEXT (3G) - returns the display for the current context
glXGetCurrentDrawable (3G) - return the current drawable
glXGetCurrentReadDrawable (3G) - return the current drawable
glXGetFBConfigAttrib (3G) - return information about a GLX frame buffer configuraton
glXGetFBConfigAttribSGIX (3G) - return information about a GLX frame buffer configuraton
glXGetFBConfigFromVisualSGIX (3G) - return frame buffer configuration that is associated with visual
glXGetFBConfigs (3G) - list all GLX frame buffer configurations for a given screen
glXGetSelectedEvent (3G) - returns GLX events that are selected for a window or a GLX pixel buffer
glXGetSelectedEventSGIX (3G) - returns GLX events which are selected for a window or a GLX pixel buffer
glXGetVideoSyncSGI (3G) - obtain value of vertical retrace counter
glXGetVisualFromFBConfig (3G) - return visual that is associated with the frame buffer configuration
glXGetVisualFromFBConfigSGIX (3G) - return visual that is associated with the frame buffer configuration
glXHyperpipeAttribSGIX (3G) - Set hyperpipe attributes
glXHyperpipeConfigSGIX (3G) - Configure a hyperpipe
glXImportContextEXT (3G) - import another process's indirect rendering context.
glXIntro (3G) - Introduction to OpenGL in the X window system
glXIsDirect (3G) - indicate whether direct rendering is enabled
glXJoinSwapGroupSGIX (3G) - synchronize buffer swaps with other drawables
GLXlink (3G) - Configure X window for GL rendering
glXMakeContextCurrent (3G) - attach a GLX context to a GLX drawable
glXMakeCurrent (3G) - attach a GLX context to a window or a GLX pixmap
glXMakeCurrentReadSGI (3G) - attach a GLX context to separate read and write drawables
glXQueryChannelDeltasSGIX (3G) - returns the precision constraints for any frame buffer area that is to be resized to match the video resolution
glXQueryChannelRectSGIX (3G) - returns area of frame buffer that is to be resized to match video resolution
glXQueryContext (3G) - query context information
glXQueryContextInfoEXT (3G) - returns information about a GLX rendering context
glXQueryDrawable (3G) - returns an attribute associated with a GLX drawable
glXQueryExtension (3G) - indicate whether the GLX extension is supported
glXQueryExtensionsString (3G) - return list of supported extensions
glXQueryGLXPbufferSGIX (3G) - returns information about a GLX pixel buffer
glXQueryHyperpipeAttribSGIX (3G) - query current hyperpipe attributes
glXQueryHyperpipeBestAttribSGIX (3G) - query best hyperpipe attributes
glXQueryHyperpipeConfigSGIX (3G) - Query the details of a hyperpipe configuration
glXQueryHyperpipeNetworkSGIX (3G) - query the physical connectivity of the hardware
glXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX (3G) - query number of barriers supported on a screen
glXQueryServerString (3G) - return string describing the server
glXQueryVersion (3G) - return the version numbers of the GLX extension
glXSelectEvent (3G) - select GLX events for a window or a GLX pixel buffer
glXSelectEventSGIX (3G) - select GLX events for a window or a GLX pixel buffer
glXSwapBuffers (3G) - exchange front and back buffers
glXSwapIntervalSGI (3G) - set a minimum time between buffer swaps
GLXunlink (3G) - End GL rendering in an X window
glXUseXFont (3G) - create bitmap display lists from an X font
glXWaitGL (3G) - complete GL execution prior to subsequent X calls
glXWaitVideoSyncSGI (3G) - wait for vertical retrace
glXWaitX (3G) - complete X execution prior to subsequent GL calls
glxwin (3Tk) - Create and manipulate glxwin widgets
GLXwinset (3G) - Begin GL rendering in an X window
gmatch (3G) - shell global pattern matching
gmnmx (3G) - gets data computed by minmax
grab (3Tk) - Confine pointer and keyboard events to a window sub-tree
grantpt (3C) - grant access to the slave pseudo-terminal device
greset (3G) - resets graphics state
greset (3G) - resets graphics state
gRGBco (3G) - gets the current RGB color values
gRGBcolor (3G) - gets the current RGB color values
gRGBcu (3G) - obsolete routine
gRGBcursor (3G) - obsolete routine
gRGBma (3G) - returns the current RGB writemask
gRGBmask (3G) - returns the current RGB writemask
grio_action_list (3X) - atomically execute a list of bandwidth reserve/unreserve actions
grio_associate_file (3X) - associate a grio stream id with a specific file
grio_query_fs (3X) - determine the bandwidth remaining on a file system
grio_reserve_file (3X) - request a guaranteed rate I/O reservation on a file
grio_reserve_fs (3X) - request a guaranteed rate I/O reservation on a file system
grio_unreserve_bw (3X) - remove an I/O rate guarantee reservation
gselec (3G) - puts the system in selecting mode
gselect (3G) - puts the system in selecting mode
gsync (3G) - waits for a vertical retrace period
gsync (3G) - waits for a vertical retrace period
gversi (3G) - returns graphics hardware and library version information
gversion (3G) - returns graphics hardware and library version information
handle_sigfpes (3C) - Floating-point exception handler package
handle_sigfpes (3F) - Floating-point exception handler package
hash (3) - hash database access method
hgram (3G) - modifies pixel transfers to compute a histogram
history (3Tcl) - Manipulate the history list
hsearch, hcreate, hdestroy (3C) - manage hash search tables
hstgrm (3G) - modifies pixel transfers to compute a histogram
htonl, htons, ntohl, ntohs (3N) - convert values between host and network byte order
HUGE (3I) - Returns the largest number in the integer or real numeric model
hypot, hypotf, fhypot, hypotl, cabs, cabsf, fcabs, cabsl (3M) - Euclidean distance, complex absolute value
I18N::Collate (3) - compare 8-bit scalar data according to the current locale
IACHAR (3I) - Returns the position of a character in the ASCII collating sequence
IAND, IIAND, JIAND, KIAND (3I) - Performs a logical AND
IBCHNG, IIBCHNG, JIBCHNG, KIBCHNG (3I) - Reverses the value of a specified bit in an integer
IBCLR, IIBCLR, JIBCLR, KIBCLR (3I) - Clears one bit
IBITS, IIBITS, JIBITS, KIBITS (3I) - Extracts a sequence of bits
IBSET, IIBSET, JIBSET, KIBSET (3I) - Sets one bit
ICMAX1 (3S) - find the index of the element whose real part has maximum absolute value
iconsi (3G) - specifies the icon size of a window
iconsize (3G) - specifies the icon size of a window
iconti (3G) - assigns the icon title for the current graphics window.
icontitle (3G) - assigns the icon title for the current graphics window.
iconv (3C) - code conversion function
iconv_close (3C) - code conversion deallocation function
iconv_open (3C) - code conversion allocation function
IDATE, ITIME (3I) - Returns date or time in numerical form
IEEE_BINARY_SCALE (3I) - Returns y multiplied by 2**n
IEEE_CLASS (3I) - Returns the class to which x belongs
IEEE_COPY_SIGN (3I) - Returns x with the sign of y
IEEE_EXPONENT (3I) - Returns the unbiased exponent of x
IEEE_FINITE (3I) - Tests for x being greater than negative infinity and less than positive infinity.
IEEE_INT (3I) - Converts x to an integral value
IEEE_IS_NAN, ISNAN (3I) - Tests for x being a NaN
IEEE_NEXT_AFTER (3I) - Returns the next representable neighbor of x in the direction toward y
IEEE_REAL (3I) - Converts x to a real value
IEEE_REMAINDER (3I) - Returns the remainder of x divided by y
IEEE_UNORDERED (3I) - Tests for x or y being a NaN
IEG2MIPS, MIPS2IEG (3F) - Converts generic IEEE data to MIPS IEEE data and vice versa
IEOR, IIEOR, JIEOR, KIEOR (3I) - Performs an exclusive OR
if (3Tcl) - Execute scripts conditionally
if_indextoname, if_nametoindex, if_nameindex, if_freenameindex (3) - functions for converting interface index to name, and vice versa.
IFL (3) - overview of Image Format Library
iflAlias (3) - Alias format image file
iflBitArray (3) - limited subscriptable bit array class
iflBMP (3) - Windows bitmap format image file
iflClassList (3) - class inheritance chain
iflColormap (3) - class for defining colormaps
iflColormap (3) - class for defining colormaps
iflColorModelChans, iflColorModelHasAlpha, iflColorModelFromChans (3) - color model utilities
iflConfig (3) - class for pixel abstraction
iflConfig (3) - class for pixel abstraction
iflDatabase (3) - access to image file format database
iflDatabase (3) - access to image file format database
iflDataClosestType, iflDataIsIntegral, iflDataIsSigned, iflDataMax, iflDataMin, iflDataSize, iflDataTypeFromRange (3) - convenience functions for using IFL data types
iflDataClosestType, iflDataIsIntegral, iflDataIsSigned, iflDataMax, iflDataMin, iflDataSize, iflDataTypeFromRange (3) - convenience functions for using IFL data types
iflDataTypeName, iflOrientationName, iflOrderName, iflColorModelName, iflCompressionName (3) - convenience functions IFL enumerated types to strings
iflDictionary (3) - implements a dictionary of named elements
iflError, iflErrorV, iflGetErrorHandler, iflSetErrorHandler, iflStatusToString, iflMainStatusToString, iflStatusEncode (3) - error handling
iflError, iflErrorV, iflGetErrorHandler, iflSetErrorHandler, iflStatusToString, iflMainStatusToString, iflStatusEncode (3) - error handling
iflFile (3) - abstraction for image file access
iflFile (3) - abstraction for image file access
iflFileConfig (3) - iflFile configuration descriptor
iflFileConfig (3) - iflFile configuration descriptor
iflFileDesc (3) - IFL's image file descriptor
iflFileDesc (3) - IFL's image file descriptor
iflFIT (3) - FIT file format
iflFormat (3) - abstraction of an image file format
iflFormat (3) - abstraction of an image file format
iflGeoTIFF (3) - GeoTIFF support for IFL TIFF files
iflGIF (3) - GIF format image file
iflHashTable, iflHashElem (3) - base classes from which hash table implementations may be derived
iflJFIF (3) - a JFIF formatted image file
iflList, iflMultiList (3) - simple doubly-linked list
iflListItem (3) - an element of an doubly linked list (iflList or iflMultiList)
iflListIter, iflListIterRev, iflMultiListIter, iflMultiListIterRev (3) - iterators for iflList and iflMultiList
iflLut (3) - base class for defining look-up tables
iflLut (3) - base class for defining look-up tables
iflMinMax: iflMin, iflMax (3) - simple min/max template functions
iflMT, iflQT, iflMV (3) - a multi-track movie file
iflName (3) - named element in an iflDictionary
iflNITF (3) - NITF file format
iflPCD (3) - Kodak Photo CD Image Pac file format
iflPCDO (3) - Kodak Photo CD Overview Pac file format
iflPixel (3) - class for pixel abstraction
iflPixel (3) - class for pixel abstraction
iflPNG (3) - a PNG formatted image file
iflPPM (3) - PPM file format
iflRaw (3) - raw image file format
iflSGI (3) - SGI format image file
iflSGIColormap (3) - default SGI colormap
iflSGIColormap (3) - default SGI colormap
iflSize (3) - defines the size of an IL image
iflSize (3) - defines the size of an IL image
iflSOFTIMAGE (3) - SOFTIMAGE format image file
iflTIFF (3) - a TIFF formatted image file
iflTile2D (3) - defines a simple 2-D rectangle
iflTile2D (3) - defines a simple 2-D rectangle
iflTile3D (3) - defines a simple 3-D rectangle
iflTile3D (3) - defines a simple 3-D rectangle
iflTileIter (3) - tile iterator
iflXBM (3) - XBM format image file
iflXPM (3) - XPM format image file
iflYUV (3) - YUV format image file
IL (3) - overview of ImageVision Library
ilABGRImg (3) - convert to ABGR color model
ilABGRImg (3) - convert to ABGR color model
ilAbsImg (3) - Computes pixelwise absolute value of an image
ilAbsImg (3) - Computes pixelwise absolute value of an image
ilAddImg (3) - Computes pixelwise addition of two images
ilAddImg (3) - Computes pixelwise addition of two images
ILAENV (3S) - i called from the LAPACK routines to choose problem-dependent parameters for the local environment
ilAffineWarp (3) - manage 2D affine coordinate transformation
ilAffineWarp (3) - manage 2D affine coordinate transformation
ilAndImg (3) - Computes pixelwise logical AND of two images
ilAndImg (3) - Computes pixelwise logical AND of two images
ilArithLutImg (3) - base class for look-up table implementation of arithmetic operators
ilArithLutImg (3) - base class for look-up table implementation of arithmetic operators
ilBlendImg (3) - class to perform image blending
ilBlendImg (3) - class to perform image blending
ilBlurImg (3) - class to perform an image blur
ilBlurImg (3) - class to perform an image blur
ilBuffer (3) - Provides 4-D resizeable buffer support
ilbuffer (3G) - allocates framebuffer space to hold temporary image processing results
ilbuffer (3G) - allocates framebuffer space to hold temporary image processing results
ilCacheImg (3) - class to implement image data caching
ilCacheImg (3) - class to implement image data caching
ilCallback (3) - generic call back mechanism
ilCallbackList (3) - a list of callbacks
ilCMYKImg (3) - convert to CMYK color model
ilCMYKImg (3) - convert to CMYK color model
ilColorImg (3) - perform color conversion
ilColorImg (3) - perform color conversion
ilCombineImg (3) - combines two images controlled by an ROI
ilCombineImg (3) - combines two images controlled by an ROI
ilCompassImg (3) - performs directional gradient transform of image
ilCompassImg (3) - performs directional gradient transform of image
ilCompoundImg (3) - Abstract class to manage an IL chain as if it was a single object
ilConfig (3) - class for pixel abstraction
ilConfig (3) - class for pixel abstraction
ilConstImg (3) - defines a constant valued image
ilConstImg (3) - defines a constant valued image
ilConvImg (3) - class to perform image convolution
ilConvImg (3) - class to perform image convolution
ilConvPixel (3) - a pixel that can be converted into different color models
ilConvPixel (3) - a pixel that can be converted into different color models
ilCropImg (3) - crop an image
ilCropImg (3) - crop an image
ilDilateImg (3) - class to perform morphological dilation
ilDilateImg (3) - class to perform morphological dilation
ilDisplay (3) - displays multiple images in an X window
ilDisplay (3) - displays multiple images in an X window
ilDivImg (3) - Computes pixelwise division of two images
ilDivImg (3) - Computes pixelwise division of two images
ildraw (3G) - selects a previously allocted ilbuffer as the drawing destination
ildraw (3G) - selects a previously allocted ilbuffer as the drawing destination
ilDyadicImg (3) - Convenience class for dual-input operators
ilEltImg (3) - Electronic Light Table image
ilEltImg (3) - Electronic Light Table image
ilEltRset (3) - ELT Reduced Resolution Data Set (R-set)
ilEltRset (3) - ELT Reduced Resolution Data Set (R-set)
ilEltRsetIter (3) - Electronic Light Table R-Set List Iterator
ilEltRsetSelector (3) - Electronic Light Table R-Set Selection Controller
ilErodeImg (3) - class to perform morphological erosion
ilErodeImg (3) - class to perform morphological erosion
ilError, ilErrorV, ilGetErrorHandler, ilSetErrorHandler, ilStatusToString, ilMainStatusToString, ilStatusFromIflStatus, ilStatusEncode (3) - error handling
ilError, ilErrorV, ilGetErrorHandler, ilSetErrorHandler, ilStatusToString, ilMainStatusToString, ilStatusFromIflStatus, ilStatusEncode (3) - error handling
ilExpImg (3) - performs pixelwise exponentiation of an image
ilExpImg (3) - performs pixelwise exponentiation of an image
ilFalseColorImg (3) - performs false coloring of multispectral images
ilFalseColorImg (3) - performs false coloring of multispectral images
ilFConjImg (3) - Compute the conjugate of an image and normalize the complex value by a real factor
ilFConjImg (3) - Compute the conjugate of an image and normalize the complex value by a real factor
ilFCrCorrImg (3) - Computes the cross-correlation of two complex images
ilFCrCorrImg (3) - Computes the cross-correlation of two complex images
ilFDivImg (3) - Divides two complex fourier domain images
ilFDivImg (3) - Divides two complex fourier domain images
ilFDyadicImg (3) - Base class for dual-input fourier domain operators
ilFExpFiltImg (3) - Applies an exponential fourier domain filter to a fourier domain image
ilFExpFiltImg (3) - Applies an exponential fourier domain filter to a fourier domain image
ilFFiltImg (3) - Base class for frequency filter operator images
ilFFiltImg (3) - Base class for frequency filter operator images
ilFGaussFiltImg (3) - Applies a gaussian fourier domain filter to a fourier domain image
ilFGaussFiltImg (3) - Applies a gaussian fourier domain filter to a fourier domain image
ilFileImg (3) - image file access
ilFileImg (3) - image file access
ilFMagImg (3) - Computes the magnitude values of a fourier domain image
ilFMagImg (3) - Computes the magnitude values of a fourier domain image
ilFMergeImg (3) - Merges magnitude and phase images into a single complex image
ilFMergeImg (3) - Merges magnitude and phase images into a single complex image
ilFMonadicImg (3) - Base class for single input fourier domain operators
ilFMultImg (3) - Multiplies two complex fourier domain images
ilFMultImg (3) - Multiplies two complex fourier domain images
ilFPhaseImg (3) - Computes the phase values of a fourier domain image
ilFPhaseImg (3) - Computes the phase values of a fourier domain image
ilFRaisePwrImg (3) - Raises the log magnitude of the fourier co-efficients of an image by a power
ilFRaisePwrImg (3) - Raises the log magnitude of the fourier co-efficients of an image by a power
ilFrameBufferImg (3) - abstract class to access frame buffer memory
ilFrameBufferImg (3) - abstract class to access frame buffer memory
ilFSpectImg (3) - compute the spectrum of a fourier domain image
ilFSpectImg (3) - compute the spectrum of a fourier domain image
ilGBlurImg (3) - perform 2D gaussian blur of an image
ilGBlurImg (3) - perform 2D gaussian blur of an image
ilGetClassPropSet (3) - access class property set by name
ilGrayImg (3) - convert to Gray Scale color model
ilGrayImg (3) - convert to Gray Scale color model
ilHistEqImg (3) - performs histogram equalization of image
ilHistEqImg (3) - performs histogram equalization of image
ilHistLutImg (3) - applies histogram based look-up table to image
ilHistLutImg (3) - applies histogram based look-up table to image
ilHistNormImg (3) - performs histogram normalization of image
ilHistNormImg (3) - performs histogram normalization of image
ilHistScaleImg (3) - performs histogram scaling of image
ilHistScaleImg (3) - performs histogram scaling of image
ilHSVImg (3) - convert to HSV color model
ilHSVImg (3) - convert to HSV color model
ilHwConnection (3) - X server connection
ilHwConnection (3) - X server connection
ilHwContext (3) - an OpenGL rendering context
ilHwContext (3) - an OpenGL rendering context
ilHwHint (3) - base class for ImageVision hardware hints
ilHwHint (3) - base class for ImageVision hardware hints
ilHwImg (3) - abstract class for graphics device images
ilHwImg (3) - abstract class for graphics device images
ilHwManager (3) - base class for h/w acceleration managers
ilHwPass (3) - a pass through the graphics pipe
ilHwPassTable (3) - table of hardware passes
ilHwSetGlobalEnable, ilHwGetGlobalEnable, ilHwSetGlobalEnableClass, ilHwGetGlobalEnableClass, ilHwResolveEnable, ilMpSetMaxComputeThreads, ilMpGetMaxComputeThreads, ilMpSetMaxReadThreads, ilMpGetMaxReadThreads, ilSetMaxCacheSize, ilSetMaxCacheFraction, ilSetCompactFraction, ilGetMaxCacheSize, ilGetMaxCacheFraction, ilGetCompactFraction, ilGetCurCacheSize, ilFlushCache, ilCompactCache, ilConfigureRetainedCache, ilSetNumPBuffers, ilGetNumPBuffers, ilSetRenderingStyle, ilGetRenderingStyle, ilSetDither, ilGetDither, ilHwSetGlobalHint, ilHwGetGlobalHint, ilHwRemoveGlobalHint ilHwSetGlobalIntHint, ilHwGetGlobalIntHint, ilHwFindHintID (3) - convenience functions for configuring the IL environment
ilHwSetGlobalEnable, ilHwGetGlobalEnable, ilHwSetGlobalEnableClass, ilHwGetGlobalEnableClass, ilHwResolveEnable, ilMpSetMaxComputeThreads, ilMpGetMaxComputeThreads, ilMpSetMaxReadThreads, ilMpGetMaxReadThreads, ilSetMaxCacheSize, ilSetMaxCacheFraction, ilSetCompactFraction, ilGetMaxCacheSize, ilGetMaxCacheFraction, ilGetCompactFraction, ilGetCurCacheSize, ilFlushCache, ilCompactCache, ilConfigureRetainedCache, ilSetNumPBuffers, ilGetNumPBuffers, ilSetRenderingStyle, ilGetRenderingStyle, ilSetDither, ilGetDither, ilHwSetGlobalHint, ilHwGetGlobalHint, ilHwRemoveGlobalHint ilHwSetGlobalIntHint, ilHwGetGlobalIntHint, ilHwFindHintID (3) - convenience functions for configuring the IL environment
ilHwTarget (3) - hardware target for rendering operations
ilHwVisual (3) - an X Visual
ilHwVisual (3) - an X Visual
ilImage (3) - base class for the ImageVision Library toolkit
ilImage (3) - base class for the ImageVision Library toolkit
ilImageTile (3) - specify a tile of an ilImage
ilImageTile (3) - specify a tile of an ilImage
ilImgFile (3) - iflFile wrapper for an ilImage
ilImgRoi (3) - defines a region of interest based on image pixel values
ilImgRoi (3) - defines a region of interest based on image pixel values
ilImgStat (3) - computes 1-D histogram, min, max, mean and standard deviation of an image
ilImgStat (3) - computes 1-D histogram, min, max, mean and standard deviation of an image
ilIndexableList (3) - Indexable linked list
ilIndexableStack (3) - Indexable list managed as a stack
ilInvertImg (3) - perform one's complement of an image
ilInvertImg (3) - perform one's complement of an image
ilJoinImg (3) - join a set of images by abutting
ilJoinImg (3) - join a set of images by abutting
ilKernel (3) - class to define a kernel
ilKernel (3) - class to define a kernel
ilLaplaceImg (3) - Performs edge detection using Laplacian kernels
ilLaplaceImg (3) - Performs edge detection using Laplacian kernels
ilLink (3) - base class abstraction for object chaining
ilLink (3) - base class abstraction for object chaining
ilLogImg (3) - performs a pixelwise logarithm of an image
ilLogImg (3) - performs a pixelwise logarithm of an image
ilLutImg (3) - performs look-up table translation of an image
ilLutImg (3) - performs look-up table translation of an image
ilMaxFltImg (3) - perform max filtering of an image
ilMaxFltImg (3) - perform max filtering of an image
ilMaxImg (3) - Computes the pixelwise maximum of two images
ilMaxImg (3) - Computes the pixelwise maximum of two images
ilMedFltImg (3) - perform median filtering of an image
ilMedFltImg (3) - perform median filtering of an image
ilMemCacheImg (3) - class to implement image data caching in main memory
ilMemCacheImg (3) - class to implement image data caching in main memory
ilMemoryImg (3) - image array resident in memory
ilMemoryImg (3) - image array resident in memory
ilMergeImg (3) - merge several images into one
ilMergeImg (3) - merge several images into one
ilMinFltImg (3) - perform min filtering of an image
ilMinFltImg (3) - perform min filtering of an image
ilMinImg (3) - Computes pixelwise minimum of two images
ilMinImg (3) - Computes pixelwise minimum of two images
ilMonadicImg (3) - Base class for single input operators
ilMonadicImg (3) - Base class for single input operators
ilMpManager (3) - manages parallel operations
ilMpManager (3) - manages parallel operations
ilMpNode (3) - base class for MP dependency graph
ilMpNode (3) - base class for MP dependency graph
ilMpRequest (3) - a concurrently executed request
ilMpRequest (3) - a concurrently executed request
ilMultiplyImg (3) - Computes pixelwise multiplication of its input images
ilMultiplyImg (3) - Computes pixelwise multiplication of its input images
ilNegImg (3) - perform two's complement of an image
ilNegImg (3) - perform two's complement of an image
ilNopImg (3) - Performs page size, data type, order and coordinate space conversions on an image
ilNopImg (3) - Performs page size, data type, order and coordinate space conversions on an image
ilOpImg (3) - base class for operator images
ilOpImg (3) - base class for operator images
ilOrImg (3) - Computes pixelwise logical OR of two images
ilOrImg (3) - Computes pixelwise logical OR of two images
ilPage (3) - class that implements an image page descriptor.
ilPage (3) - class that implements an image page descriptor.
ilPerspWarp (3) - 2D perspective warp
ilPerspWarp (3) - 2D perspective warp
ilPiecewiseImg (3) - performs a look-up translation of an image using a piecewise linear mapping function
ilPiecewiseImg (3) - performs a look-up translation of an image using a piecewise linear mapping function
ilPixelBufferImg (3) - GLX pbuffer image
ilPixelBufferImg (3) - GLX pbuffer image
ilPolyadicImg (3) - base class for N-input operators
ilPolyadicImg (3) - base class for N-input operators
ilPolyWarp (3) - two-dimensional 7-th degree warp
ilPolyWarp (3) - two-dimensional 7-th degree warp
ilPowerImg (3) - raise pixel values by specified power
ilPowerImg (3) - raise pixel values by specified power
ilProperty (3) - name/value pair
ilPropList (3) - Manage a property set as an indexable list
ilPropSet (3) - a collection of properties
ilPropTable (3) - Manage a property set as a hash table
ilRankFltImg (3) - perform 2D rank filter on an image
ilRankFltImg (3) - perform 2D rank filter on an image
ilRectRoi (3) - defines a rectangular region of interest (ROI)
ilRectRoi (3) - defines a rectangular region of interest (ROI)
ilRFFTfImg (3) - real forward FFT
ilRFFTfImg (3) - real forward FFT
ilRFFTiImg (3) - real inverse FFT
ilRFFTiImg (3) - real inverse FFT
ilRGBImg (3) - convert to RGB color model
ilRGBImg (3) - convert to RGB color model
ilRobertsImg (3) - Performs edge detection using Roberts kernels
ilRobertsImg (3) - Performs edge detection using Roberts kernels
ilRoi (3) - class for defining a "region of interest" (ROI)
ilRoi (3) - class for defining a "region of interest" (ROI)
ilRoiImg (3) - associate a mask or ROI with an image
ilRoiImg (3) - associate a mask or ROI with an image
ilRoiIter (3) - class for cycling through run lengths in an ROI
ilRoiIter (3) - class for cycling through run lengths in an ROI
ilRotZoomImg (3) - rotate/zoom/flip images
ilRotZoomImg (3) - rotate/zoom/flip images
ilSaturateImg (3) - performs color saturation of an image
ilSaturateImg (3) - performs color saturation of an image
ilScaleImg (3) - performs linear scaling of image
ilScaleImg (3) - performs linear scaling of image
ilSemaphore (3) - provides semaphore services
ilSemaphore (3) - provides semaphore services
ilSepConvImg (3) - performs 2-D separable convolution on an image
ilSepConvImg (3) - performs 2-D separable convolution on an image
ilSepKernel (3) - a separable kernel
ilSepKernel (3) - a separable kernel
ilSepSharpenKernel (3) - a separable kernel to do image sharpening (and blurring)
ilSepSharpenKernel (3) - a separable kernel to do image sharpening (and blurring)
ilSGIPaletteImg (3) - convert to RGBPalette color model, using the default SGI lookup table
ilSGIPaletteImg (3) - convert to RGBPalette color model, using the default SGI lookup table
ilSharpenImg (3) - class to perform an image sharpening
ilSharpenImg (3) - class to perform an image sharpening
ilSharpenKernel (3) - a kernel to do image sharpening (and blurring)
ilSharpenKernel (3) - a kernel to do image sharpening (and blurring)
ilSobelImg (3) - Performs edge detection using Sobel kernels
ilSobelImg (3) - Performs edge detection using Sobel kernels
ilSpatialImg (3) - Base class for spatial operator images
ilSpatialImg (3) - Base class for spatial operator images
ilSpinLock (3) - user mode spin-lock services
ilSqRootImg (3) - Computes pixelwise square root of an image
ilSqRootImg (3) - Computes pixelwise square root of an image
ilSquareImg (3) - Computes pixelwise square of an image
ilSquareImg (3) - Computes pixelwise square of an image
ilStackAlloc (3) - stack space allocation
ilStereoView (3) - displays a stereo image
ilStereoView (3) - displays a stereo image
ilSubImg (3) - treats a rectangular portion of an image as an independent image
ilSubImg (3) - treats a rectangular portion of an image as an independent image
ilSubtractImg (3) - Computes pixelwise subtraction of two images
ilSubtractImg (3) - Computes pixelwise subtraction of two images
ilSwitchImg (3) - implements a switch construct in an image operator chain
ilSwitchImg (3) - implements a switch construct in an image operator chain
ilTextureImg (3) - OpenGL texture image
ilTextureImg (3) - OpenGL texture image
ilThread (3) - share group process
ilThreshImg (3) - threshold an image
ilThreshImg (3) - threshold an image
ilTiePoint (3) - an element of an ilTiePointList
ilTiePoint (3) - an element of an ilTiePointList
ilTiePointList (3) - manages a list of tie points
ilTiePointList (3) - manages a list of tie points
ilTieWarpImg (3) - Warping by specifying tie points.
ilTieWarpImg (3) - Warping by specifying tie points.
ilTimeoutTimer (3) - simple timeout timer for polling loops
ilTimer (3) - a high-resolution interval timer
ilTimer (3) - a high-resolution interval timer
ilView (3) - displays an image within an ilDisplay
ilView (3) - displays an image within an ilDisplay
ilViewCallback, ilViewCbArg (3) - argument passed to ilView callbacks
ilViewer (3) - interactively displays multiple images in an X window
ilViewer (3) - interactively displays multiple images in an X window
ilViewIter (3) - iterates thru views in ilDisplay
ilVkComponent (3) - base class for IL ViewKit components
ilVkDetailView (3) - displays detailed image pixel information
ilVkEstablishErrorHandler (3) - seting up an IL error handler for ViewKit
ilVkFileInfo (3) - displays information about an image file
ilVkHistGraph (3) - displays graph of histogram for an image
ilVkImgInfo (3) - displays information about an image
ilVkInfoForm (3) - an XmForm based component displaying information on an IL image
ilVkRotZoomView (3) - rotates and zooms a single ilImage
ilVkView (3) - statically displays a single ilImage
ilVkViewer (3) - dynamically displays multiple ilImages
ilVkViewer (3) - dynamically displays multiple ilImages
ilVkWindow (3) - top-level window for displaying multiple images
ilWarp (3) - general 3D warp operations
ilWarp (3) - general 3D warp operations
ilWarpImg (3) - class for output-driven image warping
ilWarpImg (3) - class for output-driven image warping
ilWatchedObject (3) - lightweight alteration notifier
ilXDisplayImg (3) - display an image in an X window
ilXDisplayImg (3) - display an image in an X window
ilXorImg (3) - Computes pixelwise logical exclusive-OR of two images
ilXorImg (3) - Computes pixelwise logical exclusive-OR of two images
ilXWindowImg (3) - an X-window image
ilXWindowImg (3) - an X-window image
image (3Tk) - Create and manipulate images
ImageByteOrder, BitmapBitOrder, BitmapPad, BitmapUnit, DisplayHeight, DisplayHeightMM, DisplayWidth, DisplayWidthMM, XListPixmapFormats, XPixmapFormatValues (3X11) - image format functions and macros
imakeb (3G) - registers the screen background process
imakebackground (3G) - registers the screen background process
impCreateZoom, impDestroyZoom, impResetZoom, impZoomRow (3) - zoom image data
impOpen, impOpenFd, impOpenBuf, impOpenExt, impOpenFdExt, impOpenBufExt, impClose, impCloseFd (3) - open/close SGI Image Format files
impPackRow, impUnpackRow (3) - convert pixel width between 1 and 2 bytes
impPerror, impErrorString (3) - report libimp execution error messages
impReadRow, impReadRowB, impWriteRow, impWriteRowB (3) - read/write SGI Image Format files
impRGBtoW, impWtoRGB, impRGBtoK, impKtoRGB, impRGBtoCMY, impCMYtoRGB, impRGBtoYIQ, impYIQtoRGB, impRGBtoYUV, impYUVtoRGB, impRGBtoYCbCr, impYCbCrtoRGB, impRGBtoCMYK, impRGBtoDevCMYK, impCMYKtoRGB, impRGBtoHSV, impHSVtoRGB, impRGBtoHLS, impHLStoRGB (3) - color space conversion
impZeroRow, impInitRow, impCopyRow, impSAddRow, impVAddRow, impSSubRow, impVSubRow, impSMulRow, impSDivRow, impClampRow (3) - math operations on image rows
incr (3Tcl) - Increment the value of a variable
incrTcl (3Tcl) - Object-oriented extensions to Tcl
INDEX (3I) - Determines the starting location of a character substring in a string
inet: inet_addr, inet_network, inet_makeaddr, inet_lnaof, inet_netof, inet_ntoa (3N) - Internet address manipulation
inet_aton, inet_addr, inet_network, inet_isaddr, inet_ntoa, inet_ntop, inet_pton, inet_makeaddr, inet_lnaof, inet_netof (3N) - Internet address manipulation routines
info (3Tcl) - Return information about the state of the Tcl interpreter
ININT, JNINT, IIDNNT, JIDNNT, IIQNNT, JIQNNT, KIQNNT (3F) - Fortran nearest integer functions
init_lock, acquire_lock, release_lock, stat_lock, spin_lock (3X) - ABI mutual exclusion primitives
initauxgroup (3C) - initialize auxiliary identification and authentication information
initgroups (3c) - initialize group access list
initna (3G) - initializes the name stack
initnames (3G) - initializes the name stack
insque, remque (3C) - insert/remove element from a queue
INT, IINT, JINT, KINT, IDINT, IIDINT, JIDINT, KIDINT, IQINT, IIQINT, JIQINT, KIQINT, IFIX, IIFIX, JIFIX, KIFIX (3I) - Converts to type integer
integer (3) - Perl pragma to compute arithmetic in integer instead of double
intro (3) - introduction to functions and libraries
intro (3G) - description of routines in the Graphics Library and Distributed Graphics Library
intro (3G) - description of routines in the Graphics Library and Distributed Graphics Library
intro (3N) - introduction to SVR4 networking functions and libraries
INTRO_BLAS (3F) - Introduction to Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms
INTRO_BLAS (3S) - Introduction to SCSL Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms
INTRO_BLAS1 (3S) - Introduction to vector-vector linear algebra subprograms
INTRO_BLAS2 (3S) - Introduction to matrix-vector linear algebra subprograms
INTRO_BLAS3 (3S) - Introduction to matrix-matrix linear algebra subprograms
INTRO_CBLAS (3S) - Introduction to the C interface to Fortran 77 Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms (legacy BLAS)
INTRO_CONVERSION (3F) - Introduction to conversion routines
INTRO_FFIO (3F) - Describes performance options available with the FFIO layers
INTRO_FFT (3S) - Introduction to signal processing routines
INTRO_INTRIN (3I) - Introduction to intrinsic procedures
INTRO_LAPACK (3S) - Introduction to LAPACK solvers for dense linear systems
INTRO_LIBM (3I) - Introduction to math library routines
INTRO_PXF (3F) - Introduction to PXF POSIX library
INTRO_SCSL (3S) - Introduction to Scientific Computing Software Library (SCSL) routines
intro_shmem (3) - Introduction to logically shared memory access routines
INTRO_SOLVERS (3S) - Introduction to SGI-developed linear equation solvers
IO (3) - load various IO modules
IO::File (3) - supply object methods for filehandles
IO::Handle (3) - supply object methods for I/O handles
IO::pipe (3) - supply object methods for pipes
IO::Seekable (3) - supply seek based methods for I/O objects
IO::Select (3) - OO interface to the select system call
IO::Socket (3) - Object interface to socket communications
io_ss (3) - SpeedShop I/O tracing library
IOR, IIOR, JIOR, KIOR (3I) - Performs an inclusive OR
ios (3C) - Input/output formatting
iostream (3C) - Buffering, formatting and input/output
IPC::Open2, open2 (3) - open a process for both reading and writing
IPC::Open3, open3 (3) - open a process for reading, writing, and error handling
IPXFARGC (3F) - Returns the number of command-line arguments excluding the command name
IPXFWSTOPSIG (3F) - Returns part of the lower bits of signal number that terminates child process
IPXFWTERMSIG (3F) - Returns lower bit of signal that terminates a child process
ISAMAX, IDAMAX, ICAMAX, IZAMAX (3F) - Searches a vector for the first occurrence of the maximum absolute value
ISAMAX, IDAMAX, ICAMAX, IZAMAX (3S) - Searches a vector for the first occurrence of the maximum absolute value
ISAMIN, IDAMIN (3S) - Searches a vector for the first occurrence of the minimum absolute value
isastream (3C) - test a file descriptor
IsCursorKey, IsFunctionKey, IsKeypadKey, IsMiscFunctionKey, IsModiferKey, IsPFKey, IsPrivateKeypadKey (3X11) - keysym classification macros
isencrypt (3G) - determine whether a character buffer is encrypted
isgreater, isgreaterf, isgreaterl, isgreaterequalf, isgreaterequall, islessf, islessl, islessequalf, islessequall, islessgreaterf, isgreaterequal, isless, islessequal, islessgreater, signbit, signbitf, signbitl (3C) - comparison macros
ISHA, IISHA, JISHA, KISHA (3I) - Performs arithmetic shift on an integer
ISHC, IISHC, JISHC, KISHC (3I) - Performs circular shift on an integer
ISHELL (3F) - Executes a UNICOS shell command
ISHFT, IISHFT, JISHFT, KISHFT, LSHIFT, RSHIFT (3I) - Performs a logical shift
ISHFTC, IISHFTC, JISHFTC, KISHFTC (3I) - Performs a circular shift of the rightmost bits
ISHL, IISHL, JISHL, KISHL (3I) - Performs logical shift with zero fill
ISMAX, IDMAX (3S) - Searches a real vector for the first occurrence of the maximum value
ismex (3G) - obsolete routine
ismex (3G) - obsolete routine
ISMIN, IDMIN (3S) - Searches a real vector for the first occurrence of the minimum value
isnan, isnand, isnanf, finite, fpclass, unordered, isnanl, finitel, fpclassl, unorderedl (3C) - determine type of floating-point number
isobj (3G) - returns whether an object exists
isobj (3G) - returns whether an object exists
isqueu (3G) - returns whether the specified device is enabled for queuing
isqueued (3G) - returns whether the specified device is enabled for queuing
istag (3G) - returns whether a tag exists in the current open object
istag (3G) - returns whether a tag exists in the current open object
istexloaded (3G) - returns whether the texture with the passed id is resident in texture memory
istream (3C) - Formatted and unformatted input
istxld (3G) - returns whether the texture with the passed id is resident in texture memory
IZMAX1 (3S) - find the index of the element whose real part has maximum absolute value
j0, j1, jn, y0, y1, yn, j0l, j1l, jnl, y0l, y1l, ynl (3M) - bessel functions
jlimit_startjob (3c) - creates a new job container
join (3Tcl) - Create a string by joining together list elements
keepas (3G) - specifies the aspect ratio of a graphics window
keepaspect (3G) - specifies the aspect ratio of a graphics window
kill (3B) - send signal to a process (4.3BSD)
killpg (3B) - send signal to a process group (4.3BSD)
KIND (3I) - Returns the value of the kind type parameter of x
l3tol, ltol3 (3C) - convert between 3-byte integers and long integers
label (3Tk) - Create and manipulate label widgets
lampon, lampof (3G) - control the keyboard display lights
lampon, lampoff (3G) - control the keyboard display lights
lappend (3Tcl) - Append list elements onto a variable
LBOUND (3I) - Returns all the lower bounds or a specified lower bound of an array
ldahread (3X) - Reads the archive header of a member of an archive file
ldclose, ldaclose (3X) - Closes a common object file
ldfhread (3X) - Reads the file header of a common object file
ldgetaux (3X) - Retrieves an auxiliary entry, given an index
ldgetname (3X) - Retrieves symbol name for object file symbol table entry
ldgetpd (3X) - Retrieves procedure descriptor given a procedure descriptor index
ldgetsymstr (3X) - Gets a symbol type string
ldlread, ldlinit, ldlitem (3X) - Manipulates line number entries of a common object file function
ldlseek, ldnlseek (3X) - Seeks to line number entries of a section of a common object file
ldohseek (3X) - Seeks to the optional file header of a common object file
ldopen, ldaopen (3X) - Opens a common object file for reading
ldreadst (3X) - Reads symbol table information
ldrseek, ldnrseek (3X) - Seeks relocation entries of a section of a common object file
ldshread, ldnshread (3X) - Reads an indexed/named section header of a common object file
ldsseek, ldnsseek (3X) - Seeks to an indexed/named section of a common object file
ldtbindex (3X) - Computes the index of a symbol table entry of a common object file
ldtbread (3X) - Reads an indexed symbol table entry of a common object file
ldtbseek (3X) - Seeks the symbol table of a common object file
leftbu, rightb (3G) - enables and disables drawing to the left/right buffer
leftbu, rightb (3G) - enables and disables drawing to the left/right buffer
leftbuffer, rightbuffer (3G) - enables and disables drawing to the left/right buffer
leftbuffer, rightbuffer (3G) - enables and disables drawing to the left/right buffer
LEN (3I) - Determines the length of a character string
LEN_TRIM (3I) - Returns the length of the character argument without counting trailing blank characters
LENGTH (3I) - Returns the number of words transferred
less (3) - perl pragma to request less of something from the compiler
lfmt, vlfmt (3C) - display error message in standard format and pass to logging and monitoring services
lgamma, gamma, lgammal, gammal (3M) - log gamma function
LGE, LGT, LLE, LLT (3I) - Compares strings lexically
lib (3) - manipulate @INC at compile time
libfastm (3M) - fast transcendental library
libimp.z - (no summary available)
libpbm (3) - functions to support portable bitmap programs
libperfex, start_counters, read_counters, print_counters, print_costs, load_costs (3C) - A procedural interface to processor event counters
libpgm (3) - functions to support portable graymap programs
libpod.z - (no summary available)
libppm (3) - functions to support portable pixmap programs
libprintui.z - (no summary available)
library (3Tcl) - standard library of Tcl procedures
librwtool (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class introduction
libscan.z - (no summary available)
libsphere (3L) - the Sphere Library
libsphere (3L) - the Sphere Library
libspool.z - (no summary available)
libstiff.z - (no summary available)
libt6 (3N) - TSIX trusted IPC library (part of libc in Trusted IRIX)
libtiff (3T) - introduction to libtiff, a library for reading and writing TIFF files
lindex (3Tcl) - Retrieve an element from a list
linesm (3G) - specify antialiasing of lines
linesmooth (3G) - specify antialiasing of lines
linewi, linewf (3G) - specifies width of lines
linewidth, linewidthf (3G) - specifies width of lines
link_addr (??) - elementary address specification routines for link level access
linsert (3Tcl) - Insert elements into a list
lio_listio, lio_listio64 (3) - linked asynchronous I/O operations
list (3Tcl) - Create a list
listbox (3Tk) - Create and manipulate listbox widgets
listen (3N) - listen for connections on a socket
llength (3Tcl) - Count the number of elements in a list
lmbind (3G) - selects a new material, light source, or lighting model
lmbind (3G) - selects a new material, light source, or lighting model
lmcolo (3G) - change the effect of color commands while lighting is active
lmcolor (3G) - change the effect of color commands while lighting is active
lmdef (3G) - defines or modifies a material, light source, or lighting model
lmdef (3G) - defines or modifies a material, light source, or lighting model
lmsgi : license_init, license_chk_out, license_chk_in, license_timer, license_set_attr, license_expdate, license_errstr, license_status, license_free (3) - SGI FLEXlm library
loadma (3G) - loads a transformation matrix
loadmatrix (3G) - loads a transformation matrix
loadna (3G) - loads a name onto the name stack
loadname (3G) - loads a name onto the name stack
LOC (3I) - Obtains the address of a variable
locale (3) - Perl pragma to use and avoid POSIX locales for built-in operations
localeconv (3C) - get numeric formatting information
LOCK_RELEASE, SYNCHRONIZE, AND_AND_FETCH, ADD_AND_FETCH, COMPARE_AND_SWAP, FETCH_AND_ADD, FETCH_AND_AND, FETCH_AND_NAND, FETCH_AND_OR, FETCH_AND_SUB, FETCH_AND_XOR, LOCK_TEST_AND_SET, NAND_AND_FETCH, OR_AND_FETCH, SUB_AND_FETCH, XOR_AND_FETCH, (3I) - Fortran synchronization intrinsics for multiprocessing
lockf (3C) - record locking on files
LOG, ALOG, DLOG, QLOG, CLOG, CDLOG, CQLOG (3I) - Computes natural logarithm
LOGICAL (3I) - Converts between kinds of logical
logico (3G) - specifies a logical operation for pixel writes
logicop (3G) - specifies a logical operation for pixel writes
LONG (3I) - Returns integer (KIND=4) result
lookat (3G) - defines a viewing transformation
lookat (3G) - defines a viewing transformation
lower (3Tk) - Change a window's position in the stacking order
lrange (3Tcl) - Return one or more adjacent elements from a list
lreplace (3Tcl) - Replace elements in a list with new elements
lRGBra (3G) - sets the range of RGB colors used for depth-cueing
lRGBrange (3G) - sets the range of RGB colors used for depth-cueing
LSAME (3S) - return .TRUE
LSAMEN (3S) - test if the first N letters of CA are the same as the first N letters of CB, regardless of case
lsback (3G) - controls whether the ends of a line segment are colored
lsbackup (3G) - controls whether the ends of a line segment are colored
lsearch (3Tcl) - See if a list contains a particular element
lsearch, lfind (3C) - linear search and update
lsetde (3G) - sets the depth range
lsetdepth (3G) - sets the depth range
lshade (3G) - sets range of color indices used for depth-cueing
lshaderange (3G) - sets range of color indices used for depth-cueing
lsort (3Tcl) - Sort the elements of a list
lsrepe (3G) - sets a repeat factor for the current linestyle
lsrepeat (3G) - sets a repeat factor for the current linestyle
lstrwidth (3G) - returns the width of the specified text string
lstwid (3G) - returns the width of the specified text string
m_fork, m_kill_procs, m_set_procs, m_get_numprocs, m_get_myid, m_next, m_lock, m_unlock, m_park_procs, m_rele_procs, m_sync (3P) - parallel programming primitives
mac_cleared, mac_clearedlbl, mac_cleared_fl, mac_cleared_fs, mac_cleared_pl, mac_cleared_ps (3C) - report on user's clearance
mac_demld (3C) - unset the moldiness of a MAC label
mac_dominate, mac_equal (3C) - compare two MAC labels for the dominates/equal relationship
mac_dup (3C) - produce a duplicate copy of a MAC label
mac_free (3C) - free allocated memory
mac_from_msen, mac_from_mint, mac_from_msen_mint (3C) - convert independent sensitivity or integrity labels to mac_t
mac_from_text, mac_to_text, mac_to_text_long (3C) - convert a POSIX MAC string from/to mac_t
mac_get_fd, mac_set_fd (3C) - get the MAC label associated with an open file
mac_get_file, mac_set_file (3C) - get or set the MAC label for a pathname
mac_get_proc, mac_set_proc (3C) - get or set the MAC label of this process
mac_is_moldy (3C) - get the moldiness of a MAC label
mac_set_moldy (3C) - set the moldiness of a MAC label
mac_size, msen_size, mint_size (3C) - get the size of a MAC, MSEN, or MINT label
mac_valid, msen_valid, mint_valid (3C) - validate a MAC, MSEN, or MINT label
makecontext, swapcontext (3C) - manipulate user contexts
makeob (3G) - creates an object
makeobj (3G) - creates an object
maketa (3G) - numbers a routine in the display list
maketag (3G) - numbers a routine in the display list
MALLOC, FREE (3I) - Allocates and deallocates main memory
malloc, free, realloc, calloc, mallopt, mallinfo, mallocblksize, recalloc, memalign (3X) - fast main memory allocator
malloc, free, realloc, calloc, memalign, valloc (3C) - main memory allocator
malloc, free, realloc, calloc, memalign, valloc, cvmalloc_error (3) - WorkShop memory allocation library
malloc, free, realloc, calloc, memalign, valloc, ssmalloc_error (3) - SpeedShop memory allocation library
manipulators (3C) - iostream out-of-band manipulations
mapcol (3G) - changes a color map entry
mapcolor (3G) - changes a color map entry
maplun (3F) - returns the integer file descriptor for a Fortran logical unit number
mapw (3G) - maps a point on the screen into a line in 3-D world coordinates
mapw (3G) - maps a point on the screen into a line in 3-D world coordinates
mapw2 (3G) - maps a point on the screen into 2-D world coordinates
mapw2 (3G) - maps a point on the screen into 2-D world coordinates
math (3M) - introduction to mathematical library functions
Math::BigFloat (3) - Arbitrary length float math package
Math::BigInt (3) - Arbitrary size integer math package
Math::Complex (3) - complex numbers and associated mathematical functions
Math::Trig (3) - trigonometric functions
matherr (3M) - error-handling function
MATMUL (3I) - Performs matrix multiplication of numeric or logical matrices
MAX, MAX0, AMAX1, DMAX1, QMAX1, MAX1, AMAX0 (3I) - Returns maximum values
MAXEXPONENT (3I) - Returns the maximum exponent in the numeric model
MAXLOC (3I) - Returns the location of a maximum value in an array
maxsiz (3G) - specifies the maximum size of a graphics window
maxsize (3G) - specifies the maximum size of a graphics window
MAXVAL (3I) - Returns the maximum value in an array
mbchar: mbtowc, mblen, wctomb (3C) - multibyte character handling
mbrchar: mbrlen, mbrtowc, wcrtomb, btowc, wctob, mbsinit (3S) - multibyte character handling (restartable)
mbrstring: mbsrtowcs, wcsrtombs (3S) - multibyte string functions (restartable)
mbstring: mbstowcs, wcstombs, wcsxfrm (3C) - multibyte string functions
mclock (3F) - return Fortran time accounting
mdbm: mdbm_open, mdbm_close, mdbm_fetch, mdbm_store, mdbm_delete, mdbm_first, mdbm_firstkey, mdbm_next, mdbm_nextkey, mdbm_pre_split, mdbm_set_alignment, mdbm_limit_size, mdbm_invalidate, mdbm_close_fd, mdbm_sync, mdbm_lock, mdbm_unlock, mdbm_sethash(3B) - data base subroutines
mdCountReaders, mdCountWriters (3dm) - count applications using a MIDI device
mdGetDefault (3dm) - return the name of the default input or output interface
mdGetName (3dm) - return a MIDI interface name
mdGetStampMode, mdSetStampMode (3dm) - control time stamping for an MDport
mdGetStatus, mdGetChannel, mdGetByte1, mdGetByte2, mdSetStatus, mdSetChannel, mdSetByte1, mdSetByte2 (3dm) - manipulate MIDI messages
mdInit, mdRegister, mdUnRegister (3dm) - initialize MIDI system and register new interfaces
mdMalloc, mdFree, mdCallMalloc, mdCallFree, mdSetAllocator (3dm) - control memory allocation for the MIDI library
mdOpenInPort, mdOpenOutPort, mdClosePort, mdGetFd (3dm) - open and close MDports
mdPanic (3dm) - flush MIDI output and transmit (obsolete)
mdPause(3dm) - discard any queued messages and return stamp of last event
mdPrintEvent (3dm) - Generate a descriptive string for MIDI events
mdReceive (3dm) - Accept MIDI events from a port
mdSend (3dm) - send out MIDI data
mdSetDivision, mdSetTempo, mdSetTempoScale, mdGetDivision, mdGetTempo, mdTickstoNanos, mdNanosToTicks (3dm) - set tempo and division for a port
mdSetOrigin mdGetOrigin (3dm) - control origin time for synchronization
mdSetStartPoint (3dm) - Define initial MIDI-stamp and UST time values
mdSetTemporalBuffering, mdGetTemporalBuffering (3dm) - obsolete routines for controlling temporal buffering
mdTell, mdTellNow (3dm) - Return the MIDI port-specific timing information
MediaViewer (3) - a ViewKit class for viewing media files and data
memory: memccpy, memchr, memcmp, memcpy, memmove, memset (3C) - memory operations
menu (3Tk) - Create and manipulate menu widgets
menubutton (3Tk) - Create and manipulate menubutton widgets
MERGE (3I) - Chooses an alternative value according to the value of a mask
message (3Tk) - Create and manipulate message widgets
midi, mdIntro (3dm) - Introduction to the Silicon Graphics MIDI Library (libmd)
migr_range_migrate, migr_policy_args_init (3) - user migration operations
MIN, MIN0, AMIN1, DMIN1, QMIN1, MIN1, AMIN0 (3I) - Returns minimum values
MINEXPONENT (3I) - Returns the minimum (most negative) exponent of a real number in the numeric model
MINLOC (3I) - Returns the location of a minimum value in an array
minmax (3G) - modifies pixel transfers to compute the minimum and maximum pixel values
minmax (3G) - modifies pixel transfers to compute the minimum and maximum pixel values
minsiz (3G) - specifies the minimum size of a graphics window
minsize (3G) - specifies the minimum size of a graphics window
mint_dom, mint_equal (3C) - compare two MINT labels for the dominates/equal relationship
mint_free (3C) - free allocated memory
mint_from_mac (3C) - extract a sensitivity label from a mac_t
mint_from_text, mint_to_text (3C) - convert a MINT string from/to mint_t
MINVAL (3I) - Returns the minimum value in an array
mkdirp, rmdirp (3G) - create, remove directories in a path
mktemp, mkstemp (3C) - make a unique file name
mktime (3C) - converts a tm structure to a calendar time
mld_create, mld_destroy, process_mldlink, process_cpulink, numa_acreate (3) - memory locality domain operations
mldset_create, mldset_destroy, mldset_place (3) - mldset operations
mlock, munlock (3C) - lock or unlock pages in memory
mlockall, munlockall (3C) - lock or unlock address space
mmode (3G) - sets the current matrix mode
mmode (3G) - sets the current matrix mode
MOD, AMOD, DMOD, QMOD, IMOD, JMOD, KMOD (3I) - Computes remainder
MODELS (3I) - Describes mathematical representation models for CF90 and MIPSpro 7 Fortran 90 compiler intrinsic procedures
MODULO (3I) - Modulo function
monitor, moncontrol (3X) - Prepares execution profile
monobu (3G) - configures the framebuffer for monoscopic viewing
monobuffer (3G) - configures the framebuffer for monoscopic viewing
mount, sgi_mount (3R) - keep track of remotely mounted filesystems
move, movei, moves, move2, move2i, move2s (3G) - moves the current graphics position to a specified point
move, movei, moves, move2, move2i, move2s (3G) - moves the current graphics position to a specified point
mp, mp_block, mp_blocktime, mp_create, mp_destroy, mp_my_threadnum, mp_numthreads, mp_set_numthreads, mp_setup, mp_unblock, mp_setlock, mp_suggested_numthreads, mp_unsetlock, mp_barrier, mp_in_doacross_loop, mp_set_slave_stacksize (3C) - C multiprocessing utility functions
MP_BARRIER, MP_BLOCK, MP_BLOCKTIME, MP_CREATE, MP_DESTROY, MP_IN_DOACROSS_LOOP, MP_IS_MASTER, MP_MY_THREADNUM, MP_NUMTHREADS, MP_SET_NUMTHREADS, MP_SET_SLAVE_STACKSIZE MP_SETLOCK, MP_SETUP, MP_SUGGESTED_NUMTHREADS, MP_UNBLOCK, MP_UNSETLOCK, MP_SHMEM_GET32, MP_SHMEM_PUT32, MP_SHMEM_IGET32, MP_SHMEM_IPUT32, MP_SHMEM_GET64, MP_SHMEM_PUT64, MP_SHMEM_IGET64, MP_SHMEM_IPUT64 (3F) - Fortran multiprocessing utility routines
mpconf (3c) - multiprocessing control and information
MPI_Abort (3) - Terminates the MPI execution environment
MPI_Address (3) - Gets the address of a location in memory
MPI_Allgather (3) - Gathers data from all tasks and distributes it
MPI_Allgatherv (3) - Gathers data from all tasks and delivers it
MPI_Alloc_mem (3) - Allocates special memory
MPI_Allreduce (3) - Combines values from all processes and distributes the result back to all processes
MPI_Alltoall (3) - Sends data from all processes to all processes
MPI_Alltoallv (3) - Sends data from all processes to all processes, with a displacement
MPI_Attr_delete (3) - Deletes an attribute value associated with a key
MPI_Attr_get (3) - Retrieves an attribute value by key
MPI_Attr_put (3) - Stores the attribute value associated with a key
MPI_Barrier (3) - Blocks until all processes have reached the routine at which the barrier is placed
MPI_Bcast (3) - Broadcasts a message from the process with a specified rank (called a root) to all other processes of the group
MPI_Bsend (3) - Performs a basic send with user-specified buffering
MPI_Bsend_init (3) - Creates a persistent communication request for a buffered send
MPI_Buffer_attach (3) - Attaches a user-defined buffer for sending
MPI_Buffer_detach (3) - Removes an existing buffer
MPI_Cancel (3) - Cancels a communication request
MPI_Cart_coords (3) - Determines process coordinates in Cartesian topology, given the rank in the group
MPI_Cart_create (3) - Makes a new communicator to which topology information has been attached
MPI_Cart_get (3) - Retrieves Cartesian topology information associated with a communicator
MPI_Cart_map (3) - Maps a process to Cartesian topology information
MPI_Cart_rank (3) - Determines the process rank in the communicator, given the Cartesian location
MPI_Cart_shift (3) - Returns the shifted source and destination ranks, given a shift direction and amount
MPI_Cart_sub (3) - Partitions a communicator into subgroups, which form lower-dimensional Cartesian subgrids
MPI_Cartdim_get (3) - Retrieves Cartesian topology information associated with a communicator
MPI_Comm_compare (3) - Compares two communicators
MPI_Comm_create (3) - Creates a new communicator
MPI_Comm_dup (3) - Duplicates an existing communicator with its cached information
MPI_Comm_free (3) - Marks the communicator object for deallocation
MPI_Comm_get_parent (3) - Return the parent intercommunicator of the current process
MPI_Comm_group (3) - Accesses the group associated with the given communicator
MPI_Comm_rank (3) - Determines the rank of the calling process in the communicator
MPI_Comm_remote_group (3) - Accesses the remote group associated with the given intercommunicator
MPI_Comm_remote_size (3) - Determines the size of the remote group associated with an intercommunicator
MPI_Comm_size (3) - Determines the size of the group associated with a communicator
MPI_Comm_spawn (3) - Starts a number of MPI processes and establishes communication with them, returning an intercommunicator
MPI_Comm_spawn_multiple (3) - Starts a number of MPI processes, possibly using multiple executables, and establishes communication with them, returning an intercommunicator
MPI_Comm_split (3) - Creates new communicators based on colors and keys
MPI_Comm_test_inter (3) - Tests to determine if a communicator is an intercommunicator
MPI_Constants (3) - Defines constants
MPI_Data_type (3) - Defines C and Fortran data types
MPI_Dims_create (3) - Creates a division of processors in a Cartesian grid
MPI_Errhandler_create (3) - Creates an MPI-style error handler
MPI_Errhandler_free (3) - Frees an MPI-style error handler
MPI_Errhandler_get (3) - Gets the error handler for a communicator
MPI_Errhandler_set (3) - Sets the error handler for a communicator
MPI_Error_class (3) - Converts an error code to an error class
MPI_Error_string (3) - Returns a string for a given error code
MPI_Errors (3) - Defines error codes
MPI_File_c2f (3) - Translates a C file handle to a Fortran file handle
MPI_File_close (3) - Closes a file
MPI_File_delete (3) - Deletes a file
MPI_File_f2c (3) - Translates a Fortran file handle to a C file handle
MPI_File_get_amode (3) - Returns the file access mode
MPI_File_get_atomicity (3) - Returns the atomicity mode
MPI_File_get_byte_offset (3) - Returns the absolute byte position from a view-relative offset
MPI_File_get_group (3) - Returns the group of processes that opened the file
MPI_File_get_info (3) - Returns a new information object
MPI_File_get_position (3) - Returns the current position of the individual file pointer in etype units relative to the current view
MPI_File_get_position_shared (3) - Returns the current position of the shared file pointer in etype units relative to the current view
MPI_File_get_size (3) - Returns the file size
MPI_File_get_type_extent (3) - Returns the extent of datatype in the file
MPI_File_get_view (3) - Returns the file view
MPI_File_iread (3) - Performs a nonblocking read using an individual file pointer
MPI_File_iread_at (3) - Performs a nonblocking read using an explict offset
MPI_File_iread_shared (3) - Nonblocking read using shared file pointer
MPI_File_iwrite (3) - Nonblocking write using individual file pointer
MPI_File_iwrite_at (3) - Performs a nonblocking write using an explict offset
MPI_File_iwrite_shared (3) - Nonblocking write using shared file pointer
MPI_File_open (3) - Opens a file
MPI_File_preallocate (3) - Preallocates storage space for a file
MPI_File_read (3) - Uses individual file pointer to read a file
MPI_File_read_all (3) - Uses individual file pointer to perform a collective read
MPI_File_read_all_begin (3) - Begin a split collective read using individual file pointer
MPI_File_read_all_end (3) - Complete a split collective read using individual file pointer
MPI_File_read_at (3) - Uses explicit offset to perform a read operation
MPI_File_read_at_all (3) - Uses explicit offset to perform a collective read operation
MPI_File_read_at_all_begin (3) - Begin a split collective read using explict offset
MPI_File_read_at_all_end (3) - Complete a split collective read using explict offset
MPI_File_read_ordered (3) - Collective read using shared file pointer
MPI_File_read_ordered_begin (3) - Begin a split collective read using shared file pointer
MPI_File_read_ordered_end (3) - Complete a split collective read using shared file pointer
MPI_File_read_shared (3) - Read using shared file pointer
MPI_File_seek (3) - Updates the individual file pointer
MPI_File_seek_shared (3) - Updates the shared file pointer
MPI_File_set_atomicity (3) - Sets the atomicity mode
MPI_File_set_info (3) - Sets new values for hints
MPI_File_set_size (3) - Sets the file size
MPI_File_set_view (3) - Sets the file view
MPI_File_sync (3) - Causes all previous writes to be transferred to the storage device
MPI_File_write (3) - Write using individual file pointer
MPI_File_write_all (3) - Performs a collective write using individual file pointer
MPI_File_write_all_begin (3) - Begin a split collective write using individual file pointer
MPI_File_write_all_end (3) - Complete a split collective write using individual file pointer
MPI_File_write_at (3) - Write using explicit offset
MPI_File_write_at_all (3) - Performs collective write using explicit offset
MPI_File_write_at_all_begin (3) - Begin a split collective write using explicit offset
MPI_File_write_at_all_end (3) - Complete a split collective write using explicit offset
MPI_File_write_ordered (3) - Collective write using shared file pointer
MPI_File_write_ordered_begin (3) - Begin a split collective write using shared file pointer
MPI_File_write_ordered_end (3) - Complete a split collective write using shared file pointer
MPI_File_write_shared (3) - Write using shared file pointer
MPI_Finalize (3) - Terminates the MPI execution environment
MPI_Free_mem (3) - Frees memory allocated by MPI_Alloc_mem
MPI_Gather (3) - Gathers values from a group of processes
MPI_Gatherv (3) - Gathers values into specified locations from all processes in a group
MPI_Get_address (3) - Gets the address of a location in memory
MPI_Get_count (3) - Returns the number of entries received in a message
MPI_Get_elements (3) - Returns the number of basic elements in a data type
MPI_Get_processor_name (3) - Gets the name of the processor
MPI_Graph_create (3) - Makes a new communicator and attaches topology information
MPI_Graph_get (3) - Retrieves graph topology information associated with a communicator
MPI_Graph_map (3) - Maps a process to graph topology information
MPI_Graph_neighbors (3) - Returns the neighbors of a node associated with a graph topology
MPI_Graph_neighbors_count (3) - Returns the number of neighbors of a node associated with a graph topology
MPI_Graphdims_get (3) - Retrieves graph topology information associated with a communicator
MPI_Group_compare (3) - Compares two groups
MPI_Group_difference (3) - Makes a group from the difference of two groups
MPI_Group_excl (3) - Produces a group by reordering an existing group and taking only unlisted members
MPI_Group_free (3) - Frees a group
MPI_Group_incl (3) - Produces a group by reordering an existing group and taking only listed members
MPI_Group_intersection (3) - Produces a group as the intersection of two existing groups
MPI_Group_range_excl (3) - Produces a group by excluding ranges of processes from an existing group
MPI_Group_range_incl (3) - Creates a new group from ranges of ranks in an existing group
MPI_Group_rank (3) - Returns the rank of this process in the given group
MPI_Group_size (3) - Returns the size of a group
MPI_Group_translate_ranks (3) - Translates the ranks of processes in one group to those in another group
MPI_Group_union (3) - Produces a group by combining two groups
MPI_Ibsend (3) - Starts a nonblocking buffered send
MPI_Info (3) - Allocates memory for MPI arguments
MPI_Init (3) - Initializes the MPI execution environment
MPI_Initialized (3) - Indicates whether MPI_Init(3) has been called
MPI_Intercomm_create (3) - Creates an intercommuncator from two intracommunicators
MPI_Intercomm_merge (3) - Creates an intracommuncator from an intercommunicator
mpi_io (3) - Introduction to the ROMIO implementation of MPI I/O routines
MPI_Iprobe (3) - Provides a nonblocking test for a message
MPI_Irecv (3) - Begins a nonblocking receive
MPI_Irsend (3) - Starts a nonblocking ready send
MPI_Isend (3) - Begins a nonblocking send
MPI_Issend (3) - Starts a nonblocking synchronous send
MPI_Keyval_create (3) - Generates a new attribute key
MPI_Keyval_free (3) - Frees the attribute key for the communicator cache attribute
MPI_Op_create (3) - Creates a user-defined combination function handle
MPI_Op_free (3) - Frees a user-defined combination function handle
MPI_Pack (3) - Packs a data type into contiguous memory
MPI_Pack_size (3) - Returns the upper bound on the amount of space needed to pack a message
MPI_Pcontrol (3) - Controls profiling
MPI_Probe (3) - Provides a blocking test for a message
MPI_Recv (3) - Provides a basic receive operation
MPI_Recv_init (3) - Builds a handle for a receive
MPI_Reduce (3) - Reduces values on all processes to a single value
MPI_Reduce_scatter (3) - Combines values and scatters the results
MPI_Request_free (3) - Frees a communication request object
MPI_Rsend (3) - Provides a basic ready send operation
MPI_Rsend_init (3) - Creates a persistent communication request for a ready send operation
MPI_Scan (3) - Computes the scan (partial reductions) of data on a collection of processes
MPI_Scatter (3) - Sends data from one task to all other tasks in a group
MPI_Scatterv (3) - Scatters a buffer in parts to all tasks in a group
MPI_Send (3) - Performs a basic send operation
MPI_Send_init (3) - Creates a persistent communication request for a standard send operation
MPI_Sendrecv (3) - Sends and receives a message
MPI_Sendrecv_replace (3) - Sends and receives using a single buffer
MPI_SGI_stat (3) - Returns MPI statistics
MPI_Ssend (3) - Performs a basic synchronous send operation
MPI_Ssend_init (3) - Creates a persistent communication request for a synchronous send operation
MPI_Start (3) - Initiates a communication with a persistent request handle
MPI_Startall (3) - Starts a collection of requests
MPI_Test (3) - Tests for the completion of a send or receive operation
MPI_Test_cancelled (3) - Tests to see if a request was canceled
MPI_Testall (3) - Tests for the completion of all previously initiated communications
MPI_Testany (3) - Tests for completion of any previously initiated communication
MPI_Testsome (3) - Tests for specified communications to complete
MPI_Thread (3) - Returns MPI thread information
MPI_Topo_test (3) - Determines the type of topology (if any) associated with a communicator
MPI_Transfer_of_handles (3) - Transfers a Fortran handle (which is an integer) to a C communicator handle, and vice versa.
MPI_Type_commit (3) - Commits the data type
MPI_Type_contiguous (3) - Creates a contiguous datatype
MPI_Type_create_darray (3) - Creates a data type corresponding to a distributed, multidimensional array
MPI_Type_create_hindexed (3) - Creates an indexed data type with offsets in bytes
MPI_Type_create_hvector (3) - Creates a vector (strided) data type with offset in bytes
MPI_Type_create_struct (3) - Creates a struct datatype
MPI_Type_create_subarray (3) - Creates a data type describing a subarray of a multidimensional array
MPI_Type_dup (3) - Duplicates an MPI datatype
MPI_Type_extent (3) - Returns the extent of a data type
MPI_Type_free (3) - Frees the data type
MPI_Type_get_contents (3) - Constructs new data types
MPI_Type_get_envelope (3) - Returns the number and type of input arguments
MPI_Type_hindexed (3) - Creates an indexed data type with offsets in bytes
MPI_Type_hvector (3) - Creates a vector (strided) data type with offset in bytes
MPI_Type_indexed (3) - Creates an indexed data type
MPI_Type_lb (3) - Returns the lower bound of a data type
MPI_Type_size (3) - Returns the number of bytes occupied by entries in the data type
MPI_Type_struct (3) - Creates a struct datatype
MPI_Type_ub (3) - Returns the upper bound of a data type
MPI_Type_vector (3) - Creates a vector (strided) data type
MPI_Unpack (3) - Unpacks a data type into contiguous memory
MPI_Wait (3) - Waits for an MPI send or receive to complete
MPI_Waitall (3) - Waits for all given communications to complete
MPI_Waitany (3) - Waits for any specified send or receive to complete
MPI_Waitsome (3) - Waits for specified communications to complete
MPI_Win (3) - Manipulates a memory region for one-sided communication
MPI_Wtick (3) - Returns the resolution of MPI_Wtime
MPI_Wtime (3) - Returns an elapsed time on the calling processor
mpool (3) - shared memory buffer pool
mq_close (3c) - close a message queue descriptor
mq_getattr (3c) - get attributes of a message queue
mq_notify (3c) - register message notification request
mq_open (3c) - open/create a message queue
mq_receive (3c) - receive a message from a queue
mq_send (3c) - send a message to a queue
mq_setattr (3c) - set attributes of a message queue
mq_unlink (3c) - remove a message queue
MrmCloseHierarchy (3X) - Closes a UID hierarchy
MrmCloseHierarchy (3X) - Closes a UID hierarchy
MrmFetchBitmapLiteral (3X) - Fetches a bitmap literal from a hierarchy
MrmFetchBitmapLiteral (3X) - Fetches a bitmap literal from a hierarchy
MrmFetchColorLiteral (3X) - Fetches a named color literal from a UID file
MrmFetchColorLiteral (3X) - Fetches a named color literal from a UID file
MrmFetchIconLiteral (3X) - Fetches an icon literal from a hierarchy
MrmFetchIconLiteral (3X) - Fetches an icon literal from a hierarchy
MrmFetchLiteral (3X) - Fetches a literal from a UID file
MrmFetchLiteral (3X) - Fetches a literal from a UID file
MrmFetchSetValues (3X) - Fetches the values to be set from literals stored in UID files
MrmFetchSetValues (3X) - Fetches the values to be set from literals stored in UID files
MrmFetchWidget (3X) - Fetches and creates an indexed (UIL named) application widget and its children
MrmFetchWidget (3X) - Fetches and creates any indexed (UIL named) application widgets and its children
MrmFetchWidgetOverride (3X) - Fetches any indexed (UIL named) application widget. It overrides the arguments specified for this application widget in UIL
MrmFetchWidgetOverride (3X) - Fetches any indexed (UIL named) application widget. It overrides the arguments specified for this application widget in UIL
MrmInitialize (3X) - Prepares an application to use MRM widget- fetching facilities
MrmInitialize (3X) - Prepares an application to use MRM widget- fetching facilities
MrmOpenHierarchy (3X) - Allocates a hierarchy ID and opens all the UID files in the hierarchy
MrmOpenHierarchy (3X) - Allocates a hierarchy ID and opens all the UID files in the hierarchy
MrmOpenHierarchyFromBuffer (3X) - Allocates a hierarchy ID and opens a buffer containing a memory image of a UID file
MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay (3X) - Allocates a hierarchy ID and opens all the UID files in the hierarchy
MrmOpenHierarchyPerDisplay (3X) - Allocates a hierarchy ID and opens all the UID files in the hierarchy
MrmRegisterClass (3X) - Saves the information needed for MRM to access the widget creation function for user-defined widgets
MrmRegisterClass (3X) - Saves the information needed for MRM to access the widget creation function for user-defined widgets
MrmRegisterNames (3X) - Registers the values associated with the names referenced in UIL (for example, UIL callback function names or UIL identifier names)
MrmRegisterNames (3X) - Registers the values associated with the names referenced in UIL (for example, UIL callback function names or UIL identifier names)
MrmRegisterNamesInHierarchy (3X) - Registers the values associated with the names referenced in UIL within a single hierarchy (for example, UIL callback function names or UIL identifier names)
MrmRegisterNamesInHierarchy (3X) - Registers the values associated with the names referenced in UIL within a single hierarchy (for example, UIL callback function names or UIL identifier names)
msalph (3G) - specifies treatment of alpha values during multisample rendering
msalpha (3G) - specifies treatment of alpha values during multisample rendering
msen_dom, msen_equal (3C) - compare two MSEN labels for the dominates/equal relationship
msen_free (3C) - free allocated memory
msen_from_mac (3C) - extract a sensitivity label from a mac_t
msen_from_text, msen_to_text (3C) - convert a MSEN string from/to msen_t
msmask (3G) - specifies a multisample mask
msmask (3G) - specifies a multisample mask
mspatt (3G) - specifies a multisample sample pattern
mspattern (3G) - specifies a multisample sample pattern
mssize (3G) - specifies multisample buffer configuration
mssize (3G) - specifies multisample buffer configuration
mswapb (3G) - swap multiple framebuffers simultaneously
mswapbuffers (3G) - swap multiple framebuffers simultaneously
multim (3G) - organizes the color map as a number of smaller maps
multimap (3G) - organizes the color map as a number of smaller maps
multis (3G) - specifies the use of the multisample buffer
multisample (3G) - specifies the use of the multisample buffer
multma (3G) - premultiplies the current transformation matrix
multmatrix (3G) - premultiplies the current transformation matrix
mvAddTrack, mvRemoveTrack (3dm) - add or remove tracks in a movie
mvBindOpenGLWindow, mvUnbindOpenGLWindow (3dm) - functions to associate movies with and dissociate movies from playback windows
MVBITS (3I) - Copies a sequence of bits from one integer data object to another
mvConvertTime (3dm) - Convert times from one timescale to another.
mvCreateFile, mvCreateFD, mvCreateMem (3dm) - create new movie instances
mvEditByFrame: mvReadFrames, mvInsertFrames, mvAppendFrames, mvDeleteFrames, mvPasteFrames (3dm) - edit/manipulate a movie track
mvExportFlattenedFile (3dm) - export a movie to a given file format
mvFindTrackByIndex, mvFindTrackByMedium (3dm) - find tracks in a movie
mvGetActualFrameRate (3dm) - Obtain playback frame rate information for a movie
mvGetAudioWidth, mvGetAudioRate, mvGetAudioChannels, mvGetAudioFormat, mvGetAudioCompression, (3dm) - get and set the parameters of a an audio track
mvGetBitrate (3dm) - get the stored bitrate of a movie file or track
mvGetBoundary: mvGetMovieBoundary, mvGetTrackBoundary (3dm) - get timing information about movie or track
mvGetErrno, mvClearErrno, mvGetErrorStr (3dm) - return information for Movie Library error codes
mvGetEventFD, mvSetSelectEvents, mvGetSelectEvents, mvNextEvent, mvPeekEvent, mvPendingEvents, mvGetMovieEventFD, mvSetMovieSelectEvents, mvGetMovieSelectEvents, mvNextMovieEvent, mvPeekMovieEvent, mvPendingMovieEvents mvGetPlayErrorStr (3dm) - Movie Playback Library event handling functions
mvGetFileFormat, mvGetLoopMode, mvGetLoopLimit, mvGetTitle, mvGetComment, mvGetOptimized, mvSetLoopMode, mvSetLoopLimit, mvSetTitle, mvSetComment (3dm) - get and set the properties of a movie
mvGetImageWidth, mvGetImageHeight, mvGetImageRate, mvGetImageCompression, mvGetImageInterlacing, mvGetImagePacking, mvGetImageOrientation, mvGetSpatialQuality, mvGetTemporalQuality, mvSetImageRate (3dm) - get and set the properties of a an image track
mvGetMovieCurrentTime, mvGetMovieGalleryTime, mvGetMoviePreviewTime, mvGetMovieSelectionTime, mvSetMovieCurrentTime, mvSetMovieGalleryTime, mvSetMoviePreviewTime mvSetMovieSelectionTime (3dm) - get and set movie times for special purposes
mvGetMovieGLContextState, mvSetMovieGLContextState (3dm) - set/get the GLContextState of a movie
mvGetMovieHwAcceleration, mvSetMovieHwAcceleration (3dm) - Set/get movie hardware acceleration
mvGetMoviePlayVolume, mvGetTrackPlayVolume, mvSetMoviePlayVolume, mvSetTrackPlayVolume (3dm) - get and set the volume of a movie or track
mvGetMovieTimeScale, mvSetMovieTimeScale, mvGetTrackTimeScale, mvSetTrackTimeScale (3dm) - get and set a movie or track timescale.
mvGetNumTracks (3dm) - determine number of tracks in a movie instance
mvGetParams, mvSetParams, mvAddUserParam, mvSetMovieDefaults (3dm) - get and set the parameters of a movie or track
mvGetTrackDataFieldInfo, mvSetTrackDataFieldInfo, mvTrackDataHasFieldInfo (3dm) - get track data info
mvGetTrackDuration, mvGetTrackOffset, mvGetMovieDuration, mvGetEstMovieDuration, mvSetTrackOffset (3dm) - get and set movie/track offset and duration.
mvGetTrackEnable, mvSetTrackEnable (3dm) - Enable/Disable a track
mvGetTrackLayer, mvSetTrackLayer (3dm) - set/get the layer of a track
mvGetTrackLength, mvGetScannedLength, mvGetTrackMedium, mvGetTrackId, mvGetTrackMovie, mvGetTrackDisplayWidth, mvSetTrackDisplayWidth, mvGetTrackDisplayHeight, mvSetTrackDisplayHeight, mvSetTrackSMPTEStart, mvGetTrackSMPTEStart (3dm) - get and set the properties of a track
mvGetTrackMaxDataSize, mvGetTrackMaxFieldSize (3dm) - convenience function to get the max data size of a track
mvGetTrackUserDataListHandle, mvGetMovieUserDataListHandle (3dm) - get user data dmParams of the track/movie
mvGrabOpenGL, mvReleaseOpenGL (3dm) - provide safe usage of graphics libraries from Movie Playback Library clients
mvInsertFramesAtTime: (3dm) - edit/manipulate a movie track
mvInsertTrackGapAtTime mvDeleteFramesAtTime, mvCopyFramesAtTime (3dm) - edit/manipulate a movie track
mvIntro (3dm) - introduction to the Movie Libraries
mvIsAppendOnly (3dm) - see if a movie instance is append-only
mvIsMovieFile, mvIsMovieFD, mvIsMovieMem (3dm) - identify movie instances
mvIsReadOnly (3dm) - see if a movie instance is read-only
mvMapBetweenTracks (3dm) - convert frame numbers between tracks
mvMatrix: mvSetMovieMatrix2dIdentity, mvSetMovieMatrix2d, mvGetMovieMatrix2d, mvSetTrackMatrix2dIdentity, mvSetTrackMatrix2d, mvGetTrackMatrix2d (3dm) - Matrix manipulation of movie and track
mvMovieEdit: mvInsertMovieGapAtTime, mvDeleteMovieAtTime, mvCopyMovieAtTime (3dm) - edit movie/tracks
mvMovieRect: mvSetMovieRect, mvGetMovieRect, mvGetMovieBoundsRect, mvGetMovieBoundingRect (3dm) - Set/get movie rectangle
mvOpenFile, mvOpenFD, mvOpenMem (3dm) - open movie instances
mvOpenPort, mvClosePort, mvBindMovieToPorts, mvUnbindMovieFromPorts, mvUnbindPortsFromMovie, mvGetMoviePorts, mvGetPortMovie, mvGetMovieMasterPort, mvGrabPort, mvReleasePort (3dm) - Functions to handle generic playback ports
mvOptimize (3dm) - optimize a movie file for playback after editing operations, or create a flattened movie file
mvp (3dm) - Multiport Video Processor for the O2 system
mvPlay, mvStop, mvIsMovieStopped (3dm) - Start and stop movie playback
mvPlayAt, mvGetMovieSyncInfo, mvSetMovieSyncInfo (3dm) - Intra-application synchronization support
mvQueryInt, mvQueryDouble, mvQueryPointer (3dm) - query information about file formats
mvReadCompressedImage, mvGetCompressedImageSize, mvInsertCompressedImage (3dm) - read and write compressed images in a movie
mvReadTrackData, mvInsertTrackData, mvInsertTrackDataAtOffset, (3dm) - manipulate data in track
mvReadTrackDataFields, mvInsertTrackDataFields (3dm) - read and insert field based data
mvRenderMovieToAudioBuffer, mvGetAudioBufferSize (3dm) - Multi-track, time- based access of audio data from movies.
mvRenderMovieToOpenGL, mvRenderMovieToImageBuffer, mvRenderTrackToOpenGL (3dm) - display of visual data from movies and tracks
mvResizeOpenGLWindow (3dm) - Notify Movie Playback Library of window size changes
mvSetCurrentTime, mvGetCurrentTime (3dm) - Set/get the time which is currently playing
mvSetEnableAudio, mvGetEnableAudio (3dm) - Enable/disable audio playback for a movie instance
mvSetEnableVideo, mvGetEnableVideo (3dm) - Enable/disable video playback for a movie instance
mvSetImageDefaults mvSetAudioDefaults (3dm) - set default parameters for tracks
mvSetNumMoviesHint, mvGetNumMoviesHint (3dm) - Advise Movie Playback Library of number of simultaneously-playing movies
mvSetPlayEveryFrame, mvGetPlayEveryFrame (3dm) - Make movies play against time base, or without dropping frames
mvSetPlayLoopMode, mvGetPlayLoopMode, mvSetPlayLoopLimit, mvGetPlayLoopLimit, mvSetPlayLoopCount, mvGetPlayLoopCount (3dm) - Set/get movie playback loop mode, limit, and count.
mvSetPlaySpeed, mvGetPlaySpeed, mvGetCurrentDirection (3dm) - Control rate of playback for a movie instance
mvSetPrimaryAudio, mvGetPrimaryAudio (3dm) - Set/get the movie instance with control over the audio hardware
mvSetStartFrame, mvGetStartFrame, mvSetEndFrame, mvGetEndFrame, mvSetStartTime, mvGetStartTime, mvSetEndTime, mvGetEndTime, (3dm) - Set/get the frame or time at which movie playback should start/end
mvSetVideoDisplay, mvGetVideoDisplay (3dm) - Set/get movie video display mode.
mvSetVideoStillFrame, mvGetVideoStillFrame (3dm) - Set/get movie video output still frame
mvSetViewBackground, mvGetViewBackground (3dm) - Set background color of playback region for a movie instance
mvSetViewOffset, mvGetViewOffset, mvQueryViewOffset, mvSetViewSize, mvGetViewSize, mvQueryViewSize, mvSetViewOffsetAndSize, mvGetViewKeepAspect (3dm) - Change the location and size of the region for movie display inside a GL window
mvShowCurrentTime, mvShowCurrentFrame (3dm) - Display current movie frame on screen for a movie instance
mvTrackData: mvGetTrackNumDataIndex mvGetTrackDataInfo mvGetTrackDataOffset mvGetTrackDataIndexAtTime (3dm) - retrieve information about track data
mvTrackDataParams: mvGetTrackNumDataParams, mvAddTrackDataParams, mvSetTrackDataParams, mvGetTrackDataParams (3dm) - manipulate data in track
mvWrite, mvClose, mvDestroyMovie, (3dm) - write, close, and destroy movie instances
n3f (3G) - specifies a normal
n3f (3G) - specifies a normal
nan, nanf, nanl (3C) - functions that return a quiet NaN
ndbm: dbm_open, dbm_open64, dbm_close, dbm_close64, dbm_fetch, dbm_fetch64, dbm_store, dbm_store64, dbm_delete, dbm_delete64, dbm_firstkey, dbm_firstkey64, dbm_nextkey, dbm_nextkey64, dbm_error, dbm_error64, dbm_clearerr , dbm_clearerr64 (3B) - data base subroutines
NDBM_File (3) - Tied access to ndbm files
NEAREST (3I) - Returns the nearest different machine representable number in a given direction
NEQV, XOR (3I) - Computes logical difference
Net::hostent (3) - by-name interface to Perl's built-in gethost*() functions
Net::netent (3) - by-name interface to Perl's built-in getnet*() functions
Net::Ping (3) - check a remote host for reachability
Net::protoent (3) - by-name interface to Perl's built-in getproto*() functions
Net::servent (3) - by-name interface to Perl's built-in getserv*() functions
netdir_getbyname, netdir_getbyaddr, netdir_free, netdir_mergeaddr, taddr2uaddr, uaddr2taddr, netdir_perror, netdir_sperror (3N) - generic transport name-to-address translation
newpup (3G) - allocates and initializes a structure for a new menu
newpup (3G) - allocates and initializes a structure for a new menu
newtag (3G) - creates a new tag within an object relative to an existing tag
newtag (3G) - creates a new tag within an object relative to an existing tag
NINT, IDNINT, IQNINT (3I) - Converts to nearest integer
nl_langinfo (3C) - language information
nlist, nlist64 (3X) - Gets entries from name list
nmode (3G) - specify renormalization of normals
nmode (3G) - specify renormalization of normals
nobord (3G) - specifies a window without any borders
noborder (3G) - specifies a window without any borders
noise (3G) - filters valuator (mouse, cursor, and GL timer) motion
noise (3G) - filters valuator (mouse, cursor, and GL timer) motion
noport (3G) - specifies that a program does not need screen space
noport (3G) - specifies that a program does not need screen space
normal (3G) - obsolete routine
normal (3G) - obsolete routine
NOT, INOT, JNOT, KNOT (3I) - Performs a logical complement
ns_lookup, ns_list, ns_close (3C) - lookup interface to name service daemon
NULL (3I) - Returns a disassociated pointer
NUMBLKS (3F) - Returns the current size of a file in 4096-byte blocks
nurbsc (3G) - controls the shape of a NURBS curve
nurbscurve (3G) - controls the shape of a NURBS curve
nurbss (3G) - controls the shape of a NURBS surface
nurbssurface (3G) - controls the shape of a NURBS surface
objdel (3G) - deletes routines from an object
objdelete (3G) - deletes routines from an object
Object (3X) - The Object widget class
Object (??) - The Object widget class
objins (3G) - inserts routines in an object at a specified location
objinsert (3G) - inserts routines in an object at a specified location
objrep (3G) - overwrites existing display list routines with new ones
objreplace (3G) - overwrites existing display list routines with new ones
ODBM_File (3) - Tied access to odbm files
ogldebug (3G) - OpenGL debugging utility
omp_init_lock, omp_destroy_lock, omp_set_lock, omp_unset_lock, omp_test_lock, OMP_INIT_LOCK, OMP_DESTROY_LOCK, OMP_SET_LOCK, OMP_UNSET_LOCK, OMP_TEST_LOCK, (3) - Set of procedures to manipulate locks
omp_set_nested, omp_get_nested, OMP_SET_NESTED, OMP_GET_NESTED (3) - Manipulates or reports status of nested parallelism
omp_set_num_threads, omp_get_num_threads, omp_get_max_threads, omp_get_thread_num, omp_get_num_procs, omp_set_dynamic, omp_get_dynamic, omp_in_parallel, OMP_SET_NUM_THREADS, OMP_GET_NUM_THREADS, OMP_GET_MAX_THREADS, OMP_GET_THREAD_NUM, OMP_GET_NUM_PROCS, OMP_SET_DYNAMIC, OMP_GET_DYNAMIC, OMP_IN_PARALLEL (3) - Runtime library procedures used to set, call or return numbers of threads
onemap (3G) - organizes the color map as one large map
onemap (3G) - organizes the color map as one large map
Opcode (3) - Disable named opcodes when compiling perl code
open (3Tcl) - Open a file
opendir, readdir, telldir, seekdir, rewinddir, closedir, dirfd (3B) - directory operations (4.3BSD)
openproj, closeproj (3c) - create/destroy a PROJ token
ops (3) - Perl pragma to restrict unsafe operations when compiling
option (3Tk) - Add/retrieve window options to/from the option database
options (3Tk) - Standard options supported by widgets
OR (3I) - Computes logical sum
ortho, ortho2 (3G) - define an orthographic projection transformation
ortho, ortho2 (3G) - define an orthographic projection transformation
oserror, setoserror, goserror (3C) - get/set system error
ostream (3C) - Formatted and unformatted output
overla (3G) - allocates bitplanes for display of overlay colors
overlay (3G) - allocates bitplanes for display of overlay colors
overload (3) - Package for overloading perl operations
OverrideShell (3) - The OverrideShell widget class
OverrideShell (3X) - The OverrideShell widget class
p2open, p2close (3G) - open, close pipes to and from a command
p_class, p_time, p_type, p_rr, p_query, p_cdname (3C) - utilities for dns queries
PACK (3I) - Packs an array into an array of rank one under control of a mask
pack (3Tk) - Geometry manager that packs around edges of cavity
pack-old (3Tk) - Obsolete syntax for packer geometry manager
pageco (3G) - sets the color of the textport background
pagecolor (3G) - sets the color of the textport background
passth (3G) - passes a single token through the Geometry Pipeline
passthrough (3G) - passes a single token through the Geometry Pipeline
patch (3G) - draws a surface patch
patch (3G) - draws a surface patch
patchb (3G) - sets current basis matrices
patchbasis (3G) - sets current basis matrices
patchc (3G) - sets the number of curves used to represent a patch
patchcurves (3G) - sets the number of curves used to represent a patch
patchp (3G) - sets the precision at which curves are drawn in a patch
patchprecision (3G) - sets the precision at which curves are drawn in a patch
path_to_handle, path_to_fshandle, fd_to_handle, handle_to_fshandle, open_by_handle, readlink_by_handle, attr_multi_by_handle, attr_list_by_handle, fssetdm_by_handle, free_handle (3) - file handle operations
pathfind (3G) - search for named file in named directories
pclos (3G) - closes a filled polygon
pclos (3G) - closes a filled polygon
pcreate: pcreatel, pcreatev, pcreateve, pcreatelp, pcreatevp (3C) - create a process
PDFindPageSize, PDGetSizeCodeByName, PDGetNameBySizeCode (3) - page size convenience functions
PDGetCurrentResolution (3) - get current printing resolution
PDMakeMessage (3) - message creation convenience function
PDPerror, PDErrorString (3) - obtain libpod execution error messages
pdr, pdri, pdrs, pdr2, pdr2i, pdr2s (3G) - specifies the next point of a polygon
pdr, pdri, pdrs, pdr2, pdr2i, pdr2s (3G) - specifies the next point of a polygon
PDReadInfo, PDLocalReadInfo, PDLocalWriteInfo (3) - read/write the printer configuration and status information
PDReadLog, PDLocalReadLog, PDLocalWriteLog (3) - reads/writes printer log entries
PDReadStatus, PDReadOpStatus, PDLocalReadStatus, PDLocalReadOpStatus, PDLocalWriteStatus (3) - reads/writes the printer status
perfly (3pf) - OpenGL Performer scene viewer
perror, errno (3C) - print system error messages
perror, gerror, ierrno, strerror (3F) - get system error messages
perspe (3G) - defines a perspective projection transformation
perspective (3G) - defines a perspective projection transformation
pfmt, vpfmt (3C) - display error message in standard format
photo (3Tk) - Full-color images
pick (3G) - puts the system in picking mode
pick (3G) - puts the system in picking mode
picksi (3G) - sets the dimensions of the picking region
picksize (3G) - sets the dimensions of the picking region
pid (3Tcl) - Retrieve process id(s)
pixelmap (3G) - define pixel transfer LUTs
pixeltransfer (3G) - sets pixel/texel transfer modes
pixmod (3G) - specify pixel transfer mode parameters
pixmode (3G) - specify pixel transfer mode parameters
place (3Tk) - Geometry manager for fixed or rubber-sheet placement
pm_create, pm_create_simple, pm_filldefault, pm_destroy, pm_attach, pm_setdefault, pm_getdefault, pm_getall, pm_getstat, pm_setpagesize (3) - Policy Module operations
pmv, pmvi, pmvs, pmv2, pmv2i, pmv2s (3G) - specifies the first point of a polygon
pmv, pmvi, pmvs, pmv2, pmv2i, pmv2s (3G) - specifies the first point of a polygon
pnt, pnti, pnts, pnt2, pnt2i, pnt2s (3G) - draws a point
pnt, pnti, pnts, pnt2, pnt2i, pnt2s (3G) - draws a point
pntsiz, pntszf (3G) - specifies size of points
pntsize, pntsizef (3G) - specifies size of points
pntsmo (3G) - specify antialiasing of points
pntsmooth (3G) - specify antialiasing of points
Pod::Html (3) - module to convert pod files to HTML
Pod::Text (3) - convert POD data to formatted ASCII text
polar (3C) - Functions for the C++ Complex Math Library
polarv (3G) - defines the viewer's position in polar coordinates
polarview (3G) - defines the viewer's position in polar coordinates
polf, polfi, polfs, polf2, polf2i, polf2s (3G) - draws a filled polygon
polf, polfi, polfs, polf2, polf2i, polf2s (3G) - draws a filled polygon
poly, polyi, polys, poly2, poly2i, poly2s (3G) - outlines a polygon
poly, polyi, polys, poly2, poly2i, poly2s (3G) - outlines a polygon
polymo (3G) - control the rendering of polygons
polymode (3G) - control the rendering of polygons
polysm (3G) - specify antialiasing of polygons
polysmooth (3G) - specify antialiasing of polygons
popatt (3G) - pops the attribute stack
popattributes (3G) - pops the attribute stack
popen, pclose (3S) - initiate pipe to/from a process
popmat (3G) - pops the transformation matrix stack
popmatrix (3G) - pops the transformation matrix stack
popnam (3G) - pops a name off the name stack
popname (3G) - pops a name off the name stack
popvie (3G) - pops the viewport stack
popviewport (3G) - pops the viewport stack
POSIX (3) - Perl interface to IEEE Std 1003.1
PRECISION (3I) - Returns the decimal precision of a number in the real number model
prefpo (3G) - specifies the preferred location and size of a graphics window
prefposition (3G) - specifies the preferred location and size of a graphics window
prefsi (3G) - specifies the preferred size of a graphics window
prefsize (3G) - specifies the preferred size of a graphics window
PRESENT (3I) - Determines whether an optional argument is present
printf, fprintf, snprintf, sprintf (3S) - print formatted output
prio: prioSetBandwidth, prioGetBandwidth, prioLock, prioUnlock (3X) - Priority IO operations.
proc (3Tcl) - Create a Tcl procedure
PRODUCT (3I) - Forms the product of array elements
projid, projname, fprojid, fprojname (3c) - get project ID information
psignal, psiginfo (3C) - system signal messages
PSLDLT_Destroy, PSLDLT_ExtractPerm, PSLDLT_Factor, PSLDLT_FactorOOC, PSLDLT_OOCLimit, PSLDLT_OOCPath, PSLDLT_Ordering, PSLDLT_Preprocess, PSLDLT_PreprocessZ, PSLDLT_Solve, PSLDLT_SolveM, PSLDLT_Storage (3S) - Parallel sparse symmetric linear system solver
PSLDU_Destroy, PSLDU_ExtractPerm, PSLDU_Factor, PSLDU_FactorOOC, PSLDU_OOCLimit, PSLDU_OOCPath, PSLDU_Ordering, PSLDU_Preprocess, PSLDU_PreprocessZ, PSLDU_Solve, PSLDU_SolveM, PSLDU_Storage (3S) - Parallel sparse unsymmetric linear system solver
PSTReadImageHeader, PSTWriteImageHeader (3) - read/write printing specific STIFF image header
pthread_atfork (3P) - register fork() handlers
pthread_attr_init, pthread_attr_destroy, pthread_attr_setstacksize, pthread_attr_getstacksize, pthread_attr_setstackaddr, pthread_attr_getstackaddr, pthread_attr_setdetachstate, pthread_attr_getdetachstate (3P) - initialize thread attributes
pthread_attr_setguardsize, pthread_attr_getguardsize (3P) - get or set the thread guardsize attribute
pthread_attr_setinheritsched, pthread_attr_getinheritsched (3P) - thread scheduling inheritance attributes
pthread_attr_setschedparam, pthread_attr_getschedparam (3P) - manage thread scheduling priority attributes
pthread_attr_setschedpolicy, pthread_attr_getschedpolicy (3P) - manage scheduling policy attributes
pthread_attr_setscope, pthread_attr_getscope (3P) - thread scheduling scope attributes
pthread_cancel (3P) - request cancellation of a thread
pthread_cleanup_push, pthread_cleanup_pop (3P) - manage thread cleanup handlers
pthread_cond_init, pthread_cond_signal, pthread_cond_broadcast, pthread_cond_wait, pthread_cond_timedwait, pthread_cond_destroy (3P) - condition variables
pthread_condattr_init, pthread_condattr_destroy (3P) - initialize/destroy a condition variable attribute object
pthread_condattr_setpshared, pthread_condattr_getpshared (3P) - set and get condition variable process-shared attribute
pthread_create (3P) - create and start a thread
pthread_detach (3P) - detach a thread
pthread_equal (3P) - compare thread identifiers
pthread_exit (3P) - terminate the calling thread
pthread_join (3P) - wait for thread termination
pthread_key_create (3P) - thread-specific data key creation
pthread_key_delete (3P) - thread-specific data key deletion
pthread_kill (3P) - deliver a signal to a thread
pthread_mutex_init, pthread_mutex_lock, pthread_mutex_trylock, pthread_mutex_unlock, pthread_mutex_destroy (3P) - mutual exclusion locks
pthread_mutex_setprioceiling, pthread_mutex_getprioceiling (3P) - set/get a mutex's priority ceiling
pthread_mutexattr_init, pthread_mutexattr_destroy (3P) - initialize/destroy a mutex attribute object
pthread_mutexattr_setprotocol, pthread_mutexattr_getprotocol, pthread_mutexattr_setprioceiling, pthread_mutexattr_getprioceiling (3P) - set/get a mutex attribute object's priority and protocol
pthread_mutexattr_setpshared, pthread_mutexattr_getpshared (3P) - set and get mutex process-shared attribute
pthread_mutexattr_settype, pthread_mutexattr_gettype (3P) - set/get a mutex attribute object's type
pthread_once (3P) - thread-safe initialization
pthread_rwlock_init, pthread_rwlock_destroy (3P) - initialize/destroy a read- write lock object
pthread_rwlock_rdlock, pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock (3P) - lock a read-write lock object for reading
pthread_rwlock_unlock (3P) - unlock a read-write lock object
pthread_rwlock_wrlock, pthread_rwlock_trywrlock (3P) - lock a read-write lock object for writing
pthread_rwlockattr_init, pthread_rwlockattr_destroy (3P) - initialize/destroy a read-write lock attribute object
pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared, pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared (3P) - set/get a read-write lock attribute object's process-shared attribute
pthread_self (3P) - identify a thread
pthread_setcancelstate, pthread_setcanceltype, pthread_testcancel (3P) - manage cancelability of a thread
pthread_setconcurrency, pthread_getconcurrency (3P) - modify scheduling concurrency
pthread_setrunon_np, pthread_getrunon_np (3P) - thread CPU scheduling affinity
pthread_setschedparam, pthread_getschedparam (3P) - change thread scheduling
pthread_setspecific, pthread_getspecific (3P) - thread-specific data management
pthread_sigmask (3P) - examine and change blocked signals
ptsname (3C) - get name of the slave pseudo-terminal device
publickey: getpublickey, getsecretkey (3N) - retrieve public or secret key
PuiCreatePrintBox (3X) - creates a PrintBox widget
PuiCreatePrintDialog (3X) - create a PrintBox dialog
PuiPrintBox (3X) - print spooler interface widget
PuiPrintBoxDoPrint (3X) - invoke PrintBox printing
PuiPrintBoxGetChild (3X) - access a PrintBox widget component
pupmod, endpup (3G) - obsolete routines
pupmod, endpup (3G) - obsolete routines
pupmode, endpupmode (3G) - obsolete routines
pupmode, endpupmode (3G) - obsolete routines
pushat (3G) - pushes down the attribute stack
pushattributes (3G) - pushes down the attribute stack
pushma (3G) - pushes down the transformation matrix stack
pushmatrix (3G) - pushes down the transformation matrix stack
pushna (3G) - pushes a new name on the name stack
pushname (3G) - pushes a new name on the name stack
pushvi (3G) - pushes down the viewport stack
pushviewport (3G) - pushes down the viewport stack
putc, fputc (3F) - write a character to a Fortran logical unit
putc, putchar, fputc, putw, putc_unlocked, putchar_unlocked (3S) - put character or word on a stream
putenv (3C) - change or add value to environment
putenv (3F) - change or add Fortran environment variable
putpwent (3C) - write password file entry
puts (3Tcl) - Write to a file
puts, fputs (3S) - put a string on a stream
putspent (3C) - write shadow password file entry
putwc, putwchar, fputwc (3S) - put wchar_t character on a stream
putws, fputws (3S) - put a wchar_t string on a stream
pwd (3Tcl) - Return the current working directory
pwlcur (3G) - describes a piecewise linear trimming curve for NURBS surfaces
pwlcurve (3G) - describes a piecewise linear trimming curve for NURBS surfaces
PXFACCESS (3F) - Checks the accessibility of a named file
PXFALARM (3F) - Schedule alarm signal
PXFCHDIR (3F) - Changes the current directory to a specified directory
PXFCHMOD (3F) - Sets file modes for a named file
PXFCHOWN (3F) - Changes the owner and group of a file
PXFCHROOT (3F) - Changes the root directory to a specified directory
PXFCLEARENV (3F) - Clears all environment variables
PXFCONST, PXFISCONST, IPXFCONST (3F) - Returns the value associated with symbolic constants
PXFCREAT (3F) - Creates a new file or rewrites an existing file
PXFCTERMID (3F) - Generates terminal pathname
PXFESTRGET (3F) - Accesses a single string element of a structure component that is an array
PXFEXECV, PXFEXECVE, PXFEXECVP (3F) - Executes a new process image file
PXFFASTEXIT (3F) - Terminates a Fortran program
PXFFCNTL (3F) - Provides a subset of fcntl(2) functionality, except the third argument is always an integer
PXFFILENO (3F) - Returns the file descriptor for a specified unit
PXFFORK (3F) - Creates a process
PXFGETARG (3F) - Returns a command-line argument
PXFGETCWD (3F) - Gets the pathname of the working directory
PXFGETEGID (3F) - Gets the effective group ID
PXFGETENV (3F) - Returns a value for the environment name
PXFGETEUID (3F) - Gets effective user ID
PXFGETGID (3F) - Gets the real group ID
PXFGETGRGID (3F) - Gets group information using the group ID
PXFGETGRNAM (3F) - Gets group information using the group name
PXFGETGROUPS (3F) - Gets supplementary group IDs
PXFGETLOGIN (3F) - Gets user name
PXFGETPGRP (3F) - Gets the process group ID
PXFGETPID (3F) - Gets the process ID
PXFGETPPID (3F) - Gets the parent process ID
PXFGETPWNAM (3F) - Gets password information about login name
PXFGETPWUID (3F) - Gets password information by using user ID
PXFGETUID (3F) - Gets the real user ID
PXFINTGET (3F) - Allows values stored in individual components of a structure to be extracted and used
PXFINTSET (3F) - Allows components of a structure to be set or modified
PXFISATTY (3F) - Determines if file descriptor corresponds to a valid file descriptor
PXFISBLK (3F) - Tests for block special file
PXFISCHR (3F) - Tests for character special file
PXFISDIR (3F) - Tests for directory file
PXFISFIFO (3F) - Tests for pipe or a FIFO special file
PXFISREG (3F) - Tests for regular file
PXFKILL (3F) - Sends a signal to a process or group of processes
PXFLINK (3F) - Creates a link to a file
PXFLOCALTIME (3F) - Converts to local time
PXFOPEN (3F) - Provides a Fortran interface to the open(2) system call
PXFOPENDIR, PXFREADDIR, PXFREWINDDIR, PXFCLOSEDIR, (3F) - Performs directory operations
PXFPAUSE (3F) - Suspends process execution until signal
PXFRENAME (3F) - Renames a file
PXFRMDIR (3F) - Removes a directory entry
PXFSETENV (3F) - Sets environment variable pair
PXFSETGID (3F) - Sets group ID
PXFSETPGID (3F) - Set process group ID
PXFSETSID (3F) - Creates a new session for a calling process
PXFSETUID (3F) - Sets user ID
PXFSIGADDSET (3F) - Adds an individual signal to the specified signal set
PXFSIGDELSET (3F) - Deletes an individual signal in the specified signal set
PXFSIGEMPTYSET (3F) - Initializes signal set such that all signals defined in POSIX standard are excluded
PXFSIGFILLSET (3F) - Initializes signal set such that all signals defined in POSIX standard are included
PXFSIGISMEMBER (3F) - Determines if the specified signal is a member of the specified signal set
PXFSIGPENDING (3F) - Examines pending signals
PXFSIGPROCMASK (3F) - Examines and changes blocked signals
PXFSIGSUSPEND (3F) - Waits for a signal
PXFSLEEP (3F) - Delays process execution
PXFSTAT (3F) - Retrieves the file status
PXFSTRGET (3F) - Allows values stored in individual components of a structure to be extracted and used
PXFSTRSET (3F) - Allows values stored in individual components of a structure to be set
PXFSTRUCTCOPY (3F) - Copies structure
PXFSTRUCTCREATE (3F) - Creates an instance of the desired structure and returns a nonzero handle in the argument jhandle
PXFSTRUCTFREE (3F) - Deletes the instance of the structure referenced by jhandle
PXFSYSCONF (3F) - Retrieves the value of configurable system variables
PXFTIME (3F) - Gets system time
PXFTIMES (3F) - Gets process times
PXFUCOMPARE (3F) - Compares unsigned integers
PXFUMASK (3F) - Sets the file creation mask
PXFUNAME (3F) - Retrieves the operating system name
PXFUNLINK (3F) - Removes a directory entry
PXFUTIME (3F) - Sets access and modification times of a file
PXFWAIT, PXFWAITPID (3F) - Obtains information about a calling process' child process
PXFWIFEXITED (3F) - Determines if child process exited with exit
PXFWIFSIGNALED (3F) - Determines if the child process terminated because of a signal
PXFWIFSTOPPED (3F) - Determines if a child process has stopped
pxlmap (3G) - define pixel transfer LUTs
pxlxfr (3G) - sets pixel/texel transfer modes
qcontrol (3G) - administers event queue
qdevic (3G) - queues a device
qdevice (3G) - queues a device
qenter (3G) - creates an event queue entry
qenter (3G) - creates an event queue entry
qgetfd (3G) - get the read file descriptor associated with the event queue
qgetfd (3G) - get the read file descriptor associated with the event queue
qread (3G) - reads the first entry in the event queue
qread (3G) - reads the first entry in the event queue
qreset (3G) - empties the event queue
qreset (3G) - empties the event queue
qsort (3C) - quicker sort
qsort (3F) - quick sort
qtest (3G) - checks the contents of the event queue
qtest (3G) - checks the contents of the event queue
radiobutton (3Tk) - Create and manipulate radiobutton widgets
RADIX (3I) - Returns the base number from the real or integer number models
raise (3C) - send signal to executing program
raise (3Tk) - Change a window's position in the stacking order
ran (3F) - Pseudo random number generator
rand, irand, srand (3F) - random number generator
rand, srand, rand_r (3C) - simple random-number generator
random, srandom, initstate, setstate (3B) - better random number generator; routines for changing generators
RANDOM_NUMBER (3I) - Returns pseudorandom numbers
RANDOM_SEED (3I) - Restarts or queries the pseudorandom number generator
RANGE (3I) - Returns the decimal exponent range of a number according to the real or integer model
rcmd, rresvport, ruserok (3N) - routines for returning a stream to a remote command
rcrv (3G) - draws a rational curve
rcrv (3G) - draws a rational curve
rcrvn (3G) - draws a series of curve segments
rcrvn (3G) - draws a series of curve segments
rdr, rdri, rdrs, rdr2, rdr2i, rdr2s (3G) - relative draw
rdr, rdri, rdrs, rdr2, rdr2i, rdr2s (3G) - relative draw
re (3) - Perl pragma to alter regular expression behaviour
re_comp, re_exec (3B) - regular expression handler
read (3Tcl) - Read from a file
readco (3G) - sets the component source within the framebuffer source for pixels that various routines read, useful primarily for monochrome image processing.
readcomponent (3G) - sets the component source within the framebuffer source for pixels that various routines read, useful primarily for monochrome image processing.
readdi (3G) - reads a rectangular screen region, returning displayed pixel colors in a packed RGB format.
readdisplay (3G) - reads a rectangular screen region, returning displayed pixel colors in a packed RGB format.
readpi (3G) - returns values of specific pixels
readpixels (3G) - returns values of specific pixels
readRG (3G) - gets values of specific pixels
readRGB (3G) - gets values of specific pixels
readso (3G) - sets the source for pixels that various routines read
readsource (3G) - sets the source for pixels that various routines read
REAL, DREAL, QREAL, FLOAT, FLOATI, FLOATJ, FLOATK, DFLOAT, DFLOATI, DFLOATJ, DFLOATK, QFLOAT, QFLOATI, QFLOATJ, QFLOATK, SNGL, SNGLQ (3I) - Converts to type real
realpath (3C) - returns the real file name
recno (3) - record number database access method
rect, recti, rects (3G) - outlines a rectangular region
rect, recti, rects (3G) - outlines a rectangular region
rectco (3G) - copies a rectangle of pixels with an optional zoom
rectcopy (3G) - copies a rectangle of pixels with an optional zoom
rectf, rectfi, rectfs (3G) - fills a rectangular area
rectf, rectfi, rectfs (3G) - fills a rectangular area
RectObj (3) - The RectObj widget class
RectObj (3X) - The RectObj widget class
rectre, lrectr (3G) - reads a rectangular array of pixels into CPU memory
rectre, lrectr (3G) - reads a rectangular array of pixels into CPU memory
rectread, lrectread (3G) - reads a rectangular array of pixels into CPU memory
rectread, lrectread (3G) - reads a rectangular array of pixels into CPU memory
rectwr, lrectw (3G) - draws a rectangular array of pixels into the frame buffer
rectwr, lrectw (3G) - draws a rectangular array of pixels into the frame buffer
rectwrite, lrectwrite (3G) - draws a rectangular array of pixels into the frame buffer
rectwrite, lrectwrite (3G) - draws a rectangular array of pixels into the frame buffer
rectzo (3G) - specifies the zoom for rectangular pixel copies and writes
rectzoom (3G) - specifies the zoom for rectangular pixel copies and writes
recv, recvfrom, recvmsg (3N) - receive a message from a socket
regcmp, regex (3G) - compile and execute regular expression
regcomp: regexec, regerror, regfree (3G) - regular expression matching
regexp (3Tcl) - Match a regular expression against a string
regexpr: compile, step, advance (3G) - regular expression compile and match routines
registerinethost (3N) - allocate internet address for workstation
regsub (3Tcl) - Perform substitutions based on regular expression pattern matching
remove (3C) - remove file
rename (3F) - rename a file
rename (3Tcl) - Rename or delete a command
renamehost (3N) - rename the existing hostname in NIS hosts database
REPEAT (3I) - Concatenates several copies of a string
res_hnok, res_ownok, res_mailok, res_dnok (3C) - name service record validity routines
res_isourserver, res_nameinquery, res_queriesmatch, res_querydomain, res_randomid (3C) - resolver query utilities
res_query, res_search, res_mkquery, res_send, res_init, dn_comp, dn_expand (3N) - resolver routines
res_send_setqhook, res_send_setrhook (3C) - interface to resolver hooks
resetl (3G) - controls the continuity of linestyles
resetls (3G) - controls the continuity of linestyles
reshap (3G) - sets the viewport to the dimensions of the current graphics window
RESHAPE (3I) - Constructs an array of a specified shape
reshapeviewport (3G) - sets the viewport to the dimensions of the current graphics window
return (3Tcl) - Return from a procedure
rexec (3N) - return stream to a remote command
RGBcol (3G) - sets the current color in RGB mode
RGBcolor (3G) - sets the current color in RGB mode
RGBcur (3G) - obsolete routine
RGBcursor (3G) - obsolete routine
RGBmod (3G) - sets a rendering and display mode that bypasses the color map
RGBmode (3G) - sets a rendering and display mode that bypasses the color map
RGBran (3G) - obsolete routine
RGBrange (3G) - obsolete routine
RGBsiz (3G) - specifies the number of bit planes desired to comprise each single-color component buffer.
RGBsize (3G) - specifies the number of bit planes desired to comprise each single-color component buffer.
RGBwri (3G) - grants write access to a subset of available bitplanes
RGBwritemask (3G) - grants write access to a subset of available bitplanes
ringbe (3G) - rings the keyboard bell
ringbell (3G) - rings the keyboard bell
rmtops (3) - remote tape drive access routines
rmv, rmvi, rmvs, rmv2, rmv2i, rmv2s (3G) - relative move
rmv, rmvi, rmvs, rmv2, rmv2i, rmv2s (3G) - relative move
RNLECHO (3F) - Specifies output unit for NAMELIST error messages and echo lines
RNLFLAG, RNLDELM, RNLSEP, RNLREP, RNLCOMM (3F) - Manipulates characters recognized by NAMELIST
RNLSKIP (3F) - Takes appropriate action when an undesired NAMELIST group is encountered
RNLTYPE (3F) - Determines action if type mismatch occurs across equal sign on NAMELIST input record
rnusers, rusers (3R) - return information about users on remote machines
rotate, rot (3G) - rotates the current matrix
rotate, rot (3G) - rotates the current matrix
rpatch (3G) - draws a rational surface patch
rpatch (3G) - draws a rational surface patch
rpc (3N) - library routines for remote procedure calls
rpc (3R) - Remote Procedure Call (RPC) library routines
rpc_clnt_auth: auth_destroy, authnone_create, authsys_create, authsys_create_default (3N) - library routines for client side remote procedure call authentication
rpc_clnt_calls: clnt_call, clnt_freeres, clnt_geterr, clnt_perrno, clnt_perror, clnt_sperrno, clnt_sperror, rpc_broadcast, rpc_call (3N) - library routines for client side calls
rpc_clnt_create: clnt_control, clnt_create, clnt_destroy, clnt_dg_create, clnt_pcreateerror, clnt_raw_create, clnt_spcreateerror, clnt_tli_create, clnt_tp_create, clnt_vc_create (3N) - library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
rpc_control (3N) - library routine for manipulating global RPC attributes for client and server applications
rpc_svc_calls: rpc_reg, svc_reg, svc_unreg, xprt_register, xprt_unregister (3N) - library routines for registering servers
rpc_svc_create: svc_create, svc_destroy, svc_dg_create, svc_fd_create, svc_raw_create, svc_tli_create, svc_tp_create, svc_vc_create (3N) - library routines for dealing with the creation of server handles
rpc_svc_err: svcerr_auth, svcerr_decode, svcerr_noproc, svcerr_noprog, svcerr_progvers, svcerr_systemerr, svcerr_weakauth (3N) - library routines for server side remote procedure call errors
rpc_svc_reg: svc_freeargs, svc_getargs, svc_getreqset, svc_getrpccaller, svc_run, svc_sendreply (3N) - library routines for RPC servers
rpc_xdr: xdr_accepted_reply, xdr_authunix_parms, xdr_authsys_parms, xdr_callhdr, xdr_callmsg, xdr_opaque_auth, xdr_rejected_reply, xdr_replymsg (3N) - XDR library routines for remote procedure calls
rpcbind: rpcb_getmaps, rpcb_getaddr, rpcb_gettime, rpcb_rmtcall, rpcb_set, rpcb_unset (3N) - library routines for RPC bind service
rpdr, rpdri, rpdrs, rpdr2, rpdr2i, rpdr2s (3G) - relative polygon draw
rpdr, rpdri, rpdrs, rpdr2, rpdr2i, rpdr2s (3G) - relative polygon draw
rpmv, rpmvi, rpmvs, rpmv2, rpmv2i, rpmv2s (3G) - relative polygon move
rpmv, rpmvi, rpmvs, rpmv2, rpmv2i, rpmv2s (3G) - relative polygon move
rquota (3R) - implement quotas on remote machines
RRSPACING (3I) - Returns the reciprocal of the relative spacing of numeric model numbers near the argument value
rtmon_log_user_tstamp (3) - REACT/Pro user timestamp logging
rw_hashmap (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
rw_hashmultimap (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
rw_hashmultiset (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
rw_hashset (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
rw_slist<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
rwall (3R) - write to specified remote machines
RWAuditStreamBuffer (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWBag (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWBagIterator (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWBench (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWBinaryTree (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWBinaryTreeIterator (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWbistream (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWBitVec (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWbostream (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWBTree (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWBTreeDictionary (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWBTreeOnDisk (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWBufferedPageHeap (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWCacheManager (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWCLIPstreambuf (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWCollectable (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWCollectableAssociation (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWCollectableDate (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWCollectableInt (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWCollectableString (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWCollectableTime (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWCollection (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWCRegexp (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWCRExpr (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWCString (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWCSubString (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWCTokenizer (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWDate (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWDDEstreambuf (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWDiskPageHeap (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWDlistCollectables (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWDlistCollectablesIterator (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWeistream (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWeostream (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWFactory (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWFile (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWFileManager (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWGBitVec(size) (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWGDlist(type) (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWGDlistIterator(type) (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWGOrderedVector(val) (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWGQueue(type) (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWGSlist(type) (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWGSlistIterator(type) (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWGSortedVector(val) (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWGStack(type) (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWGVector(val) (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWHashDictionary (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWHashDictionaryIterator (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWHashTable (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWHashTableIterator (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWIdentityDictionary (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWIdentitySet (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWInteger (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWIterator (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWLocale (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWLocaleSnapshot (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWModel (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWModelClient (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWOrdered (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWOrderedIterator (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWpistream (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWpostream (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWSequenceable (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWSet (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWSetIterator (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWSlistCollectables (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWSlistCollectablesIterator (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWSlistCollectablesQueue (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWSlistCollectablesStack (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWSortedVector (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTBitVec<size> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTime (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTimer (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTIsvDlist<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTIsvDlistIterator<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTIsvSlist<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTIsvSlistIterator<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrDeque<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrDlist<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrDlistIterator<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrHashDictionary<K,V> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrHashDictionaryIterator<K,V> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrHashMap<K,T,H,EQ> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrHashMapIterator<K,T,H,EQ> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrHashMultiMap<K,T,H,EQ> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrHashMultiMapIterator<K,T,H,EQ> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrHashMultiSet<T,H,EQ> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrHashMultiSetIterator<T,H,EQ> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrHashSet<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrHashSetIterator<T,H,EQ> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrHashTable<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrHashTableIterator<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrMap<K,T,C> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrMapIterator<K,T,C> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrMultiMap<K,T,C> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrMultiMapIterator<K,T,C> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrMultiSet<T,C> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrMultiSetIterator<T,C> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrOrderedVector<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrSet<T,C> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrSetIterator<T,C> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrSlist<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrSlistIterator<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrSortedDlist<T,C> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrSortedDlistIterator<T,C> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrSortedVector<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTPtrVector<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTQueue<T,C> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTStack<T,C> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValDeque<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValDlist<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValDlistIterator<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValHashDictionary<K,V> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValHashDictionaryIterator<K,V> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValHashMap<K,T,H,EQ> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValHashMapIterator<K,T,H,EQ> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValHashMultiMap<K,T,H,EQ> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValHashMultiMapIterator<K,T,H,EQ> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValHashMultiSet<T,H,EQ> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValHashMultiSetIterator<T,H,EQ> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValHashSet<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValHashSetIterator<T,H,EQ> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValHashTable<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValHashTableIterator<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValMap<K,T,C> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValMapIterator<K,T,C> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValMultiMap<K,T,C> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValMultiMapIterator<K,T,C> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValMultiSet<T,C> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValMultiSetIterator<T,C> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValOrderedVector<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValSet<T,C> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValSetIterator<T,C> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValSlist<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValSlistIterator<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValSortedDlist<T,C> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValSortedDlistIterator<T,C> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValSortedVector<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValVector<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWTValVirtualArray<T> (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWvios (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWVirtualPageHeap (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWvistream (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWvostream (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWWString (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWWSubString (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWWTokenizer (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWXDRistream (Unix only) (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWXDRostream (Unix only) (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWZone (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
RWZoneSimple (3C++) - Rogue Wave library class
Safe (3) - Compile and execute code in restricted compartments
SASUM, DASUM, SCASUM, DZASUM (3F) - Sums the absolute value of elements in a real or complex vector
SASUM, DASUM, SCASUM, DZASUM (3S) - Sums the absolute value of elements in a real or complex vector
sat_eventtostr, sat_strtoevent (3L) - convert an audit event index to/from an audit event string
sat_intrp_pathname (3) - Portable interface to interpret sat_pathname structs.
sat_read_file_info, sat_write_file_info, sat_free_file_info (3C) - Portable interfaces to read audit file headers
sat_read_header_info, sat_free_header_info (3C) - Portable interfaces to read audit record headers
sat_write_filehdr, sat_close_filehdr (3) - write audit file header, write close time to audit file header
SAXPBY, DAXPBY, CAXPBY, ZAXPBY (3S) - Adds a scalar multiple of a Single precision or complex vector x to a scalar multiple of another Single precision or complex vector y
SAXPY, CAXPY, DAXPY, ZAXPY (3F) - Adds a scalar multiple of a real or complex vector to another real or complex vector
SAXPY, CAXPY, DAXPY, ZAXPY (3S) - Adds a scalar multiple of a real or complex vector to another real or complex vector
SBDSDC (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real N-by-N (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix B
SBDSQR (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real N-by-N (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix B
sbox, sboxi, sboxs (3G) - draw a screen-aligned rectangle
sbox, sboxi, sboxs (3G) - draw a screen-aligned rectangle
sboxf, sboxfi, sboxfs (3G) - draw a filled screen-aligned rectangle
sboxf, sboxfi, sboxfs (3G) - draw a filled screen-aligned rectangle
SCAbort (3) - abort the current scan
scale (3G) - scales and mirrors the current matrix
scale (3G) - scales and mirrors the current matrix
SCALE (3I) - Returns (x)(b**i), where b is the base in the real number model representation of x
scale (3Tk) - Create and manipulate scale widgets
SCAN (3I) - Scans a string for any one of the characters in a set of characters
scan (3Tcl) - Parse string using conversion specifiers in the style of sscanf
scandir, scandir64, alphasort, alphasort64 (3C) - scan a directory
scanf, fscanf, sscanf (3S) - convert formatted input
SCClose (3) - close a connection with a scanning device
SCDefaultScannerName (3) - Getting the default scanner name
SCFeederGetFlags, SCFeederSetFlags, SCFeederAdvance, SCFeederReady (3) - scanner document feeder functions
SCFFT, DZFFT, CSFFT, ZDFFT (3S) - Computes a real-to-complex or complex-to- real Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
SCFFT2D, DZFFT2D, CSFFT2D, ZDFFT2D (3S) - Applies a two-dimensional real-to- complex or complex-to-real Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
SCFFT3D, DZFFT3D, CSFFT3D, ZDFFT3D (3S) - Applies a three-dimensional real- to-complex Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
SCFFTF, SCFFTMF, SCFFT2DF, SCFFT3DF, DZFFTF, DZFFTMF, DZFFT2DF, DZFFT3DF (3S) - Deallocate memory tacked on to the table array during initialization
SCFFTM, DZFFTM, CSFFTM, ZDFFTM (3S) - Applies multiple real-to-complex or complex-to-real Fast Fourier Transforms (FFTs)
SCGetDataTypes (3) - determine the data types supported by a scanner
SCGetEventFD, SCEventPending, SCGetEvent (3) - Receiving events from scanner drivers
SCGetPageSize (3) - determine the scannable area of a scanning device
SCGetSaveOptions, SCSetSaveOptions (3) - Getting and setting saved scanner specific options
SCGetScanLine, SCGetFD, SCDataReady (3) - retrieving scan data
SCGetScannerRes, SCGetMinMaxRes (3) - Determining the resolutions supported by a scanner driver
SCGetScanSize (3) - Determine the amount of image data to be scanned
SCGetStatus, SCGetStatusFD (3) - Get status information about a scanner
SCGetUserInfo (3) - Get information about who is using a scanner
sclear (3G) - clear the stencil planes to a specified value
sclear (3G) - clear the stencil planes to a specified value
SCOpen, SCOpenScreen, SCOpenFile (3) - establishing a connection with a scanning device
SCOptions, SCHasOptions (3) - scanner specific options
SCOPY, DCOPY, CCOPY, ZCOPY (3F) - Copies a real or complex vector into another real or complex vector
SCOPY, DCOPY, CCOPY, ZCOPY (3S) - Copies a real or complex vector into another real or complex vector
SCPerror, SCErrorString (3) - Reporting error messages to the user
scrbox (3g) - control the screen box
scrbox (3g) - control the screen box
screen (3G) - map world space to absolute screen coordinates
screenspace (3G) - map world space to absolute screen coordinates
scrmas (3G) - defines a rectangular screen clipping mask
scrmask (3G) - defines a rectangular screen clipping mask
scrnat (3G) - attaches the input focus to a screen
scrnattach (3G) - attaches the input focus to a screen
scrnse (3G) - selects the screen upon which new windows are placed
scrnselect (3G) - selects the screen upon which new windows are placed
scrollbar (3Tk) - Create and manipulate scrollbar widgets
scrsub (3G) - subdivide lines and polygons to a screen-space limit
scrsubdivide (3G) - subdivide lines and polygons to a screen-space limit
SCScan, SCScanFD (3) - start scanning from a scanning device.
SCSetScanEnt, SCGetScanEnt, SCEndScanEnt (3) - Getting information about installed scanners
SCSetup (3) - set scanning parameters
SCSUM1 (3S) - take the sum of the absolute values of a complex vector and returns a single precision result
SDBM_File (3) - Tied access to sdbm files
SDISNA (3S) - compute the reciprocal condition numbers for the eigenvectors of a real symmetric or complex Hermitian matrix or for the left or right singular vectors of a general m-by-n matrix
SDOT, DDOT, CDOTC, ZDOTC, CDOTU, ZDOTU (3F) - Computes a dot product (inner product) of two real or complex vectors
SDOT, DDOT, CDOTC, ZDOTC, CDOTU, ZDOTU (3S) - Computes a dot product (inner product) of two real or complex vectors
Search::Dict, look (3) - search for key in dictionary file
SECOND (3F) - Returns elapsed CPU time
SECOND (3S) - return the user time for a process in seconds
SECONDR (3F) - Returns elapsed wall-clock time in seconds
secure_rpc: authdes_seccreate, authdes_getucred, getnetname, host2netname, key_decryptsession, key_encryptsession, key_gendes, key_setsecret, netname2host, netname2user, user2netname (3N) - library routines for secure remote procedure calls
seek (3Tcl) - Change the access position for an open file
SELECTED_INT_KIND (3I) - Returns an integer kind type parameter
SELECTED_REAL_KIND (3I) - Returns the real kind type parameter
selection (3Tk) - Manipulate the X selection
SelectSaver (3) - save and restore selected file handle
SelfLoader (3) - load functions only on demand
sem_close (3C) - close a posix named semaphore
sem_destroy (3C) - deinitialize a posix unnamed semaphore
sem_getvalue (3C) - get the value of a posix named or unnamed semaphore
sem_init (3C) - initialize a posix unnamed semaphore
sem_mode (3C) - set the operation mode of a POSIX unnamed semaphore
sem_open (3C) - open a posix named semaphore
sem_post (3C) - release a posix named or unnamed semaphore
sem_print (3C) - print the state of a POSIX semaphore
sem_wait, sem_trywait (3C) - acquire a posix named or unnamed semaphore
send (3Tk) - Execute a command in a different application
send, sendto, sendmsg (3N) - send a message from a socket
set (3Tcl) - Read and write variables
SET_EXPONENT (3I) - Sets exponent part of a number
SET_IEEE_EXCEPTION (3I) - Sets floating-point exception indicator
SET_IEEE_EXCEPTIONS (3I) - Restores the caller's floating-point status prior to exiting a procedure
SET_IEEE_INTERRUPTS (3I) - Restores floating-point interrupt status before exiting a procedure
SET_IEEE_ROUNDING_MODE (3I) - Alters current floating-point rounding mode state and restores the floating-point rounding mode before exiting a procedure
SET_IEEE_STATUS (3I) - Restores floating-point status
setbel (3G) - sets the duration of the beep of the keyboard bell
setbell (3G) - sets the duration of the beep of the keyboard bell
setbuf, setvbuf, setbuffer, setlinebuf (3F) - assign buffering to a stream logical unit
setcat (3C) - define default catalog
setcur (3G) - sets the cursor characteristics
setcursor (3G) - sets the cursor characteristics
setdbl (3G) - sets the lights on the dial and button box
setdblights (3G) - sets the lights on the dial and button box
setdep (3G) - obsolete routine
setdepth (3G) - obsolete routine
seteuid, setruid, setegid, setrgid (3C) - set user and group IDs
sethostresorder (3N) - specify order of host-address resolution services
setjmp, longjmp, sigsetjmp, siglongjmp, _setjmp, _longjmp (3C) - non-local gotos
setlabel (3C) - define the label for pfmt and lfmt.
setlin (3G) - selects a linestyle pattern
setlinestyle (3G) - selects a linestyle pattern
setlocale (3C) - modify and query a program's locale
setmap (3G) - selects one of the small color maps provided by multimap mode
setmap (3G) - selects one of the small color maps provided by multimap mode
setmntent, getmntent, addmntent, getmntany, endmntent, hasmntopt (3) - get file system descriptor file entry
setmon (3G) - sets the monitor type
setmonitor (3G) - sets the monitor type
setnur (3G) - sets a property for the display of trimmed NURBS surfaces
setnurbsproperty (3G) - sets a property for the display of trimmed NURBS surfaces
setpat (3G) - selects a pattern for filling polygons and rectangles
setpattern (3G) - selects a pattern for filling polygons and rectangles
setpup (3G) - sets the display characteristics of a given pop up menu entry
setpup (3G) - sets the display characteristics of a given pop up menu entry
setsha (3G) - obsolete routine
setshade (3G) - obsolete routine
setval (3G) - assigns an initial value and a range to a valuator
setvaluator (3G) - assigns an initial value and a range to a valuator
setvid, getvid (3G) - set and get video registers
setvid, getvid (3G) - set and get video registers
setvideo, getvideo (3G) - set and get video registers
setvideo, getvideo (3G) - set and get video registers
SgArc (3X) - Arc widget designed for use with SgGraph.
SgArc (3X) - Arc widget designed for use with SgGraph.
SGBBRD (3S) - reduce a real general m-by-n band matrix A to upper bidiagonal form B by an orthogonal transformation
SGBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a real general band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm,
SGBEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N band matrix A and reduce its condition number
SGBMV, DGBMV, CGBMV, ZGMBV (3F) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex general band matrix
SGBMV, DGBMV, CGBMV, ZGMBV (3S) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex general band matrix
SGBRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SGBSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is a band matrix of order N with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
SGBSVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
SGBTF2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a real m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
SGBTRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a real m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
SGBTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B or A' * X = B with a general band matrix A using the LU factorization computed by SGBTRF
SgColorChooser (3X) - The ColorChooser widget class
SgColorChooser (3X) - The ColorChooser widget class
SgColorChooserGetColor (3X) - A ColorChooser function that gets the selected color of the ColorChooser
SgColorChooserGetColor (3X) - A ColorChooser function that gets the selected color of the ColorChooser
SgColorChooserSetColor (3X) - A ColorChooser function that sets the selected color of the ColorChooser
SgColorChooserSetColor (3X) - A ColorChooser function that sets the selected color of the ColorChooser
SgColorChooserSetCurrentColor (3X) - A ColorChooser function that sets the selected color of the ColorChooser without changing the stored color
SgColorChooserSetCurrentColor (3X) - A ColorChooser function that sets the selected color of the ColorChooser without changing the stored color
SgColorChooserSetStoredColor (3X) - A ColorChooser function that sets the color of the ColorChooser's stored color swatch
SgColorChooserSetStoredColor (3X) - A ColorChooser function that sets the color of the ColorChooser's stored color swatch
SgCreateColorChooser (3X) - The ColorChooser widget creation function
SgCreateColorChooser (3X) - The ColorChooser widget creation function
SgCreateColorChooserDialog (3X) - The ColorChooser ColorChooserDialog convenience creation function
SgCreateColorChooserDialog (3X) - The ColorChooser ColorChooserDialog convenience creation function
SgCreateDropPocket (3X) - The DropPocket widget creation function
SgCreateDropPocket (3X) - The DropPocket widget creation function
SgCreateDynaMenu (3X) - The DynaMenu widget creation function
SgCreateDynaMenu (3X) - The DynaMenu widget creation function
SgCreateFileSelectionBox (3X) - The FileSelectionBox widget creation function
SgCreateFileSelectionBox (3X) - The FileSelectionBox widget creation function
SgCreateFileSelectionDialog (3X) - The FileSelectionDialog convenience creation function
SgCreateFileSelectionDialog (3X) - The FileSelectionDialog convenience creation function
SgCreateFinder (3X) - The Finder widget creation function
SgCreateFinder (3X) - The Finder widget creation function
SgCreateVisualDrawingArea (3X) - The VisualDrawingArea widget creation function
SgCreateVisualDrawingArea (3X) - The VisualDrawingArea widget creation function
SgDial (3X) - The Dial widget class
SgDial (3X) - The Dial widget class
SgDropPocket (3X) - The DropPocket widget class
SgDropPocket (3X) - The DropPocket widget class
SgDynaMenu (3X) - The DynaMenu widget class
SgDynaMenu (3X) - The DynaMenu widget class
SgDynaMenuAddItem (3X) - A DynaMenu function that adds an item to the DynaMenu history list
SgDynaMenuAddItem (3X) - A DynaMenu function that adds an item to the DynaMenu history list
SgDynaMenuClearHistory (3X) - A DynaMenu function that deletes all items from the DynaMenu history list
SgDynaMenuClearHistory (3X) - A DynaMenu function that deletes all items from the DynaMenu history list
SGEBAK (3S) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a real general matrix by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced matrix output by SGEBAL
SGEBAL (3S) - balance a general real matrix A
SGEBD2 (3S) - reduce a real general m by n matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form B by an orthogonal transformation
SGEBRD (3S) - reduce a general real M-by-N matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form B by an orthogonal transformation
SGECON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a general real matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm, using the LU factorization computed by SGETRF
SGEEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N matrix A and reduce its condition number
SGEES (3S) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the real Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
SGEESX (3S) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the real Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
SGEEV (3S) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
SGEEVX (3S) - compute for an N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
SGEGS (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine SGGES
SGEGV (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine SGGEV
SGEHD2 (3S) - reduce a real general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SGEHRD (3S) - reduce a real general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SGELQ2 (3S) - compute an LQ factorization of a real m by n matrix A
SGELQF (3S) - compute an LQ factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A
SGELS (3S) - solve overdetermined or underdetermined real linear systems involving an M-by-N matrix A, or its transpose, using a QR or LQ factorization of A
SGELSD (3S) - compute the minimum-norm solution to a real linear least squares problem
SGELSS (3S) - compute the minimum norm solution to a real linear least squares problem
SGELSX (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine SGELSY
SGELSY (3S) - compute the minimum-norm solution to a real linear least squares problem
SGEMM, DGEMM, CGEMM, ZGEMM (3F) - Multiplies a real or complex general matrix by a real or complex general matrix
SGEMM, DGEMM, CGEMM, ZGEMM (3S) - Multiplies a real or complex general matrix by a real or complex general matrix
SGEMV, DGEMV, CGEMV, ZGEMV (3F) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex general matrix
SGEMV, DGEMV, CGEMV, ZGEMV (3S) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex general matrix
SGEQL2 (3S) - compute a QL factorization of a real m by n matrix A
SGEQLF (3S) - compute a QL factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A
SGEQP3 (3S) - compute a QR factorization with column pivoting of a matrix A
SGEQPF (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine SGEQP3
SGEQR2 (3S) - compute a QR factorization of a real m by n matrix A
SGEQRF (3S) - compute a QR factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A
SGER, DGER, CGERC, ZGERC, CGERU, ZGERU (3F) - Performs rank 1 update of a real or complex general matrix
SGER, DGER, CGERC, ZGERC, CGERU, ZGERU (3S) - Performs rank 1 update of a real or complex general matrix
SGERFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SGERQ2 (3S) - compute an RQ factorization of a real m by n matrix A
SGERQF (3S) - compute an RQ factorization of a real M-by-N matrix A
SGESC2 (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = scale* RHS with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization with complete pivoting computed by SGETC2
SGESDD (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real M-by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and right singular vectors
SGESUM, DGESUM, CGESUM, ZGESUM (3S) - Adds a scalar multiple of a real or complex matrix to a scalar multiple of another real or complex matrix
SGESV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SGESVD (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real M-by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and/or right singular vectors
SGESVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SGETC2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization with complete pivoting of the n-by-n matrix A
SGETF2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a general m-by-n matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
SGETRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a general M-by-N matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
SGETRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a matrix using the LU factorization computed by SGETRF
SGETRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B or A' * X = B with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization computed by SGETRF
SgFileSelectionBox (3X) - The enhanced FileSelectionBox widget
SgFileSelectionBox (3X) - The enhanced FileSelectionBox widget
SgFileSelectionBoxGetChild (3X) - A FileSelectionBox function used to access a component
SgFileSelectionBoxGetChild (3X) - A FileSelectionBox function used to access a component
SgFileSelectionBoxReplaceSuffix (3X) - A FileSelectionBox function used to replace the suffix of the current file name.
SgFileSelectionBoxReplaceSuffix (3X) - A FileSelectionBox function used to replace the suffix of the current file name.
SgFinder (3X) - The Finder widget class
SgFinder (3X) - The Finder widget class
SgFinderAddHistoryItem (3X) - A Finder function that adds an item to the Finder history list
SgFinderAddHistoryItem (3X) - A Finder function that adds an item to the Finder history list
SgFinderClearHistory (3X) - A Finder function that deletes all items from the Finder history list
SgFinderClearHistory (3X) - A Finder function that deletes all items from the Finder history list
SgFinderGetChild (3X) - A Finder function used to access a widget component
SgFinderGetChild (3X) - A Finder function used to access a widget component
SgFinderGetTextString (3X) - A Finder function that accesses the string value of the text field.
SgFinderGetTextString (3X) - A Finder function that accesses the string value of the text field.
SgFinderSetTextString (3X) - A Finder function that sets the string value
SgFinderSetTextString (3X) - A Finder function that sets the string value
SGGBAK (3S) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a real generalized eigenvalue problem A*x = lambda*B*x, by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced pair of matrices output by SGGBAL
SGGBAL (3S) - balance a pair of general real matrices (A,B)
SGGES (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrices (A,B),
SGGESX (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrices (A,B), the generalized eigenvalues, the real Schur form (S,T), and,
SGGEV (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrices (A,B)
SGGEVX (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N real nonsymmetric matrices (A,B)
SGGGLM (3S) - solve a general Gauss-Markov linear model (GLM) problem
SGGHRD (3S) - reduce a pair of real matrices (A,B) to generalized upper Hessenberg form using orthogonal transformations, where A is a general matrix and B is upper triangular
SGGLSE (3S) - solve the linear equality-constrained least squares (LSE) problem
SGGQRF (3S) - compute a generalized QR factorization of an N-by-M matrix A and an N-by-P matrix B
SgGraph (3X) - An OSF/Motif-compatible graph widget.
SgGraph (3X) - An OSF/Motif-compatible graph widget.
SgGrid (3X) - The SgGrid widget class
SgGrid-The SgGrid widget class (3X) - (no summary available)
SGGRQF (3S) - compute a generalized RQ factorization of an M-by-N matrix A and a P-by-N matrix B
SGGSVD (3S) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of an M-by-N real matrix A and P-by-N real matrix B
SGGSVP (3S) - compute orthogonal matrices U, V and Q such that N-K-L K L U'*A*Q = K ( 0 A12 A13 ) if M-K-L >= 0
sgi_getcapabilitybyname (3C) - get the default and allowed capability sets for a named user
sgi_getclearancebyname (3C) - get the default and allowed mac label range for a named user
SgIconGadget (3X) - the Icon widget class.
SgIconGadget (3X) - the Icon widget class.
sgidladd (3c) - Opens a shared object and adds its variables to the name space.
sgigetdsoversion (3c) - Gets the interface version of a shared object
SGIHelpInit, SGIHelpMsg, SGIHelpIndexMsg (3) - help functions
sgiXnmbxEnableCapability, sgiXnmbxReleaseCapability (3X) - enable and release stateful NMBX capabilities
sgiXnmbxGetExtendedVisualInfo, sgiXnmbxMatchExtendedVisualInfo, sgiXnmbxGetVisualCapabilities (3X) - obtain NMBX extended visual information
sgiXnmbxGetVersion, sgiXnmbxQueryExtension (3X) - query existence and version of NMBX extension
SgSpringBox (3X) - The SgSpringBox widget class
SgSpringBox (3X) - The SgSpringBox widget class
SGTCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a real tridiagonal matrix A using the LU factorization as computed by SGTTRF
SgThumbWheel (3X) - The ThumbWheel widget class
SgThumbWheel (3X) - The ThumbWheel widget class
SgThumbWheelGetValue (3X) - A ThumbWheel function that returns the current wheel position
SgThumbWheelGetValue (3X) - A ThumbWheel function that returns the current wheel position
SgThumbWheelSetValue (3X) - A ThumbWheel function that sets the wheel value
SgThumbWheelSetValue (3X) - A ThumbWheel function that sets the wheel value
SGTRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SGTSV (3S) - solve the equation A*X = B,
SGTSVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B or A**T * X = B,
SGTTRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a real tridiagonal matrix A using elimination with partial pivoting and row interchanges
SGTTRS (3S) - solve one of the systems of equations A*X = B or A'*X = B,
SGTTS2 (3S) - solve one of the systems of equations A*X = B or A'*X = B,
SgVisualDrawingArea (3X) - A drawing area in an alternate visual
SgVisualDrawingArea (3X) - A drawing area in an alternate visual
SgVisualDrawingAreaInstallColormap (3X) - Install a colormap for the VisualDrawingArea widget
SgVisualDrawingAreaInstallColormap (3X) - Install a colormap for the VisualDrawingArea widget
SgVisualDrawingAreaUninstallColormap (3X) - Uninstall a colormap for the VisualDrawingArea widget
SgVisualDrawingAreaUninstallColormap (3X) - Uninstall a colormap for the VisualDrawingArea widget
SHAD, DHAD, CHAD, ZHAD (3S) - Computes the Hadamard product of two vectors
shadem (3G) - selects the shading model
shademodel (3G) - selects the shading model
shader (3G) - obsolete routine
shaderange (3G) - obsolete routine
SHAPE (3I) - Returns the shape of an array or a scalar
Shell (3) - run shell commands transparently within perl
Shell (3) - The Shell widget class
Shell (3X) - The Shell widget class
SHGEQZ (3S) - implement a single-/double-shift version of the QZ method for finding the generalized eigenvalues w(j)=(ALPHAR(j) + i*ALPHAI(j))/BETAR(j) of the equation det( A - w(i) B ) = 0 In addition, the pair A,B may be reduced to generalized Schur form
SHIFT (3I) - Performs a left circular shift
SHIFTA (3I) - Performs an arithmetic shift
SHIFTL (3I) - Performs a left shift with zero fill
SHIFTR (3I) - Performs a right shift with zero fill
shmalloc, shfree, shmemalign, shrealloc, shmalloc_check, shmalloc_stats (3C) - Symmetric heap memory management functions
shmem_barrier (3) - Performs a barrier operation on a subset of processing elements (PEs)
shmem_broadcast4, shmem_broadcast8, shmem_broadcast32, shmem_broadcast64 (3) - Broadcasts a block of data from one processing element (PE) to one or more target PEs
shmem_character_get, shmem_complex_get, shmem_double_get, shmem_float_get, shmem_get4, shmem_get8, shmem_get32, shmem_get64, shmem_get128, shmem_getmem, shmem_int_get, shmem_integer_get, shmem_logical_get, shmem_long_get, shmem_longdouble_get, shmem_longlong_get, shmem_real_get, shmem_short_get (3) - Transfers data from a specified processing element (PE).
shmem_character_put, shmem_complex_put, shmem_double_put, shmem_float_put, shmem_int_put, shmem_integer_put, shmem_logical_put, shmem_long_put, shmem_longdouble_put, shmem_longlong_put, shmem_put, shmem_put4, shmem_put8, shmem_put32, shmem_put64, shmem_put128, shmem_putmem, shmem_real_put, shmem_short_put (3) - Transfers data to a specified processing element (PE)
shmem_clear_cache_inv, shmem_set_cache_inv, shmem_set_cache_line_inv, shmem_udcflush, shmem_udcflush_line (3) - Controls data cache utilities
shmem_clear_lock, shmem_set_lock, shmem_test_lock (3) - Releases, locks, and tests a mutual exclusion memory lock
shmem_collect4, shmem_collect8, shmem_collect32, shmem_collect64, shmem_fcollect, shmem_fcollect4, shmem_fcollect8, shmem_fcollect32, shmem_fcollect64 (3) - Concatenates blocks of data from multiple processing elements (PEs) to an array in every PE
shmem_comp4_prod_to_all, shmem_comp8_prod_to_all, shmem_complexd_prod_to_all, shmem_complexf_prod_to_all, shmem_double_prod_to_all, shmem_float_prod_to_all, shmem_int_prod_to_all, shmem_int4_prod_to_all, shmem_int8_prod_to_all, shmem_long_prod_to_all, shmem_longdouble_prod_to_all, shmem_longlong_prod_to_all, shmem_real8_prod_to_all, shmem_real16_prod_to_all, shmem_real4_prod_to_all, shmem_short_prod_to_all (3) - Performs a product reduction across a set of processing elements (PEs)
shmem_comp4_sum_to_all, shmem_comp8_sum_to_all, shmem_complexd_sum_to_all, shmem_complexf_sum_to_all, shmem_double_sum_to_all, shmem_float_sum_to_all, shmem_int_sum_to_all, shmem_int4_sum_to_all, shmem_int8_sum_to_all, shmem_long_sum_to_all, shmem_longdouble_sum_to_all, shmem_longlong_sum_to_all, shmem_real4_sum_to_all, shmem_real8_sum_to_all, shmem_real16_sum_to_all, shmem_short_sum_to_all (3) - Performs a sum reduction across a set of processing elements (PEs)
shmem_comp4_xor_to_all, shmem_int_xor_to_all, shmem_int4_xor_to_all, shmem_int8_xor_to_all, shmem_long_xor_to_all, shmem_longlong_xor_to_all, shmem_short_xor_to_all (3) - Performs a reduction across a set of processing elements (PEs)
shmem_complex_iget, shmem_double_iget, shmem_float_iget, shmem_iget4, shmem_iget8, shmem_iget32, shmem_iget64, shmem_iget128, shmem_int_iget, shmem_integer_iget, shmem_logical_iget, shmem_long_iget, shmem_longdouble_iget, shmem_longlong_iget, shmem_real_iget, shmem_short_iget (3) - Transfers strided data from a specified processing element (PE)
shmem_complex_iput, shmem_double_iput, shmem_float_iput, shmem_int_iput, shmem_integer_iput, shmem_iput4, shmem_iput8, shmem_iput32, shmem_iput64, shmem_iput128, shmem_logical_iput, shmem_long_iput, shmem_longdouble_iput, shmem_longlong_iput, shmem_real_iput, shmem_short_iput (3) - Transfer strided data to a specified processing element (PE).
shmem_double_g, shmem_float_g, shmem_int_g, shmem_long_g, shmem_short_g (3) - Transfers one data item from a remote Processing Element (PE)
shmem_double_max_to_all, shmem_float_max_to_all, shmem_int_max_to_all, shmem_int4_max_to_all, shmem_int8_max_to_all, shmem_long_max_to_all, shmem_longdouble_max_to_all, shmem_longlong_max_to_all, shmem_real4_max_to_all, shmem_real8_max_to_all, shmem_real16_max_to_all, shmem_short_max_to_all (3) - Performs a maximum function reduction across a set of processing elements (PEs)
shmem_double_min_to_all, shmem_float_min_to_all, shmem_int_min_to_all, shmem_int4_min_to_all, shmem_int8_min_to_all, shmem_long_min_to_all, shmem_longdouble_min_to_all, shmem_longlong_min_to_all, shmem_real4_min_to_all, shmem_real8_min_to_all, shmem_real16_min_to_all, shmem_short_min_to_all (3) - Performs a minimum function reduction across a set of processing elements (PEs)
shmem_double_p, shmem_float_p, shmem_int_p, shmem_long_p, shmem_short_p (3) - Transfers one data item to a remote processing element (PE)
shmem_double_swap, shmem_float_swap, shmem_int_swap, shmem_long_swap, shmem_swap, shmem_int4_swap, shmem_int8_swap, shmem_real4_swap, shmem_real8_swap, shmem_longlong_swap (3) - Performs an atomic swap to a remote data object
shmem_fence (3) - Assures ordering of delivery of puts
shmem_group_create_strided, shmem_group_delete (3) - Create or delete a SHMEM process group object
shmem_int4_fadd, shmem_int8_fadd, shmem_int_fadd, shmem_long_fadd, shmem_longlong_fadd (3) - Performs an atomic fetch-and-add operation on a remote data object
shmem_int4_finc, shmem_int8_finc, shmem_int_finc, shmem_long_finc, shmem_longlong_finc (3) - Performs an atomic fetch-and-increment operation on a remote data object
shmem_int_and_to_all, shmem_int4_and_to_all, shmem_int8_and_to_all, shmem_long_and_to_all, shmem_longlong_and_to_all, shmem_short_and_to_all (3) - Performs a logical AND function across a set of processing elements (PEs)
shmem_int_cswap, shmem_int4_cswap, shmem_int8_cswap, shmem_long_cswap, shmem_longlong_cswap (3) - Performs an atomic conditional swap to a remote data object
shmem_int_or_to_all, shmem_int4_or_to_all, shmem_int8_or_to_all, shmem_long_or_to_all, shmem_longlong_or_to_all, shmem_short_or_to_all (3) - Performs a logical OR function reduction across a set of processing elements (PEs)
shmem_int_wait, shmem_int_wait_until, shmem_int4_wait, shmem_int4_wait_until, shmem_int8_wait, shmem_int8_wait_until, shmem_long_wait, shmem_long_wait_until, shmem_longlong_wait, shmem_longlong_wait_until, shmem_short_wait, shmem_short_wait_until, shmem_wait, shmem_wait_until (3) - Waits for a variable on the local processing element (PE) to change
shmem_my_pe, shmem_n_pes (3) - Returns processing element (PE) information
shmem_pe_accessible (3) - Determines whether a processing element (PE) is accessible via SHMEM data transfer operations
shmem_ptr (3) - Returns a pointer to a data object on a specified processing element (PE)
shmem_quiet (3) - Waits for completion of all outstanding remote writes issued by a processing element (PE)
shmem_short_add, shmem_int_add, shmem_int4_add, shmem_int8_add, shmem_long_add, shmem_longlong_add (3) - Performs an atomic add operation on a remote data object
SHORT (3I) - Returns integer (KIND=2) result
SHPALLOC (3F) - Allocates a block of memory from the symmetric heap
SHPCLMOVE (3F) - Extends a symmetric heap block or copies the contents of the block into a larger block
SHPDEALLC (3F) - Returns a memory block to the symmetric heap
SHSEIN (3S) - use inverse iteration to find specified right and/or left eigenvectors of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H
SHSEQR (3S) - compute the eigenvalues of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**T, where T is an upper quasi-triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the orthogonal matrix of Schur vectors
shutdown (3N) - shut down part of a full-duplex connection
sigblock (3B) - block signals from delivery to process (4.3BSD)
SIGN, DSIGN, QSIGN, ISIGN, IISIGN, JISIGN, KISIGN (3I) - Transfers the sign of numbers
signal (3B) - simplified software signal facilities (4.3BSD)
sigpause (3B) - atomically release blocked signals and wait for interrupt (4.3BSD)
sigqueue (3) - queue a signal to a process (POSIX)
sigsetmask (3B) - set current signal mask (4.3BSD)
sigsetops: sigaddset, sigdelset, sigemptyset, sigfillset, sigismember, sgi_altersigs, sgi_sigffset, sgi_siganyset, sgi_dumpset (3) - signal set manipulation and examination routines (POSIX, with SGI-specific additions)
sigtrap (3) - Perl pragma to enable simple signal handling
sigvec (3B) - 4.3BSD software signal facilities
sigwait, sigwaitinfo, sigtimedwait (3) - wait for queued signals (POSIX)
sin, cos, tan, asin, acos, atan, atan2, fsin, sinf, fcos, cosf, ftan, tanf, fasin, asinf, facos, acosf, fatan, atanf, fatan2, atan2f, sinl, cosl, tanl, asinl, acosl, atanl, atan2l (3M) - trigonometric functions and their inverses
SIN, DSIN, QSIN, CSIN, CDSIN, CQSIN, SIND, DSIND, QSIND (3I) - Computes sine
single (3G) - writes and displays all bitplanes
singlebuffer (3G) - writes and displays all bitplanes
sinh, cosh, tanh, fsinh, sinhf, fcosh, coshf, ftanh, tanhf, sinhl, coshl, tanhl (3M) - hyperbolic functions
SINH, DSINH, QSINH (3I) - Computes hyperbolic sine
SIZE (3I) - Returns the total number of elements in an array
SIZEOF (3I) - Returns bytes of storage
SLABAD (3S) - take as input the values computed by SLAMCH for underflow and overflow, and returns the square root of each of these values if the log of LARGE is sufficiently large
SLABRD (3S) - reduce the first NB rows and columns of a real general m by n matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form by an orthogonal transformation Q' * A * P, and returns the matrices X and Y which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
SLACON (3S) - estimate the 1-norm of a square, real matrix A
SLACPY (3S) - copie all or part of a two-dimensional matrix A to another matrix B
SLADIV (3S) - perform complex division in real arithmetic a + i*b p + i*q = --------- c + i*d The algorithm is due to Robert L
SLAE2 (3S) - compute the eigenvalues of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix [ A B ] [ B C ]
SLAEBZ (3S) - contain the iteration loops which compute and use the function N(w), which is the count of eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix T less than or equal to its argument w
SLAED0 (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and corresponding eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the divide and conquer method
SLAED1 (3S) - compute the updated eigensystem of a diagonal matrix after modification by a rank-one symmetric matrix
SLAED2 (3S) - merge the two sets of eigenvalues together into a single sorted set
SLAED3 (3S) - find the roots of the secular equation, as defined by the values in D, W, and RHO, between 1 and K
SLAED4 (3S) - subroutine computes the I-th updated eigenvalue of a symmetric rank-one modification to a diagonal matrix whose elements are given in the array d, and that D(i) < D(j) for i < j and that RHO > 0
SLAED5 (3S) - subroutine computes the I-th eigenvalue of a symmetric rank-one modification of a 2-by-2 diagonal matrix diag( D ) + RHO * Z * transpose(Z)
SLAED6 (3S) - compute the positive or negative root (closest to the origin) of z(1) z(2) z(3) f(x) = rho + --------- + ---------- + --------- d(1)-x d(2)-x d(3)-x It is assumed that if ORGATI = .true
SLAED7 (3S) - compute the updated eigensystem of a diagonal matrix after modification by a rank-one symmetric matrix
SLAED8 (3S) - merge the two sets of eigenvalues together into a single sorted set
SLAED9 (3S) - find the roots of the secular equation, as defined by the values in D, Z, and RHO, between KSTART and KSTOP
SLAEDA (3S) - compute the Z vector corresponding to the merge step in the CURLVLth step of the merge process with TLVLS steps for the CURPBMth problem
SLAEIN (3S) - use inverse iteration to find a right or left eigenvector corresponding to the eigenvalue (WR,WI) of a real upper Hessenberg matrix H
SLAEV2 (3S) - compute the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix [ A B ] [ B C ]
SLAEXC (3S) - swap adjacent diagonal blocks T11 and T22 of order 1 or 2 in an upper quasi-triangular matrix T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SLAG2 (3S) - compute the eigenvalues of a 2 x 2 generalized eigenvalue problem A - w B, with scaling as necessary to avoid over-/underflow
SLAGS2 (3S) - compute 2-by-2 orthogonal matrices U, V and Q, such that if ( UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 A2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 A3 ) ( x x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 B2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 B3 ) ( x x ) or if ( .NOT.UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( A2 A3 ) ( 0 x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( B2 B3 ) ( 0 x ) The rows of the transformed A and B are parallel, where U = ( CSU SNU ), V = ( CSV SNV ), Q = ( CSQ SNQ ) ( -SNU CSU ) ( -SNV CSV ) ( -SNQ CSQ ) Z' denotes the transpose of Z
SLAGTF (3S) - factorize the matrix (T - lambda*I), where T is an n by n tridiagonal matrix and lambda is a scalar, as T - lambda*I = PLU,
SLAGTM (3S) - perform a matrix-vector product of the form B := alpha * A * X + beta * B where A is a tridiagonal matrix of order N, B and X are N by NRHS matrices, and alpha and beta are real scalars, each of which may be 0., 1., or -1
SLAGTS (3S) - may be used to solve one of the systems of equations (T - lambda*I)*x = y or (T - lambda*I)'*x = y,
SLAGV2 (3S) - compute the Generalized Schur factorization of a real 2-by-2 matrix pencil (A,B) where B is upper triangular
SLAHQR (3S) - i an auxiliary routine called by SHSEQR to update the eigenvalues and Schur decomposition already computed by SHSEQR, by dealing with the Hessenberg submatrix in rows and columns ILO to IHI
SLAHRD (3S) - reduce the first NB columns of a real general n-by-(n-k+1) matrix A so that elements below the k-th subdiagonal are zero
SLAIC1 (3S) - applie one step of incremental condition estimation in its simplest version
SLALN2 (3S) - solve a system of the form (ca A - w D ) X = s B or (ca A' - w D) X = s B with possible scaling ("s") and perturbation of A
SLALS0 (3S) - applie back the multiplying factors of either the left or the right singular vector matrix of a diagonal matrix appended by a row to the right hand side matrix B in solving the least squares problem using the divide-and-conquer SVD approach
SLALSA (3S) - i an itermediate step in solving the least squares problem by computing the SVD of the coefficient matrix in compact form (The singular vectors are computed as products of simple orthorgonal matrices.)
SLALSD (3S) - use the singular value decomposition of A to solve the least squares problem of finding X to minimize the Euclidean norm of each column of A*X-B, where A is N-by-N upper bidiagonal, and X and B are N- by-NRHS
SLAMCH (3S) - determine single precision machine parameters
SLAMRG (3S) - will create a permutation list which will merge the elements of A (which is composed of two independently sorted sets) into a single set which is sorted in ascending order
SLANGB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n band matrix A, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals
SLANGE (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real matrix A
SLANGT (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real tridiagonal matrix A
SLANHS (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a Hessenberg matrix A
SLANSB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n symmetric band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
SLANSP (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric matrix A, supplied in packed form
SLANST (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A
SLANSY (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric matrix A
SLANTB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n triangular band matrix A, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals
SLANTP (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a triangular matrix A, supplied in packed form
SLANTR (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a trapezoidal or triangular matrix A
SLANV2 (3S) - compute the Schur factorization of a real 2-by-2 nonsymmetric matrix in standard form
SLAPLL (3S) - two column vectors X and Y, let A = ( X Y )
SLAPMT (3S) - rearrange the columns of the M by N matrix X as specified by the permutation K(1),K(2),...,K(N) of the integers 1,...,N
SLAPY2 (3S) - return sqrt(x**2+y**2), taking care not to cause unnecessary overflow
SLAPY3 (3S) - return sqrt(x**2+y**2+z**2), taking care not to cause unnecessary overflow
SLAQGB (3S) - equilibrate a general M by N band matrix A with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
SLAQGE (3S) - equilibrate a general M by N matrix A using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
SLAQP2 (3S) - compute a QR factorization with column pivoting of the block A(OFFSET+1:M,1:N)
SLAQPS (3S) - compute a step of QR factorization with column pivoting of a real M-by-N matrix A by using Blas-3
SLAQSB (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric band matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
SLAQSP (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
SLAQSY (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
SLAQTR (3S) - solve the real quasi-triangular system op(T)*p = scale*c, if LREAL = .TRUE
SLAR1V (3S) - compute the (scaled) r-th column of the inverse of the sumbmatrix in rows B1 through BN of the tridiagonal matrix L D L^T - sigma I
SLAR2V (3S) - applie a vector of real plane rotations from both sides to a sequence of 2-by-2 real symmetric matrices, defined by the elements of the vectors x, y and z
SLARF (3S) - applie a real elementary reflector H to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
SLARFB (3S) - applie a real block reflector H or its transpose H' to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
SLARFG (3S) - generate a real elementary reflector H of order n, such that H * ( alpha ) = ( beta ), H' * H = I
SLARFT (3S) - form the triangular factor T of a real block reflector H of order n, which is defined as a product of k elementary reflectors
SLARFX (3S) - applie a real elementary reflector H to a real m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
SLARGV (3S) - generate a vector of real plane rotations, determined by elements of the real vectors x and y
SLARNV (3S) - return a vector of n random real numbers from a uniform or normal distribution
SLARRB (3S) - the relatively robust representation(RRR) L D L^T, SLARRB does ``limited'' bisection to locate the eigenvalues of L D L^T,
SLARRE (3S) - the tridiagonal matrix T, SLARRE sets "small" off-diagonal elements to zero, and for each unreduced block T_i, it finds (i) the numbers sigma_i (ii) the base T_i - sigma_i I = L_i D_i L_i^T representations and (iii) eigenvalues of each L_i D_i L_i^T
SLARRF (3S) - the initial representation L D L^T and its cluster of close eigenvalues (in a relative measure), W( IFIRST ), W( IFIRST+1 ), ..
SLARRV (3S) - compute the eigenvectors of the tridiagonal matrix T = L D L^T given L, D and the eigenvalues of L D L^T
SLARTG (3S) - generate a plane rotation so that [ CS SN ]
SLARTV (3S) - applie a vector of real plane rotations to elements of the real vectors x and y
SLARUV (3S) - return a vector of n random real numbers from a uniform (0,1)
SLARZ (3S) - applie a real elementary reflector H to a real M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
SLARZB (3S) - applie a real block reflector H or its transpose H**T to a real distributed M-by-N C from the left or the right
SLARZT (3S) - form the triangular factor T of a real block reflector H of order > n, which is defined as a product of k elementary reflectors
SLAS2 (3S) - compute the singular values of the 2-by-2 matrix [ F G ] [ 0 H ]
SLASCL (3S) - multiplie the M by N real matrix A by the real scalar CTO/CFROM
SLASD0 (3S) - a divide and conquer approach, SLASD0 computes the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real upper bidiagonal N-by-M matrix B with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, where M = N + SQRE
SLASD1 (3S) - compute the SVD of an upper bidiagonal N-by-M matrix B,
SLASD2 (3S) - merge the two sets of singular values together into a single sorted set
SLASD3 (3S) - find all the square roots of the roots of the secular equation, as defined by the values in D and Z
SLASD4 (3S) - subroutine computes the square root of the I-th updated eigenvalue of a positive symmetric rank-one modification to a positive diagonal matrix whose entries are given as the squares of the corresponding entries in the array d, and that 0 <= D(i) < D(j) for i < j and that RHO > 0
SLASD5 (3S) - subroutine computes the square root of the I-th eigenvalue of a positive symmetric rank-one modification of a 2-by-2 diagonal matrix diag( D ) * diag( D ) + RHO * Z * transpose(Z)
SLASD6 (3S) - compute the SVD of an updated upper bidiagonal matrix B obtained by merging two smaller ones by appending a row
SLASD7 (3S) - merge the two sets of singular values together into a single sorted set
SLASD8 (3S) - find the square roots of the roots of the secular equation,
SLASD9 (3S) - find the square roots of the roots of the secular equation,
SLASDA (3S) - a divide and conquer approach, SLASDA computes the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real upper bidiagonal N-by-M matrix B with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, where M = N + SQRE
SLASDQ (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, accumulating the transformations if desired
SLASDT (3S) - create a tree of subproblems for bidiagonal divide and conquer
SLASET (3S) - initialize an m-by-n matrix A to BETA on the diagonal and ALPHA on the offdiagonals
SLASQ1 (3S) - compute the singular values of a real N-by-N bidiagonal matrix with diagonal D and off-diagonal E
SLASQ2 (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues of the symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix associated with the qd array Z to high relative accuracy are computed to high relative accuracy, in the absence of denormalization, underflow and overflow
SLASQ3 (3S) - check for deflation, computes a shift (TAU) and calls dqds
SLASQ4 (3S) - compute an approximation TAU to the smallest eigenvalue using values of d from the previous transform
SLASQ5 (3S) - compute one dqds transform in ping-pong form, one version for IEEE machines another for non IEEE machines
SLASQ6 (3S) - compute one dqd (shift equal to zero) transform in ping-pong form, with protection against underflow and overflow
SLASR (3S) - perform the transformation A := P*A, when SIDE = 'L' or 'l' ( Left-hand side ) A := A*P', when SIDE = 'R' or 'r' ( Right-hand side ) where A is an m by n real matrix and P is an orthogonal matrix,
SLASRT (3S) - the numbers in D in increasing order (if ID = 'I') or in decreasing order (if ID = 'D' )
SLASSQ (3S) - return the values scl and smsq such that ( scl**2 )*smsq = x( 1 )**2 +...+ x( n )**2 + ( scale**2 )*sumsq,
SLASV2 (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition of a 2-by-2 triangular matrix [ F G ] [ 0 H ]
SLASWP (3S) - perform a series of row interchanges on the matrix A
SLASY2 (3S) - solve for the N1 by N2 matrix X, 1 <= N1,N2 <= 2, in op(TL)*X + ISGN*X*op(TR) = SCALE*B,
SLASYF (3S) - compute a partial factorization of a real symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
SLATBS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A'*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow, where A is an upper or lower triangular band matrix
SLATDF (3S) - use the LU factorization of the n-by-n matrix Z computed by SGETC2 and computes a contribution to the reciprocal Dif-estimate by solving Z * x = b for x, and choosing the r.h.s
SLATPS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A'*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow, where A is an upper or lower triangular matrix stored in packed form
SLATRD (3S) - reduce NB rows and columns of a real symmetric matrix A to symmetric tridiagonal form by an orthogonal similarity transformation Q' * A * Q, and returns the matrices V and W which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
SLATRS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A *x = s*b or A'*x = s*b with scaling to prevent overflow
SLATRZ (3S) - factor the M-by-(M+L) real upper trapezoidal matrix [ A1 A2 ] = [ A(1:M,1:M) A(1:M,N-L+1:N) ] as ( R 0 ) * Z, by means of orthogonal transformations
SLATZM (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine SORMRZ
SLAUU2 (3S) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
SLAUUM (3S) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
SLCancelJob (3) - cancels a queued printer job
sleep (3C) - suspend execution for interval
sleep (3F) - suspend execution for an interval
SLGetDefPrinterName (3) - gets the name of the default printer
SLGetPrinterList, SLGetPrinterInfo (3) - get printer information
SLGetPrinterSettings, SLSysVGetSpoolerOptions, SLSysVGetPrinterOptions, SLSysVSaveSpoolerOptions, SLSysVSavePrinterOptions (3) - option management
SLGetQueue (3) - reports the printer queue contents
SLGetSpooler, SLSetSpooler (3) - gets/sets the default spooling system
SLGetSpoolerState, SLSetSpoolerState (3) - gets/sets the spooling system printing and queueing state
SLPerror, SLErrorString (3) - obtain libspool execution error messages
SLSubmitJob, SLSubmitJobFd, SLSubmitJobBuf, SLSubmitJobSimple (3) - submit a job for printing
smooth (3G) - obsolete routine
smoothline (3G) - obsolete routine
SNRM2, DNRM2, SCNRM2, DZNRM2 (3F) - Computes the Euclidean norm of a vector
SNRM2, DNRM2, SCNRM2, DZNRM2 (3S) - Computes the Euclidean norm of a vector
socket (3N) - create an endpoint for communication
Socket, sockaddr_in, sockaddr_un, inet_aton, inet_ntoa (3) - load the C socket.h defines and structure manipulators
socketpair (3N) - create a pair of connected sockets
SOPGTR (3S) - generate a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors H(i) of order n, as returned by SSPTRD using packed storage
SOPMTR (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
SORG2L (3S) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
SORG2R (3S) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
SORGBR (3S) - generate one of the real orthogonal matrices Q or P**T determined by SGEBRD when reducing a real matrix A to bidiagonal form
SORGHR (3S) - generate a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the product of IHI-ILO elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by SGEHRD
SORGL2 (3S) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
SORGLQ (3S) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
SORGQL (3S) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
SORGQR (3S) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
SORGR2 (3S) - generate an m by n real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
SORGRQ (3S) - generate an M-by-N real matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
SORGTR (3S) - generate a real orthogonal matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by SSYTRD
SORM2L (3S) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
SORM2R (3S) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
SORMBR (3S) - VECT = 'Q', SORMBR overwrites the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
SORMHR (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
SORML2 (3S) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
SORMLQ (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
SORMQL (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
SORMQR (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
SORMR2 (3S) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
SORMR3 (3S) - overwrite the general real m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'T', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'T',
SORMRQ (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
SORMRZ (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
SORMTR (3S) - overwrite the general real M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
source (3Tcl) - Evaluate a file as a Tcl script
SPACING (3I) - Returns the absolute spacing of real model numbers near the argument value
SPBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPBTRF
SPBEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite band matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
SPBRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SPBSTF (3S) - compute a split Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
SPBSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SPBSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SPBTF2 (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
SPBTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite band matrix A
SPBTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite band matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPBTRF
spclos (3G) - obsolete routine
spclos (3G) - obsolete routine
sphbbp, sphebp (3G) - delimit specification of bitmapped spheres
sphbgnbitmap, sphendbitmap (3G) - delimit specification of bitmapped spheres
sphclr (3L) - set the diffuse r, g, b color components of bitmapped spheres.
sphcolor (3L) - set the diffuse r, g, b color components of bitmapped spheres.
sphdra (3L) - draw a sphere
sphdraw (3L) - draw a sphere
sphfre (3L) - free all internal sphere objects in the Sphere Library's internal cache
sphfree (3L) - free all internal sphere objects in the Sphere Library's internal cache
sphgnp (3L) - return the number of polygons for the current set of sphere attributes.
sphgnpolys (3L) - return the number of polygons for the current set of sphere attributes.
sphmod (3L) - set sphere attributes
sphmode (3L) - set sphere attributes
sphobj (3L) - create a GL object containing a sphere
sphobj (3L) - create a GL object containing a sphere
sphrma (3L) - orient spheres
sphrotmatrix (3L) - orient spheres
splf, splfi, splfs, splf2, splf2i, splf2s (3G) - draws a shaded filled polygon
splf, splfi, splfs, splf2, splf2i, splf2s (3G) - draws a shaded filled polygon
split (3Tcl) - Split a string into a proper Tcl list
SPOCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPOTRF
SPOEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
SPORFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite,
SPOSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SPOSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SPOTF2 (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A
SPOTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A
SPOTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPOTRF
SPOTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPOTRF
SPPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite packed matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPPTRF
SPPEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a symmetric positive definite matrix A in packed storage and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
SPPRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SPPSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SPPSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SPPTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A stored in packed format
SPPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPPTRF
SPPTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a symmetric positive definite matrix A in packed storage using the Cholesky factorization A = U**T*U or A = L*L**T computed by SPPTRF
spray (3N) - scatter data in order to check the network
SPREAD (3I) - Constructs an array from several copies of an argument
SPTCON (3S) - compute the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix using the factorization A = L*D*L**T or A = U**T*D*U computed by SPTTRF
SPTEQR (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix by first factoring the matrix using SPTTRF, and then calling SBDSQR to compute the singular values of the bidiagonal factor
SPTRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric positive definite and tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SPTSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
SPTSVX (3S) - use the factorization A = L*D*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
SPTTRF (3S) - compute the L*D*L' factorization of a real symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix A
SPTTRS (3S) - solve a tridiagonal system of the form A * X = B using the L*D*L' factorization of A computed by SPTTRF
SPTTS2 (3S) - solve a tridiagonal system of the form A * X = B using the L*D*L' factorization of A computed by SPTTRF
SQRT, DSQRT, QSQRT, CSQRT, CDSQRT, CQSQRT (3I) - Computes square root
sqrt, fsqrt, sqrtf, sqrtl, cbrt, cbrtl (3M) - cube root, square root
srand64, drand64, drand64_advance, drand64_get, drand64_getv, drand64_maxthreads, drand64_set, drand64_setv, drand64_thread (3S) - Thread- safe parallel 64-bit random number generator
SROT, DROT (3F) - Applies a real plane rotation or complex coordinate rotation
SROT, DROT, CROT, ZROT (3S) - Applies a real plane rotation or complex coordinate rotation
SROTG, DROTG (3F) - Constructs a Givens plane rotation
SROTG, DROTG, CROTG, ZROTG (3S) - Constructs a Givens plane rotation
SROTM, DROTM (3F) - Applies a modified Givens plane rotation
SROTM, DROTM (3S) - Applies a modified Givens plane rotation
SROTMG, DROTMG (3F) - Constructs a modified Givens plane rotation
SROTMG, DROTMG (3S) - Constructs a modified Givens plane rotation
SRSCL (3S) - multiplie an n-element real vector x by the real scalar 1/a
SSBEV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric band matrix A
SSBEVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric band matrix A
SSBEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric band matrix A
SSBGST (3S) - reduce a real symmetric-definite banded generalized eigenproblem A*x = lambda*B*x to standard form C*y = lambda*y,
SSBGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
SSBGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
SSBGVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
SSBMV, DSBMV (3F) - Multiplies a real vector by a real symmetric band matrix
SSBMV, DSBMV (3S) - Multiplies a real vector by a real symmetric band matrix
SSBTRD (3S) - reduce a real symmetric band matrix A to symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SSCAL, DSCAL, CSSCAL, ZDSCAL, CSCAL, ZSCAL (3F) - Scales a real or complex vector
SSCAL, DSCAL, CSSCAL, ZDSCAL, CSCAL, ZSCAL (3S) - Scales a real or complex vector
ssdi_get_config_and_load (3C) - consult configuration file and load DSO corresponding to the source for a given system database
ssignal, gsignal (3C) - software signals
SSPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSPTRF
SSPEV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A in packed storage
SSPEVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A in packed storage
SSPEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A in packed storage
SSPGST (3S) - reduce a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form, using packed storage
SSPGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
SSPGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
SSPGVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
SSPMV, DSPMV (3F) - Multiplies a real or complex symmetric packed matrix by a real or complex vector
SSPMV, DSPMV, CSPMV, ZSPMV (3S) - Multiplies a real or complex symmetric packed matrix by a real or complex vector
SSPR, DSPR (3F) - Performs symmetric rank 1 update of a real or complex symmetric packed matrix
SSPR, DSPR, CSPR, ZSPR (3S) - Performs symmetric rank 1 update of a real or complex symmetric packed matrix
SSPR2, DSPR2 (3F) - Performs symmetric rank 2 update of a real symmetric packed matrix
SSPR2, DSPR2 (3S) - Performs symmetric rank 2 update of a real symmetric packed matrix
SSPRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SSPSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SSPSVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric matrix stored in packed format and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
SSPTRD (3S) - reduce a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed form to symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SSPTRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
SSPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSPTRF
SSPTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a real symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSPTRF
ssrt_caliper_point, ssrt_buffer_clear (3F) - SpeedShop runtime library for Fortran applications
ssrt_caliper_point, ssrt_interface_routine, ssrt_buffer_clear (3) - SpeedShop runtime library
SSTEBZ (3S) - compute the eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
SSTEDC (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the divide and conquer method
SSTEGR (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
SSTEIN (3S) - compute the eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T corresponding to specified eigenvalues, using inverse iteration
SSTEQR (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the implicit QL or QR method
SSTERF (3S) - compute all eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the Pal-Walker-Kahan variant of the QL or QR algorithm
SSTEV (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A
SSTEVD (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix
SSTEVR (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
SSTEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A
SSUM, DSUM, CSUM, ZSUM (3S) - Sums the elements of a real or complex vector
SSWAP, DSWAP, CSWAP, ZSWAP (3F) - Swaps two real or complex vectors
SSWAP, DSWAP, CSWAP, ZSWAP (3S) - Swaps two real or complex vectors
SSYCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a real symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSYTRF
SSYEV (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A
SSYEVD (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A
SSYEVR (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix T
SSYEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric matrix A
SSYGS2 (3S) - reduce a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
SSYGST (3S) - reduce a real symmetric-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
SSYGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
SSYGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
SSYGVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a real generalized symmetric-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
SSYMM, DSYMM, CSYMM, ZSYMM (3F) - Multiplies a real or complex general matrix by a real or complex symmetric matrix
SSYMM, DSYMM, CSYMM, ZSYMM (3S) - Multiplies a real or complex general matrix by a real or complex symmetric matrix
SSYMV, DSYMV (3F) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex symmetric matrix
SSYMV, DSYMV, CSYMV, ZSYMV (3S) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex symmetric matrix
SSYR, DSYR (3F) - Performs symmetric rank 1 update of a real or complex symmetric matrix
SSYR, DSYR, CSYR, ZSYR (3S) - Performs symmetric rank 1 update of a real or complex symmetric matrix
SSYR2, DSYR2 (3F) - Performs symmetric rank 2 update of a real symmetric matrix
SSYR2, DSYR2 (3S) - Performs symmetric rank 2 update of a real symmetric matrix
SSYR2K, DSYR2K, CSYR2K, ZSYR2K (3F) - Performs symmetric rank 2k update of a real or complex symmetric matrix
SSYR2K, DSYR2K, CSYR2K, ZSYR2K (3S) - Performs symmetric rank 2k update of a real or complex symmetric matrix
SSYRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
SSYRK, DSYRK, CSYRK, ZSYRK (3F) - Performs symmetric rank k update of a real or complex symmetric matrix
SSYRK, DSYRK, CSYRK, ZSYRK (3S) - Performs symmetric rank k update of a real or complex symmetric matrix
SSYSV (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SSYSVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization to compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A * X = B,
SSYTD2 (3S) - reduce a real symmetric matrix A to symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SSYTF2 (3S) - compute the factorization of a real symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
SSYTRD (3S) - reduce a real symmetric matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by an orthogonal similarity transformation
SSYTRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a real symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
SSYTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a real symmetric indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSYTRF
SSYTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a real symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by SSYTRF
STAddTag, STRemoveTag, STGetTag, STPrintTags (3) - TIFF tag handling
start_pes (3) - Called at the beginning of a SHMEM program to identify the number of processes desired
StartTagIteration (3) - start tag iteration in a profile
staux (3X) - Routines that provide scalar interfaces to auxiliaries
STBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
STBMV, DTBMV, CTBMV, ZTBMV (3F) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex triangular band matrix
STBMV, DTBMV, CTBMV, ZTBMV (3S) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex triangular band matrix
STBRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular band coefficient matrix
STBSV, DTBSV, CTBSV, ZTBSV (3F) - Solves a real or complex triangular banded system of equations
STBSV, DTBSV, CTBSV, ZTBSV (3S) - Solves a real or complex triangular banded system of equations
STBTRS (3S) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B or A**T * X = B,
stcu (3X) - Routines that provide a compilation unit symbol table interface
stdio (3S) - standard buffered input/output package
stdiobuf (3C) - iostream specialized to stdio FILE
stdipc: ftok (3C) - standard interprocess communication package
stenci (3G) - alter the operating parameters of the stencil
stencil (3G) - alter the operating parameters of the stencil
stensi (3G) - specify the number of bit planes desired to comprise the stencil buffer
stensize (3G) - specify the number of bit planes desired to comprise the stencil buffer
stepun (3G) - specifies that a graphics window change size in discrete steps
stepunit (3G) - specifies that a graphics window change size in discrete steps
stereo (3G) - configures the framebuffer for stereoscopic viewing
stereobuffer (3G) - configures the framebuffer for stereoscopic viewing
stfd (3X) - Routines that provide access to file descriptor section of the symbol table
stfe (3X) - Routines that provide a high-level interface to the symbol table
STGEVC (3S) - compute some or all of the right and/or left generalized eigenvectors of a pair of real upper triangular matrices (A,B)
STGEX2 (3S) - swap adjacent diagonal blocks (A11, B11) and (A22, B22) of size 1-by-1 or 2-by-2 in an upper (quasi) triangular matrix pair (A, B) by an orthogonal equivalence transformation
STGEXC (3S) - reorder the generalized real Schur decomposition of a real matrix pair (A,B) using an orthogonal equivalence transformation (A, B) = Q * (A, B) * Z',
STGSEN (3S) - reorder the generalized real Schur decomposition of a real matrix pair (A, B) (in terms of an orthonormal equivalence trans- formation Q' * (A, B) * Z), so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading diagonal blocks of the upper quasi-triangular matrix A and the upper triangular B
STGSJA (3S) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of two real upper triangular (or trapezoidal) matrices A and B
STGSNA (3S) - estimate reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or eigenvectors of a matrix pair (A, B) in generalized real Schur canonical form (or of any matrix pair (Q*A*Z', Q*B*Z') with orthogonal matrices Q and Z, where Z' denotes the transpose of Z
STGSY2 (3S) - solve the generalized Sylvester equation
STGSYL (3S) - solve the generalized Sylvester equation
stio (3X) - Routines that provide a binary read/write interface to the MIPS symbol table
STOpen, STClose (3) - open/close a STIFF file stream
STPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a packed triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
STPerror, STErrorString (3) - libstiff execution error handling
STPMV, DTPMV, CTPMV, ZTPMV (3F) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex triangular packed matrix
STPMV, DTPMV, CTPMV, ZTPMV (3S) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex triangular packed matrix
STPRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular packed coefficient matrix
stprint (3X) - Routines to print the symbol table
STPSV, DTPSV, CTPSV, ZTPSV (3F) - Solves a real or complex triangular packed system of equations
STPSV, DTPSV, CTPSV, ZTPSV (3S) - Solves a real or complex triangular packed system of equations
STPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a real upper or lower triangular matrix A stored in packed format
STPTRS (3S) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B or A**T * X = B,
str: strfind, strrspn, strtrns (3G) - string manipulations
strccpy: streadd, strcadd, strecpy (3G) - copy strings, compressing or expanding escape codes
STRCMP (3F) - Fortran string comparison intrinsic functions
strcoll (3C) - string collation
STRCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
STRead, STWrite (3) - read/write STIFF image data
STReadImageHeader, STWriteImageHeader (3) - read/write STIFF image header
streambuf (3C) - Interface for derived classes
streambuf (3C) - Public interface of character buffering class
strerror (3C) - get error message string
STREVC (3S) - compute some or all of the right and/or left eigenvectors of a real upper quasi-triangular matrix T
STREXC (3S) - reorder the real Schur factorization of a real matrix A = Q*T*Q**T, so that the diagonal block of T with row index IFST is moved to row ILST
strfmon (3S) - convert monetary value to string
strftime, cftime, ascftime (3C) - convert date and time to string
strict (3) - Perl pragma to restrict unsafe constructs
STRID (3S) - compute the solution to a real system of linear equations A*x = b, where A is an N-by-N tridiagonal matrix, and x and b are vectors of length N
string (3Tcl) - Manipulate strings
string: strcat, strdup, strncat, strcmp, strncmp, strcpy, strncpy, strlen, strchr, strrchr, strpbrk, strspn, strcspn, strtok, strstr strcasecmp, strncasecmp, index, rindex, strtok_r (3C) - string operations
STRMM, DTRMM, CTRMM, ZTRMM (3F) - Multiplies a real or complex general matrix by a real or complex triangular matrix
STRMM, DTRMM, CTRMM, ZTRMM (3S) - Multiplies a real or complex general matrix by a real or complex triangular matrix
STRMV, DTRMV, CTRMV, ZTRMV (3F) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex triangular matrix
STRMV, DTRMV, CTRMV, ZTRMV (3S) - Multiplies a real or complex vector by a real or complex triangular matrix
strptime (3C) - date and time conversion
STRRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular coefficient matrix
STRSEN (3S) - reorder the real Schur factorization of a real matrix A = Q*T*Q**T, so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading diagonal blocks of the upper quasi-triangular matrix T,
STRSM, DTRSM, CTRSM, ZTRSM (3F) - Solves a real or complex triangular system of equations with multiple right-hand sides
STRSM, DTRSM, CTRSM, ZTRSM (3S) - Solves a real or complex triangular system of equations with multiple right-hand sides
STRSNA (3S) - estimate reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or right eigenvectors of a real upper quasi-triangular matrix T (or of any matrix Q*T*Q**T with Q orthogonal)
strstream (3C) - iostream specialized to arrays
strstreambuf (3C) - streambuf specialized to arrays
STRSV, DTRSV, CTRSV, ZTRSV (3F) - Solves a real or complex triangular system of equations
STRSV, DTRSV, CTRSV, ZTRSV (3S) - Solves a real or complex triangular system of equations
STRSYL (3S) - solve the real Sylvester matrix equation
STRTI2 (3S) - compute the inverse of a real upper or lower triangular matrix
strtod, atof, strtold, atold (3C) - convert string to double-precision or long double-precision number
strtol, strtoul, atol, atoi, strtoll, strtoull, atoll (3C) - convert string to integer
STRTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a real upper or lower triangular matrix A
STRTRS (3S) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B or A**T * X = B,
strwid, lstwid (3G) - returns the width of the specified text string
strwidth, lstrwidth (3G) - returns the width of the specified text string
strxfrm (3C) - string transformation
STSkipTo (3) - skip forward in a STIFF stream
stxld (3G) - load part or all of a texture defined with TX_FASTDEFINE
STZRQF (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine STZRZF
STZRZF (3S) - reduce the M-by-N ( M<=N ) real upper trapezoidal matrix A to upper triangular form by means of orthogonal transformations
subpix (3G) - controls the placement of point, line, and polygon vertices
subpixel (3G) - controls the placement of point, line, and polygon vertices
subs (3) - Perl pragma to predeclare sub names
subst (3Tcl) - Perform backslash, command, and variable substitutions
subtexload (3G) - load part or all of a texture defined with TX_FASTDEFINE
SUM (3I) - Sums array elements
swab (3C) - swap bytes
swapbu (3G) - exchanges the front and back buffers of the normal framebuffer
swapbuffers (3G) - exchanges the front and back buffers of the normal framebuffer
swapin (3G) - defines a minimum time between buffer swaps
swapinterval (3G) - defines a minimum time between buffer swaps
swaptm (3G) - toggles the triangle mesh register pointer
swaptmesh (3G) - toggles the triangle mesh register pointer
swinop (3G) - creates a graphics subwindow
swinopen (3G) - creates a graphics subwindow
switch (3Tcl) - Evaluate one of several scripts, depending on a given value
swrite (3G) - specify which stencil bits can be written
swritemask (3G) - specify which stencil bits can be written
Sybtcl (3Tcl) - Sybase SQL Server access commands for Tcl
Symbol (3) - manipulate Perl symbols and their names
sync, __fetch_and_add, __fetch_and_sub, __fetch_and_or, __fetch_and_and, __fetch_and_xor, __fetch_and_nand, __add_and_fetch, __sub_and_fetch, __or_and_fetch, __and_and_fetch, __xor_and_fetch, __nand_and_fetch, __compare_and_swap, __synchronize, __lock_test_and_set, __lock_acquire, __lock_release (3C) - C synchronization primitives for multiprocessing
Sys::Hostname (3) - Try every conceivable way to get hostname
Sys::Syslog, openlog, closelog, setlogmask, syslog (3) - Perl interface to the UNIX syslog(3) calls
SYSCLOCK (3F) - Returns real-time clock value and number of wraps
sysconf (3C) - get configurable system variables
sysctl (3N) - get or set system information
sysid (3C) - return pseudo-unique system identifier
syslog, openlog, closelog, setlogmask, vsyslog (3C) - control system log
system (3F) - issue a shell command from Fortran
system (3S) - issue a shell command
SYSTEM_CLOCK (3I) - Returns integer data from a real-time clock
t2d, t2f, t2i, t2s, t3d, t3f, t3i, t3s, t4d, t4f, t4i, t4s (3G) - specifies a texture coordinate tuple
t2d, t2f, t2i, t2s, t3d, t3f, t3i, t3s, t4d, t4f, t4i, t4s (3G) - specifies a texture coordinate tuple
t6alloc_blk (3N) - Allocate a control block
t6attr_alloc (3N) - Allocate a control block with all attributes set
t6clear_blk (3N) - Clear a control block
t6cmp_attrs (3N) - Compare two security attributes
t6cmp_blk (3N) - compare security attributes
t6copy_attr (3N) - copy security attributes
t6copy_blk (3N) - copy security attributes
t6create_attr (3N) - Create a control block
t6dup_attr (3N) - duplicate security attributes
t6dup_blk (3N) - Duplicate security attributes
t6ext_attr, t6new_attr (3N) - Activate extended security attributes or set policy on security attribute change
t6free_attr (3N) - Deallocate a control block
t6free_blk (3N) - Deallocate a control block
t6get_attr, t6set_attr (3N) - Get or set security attributes
t6get_endpt_mask, t6set_endpt_mask, t6get_endpt_default, t6set_endpt_default (3N) - get or set endpoint security attribute mask, get or set endpoint default security attributes
t6mls_socket (3N) - Mark a socket as trusted.
t6peek_attr, t6last_attr (3N) - examine the security attributes on the next or previous byte of data
t6recvfrom (3N) - Read security attributes and data from a trusted endpoint
t6rhdb_flush (3N) - TSIX Remote Host DataBase flush
t6rhdb_get_host (3N) - TSIX Remote Host DataBase get host information
t6rhdb_put_host (3N) - TSIX Remote Host DataBase get host information
t6rhdb_stat (3N) - TSIX Remote Host DataBase statistics
t6sendto (3N) - Specify security attributes to send with data on a trusted endpoint
t6size_attr (3N) - Get the size of a particular attribute from the control structure.
t_accept (3N) - accept a connect request
t_alloc (3N) - allocate a library structure
t_bind (3N) - bind an address to a transport endpoint
t_close (3N) - close a transport endpoint
t_connect (3N) - establish a connection with another transport user
t_error (3N) - produce error message
t_free (3N) - free a library structure
t_getinfo (3N) - get protocol-specific service information
t_getprotaddr (3N) - get protocol-specific service information
t_getstate (3N) - get the current state
t_listen (3N) - listen for a connect request
t_look (3N) - look at the current event on a transport endpoint
t_open (3N) - establish a transport endpoint
t_optmgmt (3N) - manage options for a transport endpoint
t_rcv (3N) - receive data or expedited data sent over a connection
t_rcvconnect (3N) - receive the confirmation from a connect request
t_rcvdis (3N) - retrieve information from disconnect
t_rcvrel (3N) - acknowledge receipt of an orderly release indication
t_rcvudata (3N) - receive a data unit
t_rcvuderr (3N) - receive a unit data error indication
t_snd (3N) - send data or expedited data over a connection
t_snddis (3N) - send user-initiated disconnect request
t_sndrel (3N) - initiate an orderly release
t_sndudata (3N) - send a data unit
t_strerror (3N) - produce an error message string
t_sync (3N) - synchronize transport library
t_unbind (3N) - disable a transport endpoint
TAN, DTAN, QTAN, TAND, DTAND, QTAND (3I) - Computes tangent
TANH, DTANH, QTANH (3I) - Computes hyperbolic tangent
taskblock, taskunblock, tasksetblockcnt (3P) - routines to block/unblock tasks
taskcreate (3P) - create a new task
taskctl (3P) - operations on a task
taskdestroy (3P) - destroy a task
Tcl (3Tcl) - Summary of Tcl language syntax.
Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_PosixError (3Tcl) - record information about errors
Tcl_AllowExceptions (3Tcl) - allow all exceptions in next script evaluation
Tcl_AppInit (3Tcl) - perform application-specific initialization
Tcl_AsyncCreate, Tcl_AsyncMark, Tcl_AsyncInvoke, Tcl_AsyncDelete (3Tcl) - handle asynchronous events
Tcl_Backslash (3Tcl) - parse a backslash sequence
Tcl_CallWhenDeleted, Tcl_DontCallWhenDeleted (3Tcl) - Arrange for callback when interpreter is deleted
Tcl_CommandComplete (3Tcl) - Check for unmatched braces in a Tcl command
Tcl_CreateCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommand, Tcl_GetCommandInfo, Tcl_SetCommandInfo (3Tcl) - implement new commands in C
Tcl_CreateInterp, Tcl_DeleteInterp (3Tcl) - create and delete Tcl command interpreters
Tcl_CreateMathFunc (3Tcl) - Define a new math function for expressions
Tcl_CreatePipeline (3Tcl) - create one or more child processes, with I/O redirection
Tcl_CreateTrace, Tcl_DeleteTrace (3Tcl) - arrange for command execution to be traced
Tcl_DetachPids, Tcl_ReapDetachedProcs (3Tcl) - manage child processes in background
Tcl_DStringInit, Tcl_DStringAppend, Tcl_DStringAppendElement, Tcl_DStringStartSublist, Tcl_DStringEndSublist, Tcl_DStringLength, Tcl_DStringValue, Tcl_DStringSetLength, Tcl_DStringFree, Tcl_DStringResult, Tcl_DStringGetResult (3Tcl) - manipulate dynamic strings
Tcl_EnterFile, Tcl_GetOpenFile, Tcl_FilePermissions (3Tcl) - manipulate the table of open files
Tcl_ExprLong, Tcl_ExprDouble, Tcl_ExprBoolean, Tcl_ExprString (3Tcl) - evaluate an expression
Tcl_GetInt, Tcl_GetDouble, Tcl_GetBoolean (3Tcl) - convert from string to integer, double, or boolean
Tcl_GetKeyedListKeys, Tcl_GetKeyedListField, Tcl_SetKeyedListField, Tcl_DeleteKeyedListField (3Tcl) - Keyed list management routines.
Tcl_HandleAlloc, Tcl_HandleFree, Tcl_HandleTblInit, Tcl_HandleTblRelease, Tcl_HandleTblUseCount Tcl_HandleWalk, Tcl_HandleXlate (3Tcl) - Dynamic, handle addressable tables.
Tcl_InitHashTable, Tcl_DeleteHashTable, Tcl_CreateHashEntry, Tcl_DeleteHashEntry, Tcl_FindHashEntry, Tcl_GetHashValue, Tcl_SetHashValue, Tcl_GetHashKey, Tcl_FirstHashEntry, Tcl_NextHashEntry, Tcl_HashStats (3Tcl) - procedures to manage hash tables
Tcl_Interp (3Tcl) - client-visible fields of interpreter structures
Tcl_LinkVar, Tcl_UnlinkVar (3Tcl) - link Tcl variable to C variable
Tcl_Main (3Tcl) - main program for Tcl-based applications
Tcl_PrintDouble (3Tcl) - Convert floating value to string
Tcl_RecordAndEval (3Tcl) - save command on history list before evaluating
Tcl_SetRecursionLimit (3Tcl) - set maximum allowable nesting depth in interpreter
Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_AppendResult, Tcl_AppendElement, Tcl_ResetResult (3Tcl) - manipulate Tcl result string
Tcl_SetVar, Tcl_SetVar2, Tcl_GetVar, Tcl_GetVar2, Tcl_UnsetVar, Tcl_UnsetVar2 (3Tcl) - manipulate Tcl variables
Tcl_SplitList, Tcl_Merge, Tcl_ScanElement, Tcl_ConvertElement (3Tcl) - manipulate Tcl lists
Tcl_StringMatch (3Tcl) - test whether a string matches a pattern
Tcl_TildeSubst (3Tcl) - replace tilde with home directory in a file name
Tcl_TraceVar, Tcl_TraceVar2, Tcl_UntraceVar, Tcl_UntraceVar2, Tcl_VarTraceInfo, Tcl_VarTraceInfo2 (3Tcl) - monitor accesses to a variable
TclCommandWriting (3Tcl) - Writing C language extensions to Tcl.
tclMotif (3Tm) - the binding of tcl to the Motif widget set.
tclObjSrv (3Tcl) - Tcl-library interface to the object server
tclvars (3Tcl) - Variables used by Tcl
TclX (3Tcl) - Extended Tcl: Extended command set for Tcl
TclX_Init, TclXCmd_Init, TclXLib_Init, TclX_Main (3Tcl) - Extended Tcl initialization.
tclXtSend (3) - the Tk "send" protocol for Xt
tell (3Tcl) - Return current access position for an open file
tell, tell64 (3C) - return the read/write file pointer
Term::Cap (3) - Perl termcap interface
Term::Complete (3) - Perl word completion module
Term::ReadLine (3) - Perl interface to various readline packages. If no real package is found, substitutes stubs instead of basic functions.
termios: tcgetattr, tcsetattr, tcsendbreak, tcdrain, tcflush, tcflow, cfgetospeed, cfgetispeed, cfsetispeed, cfsetospeed, tcgetpgrp, tcsetpgrp, tcgetsid (3t) - general terminal interface
Test (3) - provides a simple framework for writing test scripts
Test::Harness (3) - run perl standard test scripts with statistics
test_and_set, test_then_and, test_then_nand, test_then_not, test_then_nor, test_then_xor, test_then_or, test_then_add, add_then_test, atomic_op, is_mips2, _test_and_set (3P) - mutual exclusion operators
TEST_IEEE_EXCEPTION (3I) - Returns the state of a floating-point exception
TEST_IEEE_INTERRUPT (3I) - Returns the state of a floating-point interrupt
tevbin (3G) - selects a texture environment
tevbind (3G) - selects a texture environment
tevdef (3G) - defines a texture mapping environment
tevdef (3G) - defines a texture mapping environment
texbin (3G) - selects a texture function
texbind (3G) - selects a texture function
texdef2d (3G) - convert a 2-dimensional image into a texture texdef3d - convert a 3-dimensional image into a texture
texdef2d (3G) - convert a 2-dimensional image into a texture texdef3d - convert a 3-dimensional image into a texture
texdef2d (3G) - convert a 2-dimensional image into a texture texdef3d - convert a 3-dimensional image into a texture
texdef2d (3G) - convert a 2-dimensional image into a texture texdef3d - convert a 3-dimensional image into a texture
texdef2d (3G) - convert a 2-dimensional image into a texture texdef3d - convert a 3-dimensional image into a texture
texdef2d (3G) - convert a 2-dimensional image into a texture texdef3d - convert a 3-dimensional image into a texture
texgen (3G) - specify automatic generation of texture coordinates
texgen (3G) - specify automatic generation of texture coordinates
text (3Tk) - Create and manipulate text widgets
Text::ParseWords (3) - parse text into an array of tokens or array of arrays
Text::Soundex (3) - Implementation of the Soundex Algorithm as Described by Knuth
Text::Tabs -(3) - expand and unexpand tabs per the unix expand(1) and unexpand(1)
Text::Wrap (3) - line wrapping to form simple paragraphs
textco (3G) - sets the color of text in the textport
textcolor (3G) - sets the color of text in the textport
textin (3G) - initializes the textport
textinit (3G) - initializes the textport
textpo (3G) - positions and sizes the textport
textport (3G) - positions and sizes the textport
tie (3G) - ties two valuators to a button
tie (3G) - ties two valuators to a button
Tie::Handle (3) - base class definitions for tied handles
Tie::Hash, Tie::StdHash (3) - base class definitions for tied hashes
Tie::RefHash (3) - use references as hash keys
Tie::Scalar, Tie::StdScalar (3) - base class definitions for tied scalars
Tie::SubstrHash (3) - Fixed-table-size, fixed-key-length hashing
TIFFClose (3T) - close a previously opened TIFF file
TIFFCurrentRow, TIFFCurrentStrip, TIFFCurrentTile, TIFFCurrentDirectory, TIFFLastDirectory, TIFFFileno, TIFFFileName, TIFFGetMode, TIFFIsTiled, TIFFIsByteSwapped, TIFFIsUpSampled, TIFFIsMSB2LSB (3T) - query routines
TIFFDefaultStripSize, TIFFStripSize, TIFFVStripSize, TIFFComputeStrip, TIFFNumberOfStrips (3T) - strip-related utility routines
TIFFError, TIFFSetErrorHandler (3T) - library error handling interface
TIFFFindCODEC, TIFFRegisterCODEC, TIFFUnRegisterCODEC (3T) - codec-related utility routines
TIFFFlush, TIFFFlushData (3T) - flush pending writes to an open TIFF file
TIFFGetField, TIFFVGetField (3T) - get the value(s) of a tag in an open TIFF file
TIFFOpen, TIFFFdOpen, TIFFClientOpen (3T) - open a TIFF file for reading or writing
TIFFPrintDirectory (3T) - print a description of a TIFF directory
TIFFReadBufferSetup, TIFFWriteBufferSetup (3T) - I/O buffering control routines
TIFFReadDirectory (3T) - get the contents of the next directory in an open TIFF file
TIFFReadEncodedStrip (3T) - read and decode a strip of data from an open TIFF file
TIFFReadEncodedTile (3T) - read and decode a tile of data from an open TIFF file
TIFFReadRawStrip (3T) - return the undecoded contents of a strip of data from an open TIFF file
TIFFReadRawTile (3T) - return an undecoded tile of data from an open TIFF file
TIFFReadRGBAImage (3T) - read and decode an image into a fixed-format raster
TIFFReadScanline (3T) - read and decode a scanline of data from an open TIFF file
TIFFReadTile (3T) - read and decode a tile of data from an open TIFF file
TIFFReverseBits, TIFFSwabShort, TIFFSwabLong, TIFFSwabArrayOfShort, TIFFSwabArrayOfLong (3T) - byte- and bit-swapping routines
TIFFRGBAImage (3T) - read and decode an image into a raster
TIFFScanlineSize, TIFFRasterScanlineSize, (3T) - return the size of various items associated with an open TIFF file
TIFFSetDirectory, TIFFSetSubDirectory (3T) - set the current directory for an open TIFF file
TIFFSetField (3T) - set the value(s) of a tag in a TIFF file open for writing
TIFFTileSize, TIFFTileRowSize, TIFFVTileSize, TIFFDefaultTileSize, TIFFComputeTile, TIFFCheckTile, TIFFNumberOfTiles (3T) - tile-related utility routines
TIFFWarning, TIFFSetWarningHandler (3T) - library warning interface
TIFFWritedEncodedStrip (3T) - compress and write a strip of data to an open TIFF file
TIFFWritedEncodedTile (3T) - compress and write a tile of data to an open TIFF file
TIFFWriteDirectory (3T) - write the current directory in an open TIFF file
TIFFWriteRawStrip (3T) - write a strip of raw data to an open TIFF file
TIFFWriteRawTile (3T) - write a tile of raw data to an open TIFF file
TIFFWriteScanline (3T) - write a scanline to an open TIFF file
time (3Tcl) - Time the execution of a script
time, ctime, ltime, gmtime (3F) - return system time
Time::gmtime (3) - by-name interface to Perl's built-in gmtime() function
Time::Local (3) - efficiently compute time from local and GMT time
Time::localtime (3) - by-name interface to Perl's built-in localtime() function
Time::tm (3) - internal object used by Time::gmtime and Time::localtime
TIMEF (3F) - Returns elapsed wall-clock time in milliseconds since the previous call to TIMEF
timer_create (3c) - create a POSIX timer
timer_delete (3c) - delete a posix timer
timer_getoverrun (3C) - get the posix timer overrun count
timer_gettime (3C) - get the time remaining before posix timer expiration
timer_settime (3C) - set the expiration time for a posix timer
TINY (3I) - Returns the smallest positive value for a real argument
tk (3Tk) - Manipulate Tk internal state
Tk_BackgroundError (3Tk) - report Tcl error that occurred in background processing
Tk_CanvasPsY, Tk_CanvasPsBitmap, Tk_CanvasPsColor, Tk_CanvasPsFont, Tk_CanvasPsPath, Tk_CanvasPsStipple (3Tk) - utility procedures for generating Postscript for canvases
Tk_CanvasTextInfo (3Tk) - additional information for managing text items in canvases
Tk_CanvasTkwin, Tk_CanvasGetCoord, Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords, Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin, Tk_CanvasWindowCoords, Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw (3Tk) - utility procedures for canvas type managers
Tk_ClearSelection (3Tk) - Deselect a selection
Tk_ClipboardClear, Tk_ClipboardAppend (3Tk) - Manage the clipboard
Tk_ConfigureWidget, Tk_Offset, Tk_ConfigureInfo, Tk_ConfigureValue, Tk_FreeOptions (3Tk) - process configuration options for widgets
Tk_ConfigureWindow, Tk_MoveWindow, Tk_ResizeWindow, Tk_MoveResizeWindow, Tk_SetWindowBorderWidth, Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes, Tk_SetWindowBackground, Tk_SetWindowBackgroundPixmap, Tk_SetWindowBorder, Tk_SetWindowBorderPixmap, Tk_SetWindowColormap, Tk_DefineCursor, Tk_UndefineCursor (3Tk) - change window configuration or attributes
Tk_CoordsToWindow (3Tk) - Find window containing a point
Tk_CreateBindingTable, Tk_DeleteBindingTable, Tk_CreateBinding, Tk_DeleteBinding, Tk_GetBinding, Tk_GetAllBindings, Tk_DeleteAllBindings, Tk_BindEvent (3Tk) - invoke scripts in response to X events
Tk_CreateErrorHandler, Tk_DeleteErrorHandler (3Tk) - handle X protocol errors
Tk_CreateEventHandler, Tk_DeleteEventHandler (3Tk) - associate procedure callback with an X event
Tk_CreateFileHandler, Tk_CreateFileHandler2, Tk_DeleteFileHandler (3Tk) - associate procedure callbacks with files or devices
Tk_CreateGenericHandler, Tk_DeleteGenericHandler (3Tk) - associate procedure callback with all X events
Tk_CreateImageType (3Tk) - define new kind of image
Tk_CreateItemType, Tk_GetItemTypes (3Tk) - define new kind of canvas item
Tk_CreateMainWindow, Tk_CreateWindow, Tk_CreateWindowFromPath, Tk_DestroyWindow, Tk_MakeWindowExist (3Tk) - create or delete window
Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat (3Tk) - define new file format for photo images
Tk_CreateSelHandler, Tk_DeleteSelHandler (3Tk) - arrange to handle requests for a selection
Tk_CreateTimerHandler, Tk_DeleteTimerHandler (3Tk) - call a procedure at a given time
Tk_DeleteImage (3Tk) - Destroy an image.
tk_dialog (3Tk) - Create modal dialog and wait for response
Tk_DoOneEvent, Tk_MainLoop, Tk_HandleEvent (3Tk) - wait for events and invoke event handlers
Tk_DoWhenIdle, Tk_CancelIdleCall (3Tk) - invoke a procedure when there are no pending events
Tk_DrawFocusHighlight (3Tk) - draw the traversal highlight ring for a widget
Tk_EventInit (3Tk) - Use the Tk event loop without the rest of Tk
Tk_FindPhoto, Tk_PhotoPutBlock, Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock, Tk_PhotoGetImage, Tk_PhotoBlank, Tk_PhotoExpand, Tk_PhotoGetSize, Tk_PhotoSetSize (3Tk) - manipulate the image data stored in a photo image.
tk_focusNext, tk_focusPrev, tk_focusFollowsMouse (3Tk) - Utility procedures for managing the input focus.
Tk_FreeXId (3Tk) - make X resource identifier available for reuse
Tk_GeometryRequest, Tk_SetInternalBorder (3Tk) - specify desired geometry or internal border for a window
Tk_Get3DBorder, Tk_Draw3DRectangle, Tk_Fill3DRectangle, Tk_Draw3DPolygon, Tk_Fill3DPolygon, Tk_3DVerticalBevel, Tk_3DHorizontalBevel, Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder, Tk_NameOf3DBorder, Tk_3DBorderColor, Tk_3DBorderGC, Tk_Free3DBorder (3Tk) - draw borders with three-dimensional appearance
Tk_GetAnchor, Tk_NameOfAnchor (3Tk) - translate between strings and anchor positions
Tk_GetBitmap, Tk_DefineBitmap, Tk_NameOfBitmap, Tk_SizeOfBitmap, Tk_FreeBitmap, Tk_GetBitmapFromData (3Tk) - maintain database of single-plane pixmaps
Tk_GetCapStyle, Tk_NameOfCapStyle (3Tk) - translate between strings and cap styles
Tk_GetColor, Tk_GetColorByValue, Tk_NameOfColor, Tk_FreeColor (3Tk) - maintain database of colors
Tk_GetColormap, Tk_FreeColormap (3Tk) - allocate and free colormaps
Tk_GetCursor, Tk_GetCursorFromData, Tk_NameOfCursor, Tk_FreeCursor (3Tk) - maintain database of cursors
Tk_GetFontStruct, Tk_NameOfFontStruct, Tk_FreeFontStruct (3Tk) - maintain database of fonts
Tk_GetGC, Tk_FreeGC (3Tk) - maintain database of read-only graphics contexts
Tk_GetImage, Tk_RedrawImage, Tk_SizeOfImage, Tk_FreeImage (3Tk) - use an image in a widget
Tk_GetJoinStyle, Tk_NameOfJoinStyle (3Tk) - translate between strings and join styles
Tk_GetJustify, Tk_NameOfJustify (3Tk) - translate between strings and justification styles
Tk_GetOption (3Tk) - retrieve an option from the option database
Tk_GetPixels, Tk_GetScreenMM (3Tk) - translate between strings and screen units
Tk_GetPixmap, Tk_FreePixmap (3Tk) - allocate and free pixmaps
Tk_GetRelief, Tk_NameOfRelief (3Tk) - translate between strings and relief values
Tk_GetRootCoords (3Tk) - Compute root-window coordinates of window
Tk_GetScrollInfo (3Tk) - parse arguments for scrolling commands
Tk_GetSelection (3Tk) - retrieve the contents of a selection
Tk_GetUid, Tk_Uid (3Tk) - convert from string to unique identifier
Tk_GetVisual (3Tk) - translate from string to visual
Tk_GetVRootGeometry (3Tk) - Get location and size of virtual root for window
Tk_IdToWindow (3Tk) - Find Tk's window information for an X window
Tk_ImageChanged (3Tk) - notify widgets that image needs to be redrawn
Tk_InternAtom, Tk_GetAtomName (3Tk) - manage cache of X atoms
tk_listboxSingleSelect (3Tk) - Allow only one selected element in listbox(es)
Tk_Main (3Tk) - main program for Tk-based applications
Tk_MaintainGeometry, Tk_UnmaintainGeometry (3Tk) - maintain geometry of one window relative to another
Tk_MainWindow (3Tk) - find the main window for an application
Tk_ManageGeometry (3Tk) - arrange to handle geometry requests for a window
Tk_MapWindow, Tk_UnmapWindow (3Tk) - map or unmap a window
tk_menuBar, tk_bindForTraversal (3Tk) - Obsolete support for menu bars
Tk_MoveToplevelWindow (3Tk) - Adjust the position of a top-level window
Tk_Name, Tk_PathName, Tk_NameToWindow (3Tk) - convert between names and window tokens
Tk_NameOfImage (3Tk) - Return name of image.
tk_optionMenu (3Tk) - Create an option menubutton and its menu
Tk_OwnSelection (3Tk) - make a window the owner of the primary selection
Tk_ParseArgv (3Tk) - process command-line options
tk_popup (3Tk) - Post a popup menu
Tk_Preserve, Tk_Release, Tk_EventuallyFree (3Tk) - avoid freeing storage while it's being used
Tk_RegisterInterp (3Tk) - make an interpreter accessible with ``send'' command
Tk_RestackWindow (3Tk) - Change a window's position in the stacking order
Tk_RestrictEvents (3Tk) - filter and selectively delay X events
Tk_SetAppName (3Tk) - Set the name of an application for ``send'' commands
Tk_SetClass, Tk_Class (3Tk) - set or retrieve a window's class
Tk_SetColorModel, Tk_GetColorModel (3Tk) - access color model for screen
Tk_SetGrid, Tk_UnsetGrid (3Tk) - control the grid for interactive resizing
tk_setPalette, tk_bisque (3Tk) - Modify the Tk color palette
Tk_SetWindowVisual (3Tk) - change visual characteristics of window
Tk_Sleep (3Tk) - delay execution for a given number of milliseconds
Tk_StrictMotif (3Tk) - Return value of tk_strictMotif variable
Tk_WindowId, Tk_Parent, Tk_Display, Tk_DisplayName, Tk_ScreenNumber, Tk_Screen, Tk_X, Tk_Y, Tk_Width, Tk_Height, Tk_Changes, Tk_Attributes, Tk_IsMapped, Tk_IsTopLevel, Tk_ReqWidth, Tk_ReqHeight, Tk_InternalBorderWidth, Tk_Visual, Tk_Depth, Tk_Colormap (3Tk) - retrieve information from Tk's local data structure
tkerror (3Tk) - Command invoked to process background errors
tkvars (3Tk) - Variables used or set by Tk
tkwait (3Tk) - Wait for variable to change or window to be destroyed
tltbin (3G) - selects a texture look up table
tltdef (3G) - defines a texture look-up table
tlutbind (3G) - selects a texture look up table
tlutdef (3G) - defines a texture look-up table
TmArrowButton (3Tm) - the ArrowButton widget class
TmArrowButton (3Tm) - the ArrowButton widget class
TmBulletinBoard (3Tm) - the BulletinBoard widget class
TmCascadeButton (3Tm) - the CascadeButton widget class
TmCommand (3Tm) - the Command widget class
TmContainer (3Tm) - the Container widget class
TmCore (3Tm) - the Core widget class
TmCSText (3Tm) - the CSText widget class
TmDialogShell (3Tm) - the DialogShell widget class
TmDrawingArea (3Tm) - the DrawingArea widget class
TmDrawnButton (3Tm) - the DrawnButton widget class
TmFileSelectionBox (3Tm) - the FileSelectionBox widget class
TmForm (3Tm) - the Form widget class
TmFrame (3Tm) - the Frame widget class
TmLabel (3Tm) - the Label widget class
TmList (3Tm) - the List widget class
TmMainWindow (3Tm) - the MainWindow widget class
TmManager (3Tm) - the Manager widget class
TmMessageBox (3Tm) - the MessageBox widget class
TmNotebook (3Tm) - the Notebook widget class
TmPanedWindow (3Tm) - the PanedWindow widget class
tmpfile (3S) - create a temporary file
tmpnam, tempnam (3S) - create a name for a temporary file
TmPrimitive (3Tm) - the Primitive widget class
TmRoot (3Tm) - the toplevel widget ``.''
TmRowColumn (3Tm) - the RowColumn widget class
TmScale (3Tm) - the Scale widget class
TmScrollBar (3Tm) - the ScrollBar widget class
TmScrolledWindow (3Tm) - the ScrolledWindow widget class
TmSelectionBox (3Tm) - the SelectionBox widget class
TmSgiGrid (3Tm) - the SGI Grid widget class
TmSgiPanel (3Tm) - the SGI IconPanel widget class
TmSpinBox (3Tm) - the SpinBox widget class
TmString (3Tm) - the string to XmString conversion
TmText (3Tm) - the Text widget class
TmThumbWheel (3Tm) - the SGI sgThumbWheel widget class
TmToggleButton (3Tm) - the ToggleButton widget class
TmTopLevelShell (3Tm) - any toplevel widget.
TmUIL (3Tm) - the interface to the UIL system
TmVersion (3Tm) - Tcl variables for Tm versions
topen, tclose, tread, twrite, trewin, tskipf, tstate (3F) - FORTRAN tape device-specific I/O routines
toplevel (3Tk) - Create and manipulate toplevel widgets
TopLevelShell (3) - The TopLevelShell widget class
TopLevelShell (3X) - The TopLevelShell widget class
tpon, tpoff (3G) - control the visibility of the textport
tpon, tpoff (3G) - control the visibility of the textport
trace (3Tcl) - Monitor variable accesses
trace_back_stack, trace_back_stack_and_print (3) - Calls stack trace library
trace_back_stack, trace_back_stack_and_print (3F) - Calls stack trace library for Fortran applications
Traits (3) - Lists the traits used by the Motif Toolkit.
TRANSFER (3I) - Treats the first argument as if it is of the same type as the second argument
TransientShell (3) - The TransientShell widget class
TransientShell (3X) - The TransientShell widget class
transl (3G) - translates the current matrix
translate (3G) - translates the current matrix
TRANSPOSE (3I) - Transposes an array of rank two
TRIM (3I) - Returns the character argument with trailing blank characters removed
TRIMLEN (3F) - Returns the length of a character argument without counting trailing blanks
tsearch, tfind, tdelete, twalk (3C) - manage binary search trees
tserialio, libtserialio, tsintro, tsClosePort, tsCopyConfig, tsFreeConfig, tsGetErrorHandler, tsGetFD, tsGetFillPoint, tsGetFillPointBytes, tsGetFilledBytes, tsNewConfig, tsNewConfigFromPort, tsOpenPort, tsRead, tsSetCflag, tsSetDirection, tsSetErrorHandler, tsSetExternalClockFactor, tsSetFillPointBytes, tsSetOspeed, tsSetPortName, tsSetProtocol, tsSetQueueSize, tsWrite (3) - timestamped serial port i/o
tsix_get_mac (3N) - get the MAC label of incoming data
tsix_get_solabel (3N) - get the MAC label of a socket
tsix_get_uid (3N) - get the User ID of incoming data
tsix_off (3N) - disable trusted networking
tsix_on (3N) - enable trusted networking
tsix_recvfrom_mac (3N) - receive a message and a MAC label from a socket
tsix_sendto_mac (3N) - send a message with a specified MAC label
tsix_set_mac (3N) - set the MAC label of outgoing data
tsix_set_mac_byrhost (3N) - set the MAC label of outgoing data
tsix_set_solabel (3N) - set the MAC label of a socket
tsix_set_uid (3N) - set the User ID of outgoing data
tt_bcontext_join (3) - add a byte-array value to the list of values
tt_bcontext_quit (3) - remove a byte-array value from the list of values
tt_close (3) - close the current default procid
tt_context_join (3) - add a string value to the list of values
tt_context_quit (3) - remove a string value from the list of values
tt_default_file (3) - return the current default file
tt_default_file_set (3) - set the default file to a file
tt_default_procid (3) - identify the current default process
tt_default_procid_set (3) - set the current default procid
tt_default_ptype (3) - retrieve the current default ptype
tt_default_ptype_set (3) - set the default ptype
tt_default_session (3) - retrieve the current default session identifier
tt_default_session_set (3) - set the current default session identifier
tt_error_int (3) - return an integer error object that encodes the code
tt_error_pointer (3) - return a pointer to an error object that encodes the code
tt_fd (3) - return a file descriptor
tt_file_copy (3) - copy objects from one file to a new file
tt_file_destroy (3) - remove objected rooted on a file
tt_file_join (3) - register interest in messages involving a file
tt_file_move (3) - move objects from one file to another
tt_file_netfile (3) - map between local and canonical pathnames on the local host
tt_file_objects_query (3) - find all objects in the named file
tt_file_quit (3) - register lack of interest in messages that involve a file
tt_free (3) - free storage from the ToolTalk API allocation stack
tt_host_file_netfile (3) - map between local and canonical pathnames on a remote host
tt_host_netfile_file (3) - map between canonical and local pathnames on a remote host
tt_icontext_join (3) - add an integer value to the list of values
tt_icontext_quit (3) - remove an integer value from the list of values
tt_initial_session (3) - return the initial session identifier
tt_int_error (3) - return the status of an error object
tt_is_err (3) - check status value
tt_malloc (3) - allocate storage on the ToolTalk API allocation stack
tt_mark (3) - mark a storage position in the ToolTalk API allocation stack
tt_message_abstainer (3) - return offer's nth abstaining procid
tt_message_abstainers_count (3) - return a count of the offer's abstaining procids
tt_message_accept (3) - declare that the process has been initialized and can accept messages
tt_message_accepter (3) - return offer's nth accepting procid
tt_message_accepters_count (3) - return a count of the offer's accepting procids
tt_message_address (3) - retrieve the address attribute from a message
tt_message_address_set (3) - set the address attribute for a message
tt_message_arg_add (3) - add a new argument to a message object
tt_message_arg_bval (3) - retrieve the byte-array value of a message argument
tt_message_arg_bval_set (3) - set the byte-array value and type of a message argument
tt_message_arg_ival (3) - retrieve the integer value of a message argument
tt_message_arg_ival_set (3) - add an integer value in a message argument
tt_message_arg_mode (3) - return the mode of a message argument
tt_message_arg_type (3) - retrieve the type of a message argument
tt_message_arg_val (3) - return a pointer to the value of a message argument
tt_message_arg_val_set (3) - change the value of a message argument
tt_message_arg_xval (3) - retrieve and deserialize the data from a message argument
tt_message_arg_xval_set (3) - serialize and set data into an existing message argument
tt_message_args_count (3) - return the number of arguments in the message
tt_message_barg_add (3) - add an argument to a pattern
tt_message_bcontext_set (3) - set the byte-array value of a message's context
tt_message_callback_add (3) - register a callback function
tt_message_class (3) - retrieve the class attribute from a message
tt_message_class_set (3) - set the class attribute for a message
tt_message_context_bval (3) - retrieve the byte-array value and length of a message's context
tt_message_context_ival (3) - retrieve the integer value of a message's context
tt_message_context_set (3) - set the character string value of a message's context
tt_message_context_slotname (3) - return the name of a message's nth context
tt_message_context_val (3) - retrieve the character string of a message's context
tt_message_context_xval (3) - retrieve and deserialize the data from a message's context
tt_message_contexts_count (3) - return the number of contexts in a message
tt_message_create (3) - create a new message object
tt_message_create_super (3) - create and re-address a copy of a message
tt_message_destroy (3) - destroy a message
tt_message_disposition (3) - retrieve the disposition attribute from a message
tt_message_disposition_set (3) - set the disposition attribute for a message
tt_message_fail (3) - indicate a message cannot be handled
tt_message_file (3) - retrieves the file attribute from a message
tt_message_file_set (3) - set the file attribute for a message
tt_message_gid (3) - retrieve the group identifier attribute from a message
tt_message_handler (3) - retrieve the handler attribute from a message
tt_message_handler_ptype (3) - retrieve the handler ptype attribute from a message
tt_message_handler_ptype_set (3) - set the handler ptype attribute for a message
tt_message_handler_set (3) - set the handler attribute for a message
tt_message_iarg_add (3) - add a new argument to a message object
tt_message_icontext_set (3) - set the integer value of a message's context
tt_message_id (3) - retrieve the identifier of a message
tt_message_object (3) - retrieve the object attribute from a message
tt_message_object_set (3) - set the object attribute for a message
tt_message_op (3) - retrieve the operation attribute from a message
tt_message_op_set (3) - set the operation attribute for a message
tt_message_opnum (3) - retrieve the operation number attribute from a message
tt_message_otype (3) - retrieve the object type attribute from a message
tt_message_otype_set (3) - set the otype attribute for a message
tt_message_pattern (3) - return the pattern matched by a message
tt_message_print (3) - format a message
tt_message_receive (3) - receive a message
tt_message_reject (3) - reject a message
tt_message_rejecter (3) - return offer's nth rejecting procid
tt_message_rejecters_count (3) - return a count of the offer's rejecting procids
tt_message_reply (3) - reply to a message
tt_message_scope (3) - retrieve the scope attribute from a message
tt_message_scope_set (3) - set the scope attribute for a message
tt_message_send (3) - send a message
tt_message_send_on_exit (3) - set up a message to send upon unexpected exit
tt_message_sender (3) - retrieve the sender attribute from a message
tt_message_sender_ptype (3) - retrieve the sender ptype attribute from a message
tt_message_sender_ptype_set (3) - set the sender ptype attribute for a message
tt_message_session (3) - retrieve the session attribute from a message
tt_message_session_set (3) - set the session attribute for a message
tt_message_state (3) - retrieve the state attribute from a message
tt_message_status (3) - retrieve the status attribute from a message
tt_message_status_set (3) - set the status attribute for a message
tt_message_status_string (3) - retrieve the character string stored with the status attribute for a message
tt_message_status_string_set (3) - set a character string with the status attribute for a message
tt_message_uid (3) - retrieve the user identifier attribute from a message
tt_message_user (3) - retrieve the user information associated with a message object
tt_message_user_set (3) - stores user information associated with a message object
tt_message_xarg_add (3) - add an argument with an XDR-interpreted value to a message object
tt_message_xcontext_set (3) - set the XDR-interpreted byte-array value of a message's context
tt_netfile_file (3) - map between canonical and local pathnames on the local host
tt_objid_equal (3) - test whether two objids are equal
tt_objid_objkey (3) - return the unique key of an objid
tt_onotice_create (3) - create a notice
tt_open (3) - return the process identifier for the calling process
tt_orequest_create (3) - create a request message
tt_otype_base (3) - return the base otype of an otype
tt_otype_derived (3) - return the ith otype derived from the given otype
tt_otype_deriveds_count (3) - return the number of otypes derived from an otype
tt_otype_hsig_arg_mode (3) - return the mode of an argument of a request signature of an otype
tt_otype_hsig_arg_type (3) - return the data type of an argument of a request signature of an otype
tt_otype_hsig_args_count (3) - return the number of arguments of a request signature of an otype
tt_otype_hsig_count (3) - return the number of request signatures for an otype
tt_otype_hsig_op (3) - return the operation name of a request signature of an otype
tt_otype_is_derived (3) - indicate the otype derivations
tt_otype_opnum_callback_add (3) - return a callback if two opnums are equal
tt_otype_osig_arg_mode (3) - return the mode of an argument of a notice signature of an otype
tt_otype_osig_arg_type (3) - return the data type of an argument of a notice signature of an otype
tt_otype_osig_args_count (3) - returns the number of arguments of a notice signature of an otype
tt_otype_osig_count (3) - return the number of notice signatures for an otype
tt_otype_osig_op (3) - return the op name of a notice signature of an otype
tt_pattern_address_add (3) - add a value to the address field for a pattern
tt_pattern_arg_add (3) - add an argument to a pattern
tt_pattern_barg_add (3) - add an argument with a value that contains embedded nulls to a pattern
tt_pattern_bcontext_add (3) - add a byte-array value to the values in this pattern's named context
tt_pattern_callback_add (3) - register a message-matching callback function
tt_pattern_category (3) - return the category value of a pattern
tt_pattern_category_set (3) - fill in the category field for a pattern
tt_pattern_class_add (3) - add a value to the class information for a pattern
tt_pattern_context_add (3) - add a string value to the values of this pattern's context
tt_pattern_create (3) - request a new pattern object
tt_pattern_destroy (3) - destroy a pattern object
tt_pattern_disposition_add (3) - add a value to the disposition field for a pattern
tt_pattern_file_add (3) - add a value to the file field of a pattern
tt_pattern_iarg_add (3) - add a new integer argument to a pattern
tt_pattern_icontext_add (3) - add an integer value to the values of this pattern's context
tt_pattern_object_add (3) - add a value to the object field of a pattern
tt_pattern_op_add (3) - add a value to the operation field of a pattern
tt_pattern_opnum_add (3) - add an operation number to a pattern
tt_pattern_otype_add (3) - add a value to the object type field for a pattern
tt_pattern_print (3) - format a pattern
tt_pattern_register (3) - register a pattern with the ToolTalk service
tt_pattern_scope_add (3) - add a value to the scope field for a pattern
tt_pattern_sender_add (3) - add a value to the sender field for a pattern
tt_pattern_sender_ptype_add (3) - add a value to the sending process's ptype field for a pattern
tt_pattern_session_add (3) - adds a value to the session field for a pattern
tt_pattern_state_add (3) - add a value to the state field for a pattern
tt_pattern_unregister (3) - unregister a pattern from the ToolTalk service
tt_pattern_user (3) - return the value in a user data cell for a pattern object
tt_pattern_user_set (3) - store information in the user data cells of a pattern object
tt_pattern_xarg_add (3) - add a new argument with an interpreted XDR value to a pattern object
tt_pattern_xcontext_add (3) - add an XDR-interpreted byte-array value to this pattern's named context
tt_pnotice_create (3) - create a procedure notice
tt_pointer_error (3) - return the status of a pointer
tt_prequest_create (3) - create a procedure request message
tt_ptr_error (3) - pointer error macro
tt_ptype_declare (3) - register the process type with the ToolTalk service
tt_ptype_exists (3) - indicate whether a ptype is already installed
tt_ptype_opnum_callback_add (3) - return a callback if two opnums are equal
tt_ptype_undeclare (3) - undeclare a ptype
tt_release (3) - free storage allocated on the ToolTalk API allocation stack
tt_session_bprop (3) - retrieve the ith value of the named property of a session
tt_session_bprop_add (3) - add a new byte-string value to the end of the list of values
tt_session_bprop_set (3) - replace current values stored under the named property of a session
tt_session_join (3) - join a session and make it the default
tt_session_prop (3) - return the ith value of a session property
tt_session_prop_add (3) - add a new character-string value to the end of the list of values
tt_session_prop_count (3) - return the number of values stored under a property of a session
tt_session_prop_set (3) - replace current values for a property of a session with a character-string value
tt_session_propname (3) - returns an element of the list of property names for a session
tt_session_propnames_count (3) - return the number of property names for the session
tt_session_quit (3) - quit the session
tt_session_types_load (3) - merge a compiled ToolTalk types file into the running ttsession
tt_spec_bprop (3) - retrieve the ith value of a property
tt_spec_bprop_add (3) - add a new byte-string to the end of the list of values
tt_spec_bprop_set (3) - replace any current values stored under this spec property with a new byte-string
tt_spec_create (3) - create an in-memory spec for an object
tt_spec_destroy (3) - destroy an object's spec
tt_spec_file (3) - retrieve the name of the file that contains the object described by the spec
tt_spec_move (3) - notify the ToolTalk service that an object has moved to a different file
tt_spec_prop (3) - retrieve the ith value of the property associated with an object spec
tt_spec_prop_add (3) - add a new item to the end of the list of values
tt_spec_prop_count (3) - return the number of values listed in this spec property
tt_spec_prop_set (3) - replace property values
tt_spec_propname (3) - return an element of the property name list for an object spec
tt_spec_propnames_count (3) - return the number of property names for an object
tt_spec_type (3) - return the name of the object type
tt_spec_type_set (3) - assign an object type value to an object spec
tt_spec_write (3) - write the spec and any associated properties to the ToolTalk database
tt_status_message (3) - provide a message for a problem status code
tt_trace_control (3) - control client-side tracing
tt_X_session (3) - return the session associated with an X window system display
tt_xcontext_join (3) - add an XDR-interpreted byte-array to the list of values
tt_xcontext_quit (3) - remove an XDR-interpreted byte-array value from the list of values
tt_xxx (3) - library routines for inter-application communication
ttdt_close (3) - destroy a ToolTalk communication endpoint
ttdt_file_event (3) - use ToolTalk to announce an event about a file
ttdt_file_join (3) - register to observe ToolTalk events on a file
ttdt_file_notice (3) - create and send a standard ToolTalk notice about a file
ttdt_file_quit (3) - unregister interest in ToolTalk events about a file
ttdt_file_request (3) - create and send a standard ToolTalk request about a file
ttdt_Get_Modified (3) - ask if any ToolTalk client has changes pending on a file
ttdt_message_accept (3) - accept a contract to handle a ToolTalk request
ttdt_open (3) - create a ToolTalk communication endpoint
ttdt_Revert (3) - request a ToolTalk client to revert a file
ttdt_Save (3) - request a ToolTalk client to save a file
ttdt_sender_imprint_on (3) - act like a child of the specified tool
ttdt_session_join (3) - join a ToolTalk session
ttdt_session_quit (3) - quit a ToolTalk session
ttdt_subcontract_manage (3) - manage an outstanding request
ttmedia_Deposit (3) - send a Deposit request to checkpoint a document
ttmedia_load (3) - send a Display, Edit or Compose request
ttmedia_load_reply (3) - reply to a Display, Edit or Compose request
ttmedia_ptype_declare (3) - declare the ptype of a Media Exchange media editor
tttk_block_while (3) - block while a counter is greater than zero
tttk_message_abandon (3) - finalize a message properly
tttk_message_create (3) - create a message conforming to the CDE conventions
tttk_message_destroy (3) - destroy a message conforming to the CDE conventions
tttk_message_fail (3) - fail a message
tttk_message_reject (3) - reject a message
tttk_op_string (3) - map a ToolTalk op code to a string
tttk_string_op (3) - map a string to a ToolTalk op code
tttk_Xt_input_handler (3) - Process ToolTalk events for Xt clients
ttynam, isatty (3F) - find name of a terminal port
ttyname, ttyname_r, isatty (3C) - find name of a terminal
ttyslot (3C) - find the slot in the utmp file of the current user
ualarm (3C) - generate a SIGALRM signal in ``useconds'' microseconds
UBOUND (3I) - Returns all the upper bounds of an array or a specified upper bound
udmalib: dma_open, dma_close, dma_allocbuf, dma_freebuf, dma_mkparms, dma_freeparms, dma_start (3X) - user-level access to DMA hardware
ufmCloseTypeface (3w) - close a typeface
ufmFree (3w) - free an area of memory that was allocated by UFM
ufmFreeBitmap (3w) - free a character bitmap
ufmFreeCharMetrics (3w) - free character metrics
ufmFreeExactOutline (3w) - free an exact character outline
ufmFreeFontInfo (3w) - free font information
ufmFreeTypefaceInfo (3w) - free typeface information
ufmFreeTypefaceList (3w) - free a list of typefaces
ufmFreeTypefaceMetrics (3w) - free typeface metrics
ufmFreeVectorOutline (3w) - free a vector character outline
ufmGetBitmap (3w) - get a character bitmap
ufmGetCharMetrics (3w) - get character metrics by character code
ufmGetCharMetricsByName (3w) - get character metrics by name or CID code
ufmGetExactOutline (3w) - get exact outlines for specified characters
ufmGetFontInfo (3w) - get font information
ufmGetFontPath (3w) - get the current UFM font path
ufmGetTransformedBitmap (3w) - get a transformed character bitmap
ufmGetTypefaceInfo (3w) - get typeface information
ufmGetTypefaceList (3w) - get a list of typefaces
ufmGetTypefaceMetrics (3w) - get typeface metrics
ufmGetVectorOutline (3w) - get vector outlines for specified characters
ufmGetVersion (3w) - get the version of the Universal Font Manager (UFM)
ufmOpenTypeface (3w) - open a typeface
ufmSetFontPath (3w) - set the Universal Font Manager (UFM) font path
Uil (3) - Invokes the UIL compiler from within an application
Uil (3X) - Invokes the UIL compiler from within an application
UilDumpSymbolTable (3) - Dumps the contents of a named UIL symbol table to standard output
UilDumpSymbolTable (3X) - Dumps the contents of a named UIL symbol table to standard output
uldb_get_limit_values, uldb_get_value_units, uldb_get_limit_names, uldb_get_domain_names, uldb_free_namelist, uldb_free_limit_list (3c) - ULDB functions
underl (3G) - allocates bitplanes for display of underlay colors
underlay (3G) - allocates bitplanes for display of underlay colors
ungetc (3S) - push character back into input stream
ungetwc (3S) - push wchar_t character back into input stream
UNIT (3I) - Returns the status of a BUFFER IN or BUFFER OUT statement
UNIVERSAL (3) - base class for ALL classes (blessed references)
unknown (3Tcl) - Handle attempts to use non-existent commands
unlockpt (3C) - unlock a pseudo-terminal master/slave pair
UNPACK (3I) - Unpacks an array of rank one into an array under control of a mask
unqdev (3G) - disables the specified device from making entries in the event queue
unqdevice (3G) - disables the specified device from making entries in the event queue
unregisterhost (3N) - remove the existing host entry in NIS hosts database
unset (3Tcl) - Delete variables
update (3Tk) - Process pending events and/or when-idle handlers
uplevel (3Tcl) - Execute a script in a different stack frame
upvar (3Tcl) - Create link to variable in a different stack frame
uscas, uscas32 (3P) - compare and swap operator
USCCTC, USCCTI (3F) - Converts EBCDIC character data to ASCII character data, and vice versa
usclosepollsema (3P) - detach a file descriptor from a pollable semaphore
usconfig (3P) - semaphore and lock arena configuration operations
uscpsema (3P) - conditionally acquires a semaphore
usctllock (3P) - lock control operations
usctlsema (3P) - semaphore control operations
usdumplock (3P) - dump out information about a specific lock
usdumpsema (3P) - dump out information about a specific semaphore
User::grent (3) - by-name interface to Perl's built-in getgr*() functions
User::pwent (3) - by-name interface to Perl's built-in getpw*() functions
usfreelock (3P) - free a lock
usfreepollsema (3P) - free a pollable semaphore
usfreesema (3P) - free a semaphore
usgetinfo, usputinfo, uscasinfo (3P) - exchange information though an arena
usinit, usdetach, usadd, _utrace, _uerror (3P) - shared arena initialization
usinitlock (3P) - initializes a lock
usinitsema (3P) - initialize a semaphore
usleep (3C) - suspend execution for an interval
usmalloc, usfree, usrealloc, uscalloc, usmallopt, usmallinfo, (3P) - shared arena memory allocator
usnewlock (3P) - allocate and initialize a lock
usnewpollsema (3P) - allocate and initialize a pollable semaphore
usnewsema (3P) - allocate and initialize a semaphore
usopenpollsema (3P) - attach a file descriptor to a pollable semaphore
uspsema (3P) - acquire a semaphore
ussetlock, uscsetlock, uswsetlock, ustestlock, usunsetlock (3P) - spinlock routines
ussetlock, uscsetlock, uswsetlock, ustestlock, usunsetlock (3P) - spinlock routines
ustestsema (3P) - return the value of a semaphore
usvsema (3P) - release a semaphore
utimes (3B) - set file times
uuid_create, uuid_create_nil, uuid_compare, uuid_equal, uuid_is_nil, uuid_hash, uuid_from_string, uuid_to_string (3C) - Universal Unique Identifier functions
v2d, v2f, v2i, v2s, v3d, v3f, v3i, v3s, v4d, v4f, v4i, v4s (3G) - transfers a 2-D, 3-D, or 4-D vertex to the graphics pipe
v2d, v2f, v2i, v2s, v3d, v3f, v3i, v3s, v4d, v4f, v4i, v4s (3G) - transfers a 2-D, 3-D, or 4-D vertex to the graphics pipe
validate (3) - run many filetest checks on a tree
validateproj, fvalidateproj (3c) - validate a project name for a user
varargs, argmnt, getadr, nullok, xetarg, retour (3F) - allow variable number of arguments in argument list
vars (3) - Perl pragma to predeclare global variable names
VAX2MIPS, MIPS2VAX (3F) - Converts generic IEEE data to MIPS IEEE data and vice versa
VendorShell (3) - The VendorShell widget class
VendorShell (3X) - The VendorShell widget class
VERIFY (3I) - Verifies that a set of characters contains all characters in a string
vfwprintf: vfwprintf, vwprintf, vswprintf (3S) - wide-character formatted output of a stdarg argument list
vfwscanf: vfwscanf, vwscanf, vswscanf (3S) - convert formatted wide-character input
videoc (3G) - initiates a command transfer sequence on a video peripheral
videocmd (3G) - initiates a command transfer sequence on a video peripheral
videosync (3dm) - information about USTs and video timing on SGI systems
ViewKit (3x) - A class library that makes it easier to use Motif
viewpo (3G) - allocates a rectangular area of the window for an image
viewport (3G) - allocates a rectangular area of the window for an image
VirtualBindings (3X) - Bindings for virtual mouse and key events
VkAction (3x) - Supports encapsulation of a command that can be undone
VkAlignmentGroup (3x) - Support for aligning widgets by size or position
VkApp (3x) - Class used by all ViewKit applications to handle initialization
VkBackground (3x) - Support for simple work procedure-based background tasks
VkBusyDialog (3x) - Manage and display busy dialogs
VkCallbackObject (3x) - An abstract class that supports classes that use C++ member function callbacks
VkCheckBox (3x) - A simple interface to a multi-choice preference panel
VkCmd (3x) - the simplest command class
VkCmdFactory (3x) - produces VkCmd objects
VkCmdManager (3x) - execute commands
VkCmdRegistry (3x) - registry for named command classes
VkColorChooserDialog (3x) - A dialog manager for color chooser dialogs
VkCompletionField (3x) - A text input field that supports automatic name completion
VkComponent (3x) - Abstract base class for all ViewKit components
VkComponentList (3x) - A simple list of VkComponent objects
VkConfigureWM (3X) - Configure the window manager
VkCursorList (3x) - Support lists of cursors that can be used for animation
VkCutPaste (3x) - A simple API for Cut/Copy/Drag/Drop
VkDeck (3x) - Container that makes one child at a time visible
VkDialogManager (3x) - An abstract manager class that caches and supports Motif dialogs
VkDoubleBuffer (3x) - Abstract class supports classes that draw double- buffered graphics
VkErrorDialog (3x) - A dialog manager for error dialogs
VkEZ (3x) - A simple "widget wrapper" package to make using Motif easier
VkFatalErrorDialog (3x) - Simple manager for fatal error dialogs
VkFileSelectionDialog (3x) - Dialog manager for file selection dialogs
VkFLM (3x) - FLEXlm License Management
VkForkIO (3x) - Command-line interface to shell command component
VkForkWindow (3x) - Window connected to a subprocess via VkForkIO
VkFormat (3X) - Convenience function that prints into a buffer and returns it
VkGangedGroup (3x) - Utility class that supports ganged scrollbars and scales
VkGenericDialog (3x) - An abstract class that supports custom dialog managers
VkGetResource (3x) - Convenience functions for retrieving resources
VkGraph (3x) - A component that displays directed graphs
VkHelp (3x) - Description of ViewKit-supported on-line help facilities
VkHelpPane (3x) - A menu pane that interfaces to the ViewKit help system
VkIconButton (3x) - Creates an XmPushButton from an Xpm description
VkInfoDialog (3x) - A dialog manager for information dialogs
VkInput (3x) - Encapsulation class for input callbacks on file descriptors
VkInterruptDialog (3x) - A dialog manager that support interrupts
VkLicense (3x) - One Line Description
VkListSearch (3x) - A utility class for implementing incremental search in a list
VkMenu (3x) - Abstract base class for all ViewKit menu container objects
VkMenuAction (3x) - Class For all menu actions
VkMenuActionObject (3x) - Support for menu commands represented as objects
VkMenuActionWidget (3x) - Class For Widget-based Menu Actions
VkMenuBar (3x) - A ViewKit Menu Bar
VkMenuConfirmFirstAction (3x) - A menu action that requires user confirmation
VkMenuItem (3x) - Abstract base class for all ViewKit menu classes
VkMenuLabel (3x) - A label that can appear in a menu
VkMenuSeparator (3x) - Class For All Menu Actions
VkMenuToggle (3x) - Class that support two-state actions in menus
VkMenuUndoManager (3x) - Support for an undo facility
VkMeter (3x) - Display a layered bar graph
VkModel (3x) - An abstract class that supports Model-View-Controller style applications
VkModified (3x) - Base class for VkModifiedAttachment
VkModifiedAttachment (3x) - Attachment class for showing modified text widgets
VkMovieButton (3x) - A multimedia button component that plays a movie
VkMoviePlayer (3x) - A multimedia Player component that plays a movie
VkMsgApp (3x) - Class used by messaging applications to handle initialization
VkMsgClient (3x) - ViewKit application interface to the ViewKit Message Facility
VkMsgComponent (3x) - Abstract base class for all ViewKit message components
VkMsgFacility (3x) - ViewKit simple interface to the ToolTalk message service
VkMsgService (3x) - ViewKit object-oriented interface to the ToolTalk message service
VkMsgWindow (3x) - Base class for all top-level messaging windows with menus
VkNameList (3x) - A class that supports and manipulates lists of strings
VkNLS (3x) - Network Licensing support
VkNode (3x) - Base node class used by VkGraph
VkOlNode (3x) - A utility class used by VkOutline
VkOptionMenu (3x) - An option menu for use with ViewKit menu items
VkOutline (3x) - A simple outliner
VkOutlineASB (3x) - An outliner that uses the annotated scrollbar
VkPeriodic (3x) - Support for performing actions at regular periodic intervals
VkPie (3x) - A simple pie chart component
VkPipe (3x) - Object-oriented interface to Unix pipes
VkPixmap, VkCreateXPMPixmap, VkSetHighlightingPixmap (3X) - Convenience functions that work with libXpm
VkPopupMenu (3x) - A Popup menu class
VkPrefCustom (3x) - Custom widget holder for preference package
VkPrefDialog (3x) - Preference dialog interface for preference package
VkPrefEmpty (3x) - Empty place holder for preference package (decorative)
VkPrefGroup (3x) - Grouping interface for preference package
VkPrefItem (3x) - Abstract class that supports preference items
VkPrefLabel (3x) - Label for preference package (decorative)
VkPrefList (3x) - List-arrangement interface for preference package
VkPrefOption (3x) - Option menu preference field
VkPrefRadio (3x) - Radio box interface for preference package
VkPrefSeparator (3x) - Separator for preference package (decorative)
VkPrefText (3x) - Text input preference field
VkPrefToggle (3x) - Toggle interface for preference package
VkProgram (3x) - Object-oriented interface to subprogram execution
VkProgressDialog (3x) - A dialog manager supporting interruptible dialogs with a progress indicator
VkPromptDialog (3x) - A dialog manager for prompt dialogs
VkQuestionDialog (3x) - Dialog Manager class for question dialogs
VkRadioBox (3x) - Simple support for a One-Of-Many selections
VkRadioGroup (3x) - Support for radio behavior within any set of toggle buttons
VkRadioSubMenu (3x) - A menu pane with radio behavior
VkRepeatButton (3x) - A component for displaying repeating Motif buttons
VkResizer (3x) - Attachment class for resizing and moving widgets
VkRunOnce (3x) - Allow an application to have only a single instance
VkRunOnce2 (3x) - Allow an application to have only a single instance
VkScroll (3x) - Automatic scrolled window using the annotated scrollbar
VkSimpleWindow (3x) - Base class for all top-level windows
VkSoApp (3x) - Class used by all Inventor ViewKit applications to handle initialization
VkSoMsgApp (3x) - Class used by all Inventor ViewKit messaging applications to handle initialization
VkSubMenu (3x) - A container for pulldown or pull-right menu panes
VkSubProcess, VkSubProcessRep (3x) - Object-oriented interface to a running subprocess
VkTabbedDeck (3x) - Combines a VkTabPanel and a VkDeck
VkTabPanel (3x) - A component for displaying a tabular control panel
VkTextIO (3x) - Command-line interface text component
VkTickMarks (3x) - A component for displaying a vertical set of tick marks
VkTrace (3x) - Utility routines for tracing ViewKit applications
VkVisual (3x) - convenience class for dealing with X11 visuals
VkVuMeter (3x) - A component for displaying a segmented meter
VkWarningDialog (3x) - Dialog manager class for warning dialogs
VkWebViewer (3) - Web viewing component
VkWebViewerBase (3) - Web viewing component
VkWidgetList (3x) - Supports operations on a list of widgets
VkWindow (3x) - Base class for all top-level windows with menus
vl_camera.h (3) - unified camera controls via the video library
VL_EXT_EVENT_RECV (3dm) - VL Event Receive library extension for O2 workstations (now obsolete)
vlan_alive (3) - see if connected to VLAN device
vlan_close (??) -
vlan_cmd (??) -
vlan_open (??) -
vlBeginTransfer, vlEndTransfer, vlGetTransferSize (3dm) - begin and end transfer on video path
vlBufferReset, vlBufferDone, vlBufferGetFd, vlBufferAdvise, vlNodeGetFd, vlDMBufferResetNode (3dm) - VL buffer state management routines
vlConnectionNumber, vlGetFD, vlServerProtocolVersion, vlServerVendorRelease, vlServerString (3dm) - extract information from an open video server handle
vlCreateBuffer, vlDestroyBuffer (3dm) - IRIS VL buffer create and destroy routines
vlCreatePath, vlDestroyPath (3dm) - manage VL paths
vlDMBufferGetValid, vlDMBufferPutValid, vlDMBufferGetVideoInfo, vlDMBufferSetVideoInfo (3dm) - VL DMbuffer management routines
vlDMBufferSend (3dm) - send a DMbuffer to video out.
vlDMGetParams (3dm) - get DMparams list for video subsystem
vlDMPoolGetParams, vlDMPoolRegister, vlDMPoolDeregister (3dm) - set up a DMbufferpool for video transfer
vlGetConnection (3dm) - manage the connectivity of a VL path
vlGetConnectionInfo (3dm) - get information about a video connection
vlGetControl, vlSetControl (3dm) - get or set control VL value
vlGetControlInfo, vlFreeControlInfo (3dm) - get and free information about VL controls
vlGetControlList, vlFreeControlList (3dm) - get and free the list of valid VL controls for a path
vlGetDevice, vlGetDeviceList (3dm) - get VL device information
vlGetFilled, vlGetFilledByNode, vlDMBufferGetFilledByNode (3dm) - get the number of valid entries in a VLBuffer or given path.
vlGetFrontierMSC (3dm) - get the frontier MSC associated with a particular VL_MEM node
vlGetNextValid, vlGetLatestValid, vlGetActiveRegion, vlGetNextFree, vlGetDMediaInfo, vlGetImageInfo, vlPutValid, vlPutFree (3dm) - VL buffer management routines
vlGetNode, vlAddNode, vlRemoveNode (3dm) - VL node handling routines
vlGetPathDelay (3dm) - get the time delay between two jacks in a VLPath
vlGetString (3dm) - returns a string describing the current VL connection.
vlGetUSTMSCPair (3dm) - get the time at which a field/frame came in or will go out
vlGetUSTPerMSC (3dm) - get the time spacing of fields/frames in a path
VLintro, libvl, vl (3dm) - IRIS Video Library for SGI workstations
vlIsStreamUsed (3dm) - determine if VL stream is used
vlMatchFloat, vlMatchFraction, vlFractionCount, vlMatchFractionInList, vlFractionList (3dm) - VL fraction list utility functions
vlNextEvent, vlCheckEvent, vlPeekEvent, vlEventToName, vlPending (3dm) - VL event handling routines
vlOpenVideo, vlCloseVideo (3dm) - open or close a connection to the VL server
vlPathGetFD, vlEventRecv, vlEventToDMBuffer (3dm) - event handling routines
vlPerror, vlStrError, vlGetErrno, vlErrno (3dm) - VL error routines
vlRegisterBuffer, vlDeregisterBuffer (3dm) - set up a VL buffer for transfer
vlRegisterHandler, vlRemoveHandler, vlAddCallback, vlRemoveCallback, vlRemoveAllCallbacks, vlCallCallbacks, vlMainLoop (3dm) - IRIS VL event handling routines
vlSaveSystemDefaults, vlRestoreSystemDefaults, vlRestoreFactoryDefaults (3dm) - manage default video settings
vlSelectEvents (3dm) - select VL events of interest
vlSetConnection (3dm) - manage the connectivity of a VL path
vlSetControlTrigger, vlSetControlInLine (3dm) - frame-accurate setting of control VL values
vlSetErrorHandler, vlSetIOErrorHandler (3dm) - set VL non-fatal or fatal error handler
vlSetupPaths (3dm) - setup VL paths
vme_dma_engine_handle_alloc, vme_dma_engine_buffer_alloc, vme_dma_engine_buffer_vaddr_get, vme_dma_engine_transfer_alloc, vme_dma_engine_schedule, vme_dma_engine_commit, vme_dma_engine_rendezvous, vme_dma_engine_transfer_free, vme_dma_engine_buffer_free, vme_dma_engine_handle_free (3X) - user-level access to VMEbus DMA engine
vprintf, vfprintf, vsnprintf, vsprintf (3S) - print formatted output of a variable argument list
wait, wait3 (3B) - wait for child processes to stop or terminate
wconv: towupper, towlower, wctrans, towctrans (3S) - translation character functions and extensible translation functions
wcsftime (3C) - convert date and time to wide character string
wcstod: wcstod, wcstof, wcstold (3S) - convert wide-character string to floating-point number
wcstol, wcstoul, wcstoll, wcstoull (3S) - convert wide character string to long integer, unsigned long integer, long long integer, unsigned long long integer, respectively
wcstring: wcscat, wscat, wcsncat, wsncat, wcscmp, wscmp, wcsncmp, wsncmp, wcscoll, wcscpy, wscpy, wcsncpy, wsncpy, wcslen, wslen, wcschr, wschr, wcsrchr, wsrchr, wcspbrk, wspbrk, wcsspn, wsspn, wscspn, wcstok, wstostr, wcswcs, wcswidth, wcwidth (3S) - wchar_t string operations and type transformation
wctype: iswalpha, iswupper, iswlower, iswdigit, iswxdigit, iswalnum, iswspace, iswpunct, iswprint, iswgraph, iswcntrl, iswascii, isphonogram, isideogram, isenglish, isnumber, isspecial, wctype, iswctype (3S) - classification functions for ASCII and supplementary code set characters, and extensible wide character classification functions
while (3Tcl) - Execute script repeatedly as long as a condition is met
widec (3S) - multibyte character I/O routines
winatt (3G) - obsolete routine
winattach (3G) - obsolete routine
winclo (3G) - closes the identified graphics window
winclose (3G) - closes the identified graphics window
wincon (3G) - binds window constraints to the current window
winconstraints (3G) - binds window constraints to the current window
windep (3G) - measures how deep a window is in the window stack
windepth (3G) - measures how deep a window is in the window stack
window (3G) - defines a perspective projection transformation
window (3G) - defines a perspective projection transformation
winfo (3Tk) - Return window-related information
winget (3G) - returns the identifier of the current graphics window
winget (3G) - returns the identifier of the current graphics window
winmov (3G) - moves the current graphics window by its lower-left corner
winmove (3G) - moves the current graphics window by its lower-left corner
winope (3G) - creates a graphics window
winopen (3G) - creates a graphics window
winpop (3G) - moves the current graphics window in front of all other windows
winpop (3G) - moves the current graphics window in front of all other windows
winpos (3G) - changes the size and position of the current graphics window
winposition (3G) - changes the size and position of the current graphics window
winpus (3G) - places the current graphics window behind all other windows
winpush (3G) - places the current graphics window behind all other windows
winset (3G) - sets the current graphics window
winset (3G) - sets the current graphics window
wintit (3G) - adds a title bar to the current graphics window
wintitle (3G) - adds a title bar to the current graphics window
wm (3Tk) - Communicate with window manager
wmemstring: wmemchr, wmemcmp, wmemcpy, wmemmove, wmemset (3S) - wide character array functions
wmpack (3G) - specifies RGBA writemask with a single packed integer
wmpack (3G) - specifies RGBA writemask with a single packed integer
WMShell (3) - The WMShell widget class
WMShell (3X) - The WMShell widget class
WNLFLAG, WNLDELM, WNLSEP, WNLREP (3F) - Provides user control of NAMELIST output format
WNLLINE (3F) - Allows each NAMELIST variable to begin on a new line
WNLLONG (3F) - Selects NAMELIST output line length
wordexp, wordfree (3G) - perform word expansions
writem (3G) - grants write permission to bitplanes
writemask (3G) - grants write permission to bitplanes
writep (3G) - paints a row of pixels on the screen
writepixels (3G) - paints a row of pixels on the screen
writeR (3G) - paints a row of pixels on the screen
writeRGB (3G) - paints a row of pixels on the screen
wsregexp: wsrecompile, wsrestep, wsrematch, wsreerr (3W) - Wide character based regular expression compile and match routines
wstring: wssize, wstok, strtows (3W) - wchar_t string operations and type transformation
XAddConnectionWatch, XRemoveConnectionWatch, XProcessInternalConnection, XInternalConnectionNumbers (3X11) - handle Xlib internal connections
XAddHost, XAddHosts, XListHosts, XRemoveHost, XRemoveHosts, XSetAccessControl, XEnableAccessControl, XDisableAccessControl, XHostAddress (3X11) - control host access and host control structure
XAllocClassHint, XSetClassHint, XGetClassHint, XClassHint (3X11) - allocate class hints structure and set or read a window's WM_CLASS property
XAllocColor, XAllocNamedColor, XAllocColorCells, XAllocColorPlanes, XFreeColors (3X11) - allocate and free colors
XAllocIconSize, XSetIconSizes, XGetIconSizes, XIconSize (3X11) - allocate icon size structure and set or read a window's WM_ICON_SIZES property
XAllocSizeHints, XSetWMNormalHints, XGetWMNormalHints, XSetWMSizeHints, XGetWMSizeHints, XSizeHints (3X11) - allocate size hints structure and set or read a window's WM_NORMAL_HINTS property
XAllocStandardColormap, XSetRGBColormaps, XGetRGBColormaps, XStandardColormap (3X11) - allocate, set, or read a standard colormap structure
XAllocWMHints, XSetWMHints, XGetWMHints, XWMHints (3X11) - allocate window manager hints structure and set or read a window's WM_HINTS property
XAllowDeviceEvents (3X11) - release queued events
XAllowEvents (3X11) - release queued events
XAnyEvent, XEvent (3X11) - generic X event structures
Xau library: XauFileName, XauReadAuth, XauLockAuth, XauUnlockAuth, XauWriteAuth, XauDisposeAuth, XauGetAuthByAddr, XauGetBestAuthByAddr (3) - X authority database routines
XButtonEvent, XKeyEvent, XMotionEvent (3X11) - KeyPress, KeyRelease, ButtonPress, ButtonRelease, and MotionNotify event structures
XChangeDeviceDontPropagateList, XGetDeviceDontPropagateList (3X11) - query or change the dont-propagate-list for extension devices
XChangeKeyboardControl, XGetKeyboardControl, XAutoRepeatOn, XAutoRepeatOff, XBell, XQueryKeymap, XKeyboardControl (3X11) - manipulate keyboard settings and keyboard control structure
XChangeKeyboardDevice (3X11) - change which device is used as the X keyboard
XChangeKeyboardMapping, XGetKeyboardMapping, XDisplayKeycodes, XSetModifierMapping, XGetModifierMapping, XNewModifiermap, XInsertModifiermapEntry, XDeleteModifiermapEntry, XFreeModifierMap XModifierKeymap (3X11) - manipulate keyboard encoding and keyboard encoding structure
XChangePointerControl, XGetPointerControl (3X11) - control pointer
XChangePointerDevice (3X11) - change which device is the X pointer
XChangeSaveSet, XAddToSaveSet, XRemoveFromSaveSet (3X11) - change a client's save set
XChangeWindowAttributes, XSetWindowBackground, XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap, XSetWindowBorder, XSetWindowBorderPixmap, XSetWindowColormap (3X11) - change window attributes
XCirculateEvent (3X11) - CirculateNotify event structure
XCirculateRequestEvent (3X11) - CirculateRequest event structure
XClearArea, XClearWindow (3X11) - clear area or window
XClientMessageEvent (3X11) - ClientMessage event structure
XcmsAllocColor, XcmsAllocNamedColor (3X11) - allocate colors
XcmsCCCOfColormap, XcmsSetCCCOfColormap (3X11) - query and modify CCC of a colormap
XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC, XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL, XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC, XcmsCIELabQueryMinL (3X11) - obtain the CIE L*a*b* coordinates
XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC, XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL, XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC, XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL (3X11) - obtain the CIE L*u*v* coordinates
XcmsColor, XcmsRGB, XcmsRGBi, XcmsCIEXYZ, XcmsCIEuvY, XcmsCIExyY, XcmsCIELab, XcmsCIELuv, XcmsTekHVC, XcmsPad (3X11) - Xcms color struture
XcmsConvertColors (3X11) - convert CCC color specifications
XcmsCreateCCC, XcmsFreeCCC (3X11) - creating and destroying CCCs
XcmsDefaultCCC (3X11) - obtain the default CCC for a screen
XcmsQueryBlack, XcmsQueryBlue, XcmsQueryGreen, XcmsQueryRed, XcmsQueryWhite (3X11) - obtain black, blue, green, red, and white CCC color specifications
XcmsQueryColor, XcmsQueryColors, XcmsLookupColor (3X11) - obtain color values
XcmsSetWhitePoint, XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc (3X11) - modifying CCC attributes
XcmsStoreColor, XcmsStoreColors (3X11) - set colors
XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC, XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV, XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC, XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples, XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV (3X11) - obtain the TekHVC coordinates
XColormapEvent (3X11) - ColormapNotify event structure
XConfigureEvent (3X11) - ConfigureNotify event structure
XConfigureRequestEvent (3X11) - ConfigureRequest event structure
XConfigureWindow, XMoveWindow, XResizeWindow, XMoveResizeWindow, XSetWindowBorderWidth, XWindowChanges (3X11) - configure windows and window changes structure
XCopyArea, XCopyPlane (3X11) - copy areas
XCreateColormap, XCopyColormapAndFree, XFreeColormap, XColor (3X11) - create, copy, or destroy colormaps and color structure
XCreateFontCursor, XCreatePixmapCursor, XCreateGlyphCursor (3X11) - create cursors
XCreateFontSet, XFreeFontSet (3X11) - create and free an international text drawing font set
XCreateGC, XCopyGC, XChangeGC, XGetGCValues, XFreeGC, XGContextFromGC, XGCValues (3X11) - create or free graphics contexts and graphics context structure
XCreateIC, XDestroyIC, XIMOfIC (3X11) - create, destroy, and obtain the input method of an input context
XCreateOC, XDestroyOC, XSetOCValues, XGetOCValues, XOMOfOC (3X11) - create output contexts
XCreatePixmap, XFreePixmap (3X11) - create or destroy pixmaps
XCreateRegion, XSetRegion, XDestroyRegion (3X11) - create or destroy regions
XCreateWindow, XCreateSimpleWindow, XSetWindowAttributes (3X11) - create windows and window attributes structure
XCreateWindowEvent (3X11) - CreateNotify event structure
XCrossingEvent (3X11) - EnterNotify and LeaveNotify event structure
XdbeAllocateBackBufferName (3X11) - allocates a DBE buffer.
XdbeBeginIdiom (3X11) - marks the beginning of a DBE idiom sequence.
XdbeDeallocateBackBufferName (3X11) - frees a DBE buffer.
XdbeEndIdiom (3X11) - marks the end of a DBE idiom sequence.
XdbeFreeVisualInfo (3X11) - frees information returned by XdbeGetVisualInfo().
XdbeGetBackBufferAttributes (3X11) - returns attributes of a DBE buffer.
XdbeGetVisualInfo (3X11) - (no summary available)
XdbeQueryExtension (3X11) - returns the version of DBE supported by the server.
XdbeSwapBuffers (3X11) - swaps front and back DBE buffers.
XDefineCursor, XUndefineCursor (3X11) - define cursors
XDestroyWindow, XDestroySubwindows (3X11) - destroy windows
XDestroyWindowEvent (3X11) - DestroyNotify event structure
XDeviceBell (3X11) - ring a bell on a device supported through the input extension
xdr (3N) - library routines for external data representation
xdr (3R) - External Data Representation (XDR) library routines
xdr_admin: xdr_getpos, xdr_inline, xdrrec_eof, xdr_setpos (3N) - library routines for external data representation
xdr_complex: xdr_array, xdr_bytes, xdr_opaque, xdr_pointer, xdr_reference, xdr_string, xdr_union, xdr_vector, xdr_wrapstring (3N) - library routines for external data representation
xdr_create: xdr_destroy, xdrmem_create, xdrrec_create, xdrstdio_create (3N) - library routines for external data representation stream creation
xdr_simple: xdr_bool, xdr_char, xdr_double, xdr_enum, xdr_float, xdr_free, xdr_hyper, xdr_int32, xdr_int64, xdr_int, xdr_long, xdr_longlong, xdr_longlong_t, xdr_short, xdr_time_t, xdr_u_char, xdr_u_hyper, xdr_u_int, xdr_u_long, xdr_u_longlong, xdr_u_longlong_t, xdr_u_short, xdr_uint32, xdr_uint64, xdr_void (3N) - library routines for external data representation
XDrawArc, XDrawArcs, XArc (3X11) - draw arcs and arc structure
XDrawImageString, XDrawImageString16 (3X11) - draw image text
XDrawLine, XDrawLines, XDrawSegments, XSegment (3X11) - draw lines, polygons, and line structure
XDrawPoint, XDrawPoints, XPoint (3X11) - draw points and points structure
XDrawRectangle, XDrawRectangles, XRectangle (3X11) - draw rectangles and rectangles structure
XDrawString, XDrawString16 (3X11) - draw text characters
XDrawText, XDrawText16, XTextItem, XTextItem16 (3X11) - draw polytext text and text drawing structures
XEmptyRegion, XEqualRegion, XPointInRegion, XRectInRegion (3X11) - determine if regions are empty or equal
XERBLA (3S) - i an error handler for the LAPACK routines
XErrorEvent (3X11) - X error event structure
XeviQueryExtension, XeviQueryVersion, XeviGetVisualInfo (3X11) - X Extended Visual Information functions
XExposeEvent (3X11) - Expose event structure
XExtentsOfFontSet (3X11) - obtain the maximum extents structure for a font set
XFillRectangle, XFillRectangles, XFillPolygon, XFillArc, XFillArcs (3X11) - fill rectangles, polygons, or arcs
XFilterEvent (3X11) - filter X events for an input method
XFlush, XSync, XEventsQueued, XPending (3X11) - handle output buffer or event queue
XFocusChangeEvent (3X11) - FocusIn and FocusOut event structure
XFontSetExtents (3X11) - XFontSetExtents structure
XFontsOfFontSet, XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet, XLocaleOfFontSet, XContextDependentDrawing, XContextualDrawing, XDirectionalDependentDrawing (3X11) - obtain fontset information
xfpt, xfpti, xfpts, xfpt2, xfpt2i, xfpt2s, xfpt4, xfpt4i, xfpt4s (3G) - multiplies a point by the current matrix in feedback mode
xfpt, xfpti, xfpts, xfpt2, xfpt2i, xfpt2s, xfpt4, xfpt4i, xfpt4s (3G) - multiplies a point by the current matrix in feedback mode
XFree (3X11) - free client data
XGetDeviceKeyMapping, XChangeDeviceKeyMapping (3X11) - query or change device key mappings
XGetDeviceModifierMapping, XSetDeviceModifierMapping (3X11) - query or change device modifier mappings
XGetDeviceMotionEvents, XDeviceTimeCoord (3X11) - get device motion history
XGetFeedbackControl, XChangeFeedbackControl (3X11) - query and change input device feedbacks
XGetVisualInfo, XMatchVisualInfo, XVisualIDFromVisual, XVisualInfo (3X11) - obtain visual information and visual structure
XGetWindowAttributes, XGetGeometry, XWindowAttributes (3X11) - get current window attribute or geometry and current window attributes structure
XGetWindowProperty, XListProperties, XChangeProperty, XRotateWindowProperties, XDeleteProperty (3X11) - obtain and change window properties
XGrabButton, XUngrabButton (3X11) - grab pointer buttons
XGrabDevice, XUngrabDevice (3X11) - grab/release the specified extension device
XGrabDeviceButton, XUngrabDeviceButton (3X11) - grab/ungrab extension input device buttons
XGrabDeviceKey, XUngrabDeviceKey (3X11) - grab/ungrab extension input device Keys
XGrabKey, XUngrabKey (3X11) - grab keyboard keys
XGrabKeyboard, XUngrabKeyboard (3X11) - grab the keyboard
XGrabPointer, XUngrabPointer, XChangeActivePointerGrab (3X11) - grab the pointer
XGrabServer, XUngrabServer (3X11) - grab the server
XGraphicsExposeEvent, XNoExposeEvent (3X11) - GraphicsExpose and NoExpose event structures
XGravityEvent (3X11) - GravityNotify event structure
XIconifyWindow, XWithdrawWindow, XReconfigureWMWindow (3X11) - manipulate top-level windows
XIfEvent, XCheckIfEvent, XPeekIfEvent (3X11) - check the event queue with a predicate procedure
Xinerama (3X11) - Xinerama X extension
XineramaActive (3X11) - returns the state of the Xinerama extension
XineramaAllocInfo (3X11) - (no summary available)
XineramaAllocInfo (3X11) - (no summary available)
XineramaGetCenterHint (3X11) - returns a hint for window placement
XineramaGetData (3X11) - returns the state of the Xinerama extension
XineramaGetInfo (3X11) - returns the state of the Xinerama extension
XineramaGetScreenCount (3X11) - (no summary available)
XineramaGetScreenCount (3X11) - (no summary available)
XineramaGetScreenSize (3X11) - (no summary available)
XineramaGetScreenSize (3X11) - (no summary available)
XineramaGetState (3X11) - (no summary available)
XineramaGetState (3X11) - (no summary available)
XineramaQueryExtension (3X11) - determine whether Xinerama extension is enabled
XineramaQueryExtension (3X11) - determine whether Xinerama extension is enabled
XineramaQueryVersion (3X11) - return the version numbers of the Xinerama extension
XineramaQueryVersion (3X11) - return the version numbers of the Xinerama extension
XInitImage, XCreateImage, XGetPixel, XPutPixel, XSubImage, XAddPixel, XDestroyImage (3X11) - image utilities
XInitThreads, XLockDisplay, XUnlockDisplay (3X11) - multi-threading support
XInstallColormap, XUninstallColormap, XListInstalledColormaps (3X11) - control colormaps
XInternAtom, XInternAtoms, XGetAtomName, XGetAtomNames (3X11) - create or return atom names
XIntersectRegion, XUnionRegion, XUnionRectWithRegion, XSubtractRegion, XXorRegion, XOffsetRegion, XShrinkRegion (3X11) - region arithmetic
XKeymapEvent (3X11) - KeymapNotify event structure
xlate_address (3E) - Performs address translation
xlate_expand_reg_info, xlate_expand_reg_info2 (3E) - Expands register instructions
xlate_finish (3E) - Closes translation section
xlate_get_info (3E) - Retrieves recorded overall information
xlate_get_reg_rule, xlate_get_all_reg_rules (3E) - Retrieves register information
xlate_init_fd, xlate_init_elf, xlate_named_init_fd, xlate_named_init_elf (3E) - Opens translation section
xlate_pro_add_info (3E) - Sets recorded overall info
xlate_pro_add_range (3E) - Adds a translation range
xlate_pro_add_reg_info (3E) - Adds register change information
xlate_pro_disk_header (3E) - Gets translation byte stream block count
xlate_pro_disk_next_block (3E) - Gets translation byte stream pointers
xlate_pro_finish (3E) - Closes translation handle
xlate_pro_init, xlate_tablekind, xlate_table_con (3E) - Opens translation section creator
XListFonts, XFreeFontNames, XListFontsWithInfo, XFreeFontInfo (3X11) - obtain or free font names and information
XListInputDevices, XFreeDeviceList (3X11) - list available input devices
XLoadFont, XQueryFont, XLoadQueryFont, XFreeFont, XGetFontProperty, XUnloadFont, XCharStruct, XFontProp, XChar2b, XFontStruct (3X11) - load or unload fonts and font metric structures
XLookupKeysym, XRefreshKeyboardMapping, XLookupString, XRebindKeySym (3X11) - handle keyboard input events in Latin-1
XmActivateProtocol (3X) - A VendorShell function that activates a protocol
XmActivateProtocol (3X) - A VendorShell function that activates a protocol
XmActivateWMProtocol (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that activates a protocol
XmActivateWMProtocol (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that activates a protocol
XmAddProtocolCallback (3X) - A VendorShell function that adds client callbacks for a protocol
XmAddProtocolCallback (3X) - A VendorShell function that adds client callbacks for a protocol
XmAddProtocols (3X) - A VendorShell function that adds the protocols to the protocol manager and allocates the internal tables
XmAddProtocols (3X) - A VendorShell function that adds the protocols to the protocol manager and allocates the internal tables
XmAddTabGroup (3X) - A function that adds a manager or a primitive widget to the list of tab groups
XmAddTabGroup (3X) - A function that adds a manager or a primitive widget to the list of tab groups
XmAddToPostFromList (3X) - a RowColumn function that makes a menu accessible from more than one widget
XmAddWMProtocolCallback (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that adds client callbacks for a protocol
XmAddWMProtocolCallback (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that adds client callbacks for a protocol
XmAddWMProtocols (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that adds the protocols to the protocol manager and allocates the internal tables
XmAddWMProtocols (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that adds the protocols to the protocol manager and allocates the internal tables
XMapEvent, XMappingEvent (3X11) - MapNotify and MappingNotify event structures
XMapRequestEvent (3X11) - MapRequest event structure
XMapWindow, XMapRaised, XMapSubwindows (3X11) - map windows
XmArrowButton (3X) - The ArrowButton widget class
XmArrowButton (3X) - The ArrowButton widget class
XmArrowButtonGadget (3X) - The ArrowButtonGadget widget class
XmArrowButtonGadget (3X) - The ArrowButtonGadget widget class
XmbDrawImageString, XwcDrawImageString (3X11) - draw image text using a single font set
XmbDrawString, XwcDrawString (3X11) - draw text using a single font set
XmbDrawText, XwcDrawText (3X11) - draw text using multiple font sets
XmbLookupString, XwcLookupString (3X11) - obtain composed input from an input method
XmbResetIC, XwcResetIC (3X11) - reset the state of an input context
XmbTextEscapement, XwcTextEscapement (3X11) - obtain the escapement of text
XmbTextExtents, XwcTextExtents (3X11) - compute text extents
XmbTextListToTextProperty, XwcTextListToTextProperty, XmbTextPropertyToTextList, XwcTextPropertyToTextList, XwcFreeStringList, XDefaultString (3X11) - convert text lists and text property structures
XmbTextPerCharExtents, XwcTextPerCharExtents (3X11) - obtain per- character information for a text string
XmBulletinBoard (3X) - The BulletinBoard widget class
XmBulletinBoard (3X) - The BulletinBoard widget class
XmCascadeButton (3X) - The CascadeButton widget class
XmCascadeButton (3X) - The CascadeButton widget class
XmCascadeButtonGadget (3X) - The CascadeButtonGadget widget class
XmCascadeButtonGadget (3X) - The CascadeButtonGadget widget class
XmCascadeButtonGadgetHighlight (3X) - A CascadeButtonGadget function that sets the highlight state
XmCascadeButtonGadgetHighlight (3X) - A CascadeButtonGadget function that sets the highlight state
XmCascadeButtonHighlight (3X) - A CascadeButton and CascadeButtonGadget function that sets the highlight state
XmCascadeButtonHighlight (3X) - A CascadeButton and CascadeButtonGadget function that sets the highlight state
XmChangeColor (3X) - Recalculates all associated colors of a widget
XmChangeColor (3X) - Recalculates all associated colors of a widget
XmClipboardCancelCopy (3X) - A clipboard function that cancels a copy to the clipboard
XmClipboardCancelCopy (3X) - A clipboard function that cancels a copy to the clipboard
XmClipboardCopy (3X) - A clipboard function that copies a data item to temporary storage for later copying to clipboard
XmClipboardCopy (3X) - A clipboard function that copies a data item to temporary storage for later copying to clipboard
XmClipboardCopyByName (3X) - A clipboard function that copies a data item passed by name
XmClipboardCopyByName (3X) - A clipboard function that copies a data item passed by name
XmClipboardEndCopy (3X) - A clipboard function that completes the copying of data to the clipboard
XmClipboardEndCopy (3X) - A clipboard function that ends a copy to the clipboard
XmClipboardEndRetrieve (3X) - A clipboard function that completes retrieval of data from the clipboard
XmClipboardEndRetrieve (3X) - A clipboard function that ends a copy from the clipboard
XmClipboardInquireCount (3X) - A clipboard function that returns the number of data item formats
XmClipboardInquireCount (3X) - A clipboard function that returns the number of data item formats
XmClipboardInquireFormat (3X) - A clipboard function that returns a specified format name
XmClipboardInquireFormat (3X) - A clipboard function that returns a specified format name
XmClipboardInquireLength (3X) - A clipboard function that returns the length of the stored data
XmClipboardInquireLength (3X) - A clipboard function that returns the length of the stored data
XmClipboardInquirePendingItems (3X) - A clipboard function that returns a list of data ID/private ID pairs
XmClipboardInquirePendingItems (3X) - A clipboard function that returns a list of data_id/private_id pairs
XmClipboardLock (3X) - A clipboard function that locks the clipboard
XmClipboardLock (3X) - A clipboard function that locks the clipboard
XmClipboardRegisterFormat (3X) - A clipboard function that registers a new format
XmClipboardRegisterFormat (3X) - A clipboard function that registers a new format
XmClipboardRetrieve (3X) - A clipboard function that retrieves a data item from the clipboard
XmClipboardRetrieve (3X) - A clipboard function that retrieves a data item from the clipboard
XmClipboardStartCopy (3X) - A clipboard function that sets up a storage and data structure
XmClipboardStartCopy (3X) - A clipboard function that sets up a storage and data structure
XmClipboardStartRetrieve (3X) - A clipboard function that prepares to retrieve data from the clipboard
XmClipboardStartRetrieve (3X) - A clipboard function that starts a copy from the clipboard
XmClipboardUndoCopy (3X) - A clipboard function that deletes the last item placed on the clipboard
XmClipboardUndoCopy (3X) - A clipboard function that deletes the last item placed on the clipboard
XmClipboardUnlock (3X) - A clipboard function that unlocks the clipboard
XmClipboardUnlock (3X) - A clipboard function that unlocks the clipboard
XmClipboardWithdrawFormat (3X) - A clipboard function that indicates that the application no longer wants to supply a data item
XmClipboardWithdrawFormat (3X) - A clipboard function that indicates that the application no longer wants to supply a data item
XmComboBox (3X) - The ComboBox widget class
XmComboBoxAddItem (3X) - add an item to the ComboBox widget
XmComboBoxDeletePos (3X) - Delete a XmComboBox item
XmComboBoxSelectItem (3X) - select a XmComboBox item
XmComboBoxSetItem (3X) - set an item in the XmComboBox list
XmComboBoxUpdate (3X) - A ComboBox function that resynchronizes data
XmCommand (3X) - The Command widget class
XmCommand (3X) - The Command widget class
XmCommandAppendValue (3X) - A Command function that appends the passed XmString to the end of the string displayed in the command area of the widget
XmCommandAppendValue (3X) - A Command function that appends the passed XmString to the end of the string displayed in the command area of the widget
XmCommandError (3X) - A Command function that displays an error message
XmCommandError (3X) - A Command function that displays an error message
XmCommandGetChild (3X) - A Command function that is used to access a component
XmCommandGetChild (3X) - A Command function that is used to access a component
XmCommandSetValue (3X) - A Command function that replaces a displayed string
XmCommandSetValue (3X) - A Command function that replaces a displayed string
XmContainer (3X) - The Container widget class
XmContainerCopy (3X) - Container widget function to copy primary selection to the clipboard
XmContainerCopyLink (3X) - Container widget function to copy links to the clipboard
XmContainerCut (3X) - Container widget function to move items to the clipboard
XmContainerGetItemChildren (3X) - Container widget function to find all children of an item
XmContainerPaste (3X) - Container widget function to insert items from the clipboard
XmContainerPasteLink (3X) - Container widget function to insert links from the clipboard
XmContainerRelayout (3X) - Container widget relayout function
XmContainerReorder (3X) - Container widget function to reorder children
XmConvertStringToUnits (3X) - A function that converts a string specification to a unit value
XmConvertUnits (3X) - A function that converts a value in one unit type to another unit type
XmConvertUnits (3X) - A function that converts a value in one unit type to another unit type
XmCreateArrowButton (3X) - The ArrowButton widget creation function
XmCreateArrowButton (3X) - The ArrowButton widget creation function
XmCreateArrowButtonGadget (3X) - The ArrowButtonGadget creation function
XmCreateArrowButtonGadget (3X) - The ArrowButtonGadget creation function
XmCreateBulletinBoard (3X) - The BulletinBoard widget creation function
XmCreateBulletinBoard (3X) - The BulletinBoard widget creation function
XmCreateBulletinBoardDialog (3X) - The BulletinBoard BulletinBoardDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateBulletinBoardDialog (3X) - The BulletinBoard BulletinBoardDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateCascadeButton (3X) - The CascadeButton widget creation function
XmCreateCascadeButton (3X) - The CascadeButton widget creation function
XmCreateCascadeButtonGadget (3X) - The CascadeButtonGadget creation function
XmCreateCascadeButtonGadget (3X) - The CascadeButtonGadget creation function
XmCreateComboBox (3X) - The default ComboBox widget creation function
XmCreateCommand (3X) - The Command widget creation function
XmCreateCommand (3X) - The Command widget creation function
XmCreateCommandDialog (3X) - The Command CommandDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateContainer (3X) - The Container widget creation function
XmCreateDialogShell (3X) - The DialogShell widget creation function
XmCreateDialogShell (3X) - The DialogShell widget creation function
XmCreateDragIcon (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that creates a DragIcon widget
XmCreateDragIcon (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that creates a DragIcon widget
XmCreateDrawingArea (3X) - The DrawingArea widget creation function
XmCreateDrawingArea (3X) - The DrawingArea widget creation function
XmCreateDrawnButton (3X) - The DrawnButton widget creation function
XmCreateDrawnButton (3X) - The DrawnButton widget creation function
XmCreateDropDownComboBox (3X) - The Drop-down ComboBox widget creation function
XmCreateDropDownList (3X) - The Drop-down list ComboBox widget creation function
XmCreateErrorDialog (3X) - The MessageBox ErrorDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateErrorDialog (3X) - The MessageBox ErrorDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateFileSelectionBox (3X) - The FileSelectionBox widget creation function
XmCreateFileSelectionBox (3X) - The FileSelectionBox widget creation function
XmCreateFileSelectionDialog (3X) - The FileSelectionBox FileSelectionDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateFileSelectionDialog (3X) - The FileSelectionBox FileSelectionDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateForm (3X) - The Form widget creation function
XmCreateForm (3X) - The Form widget creation function
XmCreateFormDialog (3X) - A Form FormDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateFormDialog (3X) - A Form FormDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateFrame (3X) - The Frame widget creation function
XmCreateFrame (3X) - The Frame widget creation function
XmCreateIconGadget (3X) - The IconGadget widget creation function
XmCreateInformationDialog (3X) - The MessageBox InformationDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateInformationDialog (3X) - The MessageBox InformationDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateLabel (3X) - The Label widget creation function
XmCreateLabel (3X) - The Label widget creation function
XmCreateLabelGadget (3X) - The LabelGadget creation function
XmCreateLabelGadget (3X) - The LabelGadget creation function
XmCreateList (3X) - The List widget creation function
XmCreateList (3X) - The List widget creation function
XmCreateMainWindow (3X) - The MainWindow widget creation function
XmCreateMainWindow (3X) - The MainWindow widget creation function
XmCreateMenuBar (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateMenuBar (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateMenuShell (3X) - The MenuShell widget creation function
XmCreateMenuShell (3X) - The MenuShell widget creation function
XmCreateMessageBox (3X) - The MessageBox widget creation function
XmCreateMessageBox (3X) - The MessageBox widget creation function
XmCreateMessageDialog (3X) - The MessageBox MessageDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateMessageDialog (3X) - The MessageBox MessageDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateNotebook (3X) - The Notebook widget creation function
XmCreateOptionMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateOptionMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreatePanedWindow (3X) - The PanedWindow widget creation function
XmCreatePanedWindow (3X) - The PanedWindow widget creation function
XmCreatePopupMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreatePopupMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreatePromptDialog (3X) - The SelectionBox PromptDialog convenience creation function
XmCreatePromptDialog (3X) - The SelectionBox PromptDialog convenience creation function
XmCreatePulldownMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreatePulldownMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreatePushButton (3X) - The PushButton widget creation function
XmCreatePushButton (3X) - The PushButton widget creation function
XmCreatePushButtonGadget (3X) - The PushButtonGadget creation function
XmCreatePushButtonGadget (3X) - The PushButtonGadget creation function
XmCreateQuestionDialog (3X) - The MessageBox QuestionDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateQuestionDialog (3X) - The MessageBox QuestionDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateRadioBox (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateRadioBox (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateRowColumn (3X) - The RowColumn widget creation function
XmCreateRowColumn (3X) - The RowColumn widget creation function
XmCreateScale (3X) - The Scale widget creation function
XmCreateScale (3X) - The Scale widget creation function
XmCreateScrollBar (3X) - The ScrollBar widget creation function
XmCreateScrollBar (3X) - The ScrollBar widget creation function
XmCreateScrolledList (3X) - The List ScrolledList convenience creation function
XmCreateScrolledList (3X) - The List ScrolledList convenience creation function
XmCreateScrolledText (3X) - The Text ScrolledText convenience creation function
XmCreateScrolledText (3X) - The TextScrolledText convenience creation function
XmCreateScrolledWindow (3X) - The ScrolledWindow widget creation function
XmCreateScrolledWindow (3X) - The ScrolledWindow widget creation function
XmCreateSelectionBox (3X) - The SelectionBox widget creation function
XmCreateSelectionBox (3X) - The SelectionBox widget creation function
XmCreateSelectionDialog (3X) - The SelectionBox SelectionDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateSelectionDialog (3X) - The SelectionBox SelectionDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateSeparator (3X) - The Separator widget creation function
XmCreateSeparator (3X) - The Separator widget creation function
XmCreateSeparatorGadget (3X) - The SeparatorGadget creation function
XmCreateSeparatorGadget (3X) - The SeparatorGadget creation function
XmCreateSimpleCheckBox (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimpleCheckBox (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimpleMenuBar (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimpleMenuBar (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimpleOptionMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimpleOptionMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimplePopupMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimplePopupMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimplePulldownMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimplePulldownMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimpleRadioBox (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimpleRadioBox (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmCreateSimpleSpinBox (3X) - the SimpleSpinBox widget creation function
XmCreateSpinBox (3X) - The SpinBox creation function
XmCreateTemplateDialog (3X) - A MessageBox TemplateDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateTemplateDialog (3X) - A MessageBox TemplateDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateText (3X) - The Text widget creation function
XmCreateText (3X) - The Text widget creation function
XmCreateTextField (3X) - The TextField widget creation function
XmCreateTextField (3X) - The TextField widget creation function
XmCreateToggleButton (3X) - The ToggleButton widget creation function
XmCreateToggleButton (3X) - The ToggleButton widget creation function
XmCreateToggleButtonGadget (3X) - The ToggleButtonGadget creation function
XmCreateToggleButtonGadget (3X) - The ToggleButtonGadget creation function
XmCreateWarningDialog (3X) - The MessageBox WarningDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateWarningDialog (3X) - The MessageBox WarningDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateWorkArea (3X) - A function that creates a RowColumn work area
XmCreateWorkArea (3X) - A function that creates a RowColumn WorkArea
XmCreateWorkingDialog (3X) - The MessageBox WorkingDialog convenience creation function
XmCreateWorkingDialog (3X) - The MessageBox WorkingDialog convenience creation function
XmCvtByteStreamToXmString (3X) - A compound string function that converts from a compound string in Byte Stream format to a compound string
XmCvtCTToXmString (3X) - A compound string function that converts compound text to a compound string
XmCvtCTToXmString (3X) - A compound string function that converts compound text to a compound string
XmCvtStringToUnitType (3X) - A function that converts a string to a unit-type value
XmCvtStringToUnitType (3X) - A function that converts a string to a unit-type value
XmCvtTextPropertyToXmStringTable (3X) - A function that converts from a TextProperty Structure to a StringTable
XmCvtXmStringTableToTextProperty (3X) - A function that converts from XmStringTable to an XTextProperty Structure
XmCvtXmStringToByteStream (3X) - A compound string function that converts a compound string to a Byte Stream format
XmCvtXmStringToCT (3X) - A compound string function that converts a compound string to compound text
XmCvtXmStringToCT (3X) - A compound string function that converts a compound string to compound text
XmDeactivateProtocol (3X) - A VendorShell function that deactivates a protocol without removing it
XmDeactivateProtocol (3X) - A VendorShell function that deactivates a protocol without removing it
XmDeactivateWMProtocol (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that deactivates a protocol without removing it
XmDeactivateWMProtocol (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that deactivates a protocol without removing it
XmDestroyPixmap (3X) - A pixmap caching function that removes a pixmap from the pixmap cache
XmDestroyPixmap (3X) - A pixmap caching function that removes a pixmap from the pixmap cache
XmDialogShell (3X) - The DialogShell widget class
XmDialogShell (3X) - The DialogShell widget class
XmDirection (3X) - Data type for the direction of widget components
XmDirectionMatch (3X) - A function that checks for a specified direction component
XmDirectionMatchPartial (3X) - A function that checks for a specified direction component
XmDirectionToStringDirection (3X) - A function that converts an XmDirection value to an XmStringDirection value
XmDisplay (3X) - The Display widget class
XmDisplay (3X) - The Display widget class
XmDragCancel (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that terminates a drag transaction
XmDragCancel (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that terminates a drag transaction
XmDragContext (3X) - The DragContext widget class
XmDragContext (3X) - The DragContext widget class
XmDragIcon (3X) - The DragIcon widget class
XmDragIcon (3X) - The DragIcon widget class
XmDragStart (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that initiates a drag and drop transaction
XmDragStart (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that initiates a drag and drop transaction
XmDrawingArea (3X) - The DrawingArea widget class
XmDrawingArea (3X) - The DrawingArea widget class
XmDrawnButton (3X) - The DrawnButton widget class
XmDrawnButton (3X) - The DrawnButton widget class
XmDropSite (3X) - The DropSite Registry
XmDropSite (3X) - The DropSite Registry
XmDropSiteConfigureStackingOrder (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that reorders a stack of widgets that are registered drop sites
XmDropSiteConfigureStackingOrder (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that reorders a stack of widgets that are registered drop sites
XmDropSiteEndUpdate (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that facilitates processing updates to multiple drop sites
XmDropSiteEndUpdate (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that facilitates processing updates to multiple drop sites
XmDropSiteQueryStackingOrder (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that returns the parent, a list of children, and the number of children for a specified widget
XmDropSiteQueryStackingOrder (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that returns the parent, a list of children, and the number of children for a specified widget
XmDropSiteRegister (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that identifies a drop site and assigns resources that specify its behavior
XmDropSiteRegister (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that identifies a drop site and assigns resources that specify its behavior
XmDropSiteRegistered (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that determines if a drop site has been registered
XmDropSiteRetrieve (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that retrieves resource values set on a drop site
XmDropSiteRetrieve (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that retrieves resource values set on a drop site
XmDropSiteStartUpdate (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that facilitates processing updates to multiple drop sites
XmDropSiteStartUpdate (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that facilitates processing updates to multiple drop sites
XmDropSiteUnregister (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that frees drop site information
XmDropSiteUnregister (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that frees drop site information
XmDropSiteUpdate (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that sets resource values for a drop site
XmDropSiteUpdate (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that sets resource values for a drop site
XmDropTransfer (3X) - The DropTransfer widget class
XmDropTransfer (3X) - The DropTransfer widget class
XmDropTransferAdd (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that enables additional drop transfer entries to be processed after initiating a drop transfer
XmDropTransferAdd (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that enables additional drop transfer entries to be processed after initiating a drop transfer
XmDropTransferStart (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that initiates a drop transfer
XmDropTransferStart (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that initiates a drop transfer
XmeAddFocusChangeCallback (3) - Registers a callback for focus changes
XmeClearBorder (3X) - Clears the window decorations that border a given widget
XmeClipboardSink (3X) - A toolkit function that transfers data from the clipboard to a widget
XmeClipboardSource (3X) - A toolkit function that places data on the clipboard
XmeConfigureObject (3X) - Changes a child's position, size, or border width
XmeConvertMerge (3X) - A toolkit function that merges data converted during a transfer operation
XmeCreateClassDialog (3X) - Creates a DialogShell containing a widget of the specified class
XmeDragSource (3X) - A toolkit function that starts a drag and drop operation
XmeDrawArrow (3X) - Draws a Motif-style, three-dimensional arrow
XmeDrawCircle (3X) - Draws a Motif-style, three-dimensional circle
XmeDrawDiamond (3X) - Draws a Motif-style, three-dimensional diamond
XmeDrawHighlight (3X) - Draws a Motif-style highlight around a given widget to show that it has been selected
XmeDrawIndicator (3X) - Draws a Motif-style indicator (either a check mark or a cross) at the specified location in the drawable
XmeDrawPolygonShadow (3X) - Draws a Motif-style, three- dimensional shadow around a polygon
XmeDrawSeparator (3X) - Draws several different types of line- based separators
XmeDrawShadows (3X) - Draws a Motif-style, three-dimensional shadow around a widget
XmeDropSink (3X) - A toolkit function that establishes a widget as a drop site
XmeFocusIsInShell (3X) - Returns a Boolean value to indicate whether the parent shell of a specified widget has the keyboard focus.
XmeFromHorizontalPixels (3X) - Converts from pixels to real-world dimensions based on horizontal resolution of the screen
XmeFromVerticalPixels (3X) - Converts from pixels to real-world dimensions based on vertical resolution of the screen
XmeGetColorObjData (3X) - access ColorObject desktop and pixel data
XmeGetDefaultPixel (3X) - Generates colors based on the screen background color
XmeGetDefaultRenderTable (3X) - Returns the default render table associated with a specified widget
XmeGetDesktopColorCells (3X) - return desktop pixel data in XColor[] format
XmeGetDirection (3X) - A compound string parse procedure to insert a direction component
XmeGetEncodingAtom (3X) - A toolkit function that returns the encoding of the locale
XmeGetHomeDirName (3X) - Returns the pathname of the user's home directory
XmeGetLocalizedString (3X) - Returns a localized version of the input string
XmeGetNextCharacter (3X) - A compound string parse procedure to insert a character
XmeGetNullCursor (3X) - Returns the null cursor associated with a given display
XmeGetPixmapData (3X) - Returns details about a cached pixmap
XmeGetTextualDragIcon (3X) - Returns an icon widget symbolizing a textual drag operation in progress
XmeMicroSleep (3X) - Suspends execution for a specified number of microseconds
XmeNamedSink (3) - A toolkit function that transfers data from the named selection to a widget
XmeNamedSource (3X) - A toolkit function that takes ownership of a named selection
XmeNamesAreEqual (3X) - Compares two strings for equality
XmeNavigChangeManaged (3X) - Helps a change_managed method establish the correct keyboard traversal policy
XmePrimarySink (3X) - A toolkit function that transfers data from the primary selection to a widget
XmePrimarySource (3X) - A toolkit function that takes ownership of the primary selection
XmeQueryBestCursorSize (3X) - Finds the best cursor size
XmeRedisplayGadgets (3X) - Redisplays all the gadget children of a manager
XmeRemoveFocusChangeCallback (3X) - Removes a focus change callback
XmeRenderTableGetDefaultFont (3X) - Gets information on the default font associated with a specified render table
XmeReplyToQueryGeometry (3X) - Handles standard geometry requests
XmeResolvePartOffsets (3X) - Allows writing of upward-compatible applications and widgets
XmeSecondarySink (3X) - A toolkit function that establishes a widget as the destination for secondary transfer
XmeSecondarySource (3X) - A toolkit function that takes ownership of the secondary selection
XmeSecondaryTransfer (3X) - A toolkit function that transfers data from the secondary selection to the destination widget
XmeSetWMShellTitle (3X) - A compound string function that updates the window manager title
XmeStandardConvert (3X) - A toolkit function that converts selections to standard targets
XmeStandardTargets (3X) - A toolkit function that returns a list of standard targets
XmeToHorizontalPixels (3X) - Converts from real-world dimensions to pixels
XmeToVerticalPixels (3X) - Converts from real-world dimensions to pixels
XmeTraitGet (3X) - Returns the trait record associated with a given object
XmeTraitSet (3X) - Installs a trait on a specified object
XmeTransferAddDoneProc (3X) - A toolkit function that establishes a procedure to be called when data transfer is complete
XmeVirtualToActualKeysyms (3X) - Finds the physical keysyms associated with a given virtual keysym.
XmeWarning (3X) - Writes a warning message to the standard error stream
XmFileSelectionBox (3X) - The FileSelectionBox widget class
XmFileSelectionBox (3X) - The FileSelectionBox widget class
XmFileSelectionBoxGetChild (3X) - A FileSelectionBox function used to access a component
XmFileSelectionBoxGetChild (3X) - A FileSelectionBox function used to access a component
XmFileSelectionDoSearch (3X) - A FileSelectionBox function that initiates a directory search
XmFileSelectionDoSearch (3X) - A FileSelectionBox function that initiates a directory search
XmFontList (3X) - Data type for a font list
XmFontList (3X) - Data type for a font list
XmFontListAdd (3X) - A font list function that creates a new font list
XmFontListAdd (3X) - A font list function that creates a new font list
XmFontListAppendEntry (3X) - A font list function that appends an entry to a font list
XmFontListAppendEntry (3X) - A font list function that appends an entry to a font list
XmFontListCopy (3X) - A font list function that copies a font list
XmFontListCopy (3X) - A font list function that copies a font list
XmFontListCreate (3X) - A font list function that creates a font list
XmFontListCreate (3X) - A font list function that creates a font list
XmFontListEntryCreate (3X) - A font list function that creates a font list entry
XmFontListEntryCreate (3X) - A font list function that creates a font list entry
XmFontListEntryFree (3X) - A font list function that recovers memory used by a font list entry
XmFontListEntryFree (3X) - A font list function that recovers memory used by a font list entry
XmFontListEntryGetFont (3X) - A font list function that retrieves font information from a font list entry
XmFontListEntryGetFont (3X) - A font list function that retrieves font information from a font list entry
XmFontListEntryGetTag (3X) - A font list function that retrieves the tag of a font list entry
XmFontListEntryGetTag (3X) - A font list function that retrieves the tag of a font list entry
XmFontListEntryLoad (3X) - A font list function that loads a font or creates a font set and creates an accompanying font list entry
XmFontListEntryLoad (3X) - A font list function that loads a font or creates a font set and creates an accompanying font list entry
XmFontListFree (3X) - A font list function that recovers memory used by a font list
XmFontListFree (3X) - A font list function that recovers memory used by a font list
XmFontListFreeFontContext (3X) - A font list function that instructs the toolkit that the font list context is no longer needed
XmFontListFreeFontContext (3X) - A font list function that instructs the toolkit that the font list context is no longer needed
XmFontListGetNextFont (3X) - A font list function that allows applications to access the fonts and character sets in a font list
XmFontListGetNextFont (3X) - A font list function that allows applications to access the fonts and character sets in a font list
XmFontListInitFontContext (3X) - A font list function that allows applications to access the entries in a font list
XmFontListInitFontContext (3X) - A font list function that allows applications to access the entries in a font list
XmFontListNextEntry (3X) - A font list function that returns the next entry in a font list
XmFontListNextEntry (3X) - A font list function that returns the next entry in a font list
XmFontListRemoveEntry (3X) - A font list function that removes a font list entry from a font list
XmFontListRemoveEntry (3X) - A font list function that removes a font list entry from a font list
XmForm (3X) - The Form widget class
XmForm (3X) - The Form widget class
XmFrame (3X) - The Frame widget class
XmFrame (3X) - The Frame widget class
XmGadget (3X) - The Gadget widget class
XmGadget (3X) - The Gadget widget class
XmGetAtomName (3X) - A function that returns the string representation for an atom
XmGetAtomName (3X) - A function that returns the string representation for an atom
XmGetColorCalculation (3X) - A function to get the procedure used for default color calculation
XmGetColorCalculation (3X) - A function to get the procedure used for default color calculation
XmGetColors (3X) - A function that generates foreground, select, and shadow colors
XmGetColors (3X) - A function that generates foreground, select, and shadow colors
XmGetDestination (3X) - A function that returns the widget ID of the widget to be used as the current destination for quick paste and certain clipboard operations
XmGetDestination (3X) - A function that returns the widget ID of the widget to be used as the current destination for quick paste and certain clipboard operations
XmGetDragContext (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that retrieves the DragContext widget ID associated with a timestamp
XmGetDragContext (3X) - A Drag and Drop function that retrieves the DragContext widget ID associated with a timestamp
XmGetFocusWidget (3X) - Returns the ID of the widget that has keyboard focus
XmGetFocusWidget (3X) - Returns the ID of the widget that has keyboard focus
XmGetMenuCursor (3X) - A function that returns the cursor ID for the current menu cursor
XmGetMenuCursor (3X) - A function that returns the cursor ID for the current menu cursor
XmGetPixmap (3X) - A pixmap caching function that generates a pixmap, stores it in a pixmap cache, and returns the pixmap
XmGetPixmap (3X) - A pixmap caching function that generates a pixmap, stores it in a pixmap cache, and returns the pixmap
XmGetPixmapByDepth (3X) - A pixmap caching function that generates a pixmap, stores it in a pixmap cache, and returns the pixmap
XmGetPixmapByDepth (3X) - A pixmap caching function that generates a pixmap, stores it in a pixmap cache, and returns the pixmap
XmGetPostedFromWidget (3X) - A RowColumn function that returns the widget from which a menu was posted
XmGetPostedFromWidget (3X) - A RowColumn function that returns the widget from which a menu was posted
XmGetScaledPixmap (3X) - read a pixmap file and scale it according to pixmap and print resolution
XmGetSecondaryResourceData (3X) - A function that provides access to secondary widget resource data
XmGetSecondaryResourceData (3X) - A function that provides access to secondary widget resource data
XmGetTabGroup (3X) - Returns the widget ID of a tab group
XmGetTabGroup (3X) - Returns the widget ID of a tab group
XmGetTearOffControl (3X) - A RowColumn function that obtains the widget ID for the tear-off control in a menu
XmGetTearOffControl (3X) - A RowColumn function that obtains the widget ID for the tear-off control in a menu
XmGetVisibility (3X) - A function that determines if a widget is visible
XmGetVisibility (3X) - A function that determines if a widget is visible
XmGetXmDisplay (3X) - A Display function that returns the XmDisplay object ID for a specified display
XmGetXmDisplay (3X) - A Display function that returns the XmDisplay object ID for a specified display
XmGetXmScreen (3X) - A Screen function that returns the XmScreen object ID for a specified screen
XmGetXmScreen (3X) - A Screen function that returns the XmScreen object ID for a specified screen
XmIconGadget (3X) - The IconGadget widget class
XmImCloseXIM (3X) - An input manager function that releases the input method associated with a specified widget
XmImFreeXIC (3X) - An input manager function that unregisters widgets for an XIC
XmImGetXIC (3X) - An input manager function that obtains an XIC for a widget
XmImGetXIM (3X) - An input manager function that retrieves the input method associated with a specified widget
XmImMbLookupString (3X) - An input manager function that retrieves a composed string from an input method
XmImMbResetIC (3X) - An input manager function that resets the input context for a widget
XmImRegister (3X) - An input manager function that registers a widget with an input manager
XmImSetFocusValues (3X) - An input manager function that notifies an input manager that a widget has received input focus and updates the input context attributes
XmImSetValues (3X) - An input manager function that updates attributes of an input context
XmImSetXIC (3X) - An input manager function that registers an existing XIC with a widget
XmImUnregister (3X) - An input manager function that removes a widget from association with its input manager
XmImUnsetFocus (3X) - An input manager function that notifies an input method that a widget has lost input focus
XmImVaSetFocusValues (3X) - An input manager function that notifies an input manager that a widget has received input focus and updates the input context attributes
XmImVaSetValues (3X) - An input manager function that updates attributes of an input context
XmInstallImage (3X) - A pixmap caching function that adds an image to the image cache
XmInstallImage (3X) - A pixmap caching function that adds an image to the pixmap cache
XmInternAtom (3X) - A function that returns an atom for a given name
XmInternAtom (3X) - A macro that returns an atom for a given name
XmIsMotifWMRunning (3X) - A function that determines whether the window manager is running
XmIsMotifWMRunning (3X) - A function that determines whether the window manager is running
XmIsTraversable (3X) - A function that identifies whether a widget can be traversed
XmIsTraversable (3X) - A function that identifies whether a widget can be traversed
XmLabel (3X) - The Label widget class
XmLabel (3X) - The Label widget class
XmLabelGadget (3X) - The LabelGadget widget class
XmLabelGadget (3X) - The LabelGadget widget class
XmList (3X) - The List widget class
XmList (3X) - The List widget class
XmListAddItem (3X) - A List function that adds an item to the list
XmListAddItem (3X) - A List function that adds an item to the list
XmListAddItems (3X) - A List function that adds items to the list
XmListAddItems (3X) - A List function that adds items to the list
XmListAddItemsUnselected (3X) - A List function that adds items to a list
XmListAddItemsUnselected (3X) - A List function that adds items to a list
XmListAddItemUnselected (3X) - A List function that adds an item to the list
XmListAddItemUnselected (3X) - A List function that adds an item to the list
XmListDeleteAllItems (3X) - A List function that deletes all items from the list
XmListDeleteAllItems (3X) - A List function that deletes all items from the list
XmListDeleteItem (3X) - A List function that deletes an item from the list
XmListDeleteItem (3X) - A List function that deletes an item from the list
XmListDeleteItems (3X) - A List function that deletes items from the list
XmListDeleteItems (3X) - A List function that deletes items from the list
XmListDeleteItemsPos (3X) - A List function that deletes items from the list starting at the given position
XmListDeleteItemsPos (3X) - A List function that deletes items from the list starting at the given position
XmListDeletePos (3X) - A List function that deletes an item from a list at a specified position
XmListDeletePos (3X) - A List function that deletes an item from a list at a specified position
XmListDeletePositions (3X) - A List function that deletes items from a list based on an array of positions
XmListDeletePositions (3X) - A List function that deletes items from a list based on an array of positions
XmListDeselectAllItems (3X) - A List function that unhighlights and removes all items from the selected list
XmListDeselectAllItems (3X) - A List function that unhighlights and removes all items from the selected list
XmListDeselectItem (3X) - A List function that deselects the specified item from the selected list
XmListDeselectItem (3X) - A List function that deselects the specified item from the selected list
XmListDeselectPos (3X) - A List function that deselects an item at a specified position in the list
XmListDeselectPos (3X) - A List function that deselects an item at a specified position in the list
XmListGetKbdItemPos (3X) - A List function that returns the position of the item at the location cursor
XmListGetKbdItemPos (3X) - A List function that returns the position of the item at the location cursor
XmListGetMatchPos (3X) - A List function that returns all instances of an item in the list
XmListGetMatchPos (3X) - A List function that returns all instances of an item in the list
XmListGetSelectedPos (3X) - A List function that returns the position of every selected item in the list
XmListGetSelectedPos (3X) - A List function that returns the position of every selected item in the list
XmListItemExists (3X) - A List function that checks if a specified item is in the list
XmListItemExists (3X) - A List function that checks if a specified item is in the list
XmListItemPos (3X) - A List function that returns the position of an item in the list
XmListItemPos (3X) - A List function that returns the position of an item in the list
XmListPosSelected (3X) - A List function that determines if the list item at a specified position is selected
XmListPosSelected (3X) - A List function that determines if the list item at a specified position is selected
XmListPosToBounds (3X) - A List function that returns the bounding box of an item at a specified position in a list
XmListPosToBounds (3X) - A List function that returns the bounding box of an item at a specified position in a list
XmListReplaceItems (3X) - A List function that replaces the specified elements in the list
XmListReplaceItems (3X) - A List function that replaces the specified elements in the list
XmListReplaceItemsPos (3X) - A List function that replaces the specified elements in the list
XmListReplaceItemsPos (3X) - A List function that replaces the specified elements in the list
XmListReplaceItemsPosUnselected (3X) - A List function that replaces items in a list without selecting the replacement items
XmListReplaceItemsPosUnselected (3X) - A List function that replaces items in a list without selecting the replacement items
XmListReplaceItemsUnselected (3X) - A List function that replaces items in a list
XmListReplaceItemsUnselected (3X) - A List function that replaces items in a list
XmListReplacePositions (3X) - A List function that replaces items in a list based on position
XmListReplacePositions (3X) - A List function that replaces items in a list based on position
XmListSelectItem (3X) - A List function that selects an item in the list
XmListSelectItem (3X) - A List function that selects an item in the list
XmListSelectPos (3X) - A List function that selects an item at a specified position in the list
XmListSelectPos (3X) - A List function that selects an item at a specified position in the list
XmListSetAddMode (3X) - A List function that sets add mode in the list
XmListSetAddMode (3X) - A List function that sets add mode in the list
XmListSetBottomItem (3X) - A List function that makes an existing item the last visible item in the list
XmListSetBottomItem (3X) - A List function that makes an existing item the last visible item in the list
XmListSetBottomPos (3X) - A List function that makes a specified item the last visible item in the list
XmListSetBottomPos (3X) - A List function that makes a specified item the last visible item in the list
XmListSetHorizPos (3X) - A List function that scrolls to the specified position in the list
XmListSetHorizPos (3X) - A List function that scrolls to the specified position in the list
XmListSetItem (3X) - A List function that makes an existing item the first visible item in the list
XmListSetItem (3X) - A List function that makes an existing item the first visible item in the list
XmListSetKbdItemPos (3X) - A List function that sets the location cursor at a specified position
XmListSetKbdItemPos (3X) - A List function that sets the location cursor at a specified position
XmListSetPos (3X) - A List function that makes the item at the given position the first visible position in the list
XmListSetPos (3X) - A List function that makes the item at the given position the first visible position in the list
XmListUpdateSelectedList (3X) - A List function that updates the XmNselectedItems resource
XmListUpdateSelectedList (3X) - A List function that updates the XmNselectedItems resource
XmListYToPos (3X) - A List function that returns the position of the item at a specified y coordinate
XmListYToPos (3X) - A List function that returns the position of the item at a specified y-coordinate
XmMainWindow (3X) - The MainWindow widget class
XmMainWindow (3X) - The MainWindow widget class
XmMainWindowSep1 (3X) - A MainWindow function that returns the widget ID of the first Separator
XmMainWindowSep1 (3X) - A MainWindow function that returns the widget ID of the first Separator widget
XmMainWindowSep2 (3X) - A MainWindow function that returns the widget ID of the second Separator widget
XmMainWindowSep2 (3X) - A MainWindow function that returns the widget ID of the second Separator widget
XmMainWindowSep3 (3X) - A MainWindow function that returns the widget ID of the third Separator widget
XmMainWindowSep3 (3X) - A MainWindow function that returns the widget ID of the third Separator widget
XmMainWindowSetAreas (3X) - A MainWindow function that identifies manageable children for each area
XmMainWindowSetAreas (3X) - A MainWindow function that identifies manageable children for each area
XmManager (3X) - The Manager widget class
XmManager (3X) - The Manager widget class
XmMapSegmentEncoding (3X) - A compound string function that returns the compound text encoding format associated with the specified font list tag
XmMapSegmentEncoding (3X) - A compound string function that returns the compound text encoding format associated with the specified font list tag
XmMenuPosition (3X) - A RowColumn function that positions a Popup menu pane
XmMenuPosition (3X) - A RowColumn function that positions a Popup MenuPane
XmMenuShell (3X) - The MenuShell widget class
XmMenuShell (3X) - The MenuShell widget class
XmMessageBox (3X) - The MessageBox widget class
XmMessageBox (3X) - The MessageBox widget class
XmMessageBoxGetChild (3X) - A MessageBox function that is used to access a component
XmMessageBoxGetChild (3X) - A MessageBox function that is used to access a component
XmNotebook (3X) - The Notebook widget class
XmNotebookGetPageInfo (3X) - A Notebook function that returns page information
XmObjectAtPoint (3X) - A toolkit function that determines which child intersects or comes closest to a specified point
XmOptionButtonGadget (3X) - A RowColumn function that obtains the widget ID for the CascadeButtonGadget in an OptionMenu
XmOptionButtonGadget (3X) - A RowColumn function that obtains the widget ID for the CascadeButtonGadget in an OptionMenu
XmOptionLabelGadget (3X) - A RowColumn function that obtains the widget ID for the LabelGadget in an OptionMenu
XmOptionLabelGadget (3X) - A RowColumn function that obtains the widget ID for the LabelGadget in an OptionMenu
XmPanedWindow (3X) - The PanedWindow widget class
XmPanedWindow (3X) - The PanedWindow widget class
XmParseMapping (3X) - Data type for a compound string parse mapping
XmParseMappingCreate (3X) - A compound string function to create a parse mapping
XmParseMappingFree (3X) - A compound string function to free a parse mapping
XmParseMappingGetValues (3X) - A compound string function to retrieve attributes of a parse mapping
XmParseMappingSetValues (3X) - A compound string function to set attributes of a parse mapping
XmParseTable (3X) - Data type for a compound string parse table
XmParseTableFree (3X) - A compound string function that recovers memory
XmPrimitive (3X) - The Primitive widget class
XmPrimitive (3X) - The Primitive widget class
XmPrintPopupPDM (3X) - Send a notification for the PDM to be popped up
XmPrintSetup (3X) - setup and create a Print Shell widget
XmPrintShell (3X) - a shell widget class used for printing in Motif
XmPrintToFile (3X) - Retrieves and saves data that would normally be printed by the X Print Server.
XmProcessTraversal (3X) - A function that determines which component receives keyboard events when a widget has the focus
XmProcessTraversal (3X) - A function that determines which component receives keyboard events when a widget has the focus
XmPushButton (3X) - The PushButton widget class
XmPushButton (3X) - The PushButton widget class
XmPushButtonGadget (3X) - The PushButtonGadget widget class
XmPushButtonGadget (3X) - The PushButtonGadget widget class
XmQTaccessTextual (3X) - A widget holding this trait can display textual data
XmQTactivatable (3X) - A widget holding this trait will be treated as a command button in a DialogBox or as a major tab in a Notebook
XmQTcareParentVisual (3X) - A child widget holding this trait wants to be notified whenever its parent's visual state changes
XmQTcontainer (3X) - A widget holding this trait can manage widgets holding the XmQTcontainerItem trait
XmQTcontainerItem (3X) - A widget holding this trait can serve as a child of a widget holding the XmQTcontainer trait
XmQTdialogShellSavvy (3X) - A dialog widget holding this trait can become a child of the XmDialogShell widget
XmQTjoinSide (3X) - A child widget holding this trait can be attached to one side of a suitable parent widget
XmQTmenuSavvy (3X) - A widget holding this trait can become a menu child
XmQTmenuSystem (3X) - A widget holding this trait can serve as a menu system
XmQTnavigator (3X) - A widget holding this trait can act as a navigator
XmQTscrollFrame (3X) - A widget holding this trait can handle one or more navigator widgets
XmQTspecifyRenderTable (3X) - A widget holding this trait can supply the names of its default render tables to any requestor
XmQTtakesDefault (3X) - A button widget holding this trait can change its appearance to show that it is the default button
XmQTtransfer (3X) - A trait that implements data transfer to and from a widget
XmRedisplayWidget (3X) - Synchronously activates the expose method of a widget to draw its content
XmRegisterSegmentEncoding (3X) - A compound string function that registers a compound text encoding format for a specified font list element tag
XmRegisterSegmentEncoding (3X) - A compound string function that registers a compound text encoding format for a specified font list element tag
XmRemoveFromPostFromList (3X) - a RowColumn function that disables a menu for a particular widget
XmRemoveProtocolCallback (3X) - A VendorShell function that removes a callback from the internal list
XmRemoveProtocolCallback (3X) - A VendorShell function that removes a callback from the internal list
XmRemoveProtocols (3X) - A VendorShell function that removes the protocols from the protocol manager and deallocates the internal tables
XmRemoveProtocols (3X) - A VendorShell function that removes the protocols from the protocol manager and deallocates the internal tables
XmRemoveTabGroup (3X) - A function that removes a tab group
XmRemoveTabGroup (3X) - A function that removes a tab group
XmRemoveWMProtocolCallback (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that removes a callback from the internal list
XmRemoveWMProtocolCallback (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that removes a callback from the internal list
XmRemoveWMProtocols (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that removes the protocols from the protocol manager and deallocates the internal tables
XmRemoveWMProtocols (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that removes the protocols from the protocol manager and deallocates the internal tables
XmRenderTable (3X) - Data type for a render table
XmRenderTableAddRenditions (3X) - Creates a new render table
XmRenderTableCopy (3X) - A render table function that copies renditions
XmRenderTableCvtFromProp (3X) - A render table function that converts from a string representation to a render table
XmRenderTableCvtToProp (3X) - A render table function that converts a render table to a string representation
XmRenderTableFree (3X) - A render table function that recovers memory
XmRenderTableGetRendition (3X) - A convenience function that matches a rendition tag
XmRenderTableGetRenditions (3X) - A convenience function that matches rendition tags
XmRenderTableGetTags (3X) - A convenience function that gets rendition tags
XmRenderTableRemoveRenditions (3X) - A convenience function that removes renditions
XmRendition (3X) - The Rendition registry
XmRenditionCreate (3X) - A convenience function that creates a rendition
XmRenditionFree (3X) - A convenience function that frees a rendition
XmRenditionRetrieve (3X) - A convenience function that retrieves rendition resources
XmRenditionUpdate (3X) - A convenience function that modifies resources
XmRepTypeAddReverse (3X) - A representation type manager function that installs the reverse converter for a previously registered representation type
XmRepTypeAddReverse (3X) - A representation type manager function that installs the reverse converter for a previously registered representation type
XmRepTypeGetId (3X) - A representation type manager function that retrieves the identification number of a representation type
XmRepTypeGetId (3X) - A representation type manager function that retrieves the identification number of a representation type
XmRepTypeGetNameList (3X) - A representation type manager function that generates a list of values for a representation type
XmRepTypeGetNameList (3X) - A representation type manager function that generates a list of values for a representation type
XmRepTypeGetRecord (3X) - A representation type manager function that returns information about a representation type
XmRepTypeGetRecord (3X) - A representation type manager function that returns information about a representation type
XmRepTypeGetRegistered (3X) - A representation type manager function that returns a copy of the registration list
XmRepTypeGetRegistered (3X) - A representation type manager function that returns a copy of the registration list
XmRepTypeInstallTearOffModelConverter (3X) - A representation type manager function that installs the resource converter for XmNtearOffModel.
XmRepTypeInstallTearOffModelConverter (3X) - A representation type manager function that installs the resource converter for XmNtearOffModel.
XmRepTypeRegister (3X) - A representation type manager function that registers a representation type resource
XmRepTypeRegister (3X) - A representation type manager function that registers a representation type resource
XmRepTypeValidValue (3X) - A representation type manager function that tests the validity of a numerical value of a representation type resource
XmRepTypeValidValue (3X) - A representation type manager function that tests the validity of a numerical value of a representation type resource
XmResolveAllPartOffsets (3X) - A function that allows writing of upward-compatible applications and widgets
XmResolveAllPartOffsets (3X) - A function that allows writing of upward-compatible applications and widgets
XmResolvePartOffsets (3X) - A function that allows writing of upward-compatible applications and widgets
XmResolvePartOffsets (3X) - A function that allows writing of upward-compatible applications and widgets
XmRowColumn (3X) - The RowColumn widget class
XmRowColumn (3X) - The RowColumn widget class
XmScale (3X) - The Scale widget class
XmScale (3X) - The Scale widget class
XmScale (3X) - XmScale SGI Resources
XmScale SGI Resources (3X) - XmScale SGI Resources
XmScaleGetValue (3X) - A Scale function that returns the current slider position
XmScaleGetValue (3X) - A Scale function that returns the current slider position
XmScaleSetTicks (3X) - A Scale function that controls tick marks
XmScaleSetValue (3X) - A Scale function that sets a slider value
XmScaleSetValue (3X) - A Scale function that sets a slider value
XmScreen (3X) - The Screen widget class
XmScreen (3X) - The Screen widget class
XmScrollBar (3X) - The ScrollBar widget class
XmScrollBar (3X) - The ScrollBar widget class
XmScrollBarGetValues (3X) - A ScrollBar function that returns the ScrollBar's increment values
XmScrollBarGetValues (3X) - A ScrollBar function that returns the ScrollBar's increment values
XmScrollBarSetValues (3X) - A ScrollBar function that changes ScrollBar's increment values and the slider's size and position
XmScrollBarSetValues (3X) - A ScrollBar function that changes ScrollBar's increment values and the slider's size and position
XmScrolledWindow (3X) - The ScrolledWindow widget class
XmScrolledWindow (3X) - The ScrolledWindow widget class
XmScrolledWindowSetAreas (3X) - A ScrolledWindow function that adds or changes a window work region and a horizontal or vertical ScrollBar widget to the ScrolledWindow widget
XmScrolledWindowSetAreas (3X) - A ScrolledWindow function that adds or changes a window work region and a horizontal or vertical ScrollBar widget to the ScrolledWindow widget
XmScrollVisible (3X) - A ScrolledWindow function that makes an invisible descendant of a ScrolledWindow work area visible
XmScrollVisible (3X) - A ScrolledWindow function that makes an invisible descendant of a ScrolledWindow work area visible
XmSelectionBox (3X) - The SelectionBox widget class
XmSelectionBox (3X) - The SelectionBox widget class
XmSelectionBoxGetChild (3X) - A SelectionBox function that is used to access a component
XmSelectionBoxGetChild (3X) - A SelectionBox function that is used to access a component
XmSeparator (3X) - The Separator widget class
XmSeparator (3X) - The Separator widget class
XmSeparatorGadget (3X) - The SeparatorGadget widget class
XmSeparatorGadget (3X) - The SeparatorGadget widget class
XmSetColorCalculation (3X) - A function to set the procedure used for default color calculation
XmSetColorCalculation (3X) - A function to set the procedure used for default color calculation
XmSetFontUnit (3X) - A function that sets the font unit value for a display
XmSetFontUnit (3X) - A function that sets the font unit value for a display
XmSetFontUnits (3X) - A function that sets the font unit value for a display
XmSetFontUnits (3X) - A function that sets the font unit value for a display
XmSetMenuCursor (3X) - A function that modifies the menu cursor for a client
XmSetMenuCursor (3X) - A function that modifies the menu cursor for a client
XmSetProtocolHooks (3X) - A VendorShell function that allows pre and post actions to be executed when a protocol message is received from MWM
XmSetProtocolHooks (3X) - A VendorShell function that allows preactions and postactions to be executed when a protocol message is received from MWM
XmSetWMProtocolHooks (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that allows pre and post actions to be executed when a protocol message is received from the window manager
XmSetWMProtocolHooks (3X) - A VendorShell convenience interface that allows preactions and postactions to be executed when a protocol message is received from the window manager
XmSimpleSpinBox (3) - a simple SpinBox widget class
XmSimpleSpinBoxAddItem (3X) - add an item to the XmSimpleSpinBox
XmSimpleSpinBoxDeletePos (3X) - delete a XmSimpleSpinBox item
XmSimpleSpinBoxSetItem (3X) - set an item in the XmSimpleSpinBox list
XmSpinBox (3) - The SpinBox widget class
XmSpinBoxValidatePosition (3X) - translate the current value of the specified XmSpinBox child into a valid position
XmString (3X) - Data type for a compound string
XmString (3X) - Data type for a compound string
XmStringBaseline (3X) - A compound string function that returns the number of pixels between the top of the character box and the baseline of the first line of text
XmStringBaseline (3X) - A compound string function that returns the number of pixels between the top of the character box and the baseline of the first line of text
XmStringByteCompare (3X) - A compound string function that indicates the results of a byte-by-byte comparison
XmStringByteCompare (3X) - A compound string function that indicates the results of a byte-by-byte comparison
XmStringByteStreamLength (3X) - A function that returns the size of a string
XmStringCompare (3X) - A compound string function that compares two strings
XmStringCompare (3X) - A compound string function that compares two strings
XmStringComponentCreate (3X) - A compound string function that creates arbitrary components
XmStringComponentType (3X) - Data type for compound string components
XmStringConcat (3X) - A compound string function that appends one string to another
XmStringConcat (3X) - A compound string function that appends one string to another
XmStringConcatAndFree (3X) - A compound string function that appends one string to another and frees the original strings
XmStringCopy (3X) - A compound string function that makes a copy of a string
XmStringCopy (3X) - A compound string function that makes a copy of a string
XmStringCreate (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string
XmStringCreate (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string
XmStringCreateLocalized (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string in the current locale
XmStringCreateLocalized (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string in the current locale
XmStringCreateLtoR (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string
XmStringCreateLtoR (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string
XmStringCreateSimple (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string in the language environment of a widget
XmStringCreateSimple (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string in the language environment of a widget
XmStringDirection (3X) - Data type for the direction of display in a string
XmStringDirection (3X) - Data type for the direction of display in a string
XmStringDirectionCreate (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string
XmStringDirectionCreate (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string
XmStringDirectionToDirection (3X) - A function that converts from XmStringDirection to XmDirection
XmStringDraw (3X) - A compound string function that draws a compound string in an X window
XmStringDraw (3X) - A compound string function that draws a compound string in an X window
XmStringDrawImage (3X) - A compound string function that draws a compound string in an X Window and creates an image
XmStringDrawImage (3X) - A compound string function that draws a compound string in an X Window and creates an image
XmStringDrawUnderline (3X) - A compound string function that underlines a string drawn in an X Window
XmStringDrawUnderline (3X) - A compound string function that underlines a string drawn in an X Window
XmStringEmpty (3X) - A compound string function that provides information on the existence of non-zero length text components
XmStringEmpty (3X) - A compound string function that provides information on the existence of non-zero-length text components
XmStringExtent (3X) - A compound string function that determines the size of the smallest rectangle that will enclose the compound string
XmStringExtent (3X) - A compound string function that determines the size of the smallest rectangle that will enclose the compound string
XmStringFree (3X) - A compound string function that conditionally deallocates memory
XmStringFree (3X) - A compound string function that recovers memory
XmStringFreeContext (3X) - A compound string function that instructs the toolkit that the context is no longer needed
XmStringFreeContext (3X) - A compound string function that releases the string scanning context data structure
XmStringGenerate (3X) - A convenience function that generates a compound string
XmStringGetLtoR (3X) - A compound string function that searches for a text segment in the input compound string
XmStringGetLtoR (3X) - A compound string function that searches for a text segment in the input compound string
XmStringGetNextComponent (3X) - A compound string function that returns the type and value of the next component in a compound string
XmStringGetNextComponent (3X) - A compound string function that returns the type and value of the next component in a compound string
XmStringGetNextSegment (3X) - A compound string function that fetches the bytes in the next segment of a compound string
XmStringGetNextSegment (3X) - A compound string function that fetches the octets in the next segment of a compound string
XmStringGetNextTriple (3X) - An XmString function that returns the type, length, and value of the next component in the compound string
XmStringHasSubstring (3X) - A compound string function that indicates whether one compound string is contained within another
XmStringHasSubstring (3X) - A compound string function that indicates whether one compound string is contained within another
XmStringHeight (3X) - A compound string function that returns the line height of the given compound string
XmStringHeight (3X) - A compound string function that returns the line height of the given compound string
XmStringInitContext (3X) - A compound string function that allows applications to read out the content segment by segment
XmStringInitContext (3X) - A compound string function that creates a data structure for scanning an XmString component by component
XmStringIsVoid (3X) - A compound string function that provides information on the existence of non-zero-length text components, tab components, or separator components
XmStringLength (3X) - A compound string function that obtains the length of a compound string
XmStringLength (3X) - A compound string function that obtains the length of a compound string
XmStringLineCount (3X) - A compound string function that returns the number of separators plus one in the provided compound string
XmStringLineCount (3X) - A compound string function that returns the number of separators plus one in the provided compound string
XmStringNConcat (3X) - A compound string function that appends a specified number of bytes to a compound string
XmStringNConcat (3X) - A compound string function that appends a specified number of bytes to a compound string
XmStringNCopy (3X) - A compound string function that creates a copy of a compound string
XmStringNCopy (3X) - A compound string function that creates a copy of a compound string
XmStringParseText (3X) - A function that converts a character string to a compound string
XmStringPeekNextComponent (3X) - A compound string function that returns the component type of the next component fetched
XmStringPeekNextComponent (3X) - A compound string function that returns the component type of the next component to be fetched
XmStringPeekNextTriple (3X) - A function that returns the component type of the next component
XmStringPutRendition (3X) - A convenience function that places renditions around strings
XmStringSegmentCreate (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string
XmStringSegmentCreate (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string
XmStringSeparatorCreate (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string
XmStringSeparatorCreate (3X) - A compound string function that creates a compound string
XmStringTable (3X) - Data type for an array of compound strings
XmStringTable (3X) - Data type for an array of compound strings
XmStringTableParseStringArray (3X) - A convenience function that converts an array of strings to a compound string table
XmStringTableProposeTablist (3X) - A convenience function that returns a tab list
XmStringTableToXmString (3X) - A convenience function that converts a compound string table to a single compound string
XmStringTableUnparse (3X) - A convenience function that converts a table of compound strings to an array of text
XmStringToXmStringTable (3X) - A convenience function that converts a single compound string to a table of compound strings
XmStringUnparse (3X) - A compound string function that unparses text
XmStringWidth (3X) - A compound string function that returns the width of the longest sequence of text components in a compound string
XmStringWidth (3X) - A compound string function that returns the width of the widest line in a compound string
XmTab (3X) - Data type for a tab stop
XmTabCreate (3X) - A convenience function that creates a tab stop
XmTabFree (3X) - A convenience function that frees a tab
XmTabGetValues (3X) - A convenience function that returns tab values
XmTabList (3X) - Data type for a tab list
XmTabListCopy (3X) - A convenience function that creates a new tab list from an existing list
XmTabListFree (3X) - A convenience function that frees the memory of a new tab list
XmTabListGetTab (3X) - A convenience function that returns a copy of a tab
XmTabListInsertTabs (3X) - A convenience function that inserts tabs into a tab list
XmTabListRemoveTabs (3X) - A convenience function that removes noncontiguous tabs
XmTabListReplacePositions (3X) - A convenience function that creates a new tab list with replacement tabs
XmTabListTabCount (3X) - A convenience function that counts the number of tabs
XmTabSetValue (3X) - A convenience function that sets a tab stop
XmTargetsAreCompatible (3X) - A function that tests whether the target types match between a drop site and source object
XmTargetsAreCompatible (3X) - A function that tests whether the target types match between a drop site and source object
XmText (3X) - The Text widget class
XmText (3X) - The Text widget class
XmText SGI-Resources (3X) - XmText SGI Resources
XmText SGI-Resources (3X) - XmText SGI Resources
XmTextClearSelection (3X) - A Text function that clears the primary selection
XmTextClearSelection (3X) - A Text function that clears the primary selection
XmTextCopy (3X) - A Text function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard
XmTextCopy (3X) - A Text function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard
XmTextCopyLink (3X) - A Text function that copies a link to the primary selection to the clipboard
XmTextCut (3X) - A Text function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard and deletes the selected text
XmTextCut (3X) - A Text function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard and deletes the selected text
XmTextDisableRedisplay (3X) - A Text function that temporarily prevents visual update of the Text widget
XmTextDisableRedisplay (3X) - A Text function that temporarily prevents visual update of the Text widget
XmTextEnableRedisplay (3X) - A Text function that forces the visual update of a Text widget
XmTextEnableRedisplay (3X) - A Text function that forces the visual update of a Text widget
XmTextField (3X) - The TextField class
XmTextField (3X) - The TextField class
XmTextField SGI-Resources (3X) - XmText SGI Resources
XmTextField SGI-Resources (3X) - XmText SGI Resources
XmTextFieldClearSelection (3X) - A TextField function that clears the primary selection
XmTextFieldClearSelection (3X) - A TextField function that clears the primary selection
XmTextFieldCopy (3X) - A TextField function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard
XmTextFieldCopy (3X) - A TextField function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard
XmTextFieldCopyLink (3X) - A TextField function that copies a link to the primary selection to the clipboard
XmTextFieldCut (3X) - A TextField function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard and deletes the selected text
XmTextFieldCut (3X) - A TextField function that copies the primary selection to the clipboard and deletes the selected text
XmTextFieldGetBaseline (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the y position of the baseline
XmTextFieldGetBaseline (3X) - A TextField function that accesses thex position of the first baseline
XmTextFieldGetEditable (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the edit permission state
XmTextFieldGetEditable (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the edit permission state
XmTextFieldGetInsertionPosition (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the position of the insertion cursor
XmTextFieldGetInsertionPosition (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the position of the insertion cursor
XmTextFieldGetLastPosition (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the position of the last text character
XmTextFieldGetLastPosition (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the position of the last text character
XmTextFieldGetMaxLength (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard
XmTextFieldGetMaxLength (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard
XmTextFieldGetSelection (3X) - A TextField function that retrieves the value of the primary selection
XmTextFieldGetSelection (3X) - A TextField function that retrieves the value of the primary selection
XmTextFieldGetSelectionPosition (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the position of the primary selection
XmTextFieldGetSelectionPosition (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the position of the primary selection
XmTextFieldGetSelectionWcs (3X) - A TextField function that retrieves the value of a wide character encoded primary selection
XmTextFieldGetSelectionWcs (3X) - A TextField function that retrieves the value of a wide character encoded primary selection
XmTextFieldGetString (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the string value
XmTextFieldGetString (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the string value
XmTextFieldGetStringWcs (3X) - A TextField function that retrieves a copy of the wide character string value of a TextField widget
XmTextFieldGetStringWcs (3X) - A TextField function that retrieves a copy of the wide character string value of a TextField widget
XmTextFieldGetSubstring (3X) - A TextField function that retrieves a copy of a portion of the internal text buffer
XmTextFieldGetSubstring (3X) - A TextField function that retrieves a copy of a portion of the internal text buffer
XmTextFieldGetSubstringWcs (3X) - A TextField function that retrieves a a portion of a wide character internal text buffer
XmTextFieldGetSubstringWcs (3X) - A TextField function that retrieves a portion of a wide character internal text buffer
XmTextFieldInsert (3X) - A TextField function that inserts a character string into a text string
XmTextFieldInsert (3X) - A TextField function that inserts a character string into a text string
XmTextFieldInsertWcs (3X) - A TextField function that inserts a wide character string into a TextField widget
XmTextFieldInsertWcs (3X) - A TextField function that inserts a wide character string into a TextField widget
XmTextFieldPaste (3X) - A TextField function that inserts the clipboard selection
XmTextFieldPaste (3X) - A TextField function that inserts the clipboard selection
XmTextFieldPasteLink (3X) - A TextField function that inserts a link to the clipboard selection
XmTextFieldPosToXY (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the x and y position of a character position
XmTextFieldPosToXY (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the x and y position of a character position
XmTextFieldRemove (3X) - A TextField function that deletes the primary selection
XmTextFieldRemove (3X) - A TextField function that deletes the primary selection
XmTextFieldReplace (3X) - A TextField function that replaces part of a text string
XmTextFieldReplace (3X) - A TextField function that replaces part of a text string
XmTextFieldReplaceWcs (3X) - A TextField function that replaces part of a wide character string in a TextField widget
XmTextFieldReplaceWcs (3X) - A TextField function that replaces part of a wide character string in a TextField widget
XmTextFieldSetAddMode (3X) - A TextField function that sets the state of Add mode
XmTextFieldSetAddMode (3X) - A TextField function that sets the state of Add Mode
XmTextFieldSetEditable (3X) - A TextField function that sets the edit permission
XmTextFieldSetEditable (3X) - A TextField function that sets the edit permission
XmTextFieldSetErrorSelection (3X) - A TextField function that sets the primary selection of the text
XmTextFieldSetErrorSelection (3X) - A TextField function that sets the primary selection of the text
XmTextFieldSetHighlight (3X) - A TextField function that highlights text
XmTextFieldSetHighlight (3X) - A TextField function that highlights text
XmTextFieldSetInsertionPosition (3X) - A TextField function that sets the position of the insertion cursor
XmTextFieldSetInsertionPosition (3X) - A TextField function that sets the position of the insertion cursor
XmTextFieldSetMaxLength (3X) - A TextField function that sets the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard
XmTextFieldSetMaxLength (3X) - A TextField function that sets the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard
XmTextFieldSetSelection (3X) - A TextField function that sets the primary selection of the text
XmTextFieldSetSelection (3X) - A TextField function that sets the primary selection of the text
XmTextFieldSetString (3X) - A TextField function that sets the string value
XmTextFieldSetString (3X) - A TextField function that sets the string value
XmTextFieldSetStringWcs (3X) - A TextField function that sets a wide character string value
XmTextFieldSetStringWcs (3X) - A TextField function that sets a wide character string value
XmTextFieldShowPosition (3X) - A TextField function that forces text at a given position to be displayed
XmTextFieldShowPosition (3X) - A TextField function that forces text at a given position to be displayed
XmTextFieldXYToPos (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the character position nearest an x and y position
XmTextFieldXYToPos (3X) - A TextField function that accesses the character position nearest an x and y position
XmTextFindString (3X) - A Text function that finds the beginning position of a text string
XmTextFindString (3X) - A Text function that finds the beginning position of a text string
XmTextFindStringWcs (3X) - A Text function that finds the beginning position of a wide character text string
XmTextFindStringWcs (3X) - A Text function that finds the beginning position of a wide character text string
XmTextGetBaseline (3X) - A Text function that accesses the y position of the baseline
XmTextGetBaseline (3X) - A Text function that accesses thex position of the first baseline
XmTextGetCenterline (3X) - Return the height (length) of a character string when the writing direction is vertical
XmTextGetEditable (3X) - A Text function that accesses the edit permission state
XmTextGetEditable (3X) - A Text function that accesses the edit permission state
XmTextGetInsertionPosition (3X) - A Text function that accesses the position of the insert cursor
XmTextGetInsertionPosition (3X) - A Text function that accesses the position of the insert cursor
XmTextGetLastPosition (3X) - A Text function that accesses the last position in the text
XmTextGetLastPosition (3X) - A Text function that accesses the last position in the text
XmTextGetMaxLength (3X) - A Text function that accesses the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard
XmTextGetMaxLength (3X) - A Text function that accesses the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard
XmTextGetSelection (3X) - A Text function that retrieves the value of the primary selection
XmTextGetSelection (3X) - A Text function that retrieves the value of the primary selection
XmTextGetSelectionPosition (3X) - A Text function that accesses the position of the primary selection
XmTextGetSelectionPosition (3X) - A Text function that accesses the position of the primary selection
XmTextGetSelectionWcs (3X) - A Text function that retrieves the value of a wide character encoded primary selection
XmTextGetSelectionWcs (3X) - A Text function that retrieves the value of a wide character encoded primary selection
XmTextGetSource (3X) - A Text function that accesses the source of the widget
XmTextGetSource (3X) - A Text function that accesses the source of the widget
XmTextGetString (3X) - A Text function that accesses the string value
XmTextGetString (3X) - A Text function that accesses the string value
XmTextGetStringWcs (3X) - A Text function that retrieves a copy of the wide character string value of a Text widget
XmTextGetStringWcs (3X) - A Text function that retrieves a copy of the wide character string value of a Text widget
XmTextGetSubstring (3X) - A Text function that retrieves a copy of a portion of the internal text buffer
XmTextGetSubstring (3X) - A Text function that retrieves a copy of a portion of the internal text buffer
XmTextGetSubstringWcs (3X) - A Text function that retrieves a portion of a wide character internal text buffer
XmTextGetSubstringWcs (3X) - A Text function that retrieves a portion of a wide character internal text buffer
XmTextGetTopCharacter (3X) - A Text function that accesses the position of the first character displayed
XmTextGetTopCharacter (3X) - A Text function that accesses the position of the first character displayed
XmTextInsert (3X) - A Text function that inserts a character string into a text string
XmTextInsert (3X) - A Text function that inserts a character string into a text string
XmTextInsertWcs (3X) - A Text function that inserts a wide character string into a Text widget
XmTextInsertWcs (3X) - A Text function that inserts a wide character string into a Text widget
XmTextPaste (3X) - A Text function that inserts the clipboard selection
XmTextPaste (3X) - A Text function that inserts the clipboard selection
XmTextPasteLink (3X) - A Text function that inserts a link to the clipboard selection
XmTextPosition (3X) - Data type for a character position within a text string
XmTextPosition (3X) - Data type for a character position within a text string
XmTextPosToXY (3X) - A Text function that accesses the x and y position of a character position
XmTextPosToXY (3X) - A Text function that accesses the x and y position of a character position
XmTextRemove (3X) - A Text function that deletes the primary selection
XmTextRemove (3X) - A Text function that deletes the primary selection
XmTextReplace (3X) - A Text function that replaces part of a text string
XmTextReplace (3X) - A Text function that replaces part of a text string
XmTextReplaceWcs (3X) - A Text function that replaces part of a wide character string in a Text widget
XmTextReplaceWcs (3X) - A Text function that replaces part of a wide character string in a Text widget
XmTextScroll (3X) - A Text function that scrolls text
XmTextScroll (3X) - A Text function that scrolls text
XmTextSetAddMode (3X) - A Text function that sets the state of Add mode
XmTextSetAddMode (3X) - A Text function that sets the state of Add Mode
XmTextSetEditable (3X) - A Text function that sets the edit permission
XmTextSetEditable (3X) - A Text function that sets the edit permission
XmTextSetErrorSelection (3X) - A Text function that sets the primary selection of the text
XmTextSetErrorSelection (3X) - A Text function that sets the primary selection of the text
XmTextSetHighlight (3X) - A Text function that highlights text
XmTextSetHighlight (3X) - A Text function that highlights text
XmTextSetInsertionPosition (3X) - A Text function that sets the position of the insert cursor
XmTextSetInsertionPosition (3X) - A Text function that sets the position of the insert cursor
XmTextSetMaxLength (3X) - A Text function that sets the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard
XmTextSetMaxLength (3X) - A Text function that sets the value of the current maximum allowable length of a text string entered from the keyboard
XmTextSetSelection (3X) - A Text function that sets the primary selection of the text
XmTextSetSelection (3X) - A Text function that sets the primary selection of the text
XmTextSetSource (3X) - A Text function that sets the source of the widget
XmTextSetSource (3X) - A Text function that sets the source of the widget
XmTextSetString (3X) - A Text function that sets the string value
XmTextSetString (3X) - A Text function that sets the string value
XmTextSetStringWcs (3X) - A Text function that sets a wide character string value
XmTextSetStringWcs (3X) - A Text function that sets a wide character string value
XmTextSetTopCharacter (3X) - A Text function that sets the position of the first character displayed
XmTextSetTopCharacter (3X) - A Text function that sets the position of the first character displayed
XmTextShowPosition (3X) - A Text function that forces text at a given position to be displayed
XmTextShowPosition (3X) - A Text function that forces text at a given position to be displayed
XmTextXYToPos (3X) - A Text function that accesses the character position nearest an x and y position
XmTextXYToPos (3X) - A Text function that accesses the character position nearest an x and y position
XmToggleButton (3X) - The ToggleButton widget class
XmToggleButton (3X) - The ToggleButton widget class
XmToggleButtonGadget (3X) - The ToggleButtonGadget widget class
XmToggleButtonGadget (3X) - The ToggleButtonGadget widget class
XmToggleButtonGadgetGetState (3X) - A ToggleButtonGadget function that obtains the state of a ToggleButtonGadget
XmToggleButtonGadgetGetState (3X) - A ToggleButtonGadget function that obtains the state of a ToggleButtonGadget
XmToggleButtonGadgetSetState (3X) - A ToggleButtonGadget function that sets or changes the current state
XmToggleButtonGadgetSetState (3X) - A ToggleButtonGadget function that sets or changes the current state
XmToggleButtonGetState (3X) - A ToggleButton function that obtains the state of a ToggleButton
XmToggleButtonGetState (3X) - A ToggleButton function that obtains the state of a ToggleButton
XmToggleButtonSetState (3X) - A ToggleButton function that sets or changes the current state
XmToggleButtonSetState (3X) - A ToggleButton function that sets or changes the current state
XmToggleButtonSetValue (3X) - A ToggleButton function that sets or changes the current state
XmTrackingEvent (3X) - A Toolkit function that provides a modal interaction
XmTrackingEvent (3X) - A Toolkit function that provides a modal interaction
XmTrackingLocate (3X) - A Toolkit function that provides a modal interaction
XmTrackingLocate (3X) - A Toolkit function that provides a modal interaction
XmTransferDone (3X) - A toolkit function that completes a data transfer
XmTransferSendRequest (3X) - A toolkit function that transfers a MULTIPLE request
XmTransferSetParameters (3X) - A toolkit function that establishes parameters to be passed by the next call to XmTransferValue
XmTransferStartRequest (3X) - A toolkit function that begins a MULTIPLE transfer
XmTransferValue (3X) - A toolkit function that transfers data to a destination
XmTranslateKey (3X) - The default keycode-to-keysym translator
XmTranslateKey (3X) - The default keycode-to-keysym translator
XmUninstallImage (3X) - A pixmap caching function that removes an image from the image cache
XmUninstallImage (3X) - A pixmap caching function that removes an image from the image cache
XmUpdateDisplay (3X) - A function that processes all pending exposure events immediately
XmUpdateDisplay (3X) - A function that processes all pending exposure events immediately
XmVaCreateSimpleCheckBox (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmVaCreateSimpleCheckBox (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmVaCreateSimpleMenuBar (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmVaCreateSimpleMenuBar (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmVaCreateSimpleOptionMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmVaCreateSimpleOptionMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmVaCreateSimplePopupMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmVaCreateSimplePopupMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmVaCreateSimplePulldownMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmVaCreateSimplePulldownMenu (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox (3X) - A RowColumn widget convenience creation function
XmWidgetGetBaselines (3X) - Retrieves baseline information for a widget
XmWidgetGetBaselines (3X) - Retrieves baseline information for a widget
XmWidgetGetDisplayRect (3X) - Retrieves display rectangle information for a widget
XmWidgetGetDisplayRect (3X) - Retrieves display rectangle information for a widget
XNextEvent, XPeekEvent, XWindowEvent, XCheckWindowEvent, XMaskEvent, XCheckMaskEvent, XCheckTypedEvent, XCheckTypedWindowEvent (3X11) - select events by type
XNoOp (3X11) - No Operation
XOpenDevice, XCloseDevice (3X11) - open or close an extension input device
XOpenDisplay, XCloseDisplay (3X11) - connect or disconnect to X server
XOpenIM, XCloseIM, XSetIMValues, XGetIMValues, XDisplayOfIM, XLocaleOfIM, XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback, XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (3X11) - open, close, and otain input method information
XOpenOM, XCloseOM, XSetOMValues, XGetOMValues, XDisplayOfOM, XLocaleOfOM (3X11) - open output methods
XParseGeometry, XWMGeometry (3X11) - parse window geometry
Xpm (3X) - X Pixmap library
XPolygonRegion, XClipBox (3X11) - generate regions
XPropertyEvent (3X11) - PropertyNotify event structure
XPutBackEvent (3X11) - put events back on the queue
XPutImage, XGetImage, XGetSubImage (3X11) - transfer images
XQueryBestSize, XQueryBestTile, XQueryBestStipple (3X11) - determine efficient sizes
XQueryColor, XQueryColors, XLookupColor, XParseColor (3X11) - obtain color values
XQueryDeviceState (3X11) - query the state of an extension input device.
XQueryExtension (3X11) - determines availability of an extension
XQueryPointer (3X11) - get pointer coordinates
XQueryTree (3X11) - query window tree information
XRaiseWindow, XLowerWindow, XCirculateSubwindows, XCirculateSubwindowsUp, XCirculateSubwindowsDown, XRestackWindows (3X11) - change window stacking order
XReadBitmapFile, XReadBitmapFileData, XWriteBitmapFile, XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData, XCreateBitmapFromData (3X11) - manipulate bitmaps
XReadDisplayQueryExtension, XReadDisplayQueryVersion, XReadDisplay, XShmCreateReadDisplayBuf, XShmReadDisplayRects, XShmDestroyReadDisplayBuf (3X11) - X readdisplay functions
XRecolorCursor, XFreeCursor, XQueryBestCursor (3X11) - manipulate cursors
XReparentEvent (3X11) - ReparentNotify event structure
XReparentWindow (3X11) - reparent windows
XResizeRequestEvent (3X11) - ResizeRequest event structure
XResourceManagerString, XScreenResourceString (3X11) - obtain server resource properties
XrmEnumerateDatabase (3X11) - enumerate resource database entries
XrmGetFileDatabase, XrmPutFileDatabase, XrmGetStringDatabase, XrmLocaleOfDatabase, XrmGetDatabase, XrmSetDatabase, XrmDestroyDatabase (3X11) - retrieve and store resource databases
XrmGetResource, XrmQGetResource, XrmQGetSearchList, XrmQGetSearchResource (3X11) - retrieve database resources and search lists
XrmInitialize, XrmParseCommand, XrmValue, XrmOptionKind, XrmOptionDescRec (3X11) - initialize the Resource Manager, Resource Manager structures, and parse the command line
XrmMergeDatabases, XrmCombineDatabase, XrmCombineFileDatabase (3X11) - merge resource databases
XrmPutResource, XrmQPutResource, XrmPutStringResource, XrmQPutStringResource, XrmPutLineResource (3X11) - store database resources
XrmUniqueQuark, XrmStringToQuark, XrmPermStringToQuark, XrmQuarkToString, XrmStringToQuarkList, XrmStringToBindingQuarkList (3X11) - manipulate resource quarks
XSaveContext, XFindContext, XDeleteContext, XUniqueContext (3X11) - associative look-up routines
XSelectExtensionEvent, XGetSelectedExtensionEvents (3X11) - select extension events, get the list of currently selected extension events
XSelectInput (3X11) - select input events
XSelectionClearEvent (3X11) - SelectionClear event structure
XSelectionEvent (3X11) - SelectionNotify event structure
XSelectionRequestEvent (3X11) - SelectionRequest event structure
XSendEvent, XDisplayMotionBufferSize, XGetMotionEvents, XTimeCoord (3X11) - send events and pointer motion history structure
XSendExtensionEvent (3X11) - send input extension events to a client
XSetArcMode, XSetSubwindowMode, XSetGraphicsExposure (3X11) - GC convenience routines
XSetClipOrigin, XSetClipMask, XSetClipRectangles (3X11) - GC convenience routines
XSetCloseDownMode, XKillClient (3X11) - control clients
XSetCommand, XGetCommand (3X11) - set or read a window's WM_COMMAND property
XSetDeviceButtonMapping, XGetDeviceButtonMapping (3X11) - query or change device button mappings
XSetDeviceFocus, XGetDeviceFocus (3X11) - control extension input device focus
XSetDeviceMode (3X11) - change the mode of a device
XSetDeviceValuators (3X11) - initialize the valuators on an extension input device
XSetErrorHandler, XGetErrorText, XDisplayName, XSetIOErrorHandler, XGetErrorDatabaseText (3X11) - default error handlers
XSetFillStyle, XSetFillRule (3X11) - GC convenience routines
XSetFont (3X11) - GC convenience routines
XSetFontPath, XGetFontPath, XFreeFontPath (3X11) - set, get, or free the font search path
XSetICFocus, XUnsetICFocus (3X11) - set and unset input context focus
XSetICValues, XGetICValues (3X11) - set and obtain XIC values
XSetInputFocus, XGetInputFocus (3X11) - control input focus
XSetLineAttributes, XSetDashes (3X11) - GC convenience routines
XSetPointerMapping, XGetPointerMapping (3X11) - manipulate pointer settings
XSetScreenSaver, XForceScreenSaver, XActivateScreenSaver, XResetScreenSaver, XGetScreenSaver (3X11) - manipulate the screen saver
XSetSelectionOwner, XGetSelectionOwner, XConvertSelection (3X11) - manipulate window selection
XSetState, XSetFunction, XSetPlanemask, XSetForeground, XSetBackground (3X11) - GC convenience routines
XSetTextProperty, XGetTextProperty (3X11) - set and read text properties
XSetTile, XSetStipple, XSetTSOrigin (3X11) - GC convenience routines
XSetTransientForHint, XGetTransientForHint (3X11) - set or read a window's WM_TRANSIENT_FOR property
XSetWMClientMachine, XGetWMClientMachine (3X11) - set or read a window's WM_CLIENT_MACHINE property
XSetWMColormapWindows, XGetWMColormapWindows (3X11) - set or read a window's WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property
XSetWMIconName, XGetWMIconName, XSetIconName, XGetIconName (3X11) - set or read a window's WM_ICON_NAME property
XSetWMName, XGetWMName, XStoreName, XFetchName (3X11) - set or read a window's WM_NAME property
XSetWMProperties, XmbSetWMProperties (3X11) - set standard window properties
XSetWMProtocols, XGetWMProtocols (3X11) - set or read a window's WM__PROTOCOLS property
XSGIDeviceControl, XSGIDeviceQuery (3X11) - set/query device characteristics for X input devices
XSGIMiscQueryExtension (3X11) - determine whether miscellaneous SGI extension functions are supported
XSGIStereoQueryExtension, XSGIStereoQueryVersion, XSGIQueryStereoMode, XSGISetStereoMode, XSGISetStereoBuffer (3X11) - X SGI stereo functions
XSGIvc (3) - Control video operation
XSGIvcListVideoFormats, XSGIvcListVideoFormatCombinations, XSGIvcListVideoFormatsInCombination, XSGIvcLoadVideoFormat, XSGIvcLoadVideoFormatCombination, XSGIvcDisableChannel (3) - Video Format Query and Load Functions
XSGIvcQueryChannelInfo (3) - Query video channel information
XSGIvcQueryMonitorName (3) - Return name of monitor connected to a video channel
XSGIvcQueryVersion (3) - Check if the X server provides the XSGIvc extension
XSGIvcQueryVideoScreenInfo (3) - Query video screen, graphics type
XSGIvcSelectInput (3) - select the XSGIvc extension event types to be sent to a client.
XSGIvcSendMonitorCommand, XSGIvcSendMonitorQuery, XSGIvcQueryMonitorBaseProtocol, XSGIvcInitMonitorBaseProtocol (3) - Monitor control
XSGIvcSetChannelInputRectangle, XSGIvcQueryBestChannelRectangle (3) - Video Pan and Zoom
XSGIvcSetOutputBlanking, XSGIvcQueryOutputBlanking (3) - Channel Blanking Operations
XSGIvcSetOutputGain, XSGIvcQueryOutputGain (3) - Video Gain Operations
XSGIvcSetOutputPedestal, XSGIvcQueryOutputPedestal (3) - Video Pedestal Operations
XSGIvcSetOutputPhaseH, XSGIvcQueryOutputPhaseH (3) - Video Horizontal Phase Operations
XSGIvcSetOutputPhaseSCH, XSGIvcQueryOutputPhaseSCH (3) - Video SCH Phase Operations
XSGIvcSetOutputPhaseV, XSGIvcQueryOutputPhaseV (3) - Video Vertical Phase Operations
XSGIvcSetOutputSync, XSGIvcQueryOutputSync (3) - Set and query the sync status of a sync port
XSGIvcSetPlatformParameter, XSGIvcQueryPlatformParameter (3) - Set and query a video parameter unique to a graphics platform
XSGIvcSetScreenInputSyncSource, XSGIvcQueryScreenInputSyncSource (3) - Switch sync source
XSGIvcStoreGammaColors8, XSGIvcStoreGammaColors16, XSGIvcQueryGammaColors, XSGIvcQueryScreenGammaMaps, XSGIvcQueryGammaMap, XSGIvcSetChannelGammaMap, XSGIvcQueryChannelGammaMap (3) - Set and query gamma correction resources
XShapeQueryExtension, XShapeQueryVersion, XShapeCombineRegion, XShapeCombineRectangles, XShapeCombineMask, XShapeCombineShape, XShapeOffsetShape, XShapeQueryExtents, XShapeSelectInput, XShapeInputSelected, XShapeGetRectangles (3X11) - X nonrectangular shape functions
XStoreBytes, XStoreBuffer, XFetchBytes, XFetchBuffer, XRotateBuffers (3X11) - manipulate cut and paste buffers
XStoreColors, XStoreColor, XStoreNamedColor (3X11) - set colors
XStringListToTextProperty, XTextPropertyToStringList, XFreeStringList, XTextProperty (3X11) - convert string lists and text property structure
XStringToKeysym, XKeysymToString, XKeycodeToKeysym, XKeysymToKeycode, XConvertCase (3X11) - convert keysyms
XSupportsLocale, XSetLocaleModifiers (3X11) - determine locale support and configure locale modifiers
XSynchronize, XSetAfterFunction (3X11) - enable or disable synchronization
XtAddActions (3Xt) - register an action table
XtAddCallback, XtAddCallbacks, XtRemoveCallback, XtRemoveCallbacks, XtRemoveAllCallbacks (3Xt) - add and remove callback procedures
XtAddEventHandler, XtAddRawEventHandler, XtRemoveEventHandler, XtRemoveRawEventHandler, XtInsertEventHandler, XtInsertRawEventHandler (3Xt) - add and remove event handlers
XtAddExposureToRegion (3Xt) - merge exposure events into a region
XtAddGrab, XtRemoveGrab (3Xt) - redirect user input to a modal widget
XtAddInput, XtAddTimeout (3Xt) - register input, timeout, and workprocs
XtAllocateGC (3Xt) - obtain a sharable GC with modifiable fields
XtAppAddActionHook, XtRemoveActionHook (3Xt) - register an action hook procedure
XtAppAddActions (3Xt) - register an action table
XtAppAddBlockHook, XtRemoveBlockHook (3Xt) - register a block hook procedure
XtAppAddConverter, XtAddConverter (3Xt) - register resource converter
XtAppAddInput, XtRemoveInput (3Xt) - register and remove an input source
XtAppAddSignal, XtRemoveSignal, XtNoticeSignal (3Xt) - register and remove a signal source
XtAppAddTimeOut, XtRemoveTimeOut (3Xt) - register and remove timeouts
XtAppAddWorkProc, XtRemoveWorkProc (3Xt) - Add and remove background processing procedures
XtAppCreateShell, XtVaAppCreateShell (3Xt) - create top-level widget instance
XtAppError, XtAppSetErrorHandler, XtAppSetWarningHandler, XtAppWarning (3Xt) - low-level error handlers
XtAppErrorMsg, XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler, XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler, XtAppWarningMsg (3Xt) - high-level error handlers
XtAppGetErrorDatabase, XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText (3Xt) - obtain error database
XtAppGetSelectionTimeout, XtAppSetSelectionTimeout (3Xt) - set and obtain selection timeout values
XtAppInitialize, XtVaAppInitialize (3Xt) - initialize, open, or close a display
XtAppLock, XtAppUnlock (3Xt) - lock and unlock application context
XtAppNextEvent, XtAppPending, XtAppPeekEvent, XtAppProcessEvent, XtDispatchEvent, XtAppMainLoop (3Xt) - query and process events and input
XtAppReleaseCacheRefs (3Xt) - decrement reference counts for resources
XtAppSetExitFlag, XtAppGetExitFlag (3Xt) - thread support functions
XtAppSetFallbackResources (3Xt) - set fallback resources
XtAppSetTypeConverter, XtSetTypeConverter (3Xt) - register resource converter
XtBuildEventMask (3Xt) - retrieve a widget's event mask
XtCallAcceptFocus (3Xt) - calla widget's accept_focus procedure
XtCallActionProc (3Xt) - invoke an action procedure directly
XtCallCallbacks, XtCallCallbackList, XtHasCallbacks (3Xt) - process callbacks
XtClass, XtSuperclass, XtIsSubclass, XtCheckSubclass, XtIsObject, XtIsRectObj, XtIsWidget, XtIsComposite, XtIsConstraint, XtIsShell, XtIsOverrideShell, XtIsWMShell, XtIsVendorShell, XtIsTransientShell, XtIsTopLevelShell, XtIsApplicationShell, XtIsSessionShell (3Xt) - obtain and verify a widget's class
XtConfigureWidget, XtMoveWidget, XtResizeWidget (3Xt) - move and resize widgets
XtConvert, XtDirectConvert (3Xt) - invoke resource converters
XtConvertAndStore, XtCallConverter (3Xt) - invoke resource converters
XtCreateApplicationContext, XtDestroyApplicationContext, XtWidgetToApplicationContext, XtToolkitInitialize (3Xt) - create, destroy, and obtain an application context
XtCreateApplicationShell (3Xt) - create top-level widget instance
XtCreatePopupShell, XtVaCreatePopupShell (3Xt) - create a popup shell
XtCreateSelectionRequest, XtSendSelectionRequest, XtCancelSelectionRequest (3Xt) - bundle multiple selection conversion requests into a single request using MULTIPLE target
XtCreateWidget, XtVaCreateWidget, XtCreateManagedWidget, XtVaCreateManagedWidget, XtDestroyWidget (3Xt) - create and destroy widgets
XtCreateWindow (3Xt) - window creation convenience function
XtDisplay, XtDisplayOfObject, XtScreen, XtScreenOfObject, XtWindow, XtWindowOfObject (3Xt) - obtain window information about a widget
XtDisplayInitialize, XtOpenDisplay, XtDatabase, XtScreenDatabase, XtCloseDisplay (3Xt) - initialize, open, or close a display
XtDisplayStringConversionWarning (3Xt) - issue a conversion warning message
XtDisplayToApplicationContext (3Xt) - obtain an application context
XtError, XtSetErrorHandler, XtSetWarningHandler, XtWarning (3Xt) - low-level error handlers
XtErrorMsg, XtSetErrorMsgHandler, XtWarningMsg, XtSetWarningMsgHandler (3Xt) - high-level error handlers
XTextExtents, XTextExtents16, XQueryTextExtents, XQueryTextExtents16 (3X11) - compute or query text extents
XTextWidth, XTextWidth16 (3X11) - compute text width
XtFindFile (3Xt) - search for a file using substitutions in the path list
XtGetActionKeysym (3Xt) - obtain corresponding keysym
XtGetActionList (3Xt) - obtain class action list
XtGetApplicationNameAndClass (3Xt) - retrieve application name and class
XtGetApplicationResources, XtVaGetApplicationResources (3Xt) - obtain application resources
XtGetClassExtension (3Xt) - locate a class extension record
XtGetDisplays (3Xt) - retrieve a list of displays associated with an application context
XtGetErrorDatabase, XtGetErrorDatabaseText (3Xt) - obtain error database
XtGetGC, XtReleaseGC (3Xt) - obtain and destroy a sharable GC
XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget (3Xt) - extension event handling
XtGetKeysymTable, XtKeysymToKeycodeList (3Xt) - query keysyms and keycodes
XtGetResourceList, XtGetConstraintResourceList (3Xt) - obtain resource list
XtGetSelectionParameters (3Xt) - retrieve target parameters for a selection request with a single target
XtGetSelectionRequest (3Xt) - retrieve the event that triggered the XtConvertSelectionProc
XtGetSelectionTimeout, XtSetSelectionTimeout (3Xt) - set and obtain selection timeout values
XtGetSelectionValue, XtGetSelectionValues (3Xt) - obtain selection values
XtGetSelectionValueIncremental, XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental (3Xt) - obtain selection values
XtGetSubresources, XtVaGetSubresources (3Xt) - obtain subresources
XtGrabKey, XtUngrabKey, XtGrabKeyboard, XtUngrabKeyboard, XtGrabButton, XtUngrabButton, XtGrabPointer, XtUngrabPointer (3Xt) - manage grabs
XtHooksOfDisplay (3Xt) - external agent access points
XTIFFClose (3) - close an extended TIFF file
XTIFFOpen, XTIFFFdOpen (3) - open an extended TIFF file for reading or writing
XtInitialize (3Xt) - initialize
XtInitializeWidgetClass (3Xt) - initialize a widget class
XtInsertEventTypeHandler, XtRemoveEventTypeHandler, XtRegisterExtensionSelector, XtSetEventDispatcher, XtDispatchEventToWidget (3Xt) - extension event handling
XtLastEventProcessed, XtLastTimestampProcessed (3Xt) - last event, last timestamp processed
XtMakeGeometryRequest, XtMakeResizeRequest (3Xt) - make geometry manager request
XtMalloc, XtCalloc, XtRealloc, XtFree, XtNew, XtNewString (3Xt) - memory management functions
XtManageChildren, XtManageChild, XtUnmanageChildren, XtUnmanageChild, XtChangeManagedSet, XtIsManaged (3Xt) - manage and unmanage children
XtMapWidget, XtSetMappedWhenManaged, XtUnmapWidget (3Xt) - map and unmap widgets
XtName (3Xt) - obtain widget's name
XtNameToWidget, XtWindowToWidget (3Xt) - translating strings to widgets or widgets to windows
XtNextEvent, XtPending, XtPeekEvent, XtProcessEvent, XtMainLoop (3Xt) - query and process events and input
XtOffset, XtOffsetOf, XtNumber (3Xt) - determine the byte offset or number of array elements
XtOpenApplication, XtVaOpenApplication (3Xt) - initialize, open, or close a display
XtOwnSelection, XtOwnSelectionIncremental, XtDisownSelection (3Xt) - set selection owner
XtParent (3Xt) - obtain widget's parent widget id
XtParseAcceleratorTable, XtInstallAccelerators, XtInstallAllAccelerators (3Xt) - managing accelerator tables
XtParseTranslationTable, XtAugmentTranslations, XtOverrideTranslations, XtUninstallTranslations (3Xt) - manage translation tables
XtPopdown, XtCallbackPopdown (3Xt) - unmap a pop-up
XtPopup, XtPopupSpringLoaded, XtCallbackNone, XtCallbackNonexclusive, XtCallbackExclusive (3Xt) - map a pop-up
XtProcessLock, XtProcessUnlock (3Xt) - lock and unlock process
XtQueryGeometry (3Xt) - query the preferred geometry of a child widget
XTranslateCoordinates (3X11) - translate window coordinates
XtRealizeWidget, XtIsRealized, XtUnrealizeWidget (3Xt) - realize and unrealize widgets
XtRegisterDrawable (3Xt) - register a drawable with the Intrisics event dispatcher
XtRegisterGrabAction (3Xt) - register button and key grabs
XtReservePropertyAtom, XtReleasePropertyAtom (3Xt) - maintain a cache of property atoms
XtResolvePathname (3Xt) - search for a file using standard substitution
XtSessionGetToken, XtSessionReturnToken (3Xt) - token management for checkpointing
XtSetArg, XtMergeArgLists (3Xt) - set and merge ArgLists
XtSetKeyboardFocus (3Xt) - focus events on a child widget
XtSetKeyTranslator, XtTranslateKeycode, XtRegisterCaseConverter, XtConvertCase (3Xt) - convert KeySym to KeyCodes
XtSetLanguageProc (3Xt) - set the language procedure
XtSetMultiClickTime, XtGetMultiClickTime (3Xt) - set and get multi-click times
XtSetSelectionParameters (3Xt) - specify target parameters for a selection request with a single target
XtSetSensitive, XtIsSensitive (3Xt) - set and check a widget's sensitivity state
XtSetValues, XtVaSetValues, XtSetSubvalues, XtVaSetSubvalues, XtGetValues, XtVaGetValues, XtGetSubvalues, XtVaGetSubvalues (3Xt) - obtain and set widget resources
XtSetWMColormapWindows (3Xt) - Set the value of the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property
XtStringConversionWarning (3Xt) - issue a conversion warning message
XtToolkitThreadInitialize (3Xt) - initialize the toolkit for multiple threads
XtTranslateCoords (3Xt) - translate widget coordinates
XtVaCreateArgsList (3Xt) - dynamically allocate a varargs list
XUnmapEvent (3X11) - UnmapNotify event structure
XUnmapWindow, XUnmapSubwindows (3X11) - unmap windows
XVaCreateNestedList (3X11) - allocate a nested variable argument list
XVisibilityNotifyEvent (3X11) - VisibilityNotify event structure
XWarpPointer (3X11) - move pointer
yp_update (3Y) - changes NIS information
ypclnt yp_get_default_domain yp_bind yp_unbind yp_match yp_first yp_next yp_all yp_order yp_master yperr_string ypprot_err (3Y) - NIS client interface
yppasswd (3R) - update user password in NIS database
ZABS (3F) - Fortran 77 absolute value
ZBDSQR (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real N-by-N (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix B
zbsize (3G) - specifies the number of bit planes desired to comprise the Z buffer
zbsize (3G) - specifies the number of bit planes desired to comprise the Z buffer
zbuffe (3G) - enable or disable z-buffer operation in the current framebuffer
zbuffer (3G) - enable or disable z-buffer operation in the current framebuffer
zclear (3G) - initializes the z-buffer of the current framebuffer
zclear (3G) - initializes the z-buffer of the current framebuffer
zcos (3F) - Fortran COMPLEX*16 cosine intrinsic function
zdraw (3G) - enables or disables drawing to the z-buffer
zdraw (3G) - enables or disables drawing to the z-buffer
ZDRSCL (3S) - multiplie an n-element complex vector x by the real scalar 1/a
zfunct (3G) - specifies the function used for z-buffer comparison by the current framebuffer
zfunction (3G) - specifies the function used for z-buffer comparison by the current framebuffer
ZGBBRD (3S) - reduce a complex general m-by-n band matrix A to real upper bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
ZGBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex general band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm,
ZGBEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N band matrix A and reduce its condition number
ZGBRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZGBSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is a band matrix of order N with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
ZGBSVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ZGBTF2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a complex m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
ZGBTRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a complex m-by-n band matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
ZGBTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B with a general band matrix A using the LU factorization computed by ZGBTRF
ZGEBAK (3S) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a complex general matrix by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced matrix output by ZGEBAL
ZGEBAL (3S) - balance a general complex matrix A
ZGEBD2 (3S) - reduce a complex general m by n matrix A to upper or lower real bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
ZGEBRD (3S) - reduce a general complex M-by-N matrix A to upper or lower bidiagonal form B by a unitary transformation
ZGECON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a general complex matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm, using the LU factorization computed by ZGETRF
ZGEEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate an M- by-N matrix A and reduce its condition number
ZGEES (3S) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
ZGEESX (3S) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues, the Schur form T, and, optionally, the matrix of Schur vectors Z
ZGEEV (3S) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
ZGEEVX (3S) - compute for an N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrix A, the eigenvalues and, optionally, the left and/or right eigenvectors
ZGEGS (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine ZGGES
ZGEGV (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine ZGGEV
ZGEHD2 (3S) - reduce a complex general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by a unitary similarity transformation
ZGEHRD (3S) - reduce a complex general matrix A to upper Hessenberg form H by a unitary similarity transformation
ZGELQ2 (3S) - compute an LQ factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
ZGELQF (3S) - compute an LQ factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
ZGELS (3S) - solve overdetermined or underdetermined complex linear systems involving an M-by-N matrix A, or its conjugate-transpose, using a QR or LQ factorization of A
ZGELSD (3S) - compute the minimum-norm solution to a real linear least squares problem
ZGELSS (3S) - compute the minimum norm solution to a complex linear least squares problem
ZGELSX (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine ZGELSY
ZGELSY (3S) - compute the minimum-norm solution to a complex linear least squares problem
ZGEQL2 (3S) - compute a QL factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
ZGEQLF (3S) - compute a QL factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
ZGEQP3 (3S) - compute a QR factorization with column pivoting of a matrix A
ZGEQPF (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine ZGEQP3
ZGEQR2 (3S) - compute a QR factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
ZGEQRF (3S) - compute a QR factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
ZGERFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZGERQ2 (3S) - compute an RQ factorization of a complex m by n matrix A
ZGERQF (3S) - compute an RQ factorization of a complex M-by-N matrix A
ZGESC2 (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = scale* RHS with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization with complete pivoting computed by ZGETC2
ZGESDD (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a complex M- by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and/or right singular vectors, by using divide-and-conquer method
ZGESV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZGESVD (3S) - compute the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a complex M- by-N matrix A, optionally computing the left and/or right singular vectors
ZGESVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZGETC2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization, using complete pivoting, of the n- by-n matrix A
ZGETF2 (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a general m-by-n matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
ZGETRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a general M-by-N matrix A using partial pivoting with row interchanges
ZGETRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a matrix using the LU factorization computed by ZGETRF
ZGETRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B with a general N-by-N matrix A using the LU factorization computed by ZGETRF
ZGGBAK (3S) - form the right or left eigenvectors of a complex generalized eigenvalue problem A*x = lambda*B*x, by backward transformation on the computed eigenvectors of the balanced pair of matrices output by ZGGBAL
ZGGBAL (3S) - balance a pair of general complex matrices (A,B)
ZGGES (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrices (A,B), the generalized eigenvalues, the generalized complex Schur form (S, T), and optionally left and/or right Schur vectors (VSL and VSR)
ZGGESX (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrices (A,B), the generalized eigenvalues, the complex Schur form (S,T),
ZGGEV (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrices (A,B), the generalized eigenvalues, and optionally, the left and/or right generalized eigenvectors
ZGGEVX (3S) - compute for a pair of N-by-N complex nonsymmetric matrices (A,B) the generalized eigenvalues, and optionally, the left and/or right generalized eigenvectors
ZGGGLM (3S) - solve a general Gauss-Markov linear model (GLM) problem
ZGGHRD (3S) - reduce a pair of complex matrices (A,B) to generalized upper Hessenberg form using unitary transformations, where A is a general matrix and B is upper triangular
ZGGLSE (3S) - solve the linear equality-constrained least squares (LSE) problem
ZGGQRF (3S) - compute a generalized QR factorization of an N-by-M matrix A and an N-by-P matrix B
ZGGRQF (3S) - compute a generalized RQ factorization of an M-by-N matrix A and a P-by-N matrix B
ZGGSVD (3S) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of an M-by-N complex matrix A and P-by-N complex matrix B
ZGGSVP (3S) - compute unitary matrices U, V and Q such that N-K-L K L U'*A*Q = K ( 0 A12 A13 ) if M-K-L >= 0
ZGTCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex tridiagonal matrix A using the LU factorization as computed by ZGTTRF
ZGTRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZGTSV (3S) - solve the equation A*X = B,
ZGTSVX (3S) - use the LU factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ZGTTRF (3S) - compute an LU factorization of a complex tridiagonal matrix A using elimination with partial pivoting and row interchanges
ZGTTRS (3S) - solve one of the systems of equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ZGTTS2 (3S) - solve one of the systems of equations A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ZHBEV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
ZHBEVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
ZHBEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian band matrix A
ZHBGST (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite banded generalized eigenproblem A*x = lambda*B*x to standard form C*y = lambda*y,
ZHBGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
ZHBGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
ZHBGVX (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite banded eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x
ZHBTRD (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian band matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
ZHECON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHETRF
ZHEEV (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
ZHEEVD (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
ZHEEVR (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix T
ZHEEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A
ZHEGS2 (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
ZHEGST (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form
ZHEGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
ZHEGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues, and optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
ZHEGVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues, and optionally, eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
ZHERFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZHESV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZHESVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZHETD2 (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
ZHETF2 (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZHETRD (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian matrix A to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
ZHETRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZHETRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHETRF
ZHETRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex Hermitian matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHETRF
ZHGEQZ (3S) - implement a single-shift version of the QZ method for finding the generalized eigenvalues w(i)=ALPHA(i)/BETA(i) of the equation det( A - w(i) B ) = 0 If JOB='S', then the pair (A,B) is simultaneously reduced to Schur form (i.e., A and B are both upper triangular) by applying one unitary tranformation (usually called Q) on the left and another (usually called Z) on the right
ZHPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a complex Hermitian packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHPTRF
ZHPEV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix in packed storage
ZHPEVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A in packed storage
ZHPEVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex Hermitian matrix A in packed storage
ZHPGST (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian-definite generalized eigenproblem to standard form, using packed storage
ZHPGV (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
ZHPGVD (3S) - compute all the eigenvalues and, optionally, the eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
ZHPGVX (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a complex generalized Hermitian-definite eigenproblem, of the form A*x=(lambda)*B*x, A*Bx=(lambda)*x, or B*A*x=(lambda)*x
ZHPRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZHPSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZHPSVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian matrix stored in packed format and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
ZHPTRD (3S) - reduce a complex Hermitian matrix A stored in packed form to real symmetric tridiagonal form T by a unitary similarity transformation
ZHPTRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex Hermitian packed matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZHPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHPTRF
ZHPTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex Hermitian matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**H or A = L*D*L**H computed by ZHPTRF
ZHSEIN (3S) - use inverse iteration to find specified right and/or left eigenvectors of a complex upper Hessenberg matrix H
ZHSEQR (3S) - compute the eigenvalues of a complex upper Hessenberg matrix H, and, optionally, the matrices T and Z from the Schur decomposition H = Z T Z**H, where T is an upper triangular matrix (the Schur form), and Z is the unitary matrix of Schur vectors
ZLABRD (3S) - reduce the first NB rows and columns of a complex general m by n matrix A to upper or lower real bidiagonal form by a unitary transformation Q' * A * P, and returns the matrices X and Y which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
ZLACGV (3S) - conjugate a complex vector of length N
ZLACON (3S) - estimate the 1-norm of a square, complex matrix A
ZLACP2 (3S) - copie all or part of a real two-dimensional matrix A to a complex matrix B
ZLACPY (3S) - copie all or part of a two-dimensional matrix A to another matrix B
ZLACRM (3S) - perform a very simple matrix-matrix multiplication
ZLACRT (3S) - perform the operation ( c s )( x ) ==> ( x ) ( -s c )( y ) ( y ) where c and s are complex and the vectors x and y are complex
ZLADIV (3S) - := X / Y, where X and Y are complex
ZLAED0 (3S) - the divide and conquer method, ZLAED0 computes all eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix which is one diagonal block of those from reducing a dense or band Hermitian matrix and corresponding eigenvectors of the dense or band matrix
ZLAED7 (3S) - compute the updated eigensystem of a diagonal matrix after modification by a rank-one symmetric matrix
ZLAED8 (3S) - merge the two sets of eigenvalues together into a single sorted set
ZLAEIN (3S) - use inverse iteration to find a right or left eigenvector corresponding to the eigenvalue W of a complex upper Hessenberg matrix H
ZLAESY (3S) - compute the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix ( ( A, B );( B, C ) ) provided the norm of the matrix of eigenvectors is larger than some threshold value
ZLAEV2 (3S) - compute the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 Hermitian matrix [ A B ] [ CONJG(B) C ]
ZLAGS2 (3S) - compute 2-by-2 unitary matrices U, V and Q, such that if ( UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 A2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 A3 ) ( x x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 B2 )*Q = ( x 0 ) ( 0 B3 ) ( x x ) or if ( .NOT.UPPER ) then U'*A*Q = U'*( A1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( A2 A3 ) ( 0 x ) and V'*B*Q = V'*( B1 0 )*Q = ( x x ) ( B2 B3 ) ( 0 x ) where U = ( CSU SNU ), V = ( CSV SNV ),
ZLAGTM (3S) - perform a matrix-vector product of the form B := alpha * A * X + beta * B where A is a tridiagonal matrix of order N, B and X are N by NRHS matrices, and alpha and beta are real scalars, each of which may be 0., 1., or -1
ZLAHEF (3S) - compute a partial factorization of a complex Hermitian matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZLAHQR (3S) - i an auxiliary routine called by ZHSEQR to update the eigenvalues and Schur decomposition already computed by ZHSEQR, by dealing with the Hessenberg submatrix in rows and columns ILO to IHI
ZLAHRD (3S) - reduce the first NB columns of a complex general n-by-(n-k+1) matrix A so that elements below the k-th subdiagonal are zero
ZLAIC1 (3S) - applie one step of incremental condition estimation in its simplest version
ZLALS0 (3S) - applie back the multiplying factors of either the left or the right singular vector matrix of a diagonal matrix appended by a row to the right hand side matrix B in solving the least squares problem using the divide-and-conquer SVD approach
ZLALSA (3S) - i an itermediate step in solving the least squares problem by computing the SVD of the coefficient matrix in compact form (The singular vectors are computed as products of simple orthorgonal matrices.)
ZLALSD (3S) - use the singular value decomposition of A to solve the least squares problem of finding X to minimize the Euclidean norm of each column of A*X-B, where A is N-by-N upper bidiagonal, and X and B are N- by-NRHS
ZLANGB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n band matrix A, with kl sub-diagonals and ku super-diagonals
ZLANGE (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex matrix A
ZLANGT (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex tridiagonal matrix A
ZLANHB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n hermitian band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
ZLANHE (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex hermitian matrix A
ZLANHP (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex hermitian matrix A, supplied in packed form
ZLANHS (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a Hessenberg matrix A
ZLANHT (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex Hermitian tridiagonal matrix A
ZLANSB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n symmetric band matrix A, with k super-diagonals
ZLANSP (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex symmetric matrix A, supplied in packed form
ZLANSY (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a complex symmetric matrix A
ZLANTB (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of an n by n triangular band matrix A, with ( k + 1 ) diagonals
ZLANTP (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a triangular matrix A, supplied in packed form
ZLANTR (3S) - return the value of the one norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a trapezoidal or triangular matrix A
ZLAPLL (3S) - two column vectors X and Y, let A = ( X Y )
ZLAPMT (3S) - rearrange the columns of the M by N matrix X as specified by the permutation K(1),K(2),...,K(N) of the integers 1,...,N
ZLAQGB (3S) - equilibrate a general M by N band matrix A with KL subdiagonals and KU superdiagonals using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
ZLAQGE (3S) - equilibrate a general M by N matrix A using the row and scaling factors in the vectors R and C
ZLAQHB (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric band matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
ZLAQHE (3S) - equilibrate a Hermitian matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
ZLAQHP (3S) - equilibrate a Hermitian matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
ZLAQP2 (3S) - compute a QR factorization with column pivoting of the block A(OFFSET+1:M,1:N)
ZLAQPS (3S) - compute a step of QR factorization with column pivoting of a complex M-by-N matrix A by using Blas-3
ZLAQSB (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric band matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
ZLAQSP (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
ZLAQSY (3S) - equilibrate a symmetric matrix A using the scaling factors in the vector S
ZLAR1V (3S) - compute the (scaled) r-th column of the inverse of the sumbmatrix in rows B1 through BN of the tridiagonal matrix L D L^T - sigma I
ZLAR2V (3S) - applie a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines from both sides to a sequence of 2-by-2 complex Hermitian matrices,
ZLARCM (3S) - perform a very simple matrix-matrix multiplication
ZLARF (3S) - applie a complex elementary reflector H to a complex M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
ZLARFB (3S) - applie a complex block reflector H or its transpose H' to a complex M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
ZLARFG (3S) - generate a complex elementary reflector H of order n, such that H' * ( alpha ) = ( beta ), H' * H = I
ZLARFT (3S) - form the triangular factor T of a complex block reflector H of order n, which is defined as a product of k elementary reflectors
ZLARFX (3S) - applie a complex elementary reflector H to a complex m by n matrix C, from either the left or the right
ZLARGV (3S) - generate a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines, determined by elements of the complex vectors x and y
ZLARNV (3S) - return a vector of n random complex numbers from a uniform or normal distribution
ZLARRV (3S) - compute the eigenvectors of the tridiagonal matrix T = L D L^T given L, D and the eigenvalues of L D L^T
ZLARTG (3S) - generate a plane rotation so that [ CS SN ] [ F ] [ R ] [ __ ]
ZLARTV (3S) - applie a vector of complex plane rotations with real cosines to elements of the complex vectors x and y
ZLARZ (3S) - applie a complex elementary reflector H to a complex M-by-N matrix C, from either the left or the right
ZLARZB (3S) - applie a complex block reflector H or its transpose H**H to a complex distributed M-by-N C from the left or the right
ZLARZT (3S) - form the triangular factor T of a complex block reflector H of order > n, which is defined as a product of k elementary reflectors
ZLASCL (3S) - multiplie the M by N complex matrix A by the real scalar CTO/CFROM
ZLASET (3S) - initialize a 2-D array A to BETA on the diagonal and ALPHA on the offdiagonals
ZLASR (3S) - perform the transformation A := P*A, when SIDE = 'L' or 'l' ( Left-hand side ) A := A*P', when SIDE = 'R' or 'r' ( Right-hand side ) where A is an m by n complex matrix and P is an orthogonal matrix,
ZLASSQ (3S) - return the values scl and ssq such that ( scl**2 )*ssq = x( 1 )**2 +...+ x( n )**2 + ( scale**2 )*sumsq,
ZLASWP (3S) - perform a series of row interchanges on the matrix A
ZLASYF (3S) - compute a partial factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZLATBS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A * x = s*b, A**T * x = s*b, or A**H * x = s*b,
ZLATDF (3S) - compute the contribution to the reciprocal Dif-estimate by solving for x in Z * x = b, where b is chosen such that the norm of x is as large as possible
ZLATPS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A * x = s*b, A**T * x = s*b, or A**H * x = s*b,
ZLATRD (3S) - reduce NB rows and columns of a complex Hermitian matrix A to Hermitian tridiagonal form by a unitary similarity transformation Q' * A * Q, and returns the matrices V and W which are needed to apply the transformation to the unreduced part of A
ZLATRS (3S) - solve one of the triangular systems A * x = s*b, A**T * x = s*b, or A**H * x = s*b,
ZLATRZ (3S) - factor the M-by-(M+L) complex upper trapezoidal matrix [ A1 A2 ] = [ A(1:M,1:M) A(1:M,N-L+1:N) ] as ( R 0 ) * Z by means of unitary transformations, where Z is an (M+L)-by-(M+L) unitary matrix and, R and A1 are M-by-M upper triangular matrices
ZLATZM (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine ZUNMRZ
ZLAUU2 (3S) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
ZLAUUM (3S) - compute the product U * U' or L' * L, where the triangular factor U or L is stored in the upper or lower triangular part of the array A
ZLOG (3F) - Fortran natural logarithm intrinsic function
ZPBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPBTRF
ZPBEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite band matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
ZPBRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and banded, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZPBSTF (3S) - compute a split Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
ZPBSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZPBSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZPBTF2 (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
ZPBTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite band matrix A
ZPBTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite band matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPBTRF
ZPOCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPOTRF
ZPOEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite matrix A and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
ZPORFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite,
ZPOSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZPOSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZPOTF2 (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A
ZPOTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A
ZPOTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPOTRF
ZPOTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPOTRF
ZPPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite packed matrix using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPPTRF
ZPPEQU (3S) - compute row and column scalings intended to equilibrate a Hermitian positive definite matrix A in packed storage and reduce its condition number (with respect to the two-norm)
ZPPRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZPPSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZPPSVX (3S) - use the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZPPTRF (3S) - compute the Cholesky factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A stored in packed format
ZPPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex Hermitian positive definite matrix A using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPPTRF
ZPPTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a Hermitian positive definite matrix A in packed storage using the Cholesky factorization A = U**H*U or A = L*L**H computed by ZPPTRF
ZPSLDLT_Destroy, ZPSLDLT_ExtractPerm, ZPSLDLT_Factor, ZPSLDLT_FactorOOC, ZPSLDLT_OOCLimit, ZPSLDLT_OOCPath, ZPSLDLT_Ordering, ZPSLDLT_Preprocess, ZPSLDLT_PreprocessZ, ZPSLDLT_Solve, ZPSLDLT_SolveM, ZPSLDLT_Storage (3S) - Parallel sparse symmetric solver for linear systems of complex equations
ZPSLDU_Destroy, ZPSLDU_ExtractPerm, ZPSLDU_Factor, ZPSLDU_FactorOOC, ZPSLDU_OOCLimit, ZPSLDU_OOCPath, ZPSLDU_Ordering, ZPSLDU_Preprocess, ZPSLDU_PreprocessZ, ZPSLDU_Solve, ZPSLDU_SolveM, ZPSLDU_Storage (3S) - Parallel sparse unsymmetric solver for linear systems of complex equations
ZPTCON (3S) - compute the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix using the factorization A = L*D*L**H or A = U**H*D*U computed by ZPTTRF
ZPTEQR (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric positive definite tridiagonal matrix by first factoring the matrix using DPTTRF and then calling ZBDSQR to compute the singular values of the bidiagonal factor
ZPTRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is Hermitian positive definite and tridiagonal, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZPTSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix, and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
ZPTSVX (3S) - use the factorization A = L*D*L**H to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A*X = B, where A is an N-by-N Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
ZPTTRF (3S) - compute the L*D*L' factorization of a complex Hermitian positive definite tridiagonal matrix A
ZPTTRS (3S) - solve a tridiagonal system of the form A * X = B using the factorization A = U'*D*U or A = L*D*L' computed by ZPTTRF
ZPTTS2 (3S) - solve a tridiagonal system of the form A * X = B using the factorization A = U'*D*U or A = L*D*L' computed by ZPTTRF
ZSIN (3F) - Fortran COMPLEX*16 sine intrinsic function
zsourc (3G) - selects the source for z-buffering comparisons
zsource (3G) - selects the source for z-buffering comparisons
ZSPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex symmetric packed matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSPTRF
ZSPRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite and packed, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZSPSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZSPSVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B, where A is an N-by-N symmetric matrix stored in packed format and X and B are N-by-NRHS matrices
ZSPTRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZSPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex symmetric indefinite matrix A in packed storage using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSPTRF
ZSPTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex symmetric matrix A stored in packed format using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSPTRF
ZSQRT (3F) - Fortran COMPLEX*16 square root intrinsic function
ZSTEDC (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the divide and conquer method
ZSTEGR (3S) - compute selected eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
ZSTEIN (3S) - compute the eigenvectors of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix T corresponding to specified eigenvalues, using inverse iteration
ZSTEQR (3S) - compute all eigenvalues and, optionally, eigenvectors of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix using the implicit QL or QR method
ZSYCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number (in the 1-norm) of a complex symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSYTRF
ZSYRFS (3S) - improve the computed solution to a system of linear equations when the coefficient matrix is symmetric indefinite, and provides error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution
ZSYSV (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZSYSVX (3S) - use the diagonal pivoting factorization to compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A * X = B,
ZSYTF2 (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZSYTRF (3S) - compute the factorization of a complex symmetric matrix A using the Bunch-Kaufman diagonal pivoting method
ZSYTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex symmetric indefinite matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSYTRF
ZSYTRS (3S) - solve a system of linear equations A*X = B with a complex symmetric matrix A using the factorization A = U*D*U**T or A = L*D*L**T computed by ZSYTRF
ZTBCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular band matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
ZTBRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular band coefficient matrix
ZTBTRS (3S) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ZTGEVC (3S) - compute some or all of the right and/or left generalized eigenvectors of a pair of complex upper triangular matrices (A,B)
ZTGEX2 (3S) - swap adjacent diagonal 1 by 1 blocks (A11,B11) and (A22,B22)
ZTGEXC (3S) - reorder the generalized Schur decomposition of a complex matrix pair (A,B), using an unitary equivalence transformation (A, B) := Q * (A, B) * Z', so that the diagonal block of (A, B) with row index IFST is moved to row ILST
ZTGSEN (3S) - reorder the generalized Schur decomposition of a complex matrix pair (A, B) (in terms of an unitary equivalence trans- formation Q' * (A, B) * Z), so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading diagonal blocks of the pair (A,B)
ZTGSJA (3S) - compute the generalized singular value decomposition (GSVD) of two complex upper triangular (or trapezoidal) matrices A and B
ZTGSNA (3S) - estimate reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or eigenvectors of a matrix pair (A, B)
ZTGSY2 (3S) - solve the generalized Sylvester equation A * R - L * B = scale * C (1) D * R - L * E = scale * F using Level 1 and 2 BLAS, where R and L are unknown M-by-N matrices,
ZTGSYL (3S) - solve the generalized Sylvester equation
ZTPCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a packed triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
ZTPRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular packed coefficient matrix
ZTPTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex upper or lower triangular matrix A stored in packed format
ZTPTRS (3S) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ZTRCON (3S) - estimate the reciprocal of the condition number of a triangular matrix A, in either the 1-norm or the infinity-norm
ZTREVC (3S) - compute some or all of the right and/or left eigenvectors of a complex upper triangular matrix T
ZTREXC (3S) - reorder the Schur factorization of a complex matrix A = Q*T*Q**H, so that the diagonal element of T with row index IFST is moved to row ILST
ZTRID (3S) - compute the solution to a complex system of linear equations A*x = b, where A is an N-by-N tridiagonal matrix, and x and b are vectors of length N
ZTRRFS (3S) - provide error bounds and backward error estimates for the solution to a system of linear equations with a triangular coefficient matrix
ZTRSEN (3S) - reorder the Schur factorization of a complex matrix A = Q*T*Q**H, so that a selected cluster of eigenvalues appears in the leading positions on the diagonal of the upper triangular matrix T, and the leading columns of Q form an orthonormal basis of the corresponding right invariant subspace
ZTRSNA (3S) - estimate reciprocal condition numbers for specified eigenvalues and/or right eigenvectors of a complex upper triangular matrix T (or of any matrix Q*T*Q**H with Q unitary)
ZTRSYL (3S) - solve the complex Sylvester matrix equation
ZTRTI2 (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex upper or lower triangular matrix
ZTRTRI (3S) - compute the inverse of a complex upper or lower triangular matrix A
ZTRTRS (3S) - solve a triangular system of the form A * X = B, A**T * X = B, or A**H * X = B,
ZTZRQF (3S) - routine is deprecated and has been replaced by routine ZTZRZF
ZTZRZF (3S) - reduce the M-by-N ( M<=N ) complex upper trapezoidal matrix A to upper triangular form by means of unitary transformations
ZUNG2L (3S) - generate an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
ZUNG2R (3S) - generate an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
ZUNGBR (3S) - generate one of the complex unitary matrices Q or P**H determined by ZGEBRD when reducing a complex matrix A to bidiagonal form
ZUNGHR (3S) - generate a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of IHI-ILO elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by ZGEHRD
ZUNGL2 (3S) - generate an m-by-n complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
ZUNGLQ (3S) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
ZUNGQL (3S) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
ZUNGQR (3S) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal columns,
ZUNGR2 (3S) - generate an m by n complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
ZUNGRQ (3S) - generate an M-by-N complex matrix Q with orthonormal rows,
ZUNGTR (3S) - generate a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors of order N, as returned by ZHETRD
ZUNM2L (3S) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
ZUNM2R (3S) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
ZUNMBR (3S) - VECT = 'Q', ZUNMBR overwrites the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
ZUNMHR (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
ZUNML2 (3S) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
ZUNMLQ (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
ZUNMQL (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
ZUNMQR (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
ZUNMR2 (3S) - overwrite the general complex m-by-n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
ZUNMR3 (3S) - overwrite the general complex m by n matrix C with Q * C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'N', or Q'* C if SIDE = 'L' and TRANS = 'C', or C * Q if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'N', or C * Q' if SIDE = 'R' and TRANS = 'C',
ZUNMRQ (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
ZUNMRZ (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
ZUNMTR (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
ZUPGTR (3S) - generate a complex unitary matrix Q which is defined as the product of n-1 elementary reflectors H(i) of order n, as returned by ZHPTRD using packed storage
ZUPMTR (3S) - overwrite the general complex M-by-N matrix C with SIDE = 'L' SIDE = 'R' TRANS = 'N'
zwrite (3G) - specifies a write mask for the z-buffer of the current framebuffer
zwritemask (3G) - specifies a write mask for the z-buffer of the current framebuffer